[Title 47 CFR ]
[Code of Federal Regulations (annual edition) - October 1, 2007 Edition]
[From the U.S. Government Printing Office]



[[Page i]]

          

          47


          Parts 70 to 79

                         Revised as of October 1, 2007


          Telecommunication
          



________________________

          Containing a codification of documents of general 
          applicability and future effect

          As of October 1, 2007
          With Ancillaries
                    Published by
                    Office of the Federal Register
                    National Archives and Records
                    Administration
                    A Special Edition of the Federal Register

[[Page ii]]

          U.S. GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL EDITION NOTICE

          Legal Status and Use of Seals and Logos
          
          
          The seal of the National Archives and Records Administration 
              (NARA) authenticates the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) as 
              the official codification of Federal regulations established 
              under the Federal Register Act. Under the provisions of 44 
              U.S.C. 1507, the contents of the CFR, a special edition of the 
              Federal Register, shall be judicially noticed. The CFR is 
              prima facie evidence of the original documents published in 
              the Federal Register (44 U.S.C. 1510).

          It is prohibited to use NARA's official seal and the stylized Code 
              of Federal Regulations logo on any republication of this 
              material without the express, written permission of the 
              Archivist of the United States or the Archivist's designee. 
              Any person using NARA's official seals and logos in a manner 
              inconsistent with the provisions of 36 CFR part 1200 is 
              subject to the penalties specified in 18 U.S.C. 506, 701, and 
              1017.

          Use of ISBN Prefix

          This is the Official U.S. Government edition of this publication 
              and is herein identified to certify its authenticity. Use of 
              the 0-16 ISBN prefix is for U.S. Government Printing Office 
              Official Editions only. The Superintendent of Documents of the 
              U.S. Government Printing Office requests that any reprinted 
              edition clearly be labeled as a copy of the authentic work 
              with a new ISBN.

              
              
          U . S . G O V E R N M E N T P R I N T I N G O F F I C E

          ------------------------------------------------------------------

          U.S. Superintendent of Documents  Washington, DC 
              20402-0001

          http://bookstore.gpo.gov

          Phone: toll-free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-1800

[[Page iii]]




                            Table of Contents



                                                                    Page
  Explanation.................................................       v

  Title 47:
          Chapter I--Federal Communications Commission 
          (Continued)                                                3
  Finding Aids:
      Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference........     763
      Table of CFR Titles and Chapters........................     765
      Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR......     783
      Table of OMB Control Numbers............................     793
      List of CFR Sections Affected...........................     803

[[Page iv]]





                     ----------------------------

                     Cite this Code: CFR
                     To cite the regulations in 
                       this volume use title, 
                       part and section number. 
                       Thus, 47 CFR 73.1 refers 
                       to title 47, part 73, 
                       section 1.

                     ----------------------------

[[Page v]]



                               EXPLANATION

    The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and 
permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive 
departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided 
into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal 
regulation. Each title is divided into chapters which usually bear the 
name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further subdivided into 
parts covering specific regulatory areas.
    Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year 
and issued on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:

Title 1 through Title 16.................................as of January 1
Title 17 through Title 27..................................as of April 1
Title 28 through Title 41...................................as of July 1
Title 42 through Title 50................................as of October 1

    The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each 
volume.

LEGAL STATUS

    The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially 
noticed (44 U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie 
evidence of the text of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).

HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS

    The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual 
issues of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used 
together to determine the latest version of any given rule.
    To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its 
revision date (in this case, October 1, 2007), consult the ``List of CFR 
Sections Affected (LSA),'' which is issued monthly, and the ``Cumulative 
List of Parts Affected,'' which appears in the Reader Aids section of 
the daily Federal Register. These two lists will identify the Federal 
Register page number of the latest amendment of any given rule.

EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES

    Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal 
Register since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source 
citations for the regulations are referred to by volume number and page 
number of the Federal Register and date of publication. Publication 
dates and effective dates are usually not the same and care must be 
exercised by the user in determining the actual effective date. In 
instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-off date for the 
Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective date. In 
those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register 
states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be 
inserted following the text.

OMB CONTROL NUMBERS

    The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-511) requires 
Federal agencies to display an OMB control number with their information 
collection request.

[[Page vi]]

Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB control numbers as 
amendments to existing regulations in the CFR. These OMB numbers are 
placed as close as possible to the applicable recordkeeping or reporting 
requirements.

OBSOLETE PROVISIONS

    Provisions that become obsolete before the revision date stated on 
the cover of each volume are not carried. Code users may find the text 
of provisions in effect on a given date in the past by using the 
appropriate numerical list of sections affected. For the period before 
January 1, 2001, consult either the List of CFR Sections Affected, 1949-
1963, 1964-1972, 1973-1985, or 1986-2000, published in 11 separate 
volumes. For the period beginning January 1, 2001, a ``List of CFR 
Sections Affected'' is published at the end of each CFR volume.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

    What is incorporation by reference? Incorporation by reference was 
established by statute and allows Federal agencies to meet the 
requirement to publish regulations in the Federal Register by referring 
to materials already published elsewhere. For an incorporation to be 
valid, the Director of the Federal Register must approve it. The legal 
effect of incorporation by reference is that the material is treated as 
if it were published in full in the Federal Register (5 U.S.C. 552(a)). 
This material, like any other properly issued regulation, has the force 
of law.
    What is a proper incorporation by reference? The Director of the 
Federal Register will approve an incorporation by reference only when 
the requirements of 1 CFR part 51 are met. Some of the elements on which 
approval is based are:
    (a) The incorporation will substantially reduce the volume of 
material published in the Federal Register.
    (b) The matter incorporated is in fact available to the extent 
necessary to afford fairness and uniformity in the administrative 
process.
    (c) The incorporating document is drafted and submitted for 
publication in accordance with 1 CFR part 51.
    Properly approved incorporations by reference in this volume are 
listed in the Finding Aids at the end of this volume.
    What if the material incorporated by reference cannot be found? If 
you have any problem locating or obtaining a copy of material listed in 
the Finding Aids of this volume as an approved incorporation by 
reference, please contact the agency that issued the regulation 
containing that incorporation. If, after contacting the agency, you find 
the material is not available, please notify the Director of the Federal 
Register, National Archives and Records Administration, Washington DC 
20408, or call 202-741-6010.

CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES

    A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a 
separate volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR Index 
and Finding Aids. This volume contains the Parallel Table of Statutory 
Authorities and Agency Rules (Table I). A list of CFR titles, chapters, 
and parts and an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are 
also included in this volume.
    An index to the text of ``Title 3--The President'' is carried within 
that volume.
    The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form. 
This index is based on a consolidation of the ``Contents'' entries in 
the daily Federal Register.
    A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to 
the revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.

[[Page vii]]


REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL

    There are no restrictions on the republication of textual material 
appearing in the Code of Federal Regulations.

INQUIRIES

    For a legal interpretation or explanation of any regulation in this 
volume, contact the issuing agency. The issuing agency's name appears at 
the top of odd-numbered pages.
    For inquiries concerning CFR reference assistance, call 202-741-6000 
or write to the Director, Office of the Federal Register, National 
Archives and Records Administration, Washington, DC 20408 or e-mail 
fedreg.info@nara.gov.

SALES

    The Government Printing Office (GPO) processes all sales and 
distribution of the CFR. For payment by credit card, call toll-free, 
866-512-1800, or DC area, 202-512-1800, M-F 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. e.s.t. or 
fax your order to 202-512-2250, 24 hours a day. For payment by check, 
write to: US Government Printing Office - New Orders, P.O. Box 979050, 
St. Louis, MO 63197-9000. For GPO Customer Service call 202-512-1803.

ELECTRONIC SERVICES

    The full text of the Code of Federal Regulations, the LSA (List of 
CFR Sections Affected), The United States Government Manual, the Federal 
Register, Public Laws, Public Papers, Weekly Compilation of Presidential 
Documents and the Privacy Act Compilation are available in electronic 
format at www.gpoaccess.gov/nara (``GPO Access''). For more information, 
contact Electronic Information Dissemination Services, U.S. Government 
Printing Office. Phone 202-512-1530, or 888-293-6498 (toll-free). E-
mail, gpoaccess@gpo.gov.
    The Office of the Federal Register also offers a free service on the 
National Archives and Records Administration's (NARA) World Wide Web 
site for public law numbers, Federal Register finding aids, and related 
information. Connect to NARA's web site at www.archives.gov/federal-
register. The NARA site also contains links to GPO Access.

                              Raymond A. Mosley,
                                    Director,
                          Office of the Federal Register.

October 1, 2007.

[[Page ix]]



                               THIS TITLE

    Title 47--Telecommunication is composed of five volumes. The parts 
in these volumes are arranged in the following order: Parts 0-19, parts 
20-39, parts 40-69, parts 70-79, and part 80 to end, chapter I--Federal 
Communications Commission. The last volume, part 80 to end, also 
includes chapter II--Office of Science and Technology Policy and 
National Security Council, and chapter III--National Telecommunications 
and Information Administration, Department of Commerce. The contents of 
these volumes represent all current regulations codified under this 
title of the CFR as of October 1, 2007.

    Part 73 contains a numerical designation of FM broadcast channels 
(Sec.  73.201) and a table of FM allotments designated for use in 
communities in the United States, its territories, and possessions 
(Sec.  73.202). Part 73 also contains a numerical designation of 
television channels (Sec.  73.603) and a table of allotments which 
contain channels designated for the listed communities in the United 
States, its territories, and possessions (Sec.  73.606).

    The OMB control numbers for the Federal Communications Commission, 
appear in Sec.  0.408 of chapter I. For the convenience of the user 
Sec.  0.408 is reprinted in the Finding Aids section of the second 
through fifth volumes.

    For this volume, Cheryl E. Sirofchuck was Chief Editor. The Code of 
Federal Regulations publication program is under the direction of 
Michael L. White, assisted by Ann Worley.


[[Page 1]]



                       TITLE 47--TELECOMMUNICATION




                   (This book contains parts 70 to 79)

  --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Part

Chapter I--Federal Communications Commission (Continued)....          73

[[Page 3]]



        CHAPTER I--FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION (CONTINUED)




  --------------------------------------------------------------------

                 SUBCHAPTER C--BROADCAST RADIO SERVICES
Part                                                                Page
70-72           [Reserved]

73              Radio broadcast services....................           5
74              Experimental radio, auxiliary, special 
                    broadcast and other program 
                    distributional services.................         412
76              Multichannel video and cable television 
                    service.................................         523
78              Cable television relay service..............         716
79              Closed captioning and video description of 
                    video programming.......................         748

Supplemental Publications: Annual Reports of the Federal Communications 
  Commission to Congress.

  Federal Communications Commission Reports of Orders and Decision.

  Communications Act of 1934 (with amendments and index thereto), Recap. 
Version May 1989.

  Broadcast Operator Handbook, 1976 edition.

[[Page 5]]



                  SUBCHAPTER C_BROADCAST RADIO SERVICES



                         PARTS 70-72 [RESERVED]



PART 73_RADIO BROADCAST SERVICES--Table of Contents




                     Subpart A_AM Broadcast Stations

Sec.
73.1 Scope.
73.14 AM broadcast definitions.
73.21 Classes of AM broadcast channels and stations.
73.23 AM broadcast station applications affected by international 
          agreements.
73.24 Broadcast facilities; showing required.
73.25 Clear channels; Class A, Class B and Class D stations.
73.26 Regional channels; Class B and Class D stations.
73.27 Local channels; Class C stations.
73.28 Assignment of stations to channels.
73.29 Class C stations on regional channels.
73.30 Petition for authorization of an allotment in the 1605-1705 kHz 
          band.
73.31 Rounding of nominal power specified on applications.
73.33 Antenna systems; showing required.
73.35 Calculation of improvement factors.
73.37 Applications for broadcast facilities, showing required.
73.44 AM transmission system emission limitations.
73.45 AM antenna systems.
73.49 AM transmission system fencing requirements.
73.51 Determining operating power.
73.53 Requirements for authorization of antenna monitors.
73.54 Antenna resistance and reactance measurements.
73.57 Remote reading antenna and common point ammeters.
73.58 Indicating instruments.
73.61 AM directional antenna field strength measurements.
73.62 Directional antenna system operation and tolerances.
73.68 Sampling systems for antenna monitors.
73.69 Antenna monitors.
73.72 Operating during the experimental period.
73.88 Blanketing interference.
73.99 Presunrise service authorization (PSRA) and Postsunset service 
          authorization (PSSA).
73.127 Use of multiplex transmission.
73.128 AM stereophonic broadcasting.
73.132 Territorial exclusivity.
73.150 Directional antenna systems.
73.151 Field strength measurements to establish performance of 
          directional antennas.
73.152 Modification of directional antenna data.
73.153 Field strength measurements in support of applications or 
          evidence at hearings.
73.154 AM directional antenna partial proof of performance measurements.
73.157 Antenna testing during daytime.
73.158 Directional antenna monitoring points.
73.160 Vertical plane radiation characteristics, f([thetas]).
73.182 Engineering standards of allocation.
73.183 Groundwave signals.
73.184 Groundwave field strength graphs.
73.185 Computation of interfering signal.
73.186 Establishment of effective field at one kilometer.
73.187 Limitation on daytime radiation.
73.189 Minimum antenna heights or field strength requirements.
73.190 Engineering charts and related formulas.

                     Subpart B_FM Broadcast Stations

73.201 Numerical designation of FM broadcast channels.
73.202 Table of Allotments.
73.203 Availability of channels.
73.204 International agreements and other restrictions on use of 
          channels.
73.205 Zones.
73.207 Minimum distance separation between stations.
73.208 Reference points and distance computations.
73.209 Protection from interference.
73.210 Station classes.
73.211 Power and antenna height requirements.
73.212 Administrative changes in authorizations.
73.213 Grandfathered short-spaced stations.
73.215 Contour protection for short-spaced assignments.
73.220 Restrictions on use of channels.
73.232 Territorial exclusivity.
73.239 Use of common antenna site.
73.258 Indicating instruments.
73.267 Determining operating power.
73.277 Permissible transmissions.
73.293 Use of FM multiplex subcarriers.
73.295 FM subsidiary communications services.
73.297 FM stereophonic sound broadcasting.
73.310 FM technical definitions.
73.311 Field strength contours.
73.312 Topographic data.
73.313 Prediction of coverage.

[[Page 6]]

73.314 Field strength measurements.
73.315 FM transmitter location.
73.316 FM antenna systems.
73.317 FM transmission system requirements.
73.318 FM blanketing interference.
73.319 FM multiplex subcarrier technical standards.
73.322 FM stereophonic sound transmission standards.
73.333 Engineering charts.

                  Subpart C_Digital Audio Broadcasting

73.401 Scope.
73.402 Definitions.
73.403 Digital audio broadcasting service requirements.
73.404 Interim hybrid IBOC DAB operation.

        Subpart D_Noncommercial Educational FM Broadcast Stations

73.501 Channels available for assignment.
73.502 [Reserved]
73.503 Licensing requirements and service.
73.504 Channel assignments in the Mexican border area.
73.505 Zones.
73.506 Classes of noncommercial educational FM stations and channels.
73.507 Minimum distance separations between stations.
73.508 Standards of good engineering practice.
73.509 Prohibited overlap.
73.510 Antenna systems.
73.511 Power and antenna height requirements.
73.512 Special procedures applicable to Class D noncommercial 
          educational stations.
73.513 Noncommercial educational FM stations operating on unreserved 
          channels.
73.514 Protection from interference.
73.515 NCE FM transmitter location.
73.525 TV Channel 6 protection.
73.558 Indicating instruments.
73.561 Operating schedule; time sharing.
73.567 Determining operating power.
73.593 Subsidiary communications services.
73.597 FM stereophonic sound broadcasting.
73.599 NCE-FM engineering charts.

                 Subpart E_Television Broadcast Stations

73.601 Scope of subpart.
73.602 Cross reference to rules in other parts.
73.603 Numerical designation of television channels.
73.606 Table of allotments.
73.607 Availability of channels.
73.609 Zones.
73.610 Minimum distance separations between stations.
73.611 Reference points and distance computations.
73.612 Protection from interference.
73.613 Protection of Class A TV stations.
73.614 Power and antenna height requirements.
73.615 Administrative changes in authorizations.
73.621 Noncommercial educational TV stations.
73.622 Digital television table of allotments.
73.623 DTV applications and changes to DTV allotments.
73.624 Digital television broadcast stations.
73.625 DTV coverage of principal community and antenna system.
73.635 Use of common antenna site.
73.641 Subscription TV definitions.
73.642 Subscription TV service.
73.643 Subscription TV operating requirements.
73.644 Subscription TV transmission systems.
73.646 Telecommunications Service on the Vertical Blanking Interval and 
          in the Visual Signal.
73.653 Operation of TV aural and visual transmitters.
73.658 Affiliation agreements and network program practices; territorial 
          exclusivity in non-network program arrangements.
73.659-73.663 [Reserved]
73.664 Determining operating power.
73.665 Use of TV aural baseband subcarriers.
73.667 TV subsidiary communications services.
73.669 TV stereophonic aural and multiplex subcarrier operation.
73.670 Commercial limits in children's programs.
73.671 Educational and informational programming for children.
73.672 [Reserved]
73.673 Public information initiatives regarding educational and 
          informational programming for children.
73.681 Definitions.
73.682 TV transmission standards.
73.683 Field strength contours and presumptive determination of field 
          strength at individual locations.
73.684 Prediction of coverage.
73.685 Transmitter location and antenna system.
73.686 Field strength measurements.
73.687 Transmission system requirements.
73.688 Indicating instruments.
73.691 Visual modulation monitoring.
73.698 Tables.
73.699 TV engineering charts.

               Subpart F_International Broadcast Stations

73.701 Definitions.
73.702 Assignment and use of frequencies.
73.703 Geographical zones and areas of reception.
73.712 Equipment tests.
73.713 Program tests.

[[Page 7]]

73.731 Licensing requirements.
73.732 Authorizations.
73.733 Normal license period.
73.751 Operating power.
73.753 Antenna systems.
73.754 Frequency monitors.
73.755 Modulation monitors.
73.756 System specifications for double-sideband (DBS) modulated 
          emissions in the HF broadcasting service.
73.757 System specifications for single-sideband (SSB) modulated 
          emissions in the HF broadcasting service.
73.758 System specifications for digitally modulated emissions in the HF 
          broadcasting service.
73.759 Auxiliary transmitters.
73.760 Alternate main transmitters.
73.761 Modification of transmission systems.
73.762 Time of operation.
73.765 Determining operating power.
73.766 [Reserved]
73.781 Logs.
73.782 Retention of logs.
73.787 Station identification.
73.788 Service; commercial or sponsored programs.

            Subpart G_Low Power FM Broadcast Stations (LPFM)

73.801 Broadcast regulations applicable to LPFM stations.
73.805 Availability of channels.
73.807 Minimum distance separation between stations.
73.808 Distance computations.
73.809 Interference protection to full service FM stations.
73.810 Third adjacent channel complaint and license modification 
          procedure.
73.811 LPFM power and antenna height requirements.
73.812 Rounding of power and antenna heights.
73.813 Determination of antenna height above average terrain (HAAT).
73.816 Antennas.
73.825 Protection to reception of TV channel 6.
73.827 Interference to the input signals of FM translator or FM booster 
          stations.
73.840 Operating power and mode tolerances.
73.845 Transmission system operation.
73.850 Operating schedule.
73.853 Licensing requirements and service.
73.854 Unlicensed operations.
73.855 Ownership limits.
73.858 Attribution of LPFM station interests.
73.860 Cross-ownership.
73.865 Assignment and transfer of LPFM authorizations.
73.870 Processing of LPFM broadcast station applications.
73.871 Amendment of LPFM broadcast station applications.
73.872 Selection procedure for mutually exclusive LPFM applications.
73.873 LPFM license period.
73.875 Modification of transmission systems.
73.877 Station logs for LPFM stations.
73.878 Station inspections by FCC; availability to FCC of station logs 
          and records.
73.879 Signal retransmission.
73.881 Equal employment opportunities.

          Subpart H_Rules Applicable to All Broadcast Stations

73.1001 Scope.
73.1010 Cross reference to rules in other parts.
73.1015 Truthful written statements and responses to Commission 
          inquiries and correspondence.
73.1020 Station license period.
73.1030 Notifications concerning interference to radio astronomy, 
          research and receiving installations.
73.1120 Station location.
73.1125 Station main studio location.
73.1150 Transferring a station.
73.1201 Station identification.
73.1202 Retention of letters received from the public.
73.1206 Broadcast of telephone conversations.
73.1207 Rebroadcasts.
73.1208 Broadcast of taped, filmed, or recorded material.
73.1209 References to time.
73.1210 TV/FM dual-language broadcasting in Puerto Rico.
73.1211 Broadcast of lottery information.
73.1212 Sponsorship identification; list retention; related 
          requirements.
73.1213 Antenna structure, marking and lighting.
73.1215 Specifications for indicating instruments.
73.1216 Licensee-conducted contests.
73.1217 Broadcast hoaxes.
73.1225 Station inspection by FCC.
73.1226 Availability to FCC of station logs and records.
73.1230 Posting of station license.
73.1250 Broadcasting emergency information.
73.1300 Unattended station operation.
73.1350 Transmission system operation.
73.1400 Transmission system monitoring and control.
73.1510 Experimental authorizations.
73.1515 Special field test authorizations.
73.1520 Operation for tests and maintenance.
73.1530 Portable test stations [Definition].
73.1540 Carrier frequency measurements.

[[Page 8]]

73.1545 Carrier frequency departure tolerances.
73.1560 Operating power and mode tolerances.
73.1570 Modulation levels: AM, FM, TV and Class A TV aural.
73.1580 Transmission system inspections.
73.1590 Equipment performance measurements.
73.1610 Equipment tests.
73.1615 Operation during modification of facilities.
73.1620 Program tests.
73.1635 Special temporary authorizations (STA).
73.1650 International agreements.
73.1660 Acceptability of broadcast transmitters.
73.1665 Main transmitters.
73.1670 Auxiliary transmitters.
73.1675 Auxiliary antennas.
73.1680 Emergency antennas.
73.1690 Modification of transmission systems.
73.1692 Broadcast station construction near or installation on an AM 
          broadcast tower.
73.1695 Changes in transmission standards.
73.1700 Broadcast day.
73.1705 Time of operation.
73.1710 Unlimited time.
73.1715 Share time.
73.1720 Daytime.
73.1725 Limited time.
73.1730 Specified hours.
73.1735 AM station operation pre-sunrise and post-sunset.
73.1740 Minimum operating schedule.
73.1745 Unauthorized operation.
73.1750 Discontinuance of operation.
73.1800 General requirements related to the station log.
73.1820 Station log.
73.1835 Special technical records.
73.1840 Retention of logs.
73.1870 Chief operators.
73.1910 Fairness Doctrine.
73.1940 Legally qualified candidates for public office.
73.1941 Equal opportunities.
73.1942 Candidate rates.
73.1943 Political file.
73.1944 Reasonable access.
73.2080 Equal employment opportunities (EEO).
73.3500 Application and report forms.
73.3511 Applications required.
73.3512 Where to file; number of copies.
73.3513 Signing of applications.
73.3514 Content of applications.
73.3516 Specification of facilities.
73.3517 Contingent applications.
73.3518 Inconsistent or conflicting applications.
73.3519 Repetitious applications.
73.3520 Multiple applications.
73.3521 Mutually exclusive applications for low power television, 
          television translators and television booster stations.
73.3522 Amendment of applications.
73.3523 Dismissal of applications in renewal proceedings.
73.3525 Agreements for removing application conflicts.
73.3526 Local public inspection file of commercial stations.
73.3527 Local public inspection file of noncommercial educational 
          stations.
73.3533 Application for construction permit or modification of 
          construction permit.
73.3534 [Reserved]
73.3536 Application for license to cover construction permit.
73.3537 Application for license to use former main antenna as an 
          auxiliary.
73.3538 Application to make changes in an existing station.
73.3539 Application for renewal of license.
73.3540 Application for voluntary assignment or transfer of control.
73.3541 Application for involuntary assignment of license or transfer of 
          control.
73.3542 Application for emergency authorization.
73.3543 Application for renewal or modification of special service 
          authorization.
73.3544 Application to obtain a modified station license.
73.3545 Application for permit to deliver programs to foreign stations.
73.3549 Requests for extension of time to operate without required 
          monitors, indicating instruments, and EAS encoders and 
          decoders.
73.3550 Requests for new or modified call sign assignments.
73.3555 Multiple ownership.
73.3556 Duplication of programming on commonly owned or time brokered 
          stations.
73.3561 Staff consideration of applications requiring Commission action.
73.3562 Staff consideration of applications not requiring action by the 
          Commission.
73.3564 Acceptance of applications.
73.3566 Defective applications.
73.3568 Dismissal of applications.
73.3571 Processing of AM broadcast station applications.
73.3572 Processing of TV broadcast, Class A TV broadcast, low power TV, 
          TV translators, and TV booster applications.
73.3573 Processing FM broadcast station applications.
73.3574 Processing of international broadcast station applications.
73.3578 Amendments to applications for renewal, assignment or transfer 
          of control.
73.3580 Local public notice of filing of broadcast applications.
73.3584 Procedure for filing petitions to deny.
73.3587 Procedure for filing informal objections.

[[Page 9]]

73.3588 Dismissal of petitions to deny or withdrawal of informal 
          objections.
73.3589 Threats to file petitions to deny or informal objections.
73.3591 Grants without hearing.
73.3592 Conditional grant.
73.3593 Designation for hearing.
73.3594 Local public notice of designation for hearing.
73.3597 Procedures on transfer and assignment applications.
73.3598 Period of construction.
73.3601 Simultaneous modification and renewal of license.
73.3603 Special waiver procedure relative to applications.
73.3605 Retention of applications in hearing status after designation 
          for hearing.
73.3612 Annual employment report.
73.3613 Filing of contracts.
73.3615 Ownership reports.
73.3617 Information available on the Internet.
73.3999 Enforcement of 18 U.S.C. 1464 (restrictions on the transmission 
          of obscene and indecent material).
73.4000 Listing of FCC policies.
73.4005 Advertising--refusal to sell.
73.4015 Applications for AM and FM construction permits, incomplete or 
          defective.
73.4017 Application processing: Commercial FM stations.
73.4045 Barter agreements.
73.4050 Children's TV programs.
73.4055 Cigarette advertising.
73.4060 Citizens agreements.
73.4075 Commercials, loud.
73.4082 Comparative broadcast hearings--specialized programming formats.
73.4091 Direct broadcast satellites.
73.4094 Dolby encoder.
73.4095 Drug lyrics.
73.4097 EBS (now EAS) attention signals on automated programing systems.
73.4099 Financial qualifications, certification of.
73.4100 Financial qualifications; new AM and FM stations.
73.4101 Financial qualifications, TV stations.
73.4102 FAA communications, broadcast of.
73.4104 FM assignment policies and procedures.
73.4107 FM broadcast assignments, increasing availability of.
73.4108 FM transmitter site map submissions.
73.4110 Format changes of stations.
73.4135 Interference to TV reception by FM stations.
73.4140 Minority ownership; tax certificates and distress sales.
73.4154 Network/AM, FM station affiliation agreements.
73.4157 Network signals which adversely affect affiliate broadcast 
          service.
73.4163 Noncommercial nature of educational broadcast stations.
73.4165 Obscene language.
73.4170 Obscene broadcasts.
73.4180 Payment disclosure: Payola, plugola, kickbacks.
73.4185 Political broadcasting and telecasting, the law of.
73.4190 Political candidate authorization notice and sponsorship 
          identification.
73.4195 Political advertising by UHF translators.
73.4210 Procedure Manual: ``The Public and Broadcasting''.
73.4215 Program matter: Supplier identification.
73.4242 Sponsorship identification rules, applicability of.
73.4246 Stereophonic pilot subcarrier use during monophonic programming.
73.4247 STV: Competing applications.
73.4250 Subliminal perception.
73.4255 Tax certificates: Issuance of.
73.4260 Teaser announcements.
73.4265 Telephone conversation broadcasts (network and like sources).
73.4266 Tender offer and proxy statements.
73.4267 Time brokerage.
73.4275 Tone clusters; audio attention-getting devices.
73.4280 Character evaluation of broadcast applicants.

 Subpart I_Procedures for Competitive Bidding and for Applications for 
  Noncommercial Educational Broadcast Stations on Non-Reserved Channels

73.5000 Services subject to competitive bidding.
73.5001 [Reserved]
73.5002 Application and certification procedures; return of mutually 
          exclusive applications not subject to competitive bidding 
          procedures; prohibition of collusion.
73.5003 Submission of full payments.
73.5004 [Reserved]
73.5005 Filing of long-form applications.
73.5006 Filing of petitions to deny against long-form applications.
73.5007 Designated entity provisions.
73.5008 Definitions applicable for designated entity provisions.
73.5009 Assignment or transfer of control.

             Subpart J_Class A Television Broadcast Stations

73.6000 Definitions.
73.6001 Eligibility and service requirements.
73.6002 Licensing requirements.
73.6003-73.6005 [Reserved]
73.6006 Channel assignments.
73.6007 Power limitations.
73.6008 Distance computations.
73.6010 Class A TV station protected contour.

[[Page 10]]

73.6011 Protection of TV broadcast stations.
73.6012 Protection of Class A TV, low power TV, and TV translator 
          stations.
73.6013 Protection of DTV stations.
73.6014 Protection of digital Class A TV stations.
73.6016 Digital Class A TV station protection of TV broadcast stations.
73.6017 Digital Class A TV station protection of Class A TV and digital 
          Class A TV stations.
73.6018 Digital Class A TV station protection of DTV stations.
73.6019 Digital Class A TV station protection of low power TV, TV 
          translator, digital low power TV and digital TV translator 
          stations.
73.6020 Protection of stations in the land mobile radio service.
73.6022 Negotiated interference and relocation agreements.
73.6024 Transmission standards and system requirements.
73.6025 Antenna system and station location.
73.6026 Broadcast regulations applicable to Class A television stations.
73.6027 Class A TV notifications concerning interference to radio 
          astronomy, research and receiving installations.

      Subpart K_Application and Selection Procedures for Reserved 
  Noncommercial Educational Channels, and for Certain Applications for 
       Noncommercial Educational Stations on Non-Reserved Channels

73.7000 Definition of terms (as used in subpart K only).
73.7001 Services subject to evaluation by point system.
73.7002 Fair distribution of service on reserved band FM channels.
73.7003 Point system selection procedures.
73.7004 Petitions to deny tentative selectee(s).
73.7005 Holding period.

      Subpart L_Digital Broadcast Television Redistribution Control

73.8000 Incorporation by reference.

      Subpart M_Digital Broadcast Television Redistribution Control

73.9000 Definitions.
73.9001 Redistribution control of digital television broadcasts.
73.9002 Sale or distribution of demodulators, covered demodulator 
          products, and peripheral TSP products.
73.9003 Compliance requirements for covered demodulator products: 
          Unscreened content.
73.9004 Compliance requirements for covered demodulator products: Marked 
          content.
73.9005 Compliance requirements for covered demodulator products: Audio.
73.9006 Add-in covered demodulator products.
73.9007 Robustness requirements for covered demodulator products.
73.9008 Interim approval of authorized digital output protection 
          technologies and authorized recording methods.
73.9009 Manufacture for exportation.

Alphabetical Index--Part 73

    Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 303, 334, 336.



                     Subpart A_AM Broadcast Stations



Sec.  73.1  Scope.

    This subpart contains those rules which apply exclusively to the AM 
broadcast service and are in addition to those rules in Subpart H which 
are common to all AM, FM and TV broadcast services, commercial and 
noncommercial.

[47 FR 8587, Mar. 1, 1982]



Sec.  73.14  AM broadcast definitions.

    AM broadcast band. The band of frequencies extending from 535 to 
1705 kHz.
    AM broadcast channel. The band of frequencies occupied by the 
carrier and the upper and lower sidebands of an AM broadcast signal with 
the carrier frequency at the center. Channels are designated by their 
assigned carrier frequencies. The 117 carrier frequencies assigned to AM 
broadcast stations begin at 540 kHz and progress in 10 kHz steps to 1700 
kHz. (See Sec.  73.21 for the classification of AM broadcast channels).
    AM broadcast station. A broadcast station licensed for the 
dissemination of radio communications intended to be received by the 
public and operated on a channel in the AM broadcast band.
    Amplitude modulated stage. The radio-frequency stage to which the 
modulator is coupled and in which the carrier wave is modulated in 
accordance with the system of amplitude modulation and the 
characteristics of the modulating wave.
    Amplitude modulator stage. The last amplifier stage of the 
modulating wave

[[Page 11]]

amplitude modulates a radio-frequency stage.
    Antenna current. The radio-frequency current in the antenna with no 
modulation.
    Antenna input power. The product of the square of the antenna 
current and the antenna resistance at the point where the current is 
measured.
    Antenna resistance. The total resistance of the transmitting antenna 
system at the operating frequency and at the point at which the antenna 
current is measured.
    Auxiliary facility. An auxiliary facility is an AM antenna tower(s) 
separate from the main facility's antenna tower(s), permanently 
installed at the same site or at a different location, from which an AM 
station may broadcast for short periods without prior Commission 
authorization or notice to the Commission while the main facility is not 
in operation (e.g., where tower work necessitates turning off the main 
antenna or where lightning has caused damage to the main antenna or 
transmission system) (See Sec.  73.1675).
    Blanketing. The interference which is caused by the presence of an 
AM broadcast signal of one volt per meter (V/m) or greater strengths in 
the area adjacent to the antenna of the transmitting station. The 1 V/m 
contour is referred to as the blanket contour and the area within this 
contour is referred to as the blanket area.
    Carrier-amplitude regulation (Carrier shift). The change in 
amplitude of the carrier wave in an amplitude-modulated transmitter when 
modulation is applied under conditions of symmetrical modulation.
    Combined audio harmonics. The arithmetical sum of the amplitudes of 
all the separate harmonic components. Root sum square harmonic readings 
may be accepted under conditions prescribed by the FCC.
    Critical hours. The two hour period immediately following local 
sunrise and the two hour period immediately preceding local sunset.
    Daytime. The period of time between local sunrise and local sunset.
    Effective field; Effective field strength. The root-mean-square 
(RMS) value of the inverse distance fields at a distance of 1 kilometer 
from the antenna in all directions in the horizontal plane. The term 
``field strength'' is synonymous with the term ``field intensity'' as 
contained elsewhere in this Part.
    Equipment performance measurements. The measurements performed to 
determine the overall performance characteristics of a broadcast 
transmission system from point of program origination at main studio to 
sampling of signal as radiated. (See Sec.  73.1590)
    Experimental period. the time between 12 midnight local time and 
local sunrise, used by AM stations for tests, maintenance and 
experimentation.
    Frequency departure. The amount of variation of a carrier frequency 
or center frequency from its assigned value.
    Incidental phase modulation. The peak phase deviation (in radians) 
resulting from the process of amplitude modulation.
    Input power. Means the product of the direct voltage applied to the 
last radio stage and the total direct current flowing to the last radio 
stage, measured without modulation.
    Intermittent service area. Means the area receiving service from the 
groundwave of a broadcast station but beyond the primary service area 
and subject to some interference and fading.
    Last radio stage. The radio-frequency power amplifier stage which 
supplies power to the antenna.
    Left (or right) signal. The electrical output of a microphone or 
combination of microphones placed so as to convey the intensity, time, 
and location of sounds originated predominately to the listener's left 
(or right) of the center of the performing area.
    Left (or right) stereophonic channel. The left (or right) signal as 
electrically reproduced in reception of AM stereophonic broadcasts.
    Main channel. The band of audio frequencies from 50 to 10,000 Hz 
which amplitude modulates the carrier.
    Maximum percentage of modulation. The greatest percentage of 
modulation that may be obtained by a transmitter without producing in 
its output, harmonics of the modulating frequency in excess of those 
permitted by these regulations. (See Sec.  73.1570)

[[Page 12]]

    Maximum rated carrier power. The maximum power at which the 
transmitter can be operated satisfactorily and is determined by the 
design of the transmitter and the type and number of vacuum tubes or 
other amplifier devices used in the last radio stage.
    Model I facility. A station operating in the 1605-1705 kHz band 
featuring fulltime operation with stereo, competitive technical quality, 
10 kW daytime power, 1 kW nighttime power, non-directional antenna (or a 
simple directional antenna system), and separated by 400-800 km from 
other co-channel stations.
    Model II facility. A station operating in the 535-1605 kHz band 
featuring fulltime operation, competitive technical quality, wide area 
daytime coverage with nighttime coverage at least 15% of the daytime 
coverage.
    Nighttime. The period of time between local sunset and local 
sunrise.
    Nominal power. The antenna input power less any power loss through a 
dissipative network and, for directional antennas, without consideration 
of adjustments specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of Sec.  73.51 
of the rules. However, for AM broadcast applications granted or filed 
before June 3, 1985, nominal power is specified in a system of 
classifications which include the following values: 50 kW, 25 kW, 10 kW, 
5 kW, 2.5 kW, 1 kW, 0.5 kW, and 0.25 kW. The specified nominal power for 
any station in this group of stations will be retained until action is 
taken on or after June 3, 1985, which involves a change in the technical 
facilities of the station.
    Percentage modulation (amplitude)
    In a positive direction:

M = MAX-C x 100
 ----------------
 c

    In a negative direction:

M = C-MIN x 100
 ---------------
 c

Where:
    M = Modulation level in percent.
    MAX = Instantaneous maximum level of the modulated radio frequency 
envelope.
    MIN = Instantaneous minimum level of the modulated radio frequency 
envelope.
    C = (Carrier) level of radio frequency envelope without modulation.

    Plate modulation. The modulation produced by introduction of the 
modulating wave into the plate circuit of any tube in which the carrier 
frequency wave is present.
    Primary service area. Means the service area of a broadcast station 
in which the groundwave is not subject to objectionable interference or 
objectionable fading.
    Proof of performance measurements or antenna proof of performance 
measurements. The measurements of field strengths made to determine the 
radiation pattern or characteristics of an AM directional antenna 
system.
    Secondary service area. Means the service area of a broadcast 
station served by the skywave and not subject to objectionable 
interference and in which the signal is subject to intermittent 
variations in strength.
    Stereophonic channel. The band of audio frequencies from 50 to 
10,000 Hz containing the stereophonic information which modulates the 
radio frequency carrier.
    Stereophonic crosstalk. An undesired signal occurring in the main 
channel from modulation of the stereophonic channel or that occurring in 
the stereophonic channel from modulation of the main channel.
    Stereophonic pilot tone. An audio tone of fixed or variable 
frequency modulating the carrier during the transmission of stereophonic 
programs.
    Stereophonic separation. The ratio of the electrical signal caused 
in the right (or left) stereophonic channel to the electrical signal 
caused in the left (or right) stereophonic channel by the transmission 
of only a right (or left) signal.
    Sunrise and sunset. For each particular location and during any 
particular month, the time of sunrise and sunset as specified in the 
instrument of authorization (See Sec.  73.1209).
    White area. The area or population which does not receive 
interference-free primary service from an authorized AM station or does 
not receive a

[[Page 13]]

signal strength of at least 1 mV/m from an authorized FM station.

[47 FR 8587, Mar. 1, 1982, as amended at 47 FR 13164, Mar. 29, 1982; 47 
FR 13812, Apr. 1, 1982; 50 FR 18821, May 2, 1985; 50 FR 47054, Nov. 14, 
1985; 56 FR 64856, Dec. 12, 1991; 62 FR 51058, Sept. 30, 1997; 66 FR 
20755, Apr. 25, 2001]



Sec.  73.21  Classes of AM broadcast channels and stations.

    (a) Clear channel. A clear channel is one on which stations are 
assigned to serve wide areas. These stations are protected from 
objectionable interference within their primary service areas and, 
depending on the class of station, their secondary service areas. 
Stations operating on these channels are classified as follows:
    (1) Class A station. A Class A station is an unlimited time station 
that operates on a clear channel and is designed to render primary and 
secondary service over an extended area and at relatively long distances 
from its transmitter. Its primary service area is protected from 
objectionable interference from other stations on the same and adjacent 
channels, and its secondary service area is protected from interference 
from other stations on the same channel. (See Sec.  73.182). The 
operating power shall not be less than 10 kW nor more than 50 kW. (Also 
see Sec.  73.25(a)).
    (2) Class B station. A Class B station is an unlimited time station 
which is designed to render service only over a primary service area. 
Class B stations are authorized to operate with a minimum power of 0.25 
kW (or, if less than 0.25 kW, an equivalent RMS antenna field of at 
least 141 mV/m at 1 km) and a maximum power of 50 kW, or 10 kW for 
stations that are authorized to operate in the 1605-1705 kHz band.
    (3) Class D station. A Class D station operates either daytime, 
limited time or unlimited time with nighttime power less than 0.25 kW 
and an equivalent RMS antenna field of less than 141 mV/m at one km. 
Class D stations shall operate with daytime powers not less than 0.25 kW 
nor more than 50 kW. Nighttime operations of Class D stations are not 
afforded protection and must protect all Class A and Class B operations 
during nighttime hours. New Class D stations that had not been 
previously licensed as Class B will not be authorized.
    (b) Regional Channel. A regional channel is one on which Class B and 
Class D stations may operate and serve primarily a principal center of 
population and the rural area contiguous thereto.

    Note: Until the North American Regional Broadcasting Agreement 
(NARBA) is terminated with respect to the Bahama Islands and the 
Dominican Republic, radiation toward those countries from a Class B 
station may not exceed the level that would be produced by an 
omnidirectional antenna with a transmitted power of 5 kW, or such lower 
level as will comply with NARBA requirements for protection of stations 
in the Bahama Islands and the Dominican Republic against objectionable 
interference.

    (c) Local channel. A local channel is one on which stations operate 
unlimited time and serve primarily a community and the suburban and 
rural areas immediately contiguous thereto.
    (1) Class C station. A Class C station is a station operating on a 
local channel and is designed to render service only over a primary 
service area that may be reduced as a consequence of interference in 
accordance with Sec.  73.182. The power shall not be less than 0.25 kW, 
nor more than 1 kW. Class C stations that are licensed to operate with 
0.1 kW may continue to do so.

[56 FR 64856, Dec. 12, 1991]



Sec.  73.23  AM broadcast station applications affected by international 

agreements.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no 
application for an AM station will be accepted for filing if 
authorization of the facilities requested would be inconsistent with 
international commitments of the United States under treaties and other 
international agreements, arrangements and understandings. (See list of 
such international instruments in Sec.  73.1650(b)). Any such 
application that is inadvertently accepted for filing will be dismissed.
    (b) AM applications that involve conflicts only with the North 
American Regional Broadcasting Agreement (NARBA), but that are in 
conformity with the remaining treaties and other international 
agreements listed in

[[Page 14]]

Sec.  73.1650(b) and with the other requirements of this part 73, will 
be granted subject to such modifications as the FCC may subsequently 
find appropriate, taking international considerations into account.
    (c) In the case of any application designated for hearing on issues 
other than those related to consistency with international relationships 
and as to which no final decision has been rendered, whenever action 
under this section becomes appropriate because of inconsistency with 
international relationships, the applicant involved shall, 
notwithstanding the provisions Sec. Sec.  73.3522 and 73.3571, be 
permitted to amend its application to achieve consistency with such 
relationships. In such cases the provisions of Sec.  73.3605(c) will 
apply.
    (d) In some circumstances, special international considerations may 
require that the FCC, in acting on applications, follow procedures 
different from those established for general use. In such cases, 
affected applicants will be informed of the procedures to be followed.

[56 FR 64856, Dec. 12, 1991]



Sec.  73.24  Broadcast facilities; showing required.

    An authorization for a new AM broadcast station or increase in 
facilities of an existing station will be issued only after a 
satisfactory showing has been made in regard to the following, among 
others:
    (a) That the proposed assignment will tend to effect a fair, 
efficient, and equitable distribution of radio service among the several 
states and communities.
    (b) That a proposed new station (or a proposed change in the 
facilities of an authorized station) complies with the pertinent 
requirements of Sec.  73.37 of this chapter.
    (c) That the applicant is financially qualified to construct and 
operate the proposed station.
    (d) That the applicant is legally qualified. That the applicant (or 
the person or persons in control of an applicant corporation or other 
organization) is of good character and possesses other qualifications 
sufficient to provide a satisfactory public service.
    (e) That the technical equipment proposed, the location of the 
transmitter, and other technical phases of operation comply with the 
regulations governing the same, and the requirements of good engineering 
practice.
    (f) That the facilities sought are subject to assignment as 
requested under existing international agreements and the rules and 
regulations of the Commission.
    (g) That the population within the 1 V/m contour does not exceed 1.0 
percent of the population within the 25 mV/m contour: Provided, however, 
That where the number of persons within the 1 V/m contour is 300 or less 
the provisions of this paragraph are not applicable.
    (h) That, in the case of an application for a Class B or Class D 
station on a clear channel, the proposed station would radiate, during 
two hours following local sunrise and two hours preceding local sunset, 
in any direction toward the 0.1 mV/m groundwave contour of a co-channel 
United States Class A station, no more than the maximum value permitted 
under the provisions of Sec.  73.187.
    (i) That, for all stations, the daytime 5 mV/m contour encompasses 
the entire principal community to be served. That, for stations in the 
535-1605 kHz band, 80% of the principal community is encompassed by the 
nighttime 5 mV/m contour or the nighttime interference-free contour, 
whichever value is higher. That, for stations in the 1605-1705 kHz band, 
50% of the principal community is encompassed by the 5 mV/m contour or 
the nighttime interference-free contour, whichever value is higher. 
That, Class D stations with nighttime authorizations need not 
demonstrate such coverage during nighttime operation.
    (j) That the public interest, convenience, and necessity will be 
served through the operation under the proposed assignment.

[28 FR 13574, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 38 FR 5874, Mar. 5, 1973; 49 
FR 43960, Nov. 1, 1984; 50 FR 40014, Oct. 1, 1985; 52 FR 11654, Apr. 10, 
1987; 53 FR 1031, Jan. 15, 1988; 56 FR 64857, Dec. 12, 1991]

[[Page 15]]



Sec.  73.25  Clear channels; Class A, Class B and Class D stations.

    The frequencies in the following tabulations are designated as clear 
channels and assigned for use by the Classes of stations given:
    (a) On each of the following channels, one Class A station may be 
assigned, operating with power of 50 kW: 640, 650, 660, 670, 700, 720, 
750, 760, 770, 780, 820, 830, 840, 870, 880, 890, 1020, 1030, 1040, 
1100, 1120, 1160, 1180, 1200, and 1210 kHz. In Alaska, these frequencies 
can be used by Class A stations subject to the conditions set forth in 
Sec.  73.182(a)(1)(ii). On the channels listed in this paragraph, Class 
B and Class D stations may be assigned.
    (b) To each of the following channels there may be assigned Class A, 
Class B and Class D stations: 680, 710, 810, 850, 940, 1000, 1060, 1070, 
1080, 1090, 1110, 1130, 1140, 1170, 1190, 1500, 1510, 1520, 1530, 1540, 
1550, and 1560 kHz.

    Note: Until superseded by a new agreement, protection of the Bahama 
Islands shall be in accordance with NARBA. Accordingly, a Class A, Class 
B or Class D station on 1540 kHz shall restrict its signal to a value no 
greater than 5 [micro]V/m groundwave or 25 [micro]V/m-10% skywave at any 
point of land in the Bahama Islands, and such stations operating 
nighttime (i.e., sunset to sunrise at the location of the U.S. station) 
shall be located not less than 650 miles from the nearest point of land 
in the Bahama Islands.

    (c) Class A, Class B and Class D stations may be assigned on 540, 
690, 730, 740, 800, 860, 900, 990, 1010, 1050, 1220, 1540, 1570, and 
1580 kHz.

[28 FR 13574, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 33 FR 4410, Mar. 12, 1968; 35 
FR 18052, Nov. 25, 1970; 47 FR 27862, June 28, 1982; 49 FR 43960, Nov. 
1, 1984; 50 FR 24520, June 11, 1985; 52 FR 47568, Dec. 15, 1987; 53 FR 
1031, Jan. 15, 1988; 54 FR 39736, Sept. 28, 1989; 56 FR 64857, Dec. 12, 
1991]



Sec.  73.26  Regional channels; Class B and Class D stations.

    (a) The following frequencies are designated as regional channels 
and are assigned for use by Class B and Class D stations: 550, 560, 570, 
580, 590, 600, 610, 620, 630, 790, 910, 920, 930, 950, 960, 970, 980, 
1150, 1250, 1260, 1270, 1280, 1290, 1300, 1310, 1320, 1330, 1350, 1360, 
1370, 1380, 1390, 1410, 1420, 1430, 1440, 1460, 1470, 1480, 1590, 1600, 
1610, 1620, 1630, 1640, 1650, 1660, 1670, 1680, 1690, and 1700 kHz.
    (b) Additionally, in Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. 
Virgin Islands the frequencies 1230, 1240, 1340, 1400, 1450, and 1490 
kHz are designated as Regional channels, and are assigned for use by 
Class B stations. Stations formerly licensed to these channels in those 
locations as Class C stations are redesignated as Class B stations.

[56 FR 64857, Dec. 12, 1991]



Sec.  73.27  Local channels; Class C stations.

    Within the conterminous 48 states, the following frequencies are 
designated as local channels, and are assigned for use by Class C 
stations: 1230, 1240, 1340, 1400, 1450, and 1490 kHz.

[56 FR 64857, Dec. 12, 1991]



Sec.  73.28  Assignment of stations to channels.

    (a) The Commission will not make an AM station assignment that does 
not conform with international requirements and restrictions on spectrum 
use that the United States has accepted as a signatory to treaties, 
conventions, and other international agreements. See Sec.  73.1650 for a 
list of pertinent treaties, conventions and agreements, and Sec.  73.23 
for procedural provisions relating to compliance with them.
    (b) Engineering standards now in force domestically differ in some 
respects from those specified for international purposes. The 
engineering standards specified for international purposes (see Sec.  
73.1650, International Agreements) will be used to determine:
    (1) The extent to which interference might be caused by a proposed 
station in the United States to a station in another country; and
    (2) whether the United States should register an objection to any 
new or changed assignment notified by another country. The domestic 
standards in effect in the United States will be used to determine the 
extent to which interference exists or would exist from a foreign 
station where the value of such interference enters into a calculation 
of:

[[Page 16]]

    (i) The service to be rendered by a proposed operation in the United 
States; or
    (ii) the permissible interfering signal from one station in the 
United States to another United States station.

[28 FR 13574, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 29 FR 9499, July 11, 1964; 49 
FR 32358, Aug. 14, 1984; 50 FR 18821, May 2, 1985; 54 FR 39736, Sept. 
28, 1989; 56 FR 64857, Dec. 12, 1991]



Sec.  73.29  Class C stations on regional channels.

    No license will be granted for the operation of a Class C station on 
a regional channel.

[ 56 FR 64857, Dec. 12, 1991]



Sec.  73.30  Petition for authorization of an allotment in the 1605-1705 kHz 

band.

    (a) Any party interested in operating an AM broadcast station on one 
of the ten channels in the 1605-1705 kHz band must file a petition for 
the establishment of an allotment to its community of license. Each 
petition must include the following information:
    (1) Name of community for which allotment is sought;
    (2) Frequency and call letters of the petitioner's existing AM 
operation; and
    (3) Statement as to whether or not AM stereo operation is proposed 
for the operation in the 1605-1705 kHz band.
    (b) Petitions are to be filed during a filing period to be 
determined by the Commission. For each filing period, eligible stations 
will be allotted channels based on the following steps:
    (1) Stations are ranked in descending order according to the 
calculated improvement factor.
    (2) The station with the highest improvement factor is initially 
allotted the lowest available channel.
    (3) Successively, each station with the next lowest improvement 
factor, is allotted an available channel taking into account the 
possible frequency and location combinations and relationship to 
previously selected allotments. If a channel is not available for the 
subject station, previous allotments are examined with respect to an 
alternate channel, the use of which would make a channel available for 
the subject station.
    (4) When it has been determined that, in accordance with the above 
steps, no channel is available for the subject station, that station is 
no longer considered and the process continues to the station with the 
next lowest improvement factor.
    (c) If awarded an allotment, a petitioner will have sixty (60) days 
from the date of public notice of selection to file an application for 
construction permit on FCC Form 301. (See Sec. Sec.  73.24 and 73.37(e) 
for filing requirements). Unless instructed by the Commission to do 
otherwise, the application shall specify Model I facilities. (See Sec.  
73.14). Upon grant of the application and subsequent construction of the 
authorized facility, the applicant must file a license application on 
FCC Form 302.

    Note 1: Until further notice by the Commission, the filing of these 
petitions is limited to licensees of existing AM stations (excluding 
Class C stations) operating in the 535-1605 kHz band. First priority 
will be assigned to Class D stations located within the primary service 
contours of U.S. Class A stations that are licensed to serve communities 
of 100,000 or more for which there exists no local fulltime aural 
service.
    Note 2: Selection among competing petitions will be based on 
interference reduction. Notwithstanding the exception contained in Note 
5 of this section, within each operational category, the station 
demonstrating the highest value of improvement factor will be afforded 
the highest priority for an allotment, with the next priority assigned 
to the station with next lowest value, and so on, until available 
allotments are filled.
    Note 3: The Commission will periodically evaluate the progress of 
the movement of stations from the 535-1605 kHz band to the 1605-1705 kHz 
band to determine whether the 1605-1705 kHz band should continue to be 
administered on an allotment basis or modified to an assignment method. 
If appropriate, the Commission will later develop further procedures for 
use of the 1605-1705 kHz band by existing station licensees and others.
    Note 4: Other than the exception specified in note 1 of this 
section, existing fulltime stations are considered first for selection 
as described in note 2 of this section. In the event that an allotment 
availability exists for which no fulltime station has filed a relevant 
petition, such allotment may be awarded to a licensed Class D station. 
If more than one Class D station applies for this migration opportunity, 
the following priorities will be used in the selection process: First 
priority--a Class D station located within the 0.5 mV/m-50% contour of a 
U.S.

[[Page 17]]

Class A station and licensed to serve a community of 100,000 or more, 
for which there exists no local fulltime aural service; Second 
priority--Class D stations ranked in order of improvement factor, from 
highest to lowest, considering only those stations with improvement 
factors greater than zero.
    Note 5: The preference for AM stereo in the expanded band will be 
administered as follows: when an allotment under consideration 
(candidate allotment) conflicts with one or more previously selected 
allotments (established allotments) and cannot be accommodated in the 
expanded band, the candidate allotment will be substituted for the 
previously established allotment provided that: the petitioner for the 
candidate allotment has made a written commitment to the use of AM 
stereo and the petitioner for the established allotment has not; the 
difference between the ranking factors associated with the candidate and 
established allotments does not exceed 10% of the ranking factor of the 
candidate allotment; the substitution will not require the displacement 
of more than one established allotment; and both the candidate allotment 
and the established allotment are within the same priority group.

[58 FR 27949, May 12, 1993]



Sec.  73.31  Rounding of nominal power specified on applications.

    (a) An application filed with the FCC for a new station or for an 
increase in power of an existing station shall specify nominal power 
rounded to two significant figures as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Rounded
                                                                down to
                      Nominal power (kW)                        nearest
                                                                 figure
                                                                  (kW)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Below 0.25...................................................      0.001
0.25 to 0.99.................................................       0.01
1 to 9.9.....................................................        0.1
10 to 50.....................................................          1
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) In rounding the nominal power in accordance with paragraph (a) 
of this section the RMS shall be adjusted accordingly. If rounding 
upward to the nearest figure would result in objectionable interference, 
the nominal power specified on the application is to be rounded downward 
to the next nearest figure and the RMS adjusted accordingly.

[50 FR 18821, May 2, 1985, as amended at 53 FR 1031, Jan. 15, 1988]



Sec.  73.33  Antenna systems; showing required.

    (a) An application for authority to install a broadcast antenna 
shall specify a definite site and include full details of the antenna 
design and expected performance.
    (b) All data necessary to show compliance with the terms and 
conditions of the construction permit must be filed with the license 
application. If the station is using a directional antenna, a proof of 
performance must also be filed.

[28 FR 13574, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 37 FR 25840, Dec. 5, 1972]



Sec.  73.35  Calculation of improvement factors.

    A petition for an allotment (See Sec.  73.30) in the 1605-1705 kHz 
band filed by an existing fulltime AM station licensed in the 535-1605 
kHz band will be ranked according to the station's calculated 
improvement factor. (See Sec.  73.30). Improvement factors relate to 
both nighttime and daytime interference conditions and are based on two 
distinct considerations: (a) Service area lost by other stations due to 
interference caused by the subject station, and (b) service area of the 
subject station. These considerations are represented by a ratio. The 
ratio consists, where applicable, of two separate additive components, 
one for nighttime and one for daytime. For the nighttime component, to 
determine the numerator of the ratio (first consideration), calculate 
the RSS and associated service area of the stations (co- and adjacent 
channel) to which the subject station causes nighttime interference. 
Next, repeat the RSS and service area calculations excluding the subject 
station. The cumulative gain in the above service area is the numerator 
of the ratio. The denominator (second consideration) is the subject 
station's interference-free service area. For the daytime component, the 
composite amount of service lost by co-channel and adjacent channel 
stations, each taken individually, that are affected by the subject 
station, excluding the effects of other assignments during each study, 
will be used as the numerator of the daytime improvement factor. The 
denominator will consist of the actual

[[Page 18]]

daytime service area (0.5 mV/m contour) less any area lost to 
interference from other assignments. The value of this combined ratio 
will constitute the petitioner's improvement factor. Notwithstanding the 
requirements of Sec.  73.153, for uniform comparisons and simplicity, 
measurement data will not be used for determining improvement factors 
and FCC figure M-3 ground conductivity values are to be used exclusively 
in accordance with the pertinent provisions of Sec.  73.183(c)(1).

[56 FR 64858, Dec. 12, 1991]



Sec.  73.37  Applications for broadcast facilities, showing required.

    (a) No application will be accepted for a new station if the 
proposed operation would involve overlap of signal strength contours 
with any other station as set forth below in this paragraph; and no 
application will be accepted for a change of the facilities of an 
existing station if the proposed change would involve such overlap where 
there is not already such overlap between the stations involved:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Contour of
                                  proposed
                                   station       Contour of any other
   Frequency separation (kHz)     (classes          station (mV/m)
                                  B, C and
                                  D) (mV/m)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0..............................       0.005  0.100 (Class A).
                                      0.025  0.500(Other classes).
                                      0.500  0.025 (All classes).
10.............................       0.250  0.500(All classes).
                                      0.500  0.250 (All classes).
20.............................           5  5 (All classes).
                                          5  5 (All classes).
30.............................          25  25 (All classes).
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) In determining overlap received, an application for a new Class 
C station with daytime power of 250 watts, or greater, shall be 
considered on the assumption that both the proposed operation and all 
existing Class C stations operate with 250 watts and utilize non-
directional antennas.
    (c) If otherwise consistent with the public interest, an application 
requesting an increase in the daytime power of an existing Class C 
station on a local channel from 250 watts to a maximum of 1kW, or from 
100 watts to a maximum of 500 watts, may be granted notwithstanding 
overlap prohibited by paragraph (a) of this section. In the case of a 
100 watt Class C station increasing daytime power, the provisions of 
this paragraph shall not be construed to permit an increase in power to 
more than 500 watts, if prohibited overlap would be involved, even if 
successive applications should be tendered.
    (d) In addition to demonstrating compliance with paragraphs (a), 
and, as appropriate, (b), and (c) of this section, an application for a 
new AM broadcast station, or for a major change (see Sec.  
73.3571(a)(1)) in an authorized AM broadcast station, as a condition for 
its acceptance, shall make a satisfactory showing, if new or modified 
nighttime operation by a Class B station is proposed, that objectionable 
interference will not result to an authorized station, as determined 
pursuant to Sec.  73.182(1).
    (e) An application for an authorization in the 1605-1705 kHz band 
which has been selected through the petition process (See Sec.  73.30) 
is not required to demonstrate compliance with paragraph (a), (b), (c), 
or (d) of this section. Instead, the applicant need only comply with the 
terms of the allotment authorization issued by the Commission in 
response to the earlier petition for establishment of a station in the 
1605-1705 kHz band. Within the allotment authorization, the Commission 
will specify the assigned frequency and the applicable technical 
requirements.
    (f) Stations on 1580, 1590 and 1600 kHz. In addition to the rules 
governing the authorization of facilities in the 535-1605 kHz band, 
stations on these frequencies seeking facilities modifications must 
protect assignments in the 1610-1700 kHz band. Such protection shall be 
afforded in a manner which considers the spacings that occur or exist 
between the subject station and a station within the range 1605-1700 
kHz. The spacings are the same as those specified for stations in the 
frequency band 1610-1700 kHz or the current separation distance, 
whichever is greater. Modifications that would result in a spacing or 
spacings that fails to meet any of the separations must include a 
showing that appropriate adjustment has been made to the radiated signal 
which effectively results in a site-to-site radiation that is equivalent 
to the radiation of a station with standard

[[Page 19]]

Model I facilities (10 kW-D, 1 kW-N, non-DA, 90 degree antenna ht. & 
ground system) operating in compliance with all of the above separation 
distances. In those cases where that radiation equivalence value is 
already exceeded, a station may continue to maintain, but not increase 
beyond that level.

    Note 1: In the case of applications for changes in the facilities of 
AM broadcast stations covered by this section, an application will be 
accepted even though overlap of field strength contours as mentioned in 
this section would occur with another station in an area where such 
overlap does not already exist, if:
    (1) The total area of overlap with that station would not be 
increased;
    (2) There would be no net increase in the area of overlap with any 
other station; and
    (3) There would be created no area of overlap with any station with 
which overlap does not now exist.
    Note 2: The provisions of this section concerning prohibited overlap 
of field strength contours will not apply where:
    (1) The area of overlap lies entirely over sea water: or
    (2) The only overlap involved would be that caused to a foreign 
station, in which case the provisions of the applicable international 
agreement, as identified in Sec.  73.1650, will apply. When overlap 
would be received from a foreign station, the provisions of this section 
will apply, except where there would be overlap with a foreign station 
with a frequency separation of 20 kHz, in which case the provisions of 
the international agreement will apply in lieu of this section.
    Note 3: In determining the number of ``authorized'' aural 
transmission facilities in a given community, applications for that 
community in hearing or otherwise having protected status under 
specified ``cut-off'' procedures shall be considered as existing 
stations. In the event that there are two or more mutually exclusive 
protected applications seeking authorization for the proposed community 
it will be assumed that only one is ``authorized.''
    Note 4: A ``transmission facility'' for a community is a station 
licensed to the community. Such a station provides a ``transmission 
service'' for that community.

[56 FR 64858, Dec. 12, 1991; 57 FR 43290, Sept. 18, 1992]



Sec.  73.44  AM transmission system emission limitations.

    (a) The emissions of stations in the AM service shall be attenuated 
in accordance with the requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this 
section. Emissions shall be measured using a properly operated and 
suitable swept-frequency RF spectrum analyzer using a peak hold duration 
of 10 minutes, no video filtering, and a 300 Hz resolution bandwidth, 
except that a wider resolution bandwidth may be employed above 11.5 kHz 
to detect transient emissions. Alternatively, other specialized 
receivers or monitors with appropriate characteristics may be used to 
determine compliance with the provisions of this section, provided that 
any disputes over measurement accuracy are resolved in favor of 
measurements obtained by using a calibrated spectrum analyzer adjusted 
as set forth above.
    (b) Emissions 10.2 kHz to 20 kHz removed from the carrier must be 
attenuated at least 25 dB below the unmodulated carrier level, emissions 
20 kHz to 30 kHz removed from the carrier must be attenuated at least 35 
dB below the unmodulated carrier level, emissions 30 kHz to 60 kHz 
removed from the carrier must be attenuated at least [5 + 1 dB/kHz] 
below the unmodulated carrier level, and emissions between 60 kHz and 75 
kHz of the carrier frequency must be attenuated at least 65 dB below the 
unmodulated carrier level. Emissions removed by more than 75 kHz must be 
attenuated at least 43 + 10 Log (Power in watts) or 80 dB below the 
unmodulated carrier level, whichever is the lesser attenuation, except 
for transmitters having power less than 158 watts, where the attenuation 
must be at least 65 dB below carrier level.
    (c) Should harmful interference be caused to the reception of other 
broadcast or non-broadcast stations by out of band emissions, the 
licensee may be directed to achieve a greater degree of attentuation 
than specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
    (d) Measurements to determine compliance with this section for 
transmitter type acceptance are to be made using signals sampled at the 
output terminals of the transmitter when operating into an artificial 
antenna of substantially zero reactance. Measurements made of the 
emissions of an operating station are to be made at ground level 
approximately 1 kilometer from the center of the antenna system. When a 
directional antenna is

[[Page 20]]

used, the carrier frequency reference field strength to be used in order 
of preference shall be:
    (1) The measure non-directional field strength.
    (2) The RMS field strength determined from the measured directional 
radiation pattern.
    (3) The calculated expected field strength that would be radiated by 
a non-directional antenna at the station authorized power.
    (e) Licensees of stations complying with the ANSI/EIA-549-1988, 
NRSC-1 AM Preemphasis/Deemphasis and Broadcast Transmission Bandwidth 
Specifications (NRSC-1), prior to June 30, 1990 or from the original 
commencement of operation will, until June 30, 1994, be considered to 
comply with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, absent any reason 
for the Commission to believe otherwise. Such stations are waived from 
having to make the periodic measurements required in Sec.  73.1590(a)(6) 
until June 30, 1994. However, licensees must make measurements to 
determine compliance with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section upon 
receipt of an Official Notice of Violation or a Notice of Apparent 
Liability alleging noncompliance with those provisions, or upon specific 
request by the Commission.

[47 FR 8588, Mar. 1, 1982, as amended at 49 FR 3999, Feb. 1, 1984]



Sec.  73.45  AM antenna systems.

    (a) All applicants for new, additional, or different AM station 
facilities and all licensees requesting authority to change the 
transmitting system site of an existing station must specify an antenna 
system, the efficiency of which complies with the requirements for the 
class and power of station. (See Sec. Sec.  73.186 and 73.189.)
    (1) An application for authority to install an AM broadcast antenna 
must specify a definite site and include full details of the antenna 
system design and expected performance.
    (2) All data necessary to show compliance with the terms and 
conditions of the construction permit must be filed with the application 
for the station license to cover the construction. If the station has 
constructed a directional antenna, a directional proof of performance 
must be filed. See Sec. Sec.  73.150 through 73.157.
    (b) The simultaneous use of a common antenna or antenna structure by 
more than one AM station or by a station of any other type or service 
may be authorized provided:
    (1) Engineering data are submitted showing that satisfactory 
operation of each station will be obtained without adversely affecting 
the operation of the other station(s).
    (2) The minimum field strength for each AM station complies with 
Sec.  73.189(b).
    (c) Should any changes be made or otherwise occur which would 
possibly alter the resistance of the antenna system, the licensee must 
commence the determination of the operating power by a method described 
in Sec.  73.51(a)(1) or (d). (If the changes are due to the construction 
of FM or TV transmitting facilities, see Sec. Sec.  73.316, 73.685, and 
73.1692.) Upon completion of any necessary repairs or adjustments, or 
upon completion of authorized construction or modifications, the 
licensee must make a new determination of the antenna resistance using 
the procedures described in Sec.  73.54. Operating power should then be 
determined by a direct method as described in Sec.  73.51. Notification 
of the value of resistance of the antenna system must be filed with the 
FCC in Washington, DC as follows:
    (1) Whenever the measurements show that the antenna or common point 
resistance differs from that shown on the station authorization by more 
than 2%, FCC Form 302 must be filed with the information and measurement 
data specified in Sec.  73.54(d).
    (2) Whenever AM stations use direct reading power meters pursuant to 
Sec.  73.51, a letter notification to the FCC in Washington, DC, 
Attention: Audio Division, Media Bureau, must be filed in accordance 
with Sec.  73.54(e).

[43 FR 53735, Nov. 17, 1978, as amended at 45 FR 28141, Apr. 28, 1980; 
47 FR 8589, Mar. 1, 1982; 50 FR 32416, Aug. 12, 1985; 51 FR 2707; Jan. 
21, 1986; 51 FR 26250, July 22, 1986; 63 FR 33875, June 22, 1998; 67 FR 
13231, Mar. 21, 2002]



Sec.  73.49  AM transmission system fencing requirements.

    Antenna towers having radio frequency potential at the base (series

[[Page 21]]

fed, folded unipole, and insulated base antennas) must be enclosed 
within effective locked fences or other enclosures. Ready access must be 
provided to each antenna tower base for meter reading and maintenance 
purposes at all times. However, individual tower fences need not be 
installed if the towers are contained within a protective property 
fence.

[51 FR 2707, Jan. 21, 1986]



Sec.  73.51  Determining operating power.

    (a) Except in those circumstances described in paragraph (d) of this 
section, the operating power shall be determined by the direct method. 
The direct method consists of either:
    (1) using a suitable instrument for determining the antenna's input 
power directly from the RF voltage, RF current, and phase angle; or
    (2) calculating the product of the licensed antenna or common point 
resistance at the operating frequency (see Sec.  73.54), and the square 
of the indicated unmodulated antenna current at that frequency, measured 
at the point where the resistance has been determined.
    (b) The authorized antenna input power for each station shall be 
equal to the nominal power for such station, with the following 
exceptions:
    (1) For stations with nominal powers of 5 kW, or less, the 
authorized antenna input power to directional antennas shall exceed the 
nominal power by 8 percent.
    (2) For stations with nominal powers in excess of 5 kW, the 
authorized antenna input power to directional antennas shall exceed the 
nominal power by 5.3 percent.
    (3) In specific cases, it may be necessary to limit the radiated 
field to a level below that which would result if normal power were 
delivered to the antenna. In such cases, excess power may be dissipated 
in the antenna feed circuit, the transmitter may be operated with power 
output at a level which is less than the rated carrier power, or a 
combination of the two methods may be used, subject to the conditions 
given in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (i) Where a dissipative network is employed, the authorized antenna 
current and resistance, and the authorized antenna input power shall be 
determined at the input terminals of the dissipative network.
    (ii) Where the authorized antenna input power is less than the 
nominal power, subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (c) of 
this section, the transmitter may be operated at the reduced power level 
necessary to supply the authorized antenna input power.
    (c) Applications for authority to operate with antenna input power 
which is less than nominal power and/or to employ a dissipative network 
in the antenna system shall be made on FCC Form 302. The technical 
information supplied on section II-A of this form shall be that applying 
to the proposed conditions of operation. In addition, the following 
information shall be furnished, as pertinent:
    (1) Full details of any network employed for the purpose of 
dissipating radio frequency energy otherwise delivered to the antenna 
(see Sec.  73.54).
    (2) A showing that the transmitter has been type accepted or 
notified for operation at the proposed power output level, or, in lieu 
thereof:
    (i) A full description of the means by which transmitter output 
power will be reduced.
    (ii) Where the proposed transmitter power output level(s) is less 
than 90% of the rated power of the transmitter, equipment performance 
measurements must be made to confirm that the station transmissions 
conform to the emission limitation specified in Sec.  73.44, under all 
conditions of program operation.
    (iii) A showing that, at the proposed power output level, means are 
provided for varying the transmitter output within a tolerance of 10 percent, to compensate for variations in line voltage 
or other factors which may affect the power output level.
    (d) When it is not possible or appropriate to use the direct method 
of power determination due to technical reasons, the indirect method of 
determining operating power (see paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section) 
may be used on a temporary basis. A notation must be made in the station 
log indicating the dates of commencement and termination of measurement 
using

[[Page 22]]

the indirect method of power determination.
    (e) The antenna input power is determined indirectly by applying an 
appropriate factor to the input power to the last radio-frequency power 
amplifier stage of the transmitter, using the following formula:

Where:

Antenna input power = Ep x Ip x F

Ep=DC input voltage of final radio stage.
Ip=Total DC input current of final radio stage.
F= Efficiency factor.

    (1) If the above formula is not appropriate for the design of the 
transmitter final amplifier, use a formula specified by the transmitter 
manufacturer with other appropriate operating parameters.
    (2) The value of F applicable to each mode of operation must be 
determined and a record kept thereof with a notation as to its 
derivation. This factor is to be established by one of the methods 
described in paragraph (f) of this section and retained in the station 
records.
    (f) The value of F is to be determined by one of the following 
procedures listed in order of preference:
    (1) If the station had previously been authorized and operating by 
determining the antenna input power by the direct method, the factor F 
is the ratio of the antenna input power (determined by the direct 
method) to the corresponding final radio frequency power amplifier input 
power.
    (2) If a station has not been previously in regular operation with 
the power authorized for the period of indirect power determination, if 
a new transmitter has been installed, or if, for any other reason, the 
determination of the factor F by the method described in paragraph 
(f)(1) of this section is impracticable:
    (i) The factor F as shown in the transmitter manufacturer's test 
report, if such a test report specifies a unique value of F for the 
power level and frequently used; or
    (ii) The value determined by reference to the following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Method of        Maximum rated carrier      Class of
Factor(F)       modulation               power              amplifier
------------------------------------------------------------------------
   0.70    Plate..............  1 kW or less..........  ................
    .80    Plate..............  2.5 kW and over.......  ................
    .35    Low level..........  0.25 kW and over......  B
    .65    Low level..........  0.25 kW and over......  BC\1\
    .35    Grid...............  0.25 kW and over......  ................
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ All linear amplifier operation where efficiency approaches that of
  class C operation.


(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, as amended, 1068, 1082, as 
amended; 47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303. Interpret or apply secs. 301, 303, 
307, 48 Stat. 1081, 1082, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 301, 303, 307)

[37 FR 7516, Apr. 15, 1972, as amended at 42 FR 36827, July 18, 1977; 42 
FR 61863, Dec. 7, 1977; 44 FR 36036, June 20, 1979; 47 FR 28387, June 
30, 1982; 48 FR 38477, Aug. 24, 1983; 48 FR 44805, Sept. 30, 1983; 49 FR 
3999, Feb. 1, 1984; 49 FR 4210, Feb. 3, 1984; 49 FR 49850, Dec. 24, 
1984; 50 FR 24521, June 11, 1985; 52 FR 10570, Apr. 2, 1987]



Sec.  73.53  Requirements for authorization of antenna monitors.

    (a) Antenna monitors shall be verified for compliance with the 
technical requirements in this section. The procedure for verification 
is specified in subpart J of part 2 of the FCC's rules.
    (b) An antenna monitor shall meet the following specifications:
    (1) The monitor shall be designed to operate in the 535-1705 kHz 
band.
    (2) The monitor shall be capable of indicating any phase difference 
between two RF voltages of the same frequency over a range of from 0 to 
360[deg].
    (3) The monitor shall be capable of indicating the relative 
amplitude of two RF voltages.
    (4) The device used to indicate phase differences shall indicate in 
degrees, and shall be graduated in increments of 2[deg], or less. If a 
digital indicator is provided, the smallest increment shall be 0.5[deg], 
or less.
    (5) The device used to indicate relative amplitudes shall be 
graduated in increments which are 1 percent, or less, of the full scale 
value. If a digital indicator is provided, the smallest increment shall 
be 0.1 percent, or less, of the full scale value.
    (6) The monitor shall be equipped with means, if necessary, to 
resolve ambiguities in indication.
    (7) If the monitor is provided with more than one RF input terminal 
in

[[Page 23]]

addition to a reference input terminal, appropriate switching shall be 
provided in the monitor so that the signal at each of these RF inputs 
may be selected separately for comparison with the reference input 
signal.
    (8) Each RF input of the monitor shall provide a termination of such 
characteristics that, when connected to a sampling line of an impedance 
specified by the manufacturer the voltage reflection coefficient shall 
be 3 percent or less.
    (9) The monitor, if intended for use by stations operating 
directional antenna systems by remote control, shall be designed so that 
the switching functions required by paragraph (b)(7) of this section may 
be performed from a point external to the monitor, and phase and 
amplitude indications be provided by external meters. The indications of 
external meters furnished by the manufacturer shall meet the 
specifications for accuracy and repeatability of the monitor itself, and 
the connection of these meters to the monitor, or of other indicating 
instruments with electrical characteristics meeting the specifications 
of the monitor manufacturer shall not affect adversely the performance 
of the monitor in any respect.
    (10) Complete and correct schematic diagrams and operating 
instructions shall be retained by the party responsible for verification 
of the equipment and submitted to the FCC upon request. For the purpose 
of equipment authorization, these diagrams and instructions shall be 
considered as part of the monitor.
    (11) When an RF signal of an amplitude within a range specified by 
the manufacturer is applied to the reference RF input terminal of the 
monitor, and another RF signal of the same frequency and of equal or 
lower amplitude is applied to any other selected RF input terminal, 
indications shall be provided meeting the following specifications.
    (i) The accuracy with which any difference in the phases of the 
applied signals is indicated shall be 1[deg], or 
better, for signal amplitude ratios of from 2:1 to 1:1, and 2[deg], or better, for signal amplitude ratios in excess 
of 2:1 and up to 5:1.
    (ii) The repeatability of indication of any difference in the phases 
of the applied signals shall be 1[deg], or better.
    (iii) The accuracy with which the relative amplitudes of the applied 
signals is indicated, over a range in which the ratio of these 
amplitudes is between 2:1 and 1:1, shall be 2 
percent of the amplitude ratio, or better, and for amplitude ratios in 
excess of 2:1 and up to 5:1, 5 percent of the 
ratio, or better.
    (iv) The repeatability of indication of the relative amplitudes of 
the applied signals, over a range where the ratio of these amplitudes is 
between 5:1 and 1:1, shall be 2 percent of the 
amplitude ratio, or better.
    (v) The modulation of the RF signals by a sinusoidal wave of any 
frequency between 100 and 10,000 Hz, at any amplitude up to 90 percent 
shall cause no deviation in an indicated phase difference from its 
value, as determined without modulation, greater than 0.5[deg].
    (12) The performance specifications set forth in paragraph (b)(11) 
of this section, shall be met when the monitor is operated and tested 
under the following conditions.
    (i) After continuous operation for 1 hour, the monitor shall be 
calibrated and adjusted in accordance with the manufacturer's 
instructions.
    (ii) The monitor shall be subjected to variations in ambient 
temperature between the limits of 10 and 40 [deg]C; external meters 
furnished by the manufacturer will be subjected to variations between 15 
and 30 [deg]C.
    (iii) Powerline supply voltage shall be varied over a range of from 
10 percent below to 10 percent above the rated supply voltage.
    (iv) The amplitude of the reference signal shall be varied over the 
operating range specified by the manufacturer, and in any case over a 
range of maximum to minimum values of 3 to 1.
    (v) The amplitude of the comparison signal shall be varied from a 
value which is 0.2 of the amplitude of the reference signal to a value 
which is equal in amplitude to the reference signal.
    (vi) Accuracy shall be determined for the most adverse combination 
of conditions set forth above.
    (vii) Repeatability shall be determined as that which may be 
achieved under the specified test conditions over

[[Page 24]]

a period of 7 days, during which no calibration or adjustment of the 
instrument, subsequent to the initial calibration, shall be made.
    (viii) The effects of modulation of the RF signal shall be 
separately determined, and shall not be included in establishing values 
for accuracy and repeatability.

    Note: In paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the requirement that 
monitors be capable of operation in the 535-1705 kHz band shall apply 
only to equipment manufactured after July 1, 1992. Use of a monitor in 
the 1605-1705 kHz band which is not approved for such operation will be 
permitted pending the general availability of 535-1705 kHz band monitors 
if a manufacturer can demonstrate, in the interim, that its monitor 
performs in accordance with the standards in this section on these 10 
channels.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 
155, 303))

[38 FR 1917, Jan. 19, 1973, as amended at 49 FR 3999, Feb. 1, 1984; 49 
FR 29069, July 18, 1984; 50 FR 32416, Aug. 12, 1985; 50 FR 47054, Nov. 
14, 1985; 51 FR 2707, Jan. 21, 1986; 56 FR 64859, Dec. 12, 1991; 57 FR 
43290, Sept. 18, 1992; 60 FR 55480, Nov. 1, 1995; 63 FR 36604, July 7, 
1998; 66 FR 20755, Apr. 25, 2001]



Sec.  73.54  Antenna resistance and reactance measurements.

    (a) The resistance of an omnidirectional series fed antenna is 
measured at either the base of the antenna without intervening coupling 
or tuning networks, or at the point the transmission line connects to 
the output terminals of the transmitter. The resistance of a shunt 
excited antenna may be measured at the point the radio frequency energy 
is transferred to the feed wire circuit or at the output terminals of 
the transmitter.
    (b) The resistance and reactance of a directional antenna shall be 
measured at the point of common radiofrequency input to the directional 
antenna system after the antenna has been finally adjusted for the 
required radiation pattern.
    (c) A letter of notification must be filed with the FCC in 
Washington, DC, Attention: Audio Division, Media Bureau, when 
determining power by the direct method pursuant to Sec.  73.51. The 
letter must specify the antenna or common point resistance at the 
operating frequency. The following information must also be kept on file 
at the station:
    (1) A full description of the method used to make measurements.
    (2) A schematic diagram showing clearly all components of coupling 
circuits, the point of resistance measurement, the location of the 
antenna ammeter, connections to and characteristics of all tower 
lighting isolation circuits, static drains, and any other fixtures 
connected to and supported by the antenna, including other antennas and 
associated networks. Any network or circuit component used to dissipate 
radio frequency power shall be specifically identified, and the 
impedances of all components which control the level of power 
dissipation, and the effective input resistance of the network must be 
indicated.
    (d) AM stations using direct reading power meters in accordance with 
Sec.  73.51, can either submit the information required by paragraph (c) 
of this section or submit a statement indicating that such a meter is 
being used. Subsequent station licenses will indicate the use of a 
direct reading power meter in lieu of the antenna resistance value in 
such a situation.

[66 FR 20755, Apr. 25, 2001,as amended at 67 FR 13231, Mar. 21, 2002]



Sec.  73.57  Remote reading antenna and common point ammeters.

    Remote reading antenna and common point ammeters may be used without 
further authority according to the following conditions:
    (a) Remote reading antenna or common point ammeters may be provided 
by:
    (1) Inserting second radio frequency current sensing device directly 
in the antenna circuit with remote leads to the indicating instruments.
    (2) Inductive coupling to radio frequency current sensing device for 
providing direct current to indicating instrument.
    (3) Capacity coupling to radio frequency current sensing device for 
providing direct current to indicating instrument.
    (4) Current transformer connected to radio frequency current sensing 
device for providing direct current to indicating instrument.

[[Page 25]]

    (5) Using transmission line current meter at transmitter as remote 
reading ammeter. See paragraph (c) of this section.
    (6) Using the indications of the antenna (phase) monitor, provided 
that when the monitor is used to obtain remote reading indication of 
non-directional antenna base current, the monitor calibration can be 
independently made and maintained for each mode of operation.
    (b) Devices used for obtaining remote reading antenna or common 
point current indications, except antenna monitor coupling elements, 
shall be located at the same point as, but below (transmitter side) the 
associated main ammeter.
    (c) In the case of shunt-excited antennas, the transmission line 
current meter at the transmitter may be considered as the remote antenna 
ammeter provided the transmission line is terminated directly into the 
excitation circuit feed line, which shall employ series tuning only (no 
shunt circuits of any type shall be employed) and insofar as 
practicable, the type and scale of the transmission line meter should be 
the same as those of the excitation circuit feed line meter (meter in 
slant wire feed line or equivalent).
    (d) Each remote reading ammeter shall be accurate to within 2 
percent of the value read on its corresponding regular ammeter.
    (e) All remote reading ammeters shall conform with the 
specifications for regular antenna ammeters.
    (f) Meters with arbitrary scale divisions may be used provided that 
calibration charts or curves are provided at the transmitter control 
point showing the relationship between the arbitrary scales and the 
reading of the main meters.
    (g) If a malfunction affects the remote reading indicators of the 
antenna or common point ammeter, the operating power may be determined 
by a method using alternative procedures as described in Sec.  73.51.

[41 FR 36817, Sept. 1, 1976, as amended at 48 FR 38477, Aug. 24, 1983; 
49 FR 49850, Dec. 24, 1984; 50 FR 32416, Aug. 12, 1985; 60 FR 55480, 
Nov. 1, 1995]



Sec.  73.58  Indicating instruments.

    (a) Each AM broadcast station must be equipped with indicating 
instruments which conform with the specifications described in Sec.  
73.1215 for determining power by the direct and indirect methods, and 
with such other instruments as are necessary for the proper adjustment, 
operation, and maintenance of the transmitting system. However, 
auxiliary transmitters with a nominal power rating of 100 watts or less 
are not required to be equipped with instruments to determine power by 
the indirect method provided that the licensee can determine the antenna 
input power at all times.
    (b) Since it is usually impractical to measure the actual antenna 
current of a shunt excited antenna system, the current measured at the 
input of the excitation circuit feed line is accepted as the antenna 
current.
    (c) The function of each instrument shall be clearly and permanently 
shown on the instrument itself or on the panel immediately adjacent 
thereto.
    (d) In the event that any one of these indicating instruments 
becomes defective when no substitute which conforms with the required 
specifications is available, the station may be operated without the 
defective instrument pending its repair or replacement for a period not 
in excess of 60 days without further authority of the Commission. If the 
defective instrument is the antenna current meter of a nondirectional 
station which does not employ a remote antenna ammeter, or if the 
defective instrument is the common point meter of a station which 
employs a directional antenna and does not employ a remote common point 
meter, the operating power shall be determined by a method described in 
Sec.  73.51(a)(1) or Sec.  73.51(d) during the entire time the station 
is operated without the antenna current meter or common point meter. 
However, if a remote meter is employed and the antenna current ammeter 
or common point meter becomes defective, the remote meter can be used to 
determine operating power pending the return to service of the regular 
meter.

[[Page 26]]

    (e) If conditions beyond the control of the licensee prevent the 
restoration of the meter to service within the above allowed period, 
information requested in accordance with Sec.  73.3549 may be filed by 
letter with the FCC in Washington, DC, Attention: Audio Division, Media 
Bureau, to request additional time as may be required to complete 
repairs of the defective instrument.

[41 FR 36817, Sept. 1, 1976, as amended at 48 FR 38477, Aug. 24, 1983; 
49 FR 49850, Dec. 24, 1984; 50 FR 32416, Aug. 12, 1985; 51 FR 2707, Jan. 
21, 1986; 53 FR 2498, Jan. 28, 1988; 63 FR 33876, June 22, 1998; 66 FR 
20755, Apr. 25, 2001; 67 FR 13231, Mar. 21, 2002]



Sec.  73.61  AM directional antenna field strength measurements.

    (a) Each AM station using a directional antenna must make field 
strength measurements at the monitoring point locations specified in the 
instrument of authorization, as often as necessary to ensure that the 
field at those points does not exceed the values specified in the 
station authorization. Additionally, stations not having an approved 
sampling system must make the measurements once each calendar quarter at 
intervals not exceeding 120 days. The provision of this paragraph 
supersedes any schedule specified on a station license issued prior to 
January 1, 1986. The results of the measurements are to be entered into 
the station log pursuant to the provisions of Sec.  73.1820.
    (b) Partial proof of performance measurements using the procedures 
described in Sec.  73.154 must be made whenever the licensee has reason 
to believe that the radiated field may be exceeding the limits for which 
the station was most recently authorized to operate.
    (c) A station may be directed to make a partial proof of performance 
by the FCC whenever there is an indication that the antenna is not 
operating as authorized.

[50 FR 47054, Nov. 14, 1985]



Sec.  73.62  Directional antenna system operation and tolerances.

    (a) Each AM station operating a directional antenna must maintain 
the relative amplitudes of the antenna currents, as indicated by the 
antenna monitor, within 5% of the values specified on the instrument of 
authorization. Directional antenna relative phases must be maintained 
within 3 degrees of the values specified on the instrument of 
authorization.
    (b) In the event of a failure of system components, improper pattern 
switching or any other event that results in operation substantially at 
variance from the radiation pattern specified in the instrument of 
authorization for the pertinent time of day, operation must be 
terminated within three minutes unless power can be reduced sufficiently 
to eliminate any excessive radiation. See Sec.  73.1350(e).
    (1) Any variation of operating parameters by more than 15 percent sample current ratio or 10 degrees in phase, any monitor point that exceeds 125 
percent of the licensed limit, or any operation at variance that results 
in complaints of interference shall be considered operation 
substantially at variance from the license and will require immediate 
corrective action.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (c) In the event of minor variations of directional antenna 
operating parameters from the tolerances specified in paragraph (a) of 
this section, the following procedures will apply:
    (1) The licensee shall measure and log every monitoring point at 
least once for each mode of directional operation. Subsequent variations 
in operating parameters will require the remeasuring and logging of 
every monitoring point to assure that the authorized monitoring point 
limits are not being exceeded. The licensee will be permitted 24 hours 
to accomplish these actions; provided that, the date and time of the 
failure to maintain proper operating parameters have been recorded in 
the station log.
    (2) Provided each monitoring point is within its specified limit, 
operation may continue for a period up to 30 days before a request for 
Special Temporary Authority (STA) must be filed, pursuant to paragraph 
(c)(4) of this section, to operate with parameters at variance from the 
provisions of paragraph (a) of this section.

[[Page 27]]

    (3) If any monitoring point exceeds its specified limit, the 
licensee must either terminate operation within three hours or reduce 
power in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sec.  73.1350(d), 
in order to eliminate any possibility of interference or excessive 
radiation in any direction.
    (4) If operation pursuant to paragraph (c)(3) of this section is 
necessary, or before the 30-day period specified in paragraph (c)(2) of 
this Sec.  expires, the licensee must request a Special Temporary 
Authority (STA) in accordance with section 73.1635 to continue operation 
with parameters at variance and/or with reduced power along with a 
statement certifying that all monitoring points will be continuously 
maintained within their specified limits.
    (d) In any other situation in which it might reasonably be 
anticipated that the operating parameters might vary out of tolerance 
(such as planned array repairs or adjustment and proofing procedures), 
the licensee shall, before such activity is undertaken, obtain a Special 
Temporary Authority (STA) in accordance with Sec.  73.1635 in order to 
operate with parameters at variance and/or with reduced power as 
required to maintain all monitoring points within their specified 
limits.

[72 FR 44422, Aug. 8, 2007]



Sec.  73.68  Sampling systems for antenna monitors.

    (a) Each AM station permittee authorized to construct a new 
directional antenna system, must install the sampling system in 
accordance with the following specifications:
    (1) Devices used to extract or sample the current and the 
transmission line connecting the sampling elements to the antenna 
monitor must provide accurate and stable signals to the monitor (e.g., 
rigidly mounted and non-rotatable loops and all system components 
protected from physical and environmental disturbances).
    (2) Sampling lines for directional antennas may be of different 
lengths provided the phase difference of signals at the monitor are less 
than 0.5 degrees between the shortest and longest cable lengths due to 
temperature variations to which the system is exposed.
    (3) Other configurations of sampling systems may be used upon 
demonstration of stable operation to the FCC.
    (b) A station having an antenna sampling system constructed 
according to the specifications given in paragraph (a) of this section 
may obtain approval of that system by submitting an informal letter 
request to the FCC in Washington, DC, Attention: Audio Division, Media 
Bureau. The request for approval, signed by the licensee or authorized 
representative, must contain sufficient information to show that the 
sampling system is in compliance with all requirements of paragraph (a) 
of this section.

    Note to paragraph (b):
    A public notice dated December 9, 1985 giving additional information 
on approval of antenna sampling systems is available through the 
Internet at http://www.fcc.gov/mb/audio/decdoc/letter/1985-12-09-
sample.html.

    (c) In the event that the antenna monitor sampling system is 
temporarily out of service for repair or replacement, the station may be 
operated, pending completion of repairs or replacement, for a period not 
exceeding 120 days without further authority from the FCC if all other 
operating parameters and the field monitoring point values are within 
the limits specified on the station authorization.
    (d) If the antenna sampling system is modified or components of the 
sampling system are replaced, the following procedure shall be followed:
    (1) Special Temporary Authority (see Sec.  73.1635) shall be 
requested and obtained from the Commission's Audio Division, Media 
Bureau in Washington to operate with parameters at variance with 
licensed values pending issuance of a modified license specifying 
parameters subsequent to modification or replacement of components.
    (2) Immediately prior to modification or replacement of components 
of the sampling system, and after a verification that all monitoring 
point values and operating parameters are within the limits or 
tolerances specified in the rules, the following indications must be 
recorded for each radiation pattern: Final plate current and plate 
voltage, common point current, antenna monitor phase and current 
indications, and the field strength at

[[Page 28]]

each monitoring point. Subsequent to these modifications or changes the 
procedure must be repeated.
    (3) If monitoring point field strengths or antenna monitor 
parameters exceed allowable limits following the replacement or 
modification of that portion of the sampling system above the base of 
the towers, a partial proof of performance shall be executed in 
accordance with Sec.  73.154 . The partial proof of performance shall be 
accompanied by common point impedance measurements made in accordance 
with Sec.  73.54.
    (4) Request for modification of license shall be submitted to the 
FCC in Washington, DC, within 30 days of the date of sampling system 
modification or replacement. Such request shall specify the transmitter 
plate voltage and plate current, common point current, base currents and 
their ratios, antenna monitor phase and current indications, and all 
other data obtained pursuant to this paragraph.
    (e) If an existing sampling system is found to be patently of 
marginal construction, or where the performance of a directional antenna 
is found to be unsatisfactory, and this deficiency reasonably may be 
attributed, in whole or in part, to inadequacies in the antenna 
monitoring system, the FCC may require the reconstruction of the 
sampling system in accordance with requirements specified above.

[41 FR 7405, Feb. 18, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 24056, May 12, 1977; 44 
FR 58731, Oct. 11, 1979; 46 FR 35462, July 8, 1981; 48 FR 38478, Aug. 
24, 1983; 48 FR 44805, Sept. 30, 1983; 49 FR 32358, Aug. 14, 1984; 50 FR 
47054, Nov. 14, 1985; 51 FR 9965, Mar. 24, 1986; 51 FR 40435, Nov. 7, 
1986; 56 FR 64859, Dec. 12, 1991; 63 FR 33876, June 22, 1998; 66 FR 
20755, Apr. 25, 2001; 67 FR 13231, Mar. 21, 2002]



Sec.  73.69  Antenna monitors.

    (a) Each station using a directional antenna must have in operation 
at the transmitter site an FCC authorized antenna monitor.
    (b) In the event that the antenna monitor sampling system is 
temporarily out of service for repair or replacement, the station may be 
operated, pending completion of repairs or replacement, for a period not 
exceeding 120 days without further authority from the FCC if all other 
operating parameters, and the field monitoring point values are within 
the limits specified on the station authorization.
    (c) If conditions beyond the control of the licensee prevent the 
restoration of the monitor to service within the allowed period, an 
informal letter request in accordance with Sec.  73.3549 of the 
Commission's rules must be filed with the FCC, Attention: Audio 
Division, Media Bureau in Washington, DC for such additional time as may 
be required to complete repairs of the defective instrument.
    (d) If an authorized antenna monitor is replaced by another antenna 
monitor, the following procedure shall be followed:
    (1) Temporary authority shall be requested and obtained from the 
Commission in Washington to operate with parameters at variance with 
licensed values, pending issuance of a modified license specifying new 
parameters.
    (2) Immediately before the replacement of the antenna monitor, after 
a verification that all monitoring point values and the common point 
current reading are within the limits or tolerances specified in the 
rules, the following indications must be recorded for each radiation 
pattern: Final plate current and plate voltage, common point current, 
antenna monitor phase and current indications, and the field strength at 
each monitoring point.
    (3) With the new monitor substituted for the old, all indications 
specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, again must be read. If no 
change has occurred in the indication for any parameter other than the 
indications of the antenna monitor, the new antenna monitor indications 
must be deemed to be those reflecting correct array adjustments.
    (4) If it cannot be established by the observations required in 
paragraph (d)(2) of this section that the common point current reading 
and the monitoring point values are within the tolerances or limits 
prescribed by the rules and the instrument of authorization, or if the 
substitution of the new antenna monitor for the old results in changes 
in these parameters, a partial proof of performance shall be executed 
and analyzed in accordance with Sec.  73.154.

[[Page 29]]

    (5) An informal letter request for modification of license shall be 
submitted to the FCC, Attention: Audio Division, Media Bureau in 
Washington, DC within 30 days of the date of monitor replacement. Such 
request shall specify the make, type, and serial number of the 
replacement monitor, phase and sample current indications, and other 
data obtained pursuant to this paragraph (d).
    (e) The antenna monitor must be calibrated according to the 
manufacturer's instructions as often as necessary to ensure its proper 
operation.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, as amended, 1082, as 
amended; 47 U.S.C. 154, 303. Interpret or apply secs. 301, 303, 307, 48 
Stat. 1081, 1082, as amended, 1083, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 301, 303, 307)

[38 FR 1918, Jan. 19, 1973]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.  73.69 
see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids 
section of the printed volume and on GPO Access.



Sec.  73.72  Operating during the experimental period.

    (a) An AM station may operate during the experimental period (the 
time between midnight and sunrise, local time) on its assigned frequency 
and with its authorized power for the routine testing and maintenance of 
its transmitting system, and for conducting experimentation under an 
experimental authorization, provided no interference is caused to other 
stations maintaining a regular operating schedule within such period.
    (b) No station licensed for ``daytime'' or ``specified hours'' of 
operation may broadcast any regular or scheduled program during this 
period.
    (c) The licensee of an AM station shall operate or refrain from 
operating its station during the experimental period as directed by the 
FCC to facilitate frequency measurements or for the determination of 
interference.

[43 FR 32780, July 28, 1978, as amended at 56 FR 64859, Dec. 12, 1991]



Sec.  73.88  Blanketing interference.

    The licensee of each broadcast station is required to satisfy all 
reasonable complaints of blanketing interference within the 1 V/m 
contour.

    Note: For more detailed instructions concerning operational 
responsibilities of licensees and permittees under this section, see 
Sec.  73.318 (b), (c) and (d).

[28 FR 13574, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 56 FR 64859, Dec. 12, 1991]



Sec.  73.99  Presunrise service authorization (PSRA) and postsunset service 

authorization (PSSA).

    (a) To provide maximum uniformity in early morning operation 
compatible with interference considerations, and to provide for 
additional service during early evening hours for Class D stations, 
provisions are made for presunrise service and postsunset service. The 
permissible power for presunrise or postsunset service authorizations 
shall not exceed 500 watts, or the authorized daytime or critical hours 
power (whichever is less). Calculation of the permissible power shall 
consider only co-channel stations for interference protection purposes.
    (b) Presunrise service authorizations (PSRA) permit:
    (1) Class D stations operating on Mexican, Bahamian, and Canadian 
priority Class A clear channels to commence PSRA operation at 6 a.m. 
local time and to continue such operation until the sunrise times 
specified in their basic instruments of authorization.
    (2) Class D stations situated outside 0.5 mV/m-50% skywave contours 
of co-channel U.S. Class A stations to commence PSRA operation at 6 a.m. 
local time and to continue such operation until sunrise times specified 
in their basic instruments of authorization.
    (3) Class D stations located within co-channel 0.5 mV/m-50% skywave 
contours of U.S. Class A stations, to commence PSRA operation either at 
6 a.m. local time, or at sunrise at the nearest Class A station located 
east of the Class D station (whichever is later), and to continue such 
operation until the sunrise times specified in their basic instruments 
of authorization.
    (4) Class B and Class D stations on regional channels to commence 
PSRA operation at 6 a.m. local time and to continue such operation until 
local sunrise times specified in their basic instruments of 
authorization.
    (c) Extended Daylight Saving Time Pre-Sunrise Authorizations:

[[Page 30]]

    (1) Between the first Sunday in April and the end of the month of 
April, Class D stations will be permitted to conduct pre-sunrise 
operation beginning at 6 a.m. local time with a maximum power of 500 
watts (not to exceed the station's regular daytime or critical hours 
power), reduced as necessary to comply with the following requirements:
    (i) Full protection is to be provided as specified in applicable 
international agreements.
    (ii) Protection is to be provided to the 0.5 mV/m groundwave signals 
of co-channel U.S. Class A stations; protection to the 0.5 mV/m-50% 
skywave contours of these stations is not required.
    (iii) In determining the protection to be provided, the effect of 
each interfering signal will be evaluated separately. The presence of 
interference from other stations will not reduce or eliminate the 
required protection.
    (iv) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) (ii) and 
(iii) of this section, the stations will be permitted to operate with a 
minimum power of 10 watts unless a lower power is required by 
international agreement.
    (2) The Commission will issue appropriate authorizations to Class D 
stations not previously eligible to operate during this period. Class D 
stations authorized to operate during this presunrise period may 
continue to operate under their current authorization.
    (d) Postsunset service authorizations (PSSA) permit:
    (1) Class D stations located on Mexican, Bahamian, and Canadian 
priority Class A clear channels to commence PSSA operation at sunset 
times specified in their basic instruments of authorization and to 
continue for two hours after such specified times.
    (2) Class D stations situated outside 0.5 mV/m-50% skywave contours 
of co-channel U.S. Class A stations to commence PSSA operations at 
sunset times specified in their basic instruments of authorization and 
to continue for two hours after such specified times.
    (3) Class D stations located within co-channel 0.5 mV/m-50% skywave 
contours of U.S. Class A stations to commence PSSA operation at sunset 
times specified in their basic instruments of authorization and to 
continue such operation until two hours past such specified times, or 
until sunset at the nearest Class A station located west of the Class D 
station, whichever is earlier. Class D stations located west of the 
Class A station do not qualify for PSSA operation.
    (4) Class D stations on regional channels to commence PSSA operation 
at sunset times specified on their basic instruments of authorization 
and to continue such operation until two hours past such specified 
times.
    (e) Procedural Matters. (1) Applications for PSRA and PSSA operation 
are not required. Instead, the FCC will calculate the periods of such 
operation and the power to be used pursuant to the provisions of this 
section and the protection requirements contained in applicable 
international agreements. Licensees will be notified of permissible 
power and times of operation. Presunrise and Postsunset service 
authority permits operation on a secondary basis and does not confer 
license rights. No request for such authority need be filed. However, 
stations intending to operate PSRA or PSSA shall submit by letter, 
signed as specified in Sec.  73.3513, the following information:
    (i) Licensee name, station call letters and station location,
    (ii) Indication as to whether PSRA operation, PSSA operation, or 
both, is intended by the station,
    (iii) A description of the method whereby any necessary power 
reduction will be achieved.
    (2) Upon submission of the required information, such operation may 
begin without further authority.
    (f) Technical criteria. Calculations to determine whether there is 
objectionable interference will be determined in accordance with the AM 
Broadcast Technical Standards, Sec. Sec.  73.182 through 73.190, and 
applicable international agreements. Calculations will be performed 
using daytime antenna systems, or critical hours antenna systems when 
specified on the license. In performing calculations to determine

[[Page 31]]

assigned power and times for commencement of PSRA and PSSA operation, 
the following standards and criteria will be used:
    (1) Class D stations operating in accordance with paragraphs (b)(1), 
(b)(2), (d)(1), and (d)(2) of this section are required to protect the 
nighttime 0.5 mV/m-50% skywave contours of co-channel Class A stations. 
Where a 0.5 mV/m-50% skywave signal from the Class A station is not 
produced, the 0.5 mV/m groundwave contour shall be protected.
    (2) Class D stations are required to fully protect foreign Class B 
and Class C stations when operating PSRA and PSSA; Class D stations 
operating PSSA are required to fully protect U.S. Class B stations. For 
purposes of determining protection, the nighttime RSS limit will be used 
in the determination of maximum permissible power.
    (3) Class D stations operating in accordance with paragraphs (d)(2) 
and (d)(3) of this section are required to restrict maximum 10% skywave 
radiation at any point on the daytime 0.1 mV/m groundwave contour of a 
co-channel Class A station to 25 [micro]V/m. The location of the 0.1 mV/
m contour of the Class A station will be determined by use of Figure M3, 
Estimated Ground Conductivity in the United States. When the 0.1 mV/m 
contour extends beyond the national boundary, the international boundary 
shall be considered the 0.1 mV/m contour.
    (4) Class B and Class D stations on regional channels operating PSRA 
and PSSA (Class D only) are required to provide full protection to co-
channel foreign Class B and Class C stations.
    (5) Class D stations on regional channels operating PSSA beyond 6 
p.m. local time are required to fully protect U.S. Class B stations.
    (6) The protection that Class D stations on regional channels are 
required to provide when operating PSSA until 6 p.m. local time is as 
follows.
    (i) For the first half-hour of PSSA operation, protection will be 
calculated at sunset plus 30 minutes at the site of the Class D station;
    (ii) For the second half-hour of PSSA operation, protection will be 
calculated at sunset plus one hour at the site of the Class D station;
    (iii) For the second hour of PSSA operation, protection will be 
calculated at sunset plus two hours at the site of the Class D station;
    (iv) Minimum powers during the period until 6 p.m. local time shall 
be permitted as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Calculated power                  Adjusted minimum power
------------------------------------------------------------------------
From 1 to 45 watts....................  50 watts.
Above 45 to 70 watts..................  75 watts.
Above 70 to 100 watts.................  100 watts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (7) For protection purposes, the nighttime 25% RSS limit will be 
used in the determination of maximum permissible power.
    (g) Calculations made under paragraph (d) of this section may not 
take outstanding PSRA or PSSA operations into account, nor will the 
grant of a PSRA or PSSA confer any degree of interference protection on 
the holder thereof.
    (h) Operation under a PSRA or PSSA is not mandatory, and will not be 
included in determining compliance with the requirements of Sec.  
73.1740. To the extent actually undertaken, however, presunrise 
operation will be considered by the FCC in determining overall 
compliance with past programming representations and station policy 
concerning commercial matter.
    (i) The PSRA or PSSA is secondary to the basic instrument of 
authorization with which it is to be associated. The PSRA or PSSA may be 
suspended, modified, or withdrawn by the FCC without prior notice or 
right to hearing, if necessary to resolve interference conflicts, to 
implement agreements with foreign governments, or in other circumstances 
warranting such action. Moreover, the PSRA or PSSA does not extend 
beyond the term of the basic authorization.
    (j) The Commission will periodically recalculate maximum permissible 
power and times for commencing PSRA and PSSA for each Class D station 
operating in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. The 
Commission will calculate the maximum power at which each individual 
station may conduct presunrise operations during extended daylight 
saving time and shall issue conforming authorizations. These original 
notifications and subsequent notifications should be associated with

[[Page 32]]

the station's authorization. Upon notification of new power and time of 
commencing operation, affected stations shall make necessary adjustments 
within 30 days.
    (k) A PSRA and PSSA does not require compliance with Sec. Sec.  
73.45, 73.182 and 73.1560 where the operation might otherwise be 
considered as technically substandard. Further, the requirements of 
paragraphs (a)(5), (b)(2), (c)(2), and (d)(2) of Sec.  73.1215 
concerning the scale ranges of transmission system indicating 
instruments are waived for PSRA and PSSA operation except for the radio 
frequency ammeters used in determining antenna input power.
    (1) A station having an antenna monitor incapable of functioning at 
the authorized PSRA and PSSA power when using a directional antenna 
shall take the monitor reading using an unmodulated carrier at the 
authorized daytime power immediately prior to commencing PSRA or PSSA 
operations. Special conditions as the FCC may deem appropriate may be 
included for PSRA or PSSA to insure operation of the transmitter and 
associated equipment in accordance with all phases of good engineering 
practice.

[56 FR 64860, Dec. 12, 1991; 57 FR 43290, Sept. 18, 1992, as amended at 
58 FR 27950, May 12, 1993]



Sec.  73.127  Use of multiplex transmission.

    The licensee of an AM broadcast station may use its AM carrier to 
transmit signals not audible on ordinary consumer receivers, for both 
broadcast and non-broadcast purposes subject to the following 
requirements:
    (a) Such use does not disrupt or degrade the station's own programs 
or the programs of other broadcast stations.
    (b) AM carrier services that are common carrier in nature are 
subject to common carrier regulation. Licensees operating such services 
are required to apply to the FCC for the appropriate authorization and 
to comply with all policies and rules applicable to the service. 
Responsibility for making the initial determinations of whether a 
particular activity is common carriage rests with the AM station 
licensee. Initial determinations by licensees are subject to FCC 
examination and may be reviewed at the FCC's discretion. AM carrier 
services that are private carrier in nature must notify the Licensing 
Division of the Private Radio Bureau at Gettysburg, Pennsylvania 17325, 
by letter, prior to initiating service certifying compliance with 47 CFR 
parts 90 and 94.
    (c) AM carrier services are of a secondary nature under the 
authority of the AM station authorization, and the authority to provide 
such communications services may not be retained or transferred in any 
manner separate from the station's authorization. The grant or renewal 
of an AM station permit or license is not furthered or promoted by 
proposed or past service. The permittee or licensee must establish that 
the broadcast operation is in the public interest wholly apart from the 
subsidiary communications services provided.
    (d) The station identification, delayed recording, and sponsor 
identification announcements required by Sec. Sec.  73.1201, 73.1208, 
and 73.1212 are not applicable to leased communications services 
transmitted via services that are not of a general broadcast program 
nature.
    (e) The licensee or permittee must retain control over all material 
transmitted in a broadcast mode via the station's facilities, with the 
right to reject any material that it deems inappropriate or undesirable.
    (f) Installation of the multiplex transmitting equipment must 
conform with the requirements of Sec.  73.1690(e).

[47 FR 25345, June 11, 1982, as amended at 49 FR 34015, Aug. 28, 1984; 
51 FR 41629, Nov. 18, 1986; 51 FR 44478, Dec. 10, 1986]



Sec.  73.128  AM stereophonic broadcasting.

    (a) An Am broadcast station may, without specific authority from the 
FCC, transmit stereophonic programs upon installation of type accepted 
stereophonic transmitting equipment and the necessary measuring 
equipment to determine that the stereophonic transmissions conform to 
the modulation characteristics specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of 
this section. Stations transmitting stereophonic programs prior to March 
21, 1994 may continue to do so until March 21, 1995

[[Page 33]]

as long as they continue to comply with the rules in effect prior to 
March 21, 1994.
    (b) The following limitations on the transmitted wave must be met to 
insure compliance with the occupied bandwidth limitations, compatibility 
with AM receivers using envelope detectors, and any applicable 
international agreements to which the FCC is a party:
    (1) The transmitted wave must meet the occupied bandwidth 
specifications of Sec.  73.44 under all possible conditions of program 
modulation. Compliance with requirement shall be demonstrated either by 
the following specific modulation tests or other documented test 
procedures that are to be fully described in the application for type 
acceptance and the transmitting equipment instruction manual. (See Sec.  
2.983(d)(8) and (j)).
    (i) Main channel (L+R) under all conditions of amplitude modulations 
for the stereophonic system but not exceeding amplitude modulation on 
negative peaks of 100%.
    (ii) Stereophonic (L-R) modulated with audio tones of the same 
amplitude at the transmitter input terminals as in paragraph (b)(i) of 
this section but with the phase of either the L or R channel reversed.
    (iii) Left and Right Channel only, under all conditions of 
modulation for the stereophonic system in use but not exceeding 
amplitude modulation on negative peaks of 100%.
    (c) Effective on December 20, 1994, stereophonic transmissions shall 
conform to the following additional modulation characteristics:
    (1) The audio response of the main (L+R) channel shall conform to 
the requirements of the ANSI/EIA-549-1988, NRSC-1 AM Preemphasis/
Deemphasis and Broadcast Transmission Bandwidth Specifications (NRSC-1).
    (2) The left and right channel audio signals shall conform to 
frequency response limitations dictated by ANSI/EIA-549-1988.
    (3) The stereophonic difference (L-R) information shall be 
transmitted by varying the phase of the carrier in accordance with the 
following relationship:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20DE93.000

where:

L(t)=audio signal left channel,
R(t)=audio signal right channel,
m=modulation factor, and
mpeak(L(t)+R(t))=1 for 100% amplitude modulation,
mpeak(L(t)-R(t))=1 for 100% phase modulation.

    (4) The carrier phase shall advance in a positive direction when a 
left channel signal causes the transmitter envelope to be modulated in a 
positive direction. The carrier phase shall likewise retard (negative 
phase change) when a right channel signal causes the transmitter 
envelope to be modulated in a positive direction. The phase modulation 
shall be symmetrical for the condition of difference (L-R) channel 
information sent without the presence of envelope modulation.
    (5) Maximum angular modulation, which occurs on negative peaks of 
the left or right channel with no signal present on the opposite channel 
(L(t)=-0.75, R(t)=0, or R(t)=-0.75, L(t)=0) shall not exceed 1.25 
radians.
    (6) A peak phase modulation of +/-0.785 radians under the condition 
of difference (L-R) channel modulation and the absence of envelope (L+R) 
modulation and pilot signal shall represent 100% modulation of the 
difference channel.
    (7) The composite signal shall contain a pilot tone for indication 
of the presence of stereophonic information. The pilot tone shall 
consist of a 25 Hz tone, with 3% or less total harmonic distortion and a 
frequency tolerance of +/- 0.1 H2, which modulates the 
carrier

[[Page 34]]

phase +/- 0.05 radians peak, corresponding to 5% L-R modulation when no 
other modulation is present. The injection level shall be 5%, with a 
tolerance of +1, -1%.
    (8) The composite signal shall be described by the following 
expression:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20DE93.001

where:

A=the unmodulated carrier voltage
m=the modulation index
Csn=the magnitude of the nth term of the sum signal
Cdn=the magnitude of the nth term of the difference signal
[omega]sn=the nth order angular velocity of the sum signal
[omega]dn=the nth order angular velocity of the difference 
signal
[omega]c=the angular velocity of the carrier
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20DE93.002

Asn and Bsn are the nth sine and cosine 
coefficients of Csn
Adn and Bdn are the nth sine and cosine 
coefficients of Cdn

[58 FR 66301, Dec. 20, 1993]



Sec.  73.132  Territorial exclusivity.

    No licensee of an AM broadcast station shall have any arrangement 
with a network organization which prevents or hinders another station 
serving substantially the same area from broadcasting the network's 
programs not taken by the former station, or which prevents or hinders 
another station serving a substantially different area from broadcasting 
any program of the network organization: Provided, however, That this 
section does not prohibit arrangements under which the station is 
granted first call within its primary service area upon the network's 
programs. The term ``network organization'' means any organization

[[Page 35]]

originating program material, with or without commercial messages, and 
furnishing the same to stations interconnected so as to permit 
simultaneous broadcast by all or some of them. However, arrangements 
involving only stations under common ownership, or only the rebroadcast 
by one station or programming from another with no compensation other 
than a lump-sum payment by the station rebroadcasting, are not 
considered arrangements with a network organization. The term 
``arrangement'' means any contract, arrangement or understanding, 
expressed or implied.

[42 FR 16422, Mar. 28, 1977]



Sec.  73.150  Directional antenna systems.

    (a) For each station employing a directional antenna, all 
determinations of service provided and interference caused shall be 
based on the inverse distance fields of the standard radiation pattern 
for that station. (As applied to nighttime operation the term ``standard 
radiation pattern'' shall include the radiation pattern in the 
horizontal plane, and radiation patterns at angles above this plane.)
    (1) Parties submitting directional antenna patterns pursuant to this 
section and Sec.  73.152 (Modified standard pattern) must submit 
patterns which are tabulated and plotted in units of millivolts per 
meter at 1 kilometer.

    Note: Applications for new stations and for changes (both minor and 
major) in existing stations must use a standard pattern.

    (b) The following data shall be submitted with an application for 
authority to install a directional antenna:
    (1) The standard radiation pattern for the proposed antenna in the 
horizontal plane, and where pertinent, tabulated values for the 
azimuthal radiation patterns for angles of elevation up to and including 
60 degrees, with a separate section for each increment of 5 degrees.
    (i) The standard radiation pattern shall be based on the theoretical 
radiation pattern. The theoretical radiation pattern shall be calculated 
in accordance with the following mathematical expression:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC13NO91.014

where:

E([phis],[thetas])th Represents the theoretical inverse 
distance fields at one kilometer for the given azimuth and elevation.
k Represents the multiplying constant which determines the basic pattern 
size. It shall be chosen so that the effective field (RMS) of the 
theoretical pattern in the horizontal plane shall be no greater than the 
value computed on the assumption that nominal station power (see Sec.  
73.14) is delivered to the directional array, and that a lumped loss 
resistance of one ohm exists at the current loop of each element of the 
array, or at the base of each element of electrical height lower than 
0.25 wavelength, and no less than the value required by Sec.  
73.189(b)(2) of this part for a station of the class and nominal power 
for which the pattern is designed.
n Represents the number of elements (towers) in the directional array.
i Represents the i\th\ element in the array.
Fi Represents the field ratio of the i\th\ element in the 
array.
[thetas] Represents the vertical elevation angle measured from the 
horizontal plane.
fi ([thetas]) represents the vertical plane radiation characteristic of 
the ith antenna. This value depends on the tower height, as well as 
whether the tower is top-loaded or sectionalized. The various formulas 
for computing fi ([thetas]) are given in Sec.  73.160.
Si Represents the electrical spacing of the ith tower from 
the reference point.
[phis]i Represents the orientation (with respect to true 
north) of the ith tower.
[phis] Represents the azimuth (with respect to true north).
[psi]i Represents the electrical phase angle of the current in the 
ith tower.
    The standard radiation pattern shall be constructed in accordance 
with the following mathematical expression:

[[Page 36]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.063

    where:

E([phis],[thetas])std represents the inverse distance fields 
at one kilometer which are produced by the directional antenna in the 
horizontal and vertical planes. E([phis],[thetas])th 
represents the theoretical inverse distance fields at one kilometer as 
computed in accordance with Eq. 1, above.
Q is the greater of the following two quantities: 0.025g([thetas]) 
Erss or 10.0g([thetas]) [radic] PkW

where:

    g([thetas]) is the vertical plane distribution factor, f([thetas]), 
for the shortest element in the array (see Eq. 2, above; also see Sec.  
73.190, Figure 5). If the shortest element has an electrical height in 
excess of 0.5 wavelength, g([thetas]) shall be computed as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.064

    Erss is the root sum square of the amplitudes of the 
inverse fields of the elements of the array in the horizontal plane, as 
used in the expression for E([phis],[thetas])th (see Eq. 1, 
above), and is computed as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.065

    PkW is the nominal station power expressed in kilowatts, 
see Sec.  73.14. If the nominal power is less than one kilowatt, 
PkW=1.

    (ii) Where the orthogonal addition of the factor Q to E([phis], 
[thetas])th results in a standard pattern whose minimum 
fields are lower than those found necessary or desirable, these fields 
may be increased by appropriate adjustment of the parameters of 
E([phis], [thetas])th.
    (2) All patterns shall be computed for integral multiples of five 
degrees, beginning with zero degrees representing true north, and, shall 
be plotted to the largest scale possible on unglazed letter-size paper 
(main engraving approximately 7[min] x 10[min]) using only scale 
divisions and subdivisions of 1,2,2.5, or 5 times 10nth. The 
horizontal plane pattern shall be plotted on polar coordinate paper, 
with the zero degree point corresponding to true north. Patterns for 
elevation angles above the horizontal plane may be plotted in polar or 
rectangular coordinates, with the pattern for each angle of elevation on 
a separate page. Rectangular plots shall begin and end at true north, 
with all azimuths labelled in increments of not less than 20 degrees. If 
a rectangular plot is used, the ordinate showing the scale for radiation 
may be logarithmic. Such patterns for elevation angles above the 
horizontal plane need be submitted only upon specific request by 
Commission staff. Minor lobe and null detail occurring between 
successive patterns for specific angles of elevation need not be 
submitted. Values of field strength on any pattern less than ten percent 
of the maximum field strength plotted on that pattern shall be shown on 
an enlarged scale. Rectangular plots with a logarithmic ordinate need 
not utilize an expanded scale unless necessary to show clearly the minor 
lobe and null detail.
    (3) The effective (RMS) field strength in the horizontal plane of 
E([phis],[thetas])std, E([phis],[thetas])th and 
the root-sum-square (RSS) value of the inverse distance fields of the 
array elements at 1 kilometer, derived from the equation for 
E([phis],[thetas])th. These values shall be tabulated on the 
page on which the horizontal plane pattern is plotted, which shall be 
specifically labelled as the Standard Horizontal Plane Pattern.
    (4) Physical description of the array, showing:
    (i) Number of elements.
    (ii) Type of each element (i.e., guyed or self-supporting, uniform 
cross section or tapered (specifying base dimensions), grounded or 
insulated, etc.)
    (iii) Details of top loading, or sectionalizing, if any.
    (iv) Height of radiating portion of each element in feet (height 
above base insulator, or base, if grounded).
    (v) Overall height of each element above ground.
    (vi) Sketch of antenna site, indicating its dimensions, the location 
of the antenna elements, thereon, their spacing from each other, and 
their orientation with respect to each other and to true north, the 
number and length of the radials in the ground system about each 
element, the dimensions of ground screens, if any, and bonding between 
towers and between radial systems.

[[Page 37]]

    (5) Electrical description of the array, showing:
    (i) Relative amplitudes of the fields of the array elements.
    (ii) Relative time phasing of the fields of the array elements in 
degrees leading [+] or lagging [-].
    (iii) Space phasing between elements in degrees.
    (iv) Where waiver of the content of this section is requested or 
upon request of the Commission staff, all assumptions made and the basis 
therefor, particularly with respect to the electrical height of the 
elements, current distribution along elements, efficiency of each 
element, and ground conductivity.
    (v) Where waiver of the content of this section is requested, or 
upon request of the Commission staff, those formulas used for computing 
E([phis],[thetas])th and E([phis],[thetas])std. 
Complete tabulation of final computed data used in plotting patterns, 
including data for the determination of the RMS value of the pattern, 
and the RSS field of the array.
    (6) The values used in specifying the parameters which describe the 
array must be specified to no greater precision than can be achieved 
with available monitoring equipment. Use of greater precision raises a 
rebuttable presumption of instability of the array. Following are 
acceptable values of precision; greater precision may be used only upon 
showing that the monitoring equipment to be installed gives accurate 
readings with the specified precision.
    (i) Field Ratio: 3 significant figures.
    (ii) Phasing: to the nearest 0.1 degree.
    (iii) Orientation (with respect to a common point in the array, or 
with respect to another tower): to the nearest 0.1 degree.
    (iv) Spacing (with respect to a common point in the array, or with 
respect to another tower): to the nearest 0.1 degree.
    (v) Electrical Height (for all parameters listed in Section 73.160): 
to the nearest 0.1 degree.
    (vi) Theoretical RMS (to determine pattern size): 4 significant 
figures.
    (vii) Additional requirements relating to modified standard patterns 
appear in Sec.  73.152(c)(3) and (c)(4).
    (7) Any additional information required by the application form.
    (c) Sample calculations for the theoretical and standard radiation 
follow. Assume a five kilowatt (nominal power) station with a 
theoretical RMS of 685 mV/m at one kilometer. Assume that it is an in-
line array consisting of three towers. Assume the following parameters 
for the towers:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Field   Relative  Relative    Relative
             Tower               ratio    phasing   spacing  orientation
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.............................     1.0     -128.5       0.0        0.0
2.............................     1.89       0.0     110.0      285.0
3.............................     1.0      128.5     220.0      285.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Assume that tower 1 is a typical tower with an electrical height of 
120 degrees. Assume that tower 2 is top-loaded in accordance with the 
method described in Sec.  73.160(b)(2) where A is 120 electrical degrees 
and B is 20 electrical degrees. Assume that tower 3 is sectionalized in 
accordance with the method described in Sec.  73.160(b)(3) where A is 
120 electrical degrees, B is 20 electrical degrees, C is 220 electrical 
degrees, and D is 15 electrical degrees.
    The multiplying constant will be 323.6.
    Following is a tabulation of part of the theoretical pattern:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Vertical
           Azimuth                0          30         60       angle
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0...........................      15.98      62.49      68.20
105.........................    1225.30     819.79     234.54
235.........................       0.43      18.46      34.56
247.........................      82.62      51.52      26.38
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    If we further assume that the station has a standard pattern, we 
find that Q, for [thetas]=0, is 22.36.
    Following is a tabulation of part of the standard pattern:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Vertical
           Azimuth                0          30         60       angle
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0...........................      28.86      68.05      72.06
105.........................    1286.78     860.97     246.41
235.........................      23.48      26.50      37.18
247.........................      89.87      57.03      28.87
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 38]]

    The RMS of the standard pattern in the horizontal plane is 719.63 
mV/m at one kilometer.

[36 FR 919, Jan. 20, 1971, as amended at 37 FR 529, Jan. 13, 1972; 41 FR 
24134, June 15, 1976; 46 FR 11991, Feb. 12, 1981; 48 FR 24384, June 1, 
1983; 51 FR 2707, Jan. 21, 1986; 52 FR 36877, Oct. 1, 1987; 56 FR 64861, 
Dec. 12, 1991; 57 FR 43290, Sept. 18, 1992]



Sec.  73.151  Field strength measurements to establish performance of 

directional antennas.

    (a) In addition to the information required by the license 
application form, the following showing must be submitted to establish, 
for each mode of directional operation, that the effective measured 
field strength (RMS) at 1 kilometer (km) is not less than 85 percent of 
the effective measured field strength (RMS) specified for the standard 
radiation pattern, or less than that specified in Sec.  73.189(b) for 
the class of station involved, whichever is the higher value, and that 
the measured field strength at 1 km in any direction does not exceed the 
field shown in that direction on the standard radiation pattern for that 
mode of directional operation:
    (1) A tabulation of inverse field strengths in the horizontal plane 
at 1 km, as determined from field strength measurements taken and 
analyzed in accordance with Sec.  73.186, and a statement of the 
effective measured field strength (RMS). Measurements shall be made in 
the following directions:
    (i) Those specified in the instrument of authorization.
    (ii) In major lobes. Generally, one radial is sufficient to 
establish a major lobe; however, additional radials may be required.
    (iii) Along additional radials to establish the shape of the 
pattern. In the case of a relatively simple directional antenna pattern, 
a total of six radials is sufficient. If two radials would be more than 
90[deg] apart, then an additional radial must be specified within that 
arc. When more complicated patterns are involved, that is, patterns 
having several or sharp lobes or nulls, measurements shall be taken 
along as many as 12 radials to definitely establish the pattern(s). 
Pattern symmetry may be assumed for complex patterns which might 
otherwise require measurements on more than 12 radials.
    (2) A tabulation of:
    (i) The phase difference of the current in each element with respect 
to the reference element, and whether the current leads (+) or lags (-) 
the current in the reference element, as indicated by the station's 
antenna monitor.
    (ii) The ratio of the amplitude of the radio frequency current in 
each element to the current in the reference element, as indicated on 
the station's antenna monitor.
    (3) A monitoring point shall be established on each radial for which 
the construction permit specifies a limit. The following information 
shall be supplied for each monitoring point:
    (i) Measured field strength.
    (ii) An accurate and detailed description of each monitoring point. 
The description may include, but shall not be limited to, geographic 
coordinates determined with a Global Positioning System receiver.
    (iii) Clear photographs taken with the field strength meter in its 
measuring position and with the camera so located that its field of view 
takes in as many pertinent landmarks as possible.
    (b) For stations authorized to operate with simple directional 
antenna systems (e.g., two towers) in the 1605-1705 kHz band, the 
measurements to support pattern RMS compliance referred to in paragraphs 
(a)(1)(ii) and (a)(1)(iii) of this section are not required. In such 
cases, measured radials are required only in the direction of short-
spaced allotments, or in directions specifically identified by the 
Commission.

[36 FR 919, Jan. 20, 1971, as amended at 42 FR 36828, July 18, 1977; 49 
FR 23348, June 6, 1984; 50 FR 32416, Aug. 12, 1985; 56 FR 64862, Dec. 
12, 1991; 63 FR 33876, June 22, 1998; 66 FR 20756, Apr. 25, 2001]



Sec.  73.152  Modification of directional antenna data.

    (a) If, after construction and final adjustment of a directional 
antenna, a measured inverse distance field in any direction exceeds the 
field shown on the standard radiation pattern for the pertinent mode of 
directional operation, an application shall be filed,

[[Page 39]]

specifying a modified standard radiation pattern and/or such changes as 
may be required in operating parameters so that all measured effective 
fields will be contained within the modified standard radiation pattern. 
Permittees may also file an application specifying a modified standard 
radiation pattern, even when measured radiation has not exceeded the 
standard pattern, in order to allow additional tolerance for monitoring 
point limits.
    (b) If, following a partial proof of performance, a licensee 
discovers that radiation exceeds the standard pattern on one or more 
radials because of circumstances beyond the licensee's control, a 
modified standard pattern may be requested. The licensee shall submit, 
concurrently, Forms 301-AM and 302-AM. Form 301-AM shall include an 
exhibit demonstrating that no interference would result from the 
augmentation. Form 302-AM shall include the results of the partial 
proof, along with full directional and nondirectional measurements on 
the radial(s) to be augmented, including close-in points and a 
determination of the inverse distance field in accordance with Sec.  
73.186.
    (c) Normally, a modified standard pattern is not acceptable at the 
initial construction permit stage, before a proof-of-performance has 
been completed. However, in certain cases, where it can be shown that 
modification is necessary, a modified standard pattern will be 
acceptable at the initial construction permit stage. Following is a non-
inclusive list of items to be considered in determining whether a 
modification is acceptable at the initial construction permit stage:
    (1) When the proposed pattern is essentially the same as an existing 
pattern at the same antenna site. (e.g., A DA-D station proposing to 
become a DA-1 station.)
    (2) Excessive reradiating structures, which should be shown on a 
plat of the antenna site and surrounding area.
    (3) Other environmental factors; they should be fully described.
    (4) Judgment and experience of the engineer preparing the 
engineering portion of the application. This must be supported with a 
full discussion of the pertinent factors.
    (d) The following general principles shall govern the situations in 
paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) in this section:
    (1) Where a measured field in any direction will exceed the 
authorized standard pattern, the license application may specify the 
level at which the input power to the antenna shall be limited to 
maintain the measured field at a value not in excess of that shown on 
the standard pattern, and shall specify the common point current 
corresponding to this power level. This value of common point current 
will be specified on the license for that station.
    (2) Where any excessive field does not result in objectionable 
interference to another station, a modification of construction permit 
application may be submitted with a modified standard pattern 
encompassing all augmented fields. The modified standard pattern shall 
supersede the previously submitted standard radiation pattern for that 
station in the pertinent mode of directional operation. Following are 
the possible methods of creating a modified standard pattern:
    (i) The modified pattern may be computed by making the entire 
pattern larger than the original pattern (i.e., have a higher RMS value) 
if the measured fields systematically exceed the confines of the 
original pattern. The larger pattern shall be computed by using a larger 
multiplying constant, k, in the theoretical pattern equation (Eq. 1) in 
Sec.  73.150(b)(1).
    (ii) Where the measured field exceeds the pattern in discrete 
directions, but objectionable interference does not result, the pattern 
may be expanded over sectors including these directions. When this 
``augmentation'' is desired, it shall be achieved by application of the 
following equation:

E([phis],[thetas])aug = [radic] { E([phis],[thetas])std {time} \2\+ 
    A{g([thetas]) cos (180 DA/S {time} \2\

where:

E([phis],[thetas])std is the standard pattern field at some particular 
azimuth and elevation angle, before augmentation, computed pursuant to 
Eq. 2, Sec.  73.150(b)(1)(i).
E([phis],[thetas])aug. is the field in the direction specified above, 
after augmentation.
A=E([phis], O)\2\aug-E([phis], O)\2\std in which [phis] is the central 
azimuth of augmentation. E([phis], O)aug

[[Page 40]]

and E([phis], O)std are the fields in the horizontal plane at the 
central azimuth of augmentation.

    Note: ``A'' must be positive, except during the process of 
converting non-standard patterns to standard patterns pursuant to the 
Report and Order in Docket No. 21473, and in making minor changes to 
stations with patterns developed during the conversion. However, even 
when ``A'' is negative, ``A'' cannot be so negative that 
E([phis],[alpha])aug is less than E([phis],[thetas])th at any azimuth or 
vertical elevation angle.

g([thetas]) is defined in Sec.  73.150(b)(1)(i).
S is the angular range, or ``span'', over which augmentation is applied. 
The span is centered on the central azimuth of augmentation. At the 
limits of the span, the augmented pattern merges into the unaugmented 
pattern. Spans may overlap.
DA is the absolute horizontal angle between the azimuth at 
which the augmented pattern value is being computed and the central 
azimuth of augmentation. (DA cannot exceed 1/2 S.)


In the case where there are spans which overlap, the above formula shall 
be applied repeatedly, once for each augmentation, in ascending order of 
central azimuth of augmentation, beginning with zero degrees 
representing true North. Note that, when spans overlap, there will be, 
in effect, an augmentation of an augmentation. And, if the span of an 
earlier augmentation overlaps the central azimuth of a later 
augmentation, the value of ``A'' for the later augmentation will be 
different than the value of ``A'' without the overlap of the earlier 
span.
    (iii) A combination of paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (d)(2)(ii), of this 
section, with (d)(2)(i) being applied before (d)(2)(ii) is applied.
    (iv) Where augmentation is allowable under the terms of this 
section, the requested amount of augmentation shall be centered upon the 
measured radial and shall not exceed the following:
    (A) The actual measured inverse distance field value, where the 
radial does not involve a required monitoring point.
    (B) 120% of the actual measured inverse field value, where the 
radial has a monitoring point required by the instrument of 
authorization.

Whereas some pattern smoothing can be accommodated, the extent of the 
requested span(s) shall be minimized and in no case shall a requested 
augmentation span extend to a radial azimuth for which the analyzed 
measurement data does not show a need for augmentation.
    (3) A Modified Standard Pattern shall be specifically labeled as 
such, and shall be plotted in accordance with the requirements of 
paragraph (b)(2) of Sec.  73.150. The effective (RMS) field strength in 
the horizontal plane of E([phis],[alpha])std, E([phis],[alpha])th, and 
the root sum square (RSS) value of the inverse fields of the array 
elements (derived from the equation for E([phis],[alpha])th), shall be 
tabulated on the page on which the horizontal plane pattern is plotted. 
Where sector augmentation has been employed in designing the modified 
pattern, the direction of maximum augmentation (i.e., the central 
azimuth of augmentation) shall be indicated on the horizontal plane 
pattern for each augmented sector, and the limits of each sector shall 
also be shown. Field values within an augmented sector, computed prior 
to augmentation, shall be depicted by a broken line.
    (4) There shall be submitted, for each modified standard pattern, 
complete tabulations of final computed data used in plotting the 
pattern. In addition, for each augmented sector, the central azimuth of 
augmentation, span, and radiation at the central azimuth of augmentation 
(E([phis],[alpha])aug) shall be tabulated.
    (5) The parameters used in computing the modified standard pattern 
shall be specified with realistic precision. Following is a list of the 
maximum acceptable precision:
    (i) Central Azimuth of Augmentation: to the nearest 0.1 degree.
    (ii) Span: to the nearest 0.1 degree.
    (iii) Radiation at Central Azimuth of Augmentation: 4 significant 
figures.
    (e) Sample calculations for a modified standard pattern follow. 
First, assume the existing standard pattern in Sec.  73.150(c). Then, 
assume the following augmentation parameters:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Radiation
                                             Central               at
            Augmentation number              azimuth    Span    central
                                                                azimuth
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1..........................................      110       40      1,300
2..........................................      240       50         52
3..........................................      250       10        130
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 41]]

    Following is a tabulation of part of the modified standard pattern:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Vertical
           Azimuth                0          30         60       angle
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0...........................      28.86      68.05      72.06  .........
105.........................   1,299.42     872.14     254.21  .........
235.........................      39.00      35.74      38.71  .........
247.........................     100.47      66.69      32.78  .........
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[46 FR 11992, Feb. 12, 1981, as amended at 56 FR 64862, Dec. 12, 1991; 
66 FR 20756, Apr. 25, 2001]



Sec.  73.153  Field strength measurements in support of applications or 

evidence at hearings.

    In the determination of interference, groundwave field strength 
measurements will take precedence over theoretical values, provided such 
measurements are properly taken and presented. When measurements of 
groundwave signal strength are presented, they shall be sufficiently 
complete in accordance with Sec.  73.186 to determine the field strength 
at 1 mile in the pertinent directions for that station. The antenna 
resistance measurements required by Sec.  73.186 need not be taken or 
submitted.

[44 FR 36037, June 20, 1979, as amended at 56 FR 64862, Dec. 12, 1991]



Sec.  73.154  AM directional antenna partial proof of performance 

measurements.

    (a) A partial proof of performance consists of at least 8 field 
strength measurements made on each of the radials that includes a 
monitoring point. If the directional pattern has fewer than 4 monitored 
radials, the partial proof shall include measurements on those radials 
from the latest complete proof of performance which are adjacent to the 
monitored radials.
    (b) The measurements are to be made within 3 to 15 kilometers from 
the center of the antenna array. When a monitoring point as designated 
on the station authorization lies on a particular radial, one of the 
measurements must be made at that point. One of the following methods 
shall be used for the partial proof:
    (1) Measurement points shall be selected from the points measured in 
latest full proof of performance provided that the points can be 
identified with reasonable certainty, and that land development or other 
factors have not significantly altered propagation characteristics since 
the last full proof. At each point, the licensee shall measure 
directional field strength for comparison to either the directional or 
the nondirectional field strength measured at that point in the last 
full proof.
    (2) In the event that a meaningful comparison to full proof 
measurements cannot be made, the licensee shall measure both directional 
and nondirectional field strength at eight points on each radial. The 
points need not be limited to those measured in the last full proof of 
performance.
    (c) The results of the measurements are to be analyzed as follows. 
Either the arithmetic average or the logarithmic average of the ratios 
of the field strength at each measurement point to the corresponding 
field strength in the most recent complete proof of performance shall be 
used to establish the inverse distance fields. (The logarithmic average 
for each radial is the antilogarithm of the mean of the logarithms of 
the ratios of field strength (new to old) for each measurement location 
along a given radial). When new nondirectional measurements are used as 
the reference, as described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, either 
the arithmetic or logarithmic averages of directional to nondirectional 
field strength on each radial shall be used in conjunction with the 
measured nondirectional field from the last proof to establish the 
inverse distance field.
    (d) The result of the most recent partial proof of performance 
measurements and analysis is to be retained in the station records 
available to the FCC upon request. Maps showing new measurement points, 
i.e., points not measured in the last full proof, shall be associated 
with the partial proof in the station's records, and shall be provided 
to the FCC upon request.

[66 FR 20756, Apr. 25, 2001]



Sec.  73.157  Antenna testing during daytime.

    (a) The licensee of a station using a directional antenna during 
daytime or nighttime hours may, without further authority, operate 
during daytime

[[Page 42]]

hours with the licensed nighttime directional facilities or with a 
nondirectional antenna when conducting monitoring point field strength 
measurements or antenna proof of performance measurements.
    (b) Operation pursuant to this section is subject to the following 
conditions:
    (1) No harmful interference will be caused to any other station.
    (2) The FCC may notify the licensee to modify or cease such 
operation to resolve interference complaints or when such action may 
appear to be in the public interest, convenience and necessity.
    (3) Such operation shall be undertaken only for the purpose of 
taking monitoring point field strength measurements or antenna proof of 
performance measurements, and shall be restricted to the minimum time 
required to accomplish the measurements.
    (4) Operating power in the nondirectional mode shall be adjusted to 
the same power as was utilized for the most recent nondirectional proof 
of performance covering the licensed facilities.

[50 FR 30947, July 31, 1985]



Sec.  73.158  Directional antenna monitoring points.

    (a) When a licensee of a station using a directional antenna system 
finds that a field monitoring point, as specified on the station 
authorization, is no longer accessible or is unsuitable because of 
nearby construction or other disturbances to the measured field, an 
application to change the monitoring point location, including FCC Form 
302-AM, is to be promptly submitted to the FCC in Washington, DC.
    (1) If the monitoring point has become inaccessible or otherwise 
unsuitable, but there has been no significant construction or other 
change in the vicinity of the monitoring point which may affect field 
strength readings, the licensee shall select a new monitoring point from 
the points measured in the last full proof of performance. A recent 
field strength measurement at the new monitoring point shall also be 
provided.
    (2) Alternatively, if changes in the electromagnetic environment 
have affected field strength readings at the monitoring point, the 
licensee shall submit the results of a partial proof of performance, 
analyzed in accordance with Sec.  73.154, on the affected radial.
    (3) The licensee shall submit an accurate, written description of 
the new monitoring point in relation to nearby permanent landmarks.
    (4) The licensee shall submit a photograph showing the new 
monitoring point in relation to nearby permanent landmarks that can be 
used in locating the point accurately at all times throughout the year. 
Do not use seasonal or temporary features in either the written 
descriptions or photographs as landmarks for locating field points.
    (b) When the description of the monitoring point as shown on the 
station license is no longer correct due to road or building 
construction or other changes, the licensee must prepare and file with 
the FCC, in Washington, DC, a request for a corrected station license 
showing the new monitoring point description. The request shall include 
the information specified in paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(4) of this 
section, and a copy of the station's current license. A copy of the 
description is to be posted with the existing station license.

[66 FR 20757, Apr. 25, 2001]



Sec.  73.160  Vertical plane radiation characteristics, f([b.thetas]).

    (a) The vertical plane radiation characteristics show the relative 
field being radiated at a given vertical angle, with respect to the 
horizontal plane. The vertical angle, represented as [thetas], is 0 
degrees in the horizontal plane, and 90 degrees when perpendicular to 
the horizontal plane. The vertical plane radiation characteristic is 
referred to as f([thetas]). The generic formula for f([thetas]) is:

f([thetas])=E([thetas])/E(O)

where:

E([thetas]) is the radiation from the tower at angle [thetas].
E(O) is the radiation from the tower in the horizontal plane.

    (b) Listed below are formulas for f([thetas]) for several common 
towers.
    (1) For a typical tower, which is not top-loaded or sectionalized, 
the following formula shall be used:

[[Page 43]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC13NO91.015

where:

G is the electrical height of the tower, not including the base 
insulator and pier. (In the case of a folded unipole tower, the entire 
radiating structure's electrical height is used.)

    (2) For a top-loaded tower, the following formula shall be used:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC13NO91.016
    
where:

A is the physical height of the tower, in electrical degrees, and
B is the difference, in electrical degrees, between the apparent 
electrical height (G, based on current distribution) and the actual 
physical height.
G is the apparent electrical height: the sum of A and B; A+B.

    See Figure 1 of this section.

[[Page 44]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.066

    (3) For a sectionalized tower, the following formula shall be used:

[[Page 45]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC13NO91.017

where:

A is the physical height, in electrical degrees, of the lower section of 
the tower.
B is the difference between the apparent electrical height (based on 
current distribution) of the lower section of the tower and the physical 
height of the lower section of the tower.
C is the physical height of the entire tower, in electrical degrees.
D is the difference between the apparent electrical height of the tower 
(based on current distribution of the upper section) and the physical 
height of the entire tower. D will be zero if the sectionalized tower is 
not top-loaded.
G is the sum of A and B; A+B.
H is the sum of C and D; C+D.
[Delta] is the difference between H and A; H-A.

    See Figure 2 of this section.

[[Page 46]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.067

    (c) One of the above f([thetas]) formulas must be used in computing 
radiation in the vertical plane, unless the applicant submits a special 
formula for a particular type of antenna. If a special formula is 
submitted, it must be accompanied by a complete derivation and

[[Page 47]]

sample calculations. Submission of values for f([thetas]) only in a 
tabular or graphical format (i.e., without a formula) is not acceptable.
    (d) Following are sample calculations. (The number of significant 
figures shown here should not be interpreted as a limitation on the 
number of significant figures used in actual calculations.)
    (1) For a typical tower, as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this 
section, assume that G=120 electrical degrees:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          [thetas]                           f([thetas])
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0..........................................................      1.0000
30.........................................................      0.7698
60.........................................................      0.3458
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) For a top-loaded tower, as described in paragraph (b)(2) of this 
section, assume A=120 electrical degrees, B=20 electrical degrees, and 
G=140 electrical degrees, (120+20):

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          [thetas]                           f([thetas])
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0..........................................................      1.0000
30.........................................................      0.7364
60.........................................................      0.2960
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (3) For a sectionalized tower, as described in paragraph (b)(3) of 
this section, assume A=120 electrical degrees, B=20 electrical degrees, 
C=220 electrical degrees, D=15 electrical degrees, G=140 electrical 
degrees (120+20), H=235 electrical degrees (220+15), and [Delta]=115 
electrical degrees (235-120):

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          [thetas]                           f([thetas])
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0..........................................................      1.0000
30.........................................................      0.5930
60.........................................................      0.1423
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[46 FR 11993, Feb. 12, 1981]



Sec.  73.182  Engineering standards of allocation.

    (a) Sections 73.21 to 73.37, inclusive, govern allocation of 
facilities in the AM broadcast band 535-1705 kHz. Sec.  73.21 
establishes three classes of channels in this band, namely, clear, 
regional and local. The classes and power of AM broadcast stations which 
will be assigned to the various channels are set forth in Sec.  73.21. 
The classifications of the AM broadcast stations are as follows:
    (1) Class A stations operate on clear channels with powers no less 
than 10kW nor greater than 50 kW. These stations are designed to render 
primary and secondary service over an extended area, with their primary 
services areas protected from objectionable interference from other 
stations on the same and adjacent channels. Their secondary service 
areas are protected from objectionable interference from co-channel 
stations. For purposes of protection, Class A stations may be divided 
into two groups, those located in any of the contiguous 48 States and 
those located in Alaska in accordance with Sec.  73.25.
    (i) The mainland U.S. Class A stations are those assigned to the 
channels allocated by Sec.  73.25. The power of these stations shall be 
50 kW. The Class A stations in this group are afforded protection as 
follows:
    (A) Daytime. To the 0.1 mV/m groundwave contour from stations on the 
same channel, and to the 0.5 mV/m groundwave contour from stations on 
adjacent channels.
    (B) Nighttime. To the 0.5 mV/m-50% skywave contour from stations on 
the same channels.
    (ii) Class A stations in Alaska operate on the channels allocated by 
Sec.  73.25 with a minimum power of 10 kW, a maximum power of 50 kW, and 
an antenna efficiency of 282 mV/m/kW at 1 kilometer. Stations operating 
on these channels in Alaska which have not been designated as Class A 
stations in response to licensee request will continue to be considered 
as Class B stations. During daytime hours a Class A station in Alaska is 
protected to the 100 [micro]V/m groundwave contour from co-channel 
stations. During nighttime hours, a Class A station in Alaska is 
protected to the 100 [micro]V/m-50 percent skywave contour from co-
channel stations. The 0.5 mV/m groundwave contour is protected both 
daytime and nighttime from stations on adjacent channels.

    Note: In the Report and Order in MM Docket No. 83-807, the 
Commission designated 15 stations operating on U.S. clear channels as 
Alaskan Class A stations. Eleven of these stations already have Alaskan 
Class A facilities and are to be protected accordingly. Permanent 
designation of the other

[[Page 48]]

four stations as Alaskan Class A is conditioned on their constructing 
minimum Alaskan Class A facilities no later than December 31, 1989. 
Until that date or until such facilities are obtained, these four 
stations shall be temporarily designated as Alaskan Class A stations, 
and calculations involving these stations should be based on existing 
facilities but with an assumed power of 10 kW. Thereafter, these 
stations are to be protected based on their actual Alaskan Class A 
facilities. If any of these stations does not obtain Alaskan Class A 
facilities in the period specified, it is to be protected as a Class B 
station based on its actual facilities. These four stations may increase 
power to 10 kW without regard to the impact on co-channel Class B 
stations. However, power increases by these stations above 10 kW (or by 
existing Alaskan Class A stations beyond their current power level) are 
subject to applicable protection requirements for co-channel Class B 
stations. Other stations not on the original list but which meet 
applicable requirements may obtain Alaskan Class A status by seeking 
such designation from the Commission. If a power increase or other 
change in facilities by a station not on the original list is required 
to obtain minimum Alaskan Class A facilities, any such application shall 
meet the interference protection requirements applicable to an Alaskan 
Class A proposal on the channel.

    (2) Class B stations are stations which operate on clear and 
regional channels with powers not less than 0.25 kW nor more than 50 kW. 
These stations render primary service only, the area of which depends on 
their geographical location, power, and frequency. It is recommended 
that Class B stations be located so that the interference received from 
other stations will not limit the service area to a groundwave contour 
value greater than 2.0 mV/m nighttime and to the 0.5 mV/m groundwave 
contour daytime, which are the values for the mutual protection between 
this class of stations and other stations of the same class.

    Note: See Sec. Sec.  73.21(b)(1) and 73.26(b) concerning power 
restrictions and classifications relative to Class B, Class C, and Class 
D stations in Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. 
Stations in the above-named places that are reclassified from Class C to 
Class B stations under Sec.  73.26(b) shall not be authorized to 
increase power to levels that would increase the nighttime interference-
free limit of co-channel Class C stations in the conterminous United 
States.

    (3) Class C stations operate on local channels, normally rendering 
primary service to a community and the suburban or rural areas 
immediately contiguous thereto, with powers not less than 0.25 kW, nor 
more than 1 kW, except as provided in Sec.  73.21(c)(1). Such stations 
are normally protected to the daytime 0.5 mV/m contour. On local 
channels the separation required for the daytime protection shall also 
determine the nighttime separation. Where directional antennas are 
employed daytime by Class C stations operating with more than 0.25 kW 
power, the separations required shall in no case be less than those 
necessary to afford protection, assuming nondirectional operation with 
0.25 kW. In no case will 0.25 kW or greater nighttime power be 
authorized to a station unable to operate nondirectionally with a power 
of 0.25 kW during daytime hours. The actual nighttime limitation will be 
calculated. For nighttime protection purposes, Class C stations in the 
48 contiguous United States may assume that stations in Alaska, Hawaii, 
Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands operating on 1230, 1240, 1340, 
1400, 1450, and 1490 kHz are Class C stations.
    (4) Class D stations operate on clear and regional channels with 
daytime powers of not less than 0.25 kW (or equivalent RMS field of 141 
mV/m at one kilometer if less than 0.25 kW) and not more than 50 kW. 
Class D stations that have previously received nighttime authority 
operate with powers of less than 0.25 kW (or equivalent RMS fields of 
less than 141 mV/m at one kilometer) are not required to provide 
nighttime coverage in accordance with Sec.  73.24(j) and are not 
protected from interference during nighttime hours. Such nighttime 
authority is permitted on the basis of full nighttime protection being 
afforded to all Class A and Class B stations.
    (b) When a station is already limited by interference from other 
stations to a contour value greater than that normally protected for its 
class, the individual received limits shall be the established standard 
for such station with respect to interference from each other station.
    (c) The four classes of AM broadcast stations have in general three 
types of

[[Page 49]]

service areas, i.e., primary, secondary and intermittent. (See Sec.  
73.14 for the definitions of primary, secondary, and intermittent 
service areas.) Class A stations render service to all three areas. 
Class B stations render service to a primary area but the secondary and 
intermittent service areas may be materially limited or destroyed due to 
interference from other stations, depending on the station assignments 
involved. Class C and Class D stations usually have only primary service 
areas. Interference from other stations may limit intermittent service 
areas and generally prevents any secondary service to those stations 
which operate at night. Complete intermittent service may still be 
obtained in many cases depending on the station assignments involved.
    (d) The groundwave signal strength required to render primary 
service is 2 mV/m for communities with populations of 2,500 or more and 
0.5 mV/m for communities with populations of less than 2,500. See Sec.  
73.184 for curves showing distance to various groundwave field strength 
contours for different frequencies and ground conductivities, and also 
see Sec.  73.183, ``Groundwave signals.''
    (e) A Class C station may be authorized to operate with a 
directional antenna during daytime hours providing the power is at least 
0.25 kW. In computing the degrees of protection which such antenna will 
afford, the radiation produced by the directional antenna system will be 
assumed to be no less, in any direction, than that which would result 
from non-directional operation using a single element of the directional 
array, with 0.25 kW.
    (f) All classes of broadcast stations have primary service areas 
subject to limitation by fading and noise, and interference from other 
stations to the contours set out for each class of station.
    (g) Secondary service is provided during nighttime hours in areas 
where the skywave field strength, 50% or more of the time, is 0.5 mV/m 
or greater (0.1 mV/m in Alaska). Satisfactory secondary service to 
cities is not considered possible unless the field strength of the 
skywave signal approaches or exceeds the value of the groundwave field 
strength that is required for primary service. Secondary service is 
subject to some interference and extensive fading whereas the primary 
service area of a station is subject to no objectionable interference or 
fading. Only Class A stations are assigned on the basis of rendering 
secondary service.

    Note: Standards have not been established for objectionable fading 
because of the relationship to receiver characteristics. Selective 
fading causes audio distortion and signal strength reduction below the 
noise level, objectionable characteristics inherent in many modern 
receivers. The AVC circuits in the better designed receivers generally 
maintain the audio output at a sufficiently constant level to permit 
satisfactory reception during most fading conditions.

    (h) Intermittent service is rendered by the groundwave and begins at 
the outer boundary of the primary service area and extends to a distance 
where the signal strength decreases to a value that is too low to 
provide any service. This may be as low as a few [micro]V/m in certain 
areas and as high as several millivolts per meter in other areas of high 
noise level, interference from other stations, or objectionable fading 
at night. The intermittent service area may vary widely from day to 
night and generally varies over shorter intervals of time. Only Class A 
stations are protected from interference from other stations to the 
intermittent service area.
    (i) Broadcast stations are licensed to operate unlimited time, 
limited time, daytime, share time, and specified hours. (See Sec. Sec.  
73.1710, 73.1725, 73.1720, 73.1715, and 73.1730.) Applications for new 
stations shall specify unlimited time operation only.
    (j) Section 73.24 sets out the general requirements for modifying 
the facilities of a licensed station and for establishing a new station. 
Sections 73.24(b) and 73.37 include interference related provisions that 
be considered in connection with an application to modify the facilities 
of an existing station or to establish a new station. Section 73.30 
describes the procedural steps required to receive an authorization to 
operate in the 1605-1705 kHz band.
    (k) Objectionable nighttime interference from a broadcast station 
occurs

[[Page 50]]

when, at a specified field strength contour with respect to the desired 
station, the field strength of an undesired station (co-channel or first 
adjacent channel, after application of proper protection ratio) exceeds 
for 10% or more of the time the values set forth in these standards. The 
value derived from the root-sum-square of all interference contributions 
represents the extent of a station's interference-free coverage.
    (1) With respect to the root-sum-square (RSS) values of interfering 
field strengths referred to in this section, calculation of nighttime 
interference-free service is accomplished by considering the signals on 
the three channels of concern (co- and first adjacencies) in order of 
decreasing magnitude, adding the squares of the values and extracting 
the square root of the sum, excluding those signals which are less than 
50% of the RSS values of the higher signals already included.
    (2) With respect to the root-sum-square values of interfering field 
strengths referred to in this section, calculation of nighttime 
interference for non-coverage purposes is accomplished by considering 
the signals on the three channels of concern (co- and first adjacencies) 
in order of decreasing magnitude, adding the squares of the values and 
extracting the square root of the sum, excluding those signals which are 
less than 25% of the RSS values of the higher signals already included.
    (3) With respect to the root-sum-square values of interfering field 
strengths referred to in this section, calculation is accomplished by 
considering the signals on the three channels of concern (co- and first 
adjacencies) in order of decreasing magnitude, adding the squares of the 
values and extracting the square root of the sum. The 0% exclusion 
method applies only to the determination of an improvement factor value 
for evaluating a station's eligibility for migration to the band 1605-
1705 kHz.
    (4) The RSS value will not be considered to be increased when a new 
interfering signal is added which is less than the appropriate exclusion 
percentage as applied to the RSS value of the interference from existing 
stations, and which at the same time is not greater than the smallest 
signal included in the RSS value of interference from existing stations.
    (5) It is recognized that application of the above ``50% exclusion'' 
method (or any exclusion method using a per cent value greater than 
zero) of calculating the RSS interference may result in some cases in 
anomalies wherein the addition of a new interfering signal or the 
increase in value of an existing interfering signal will cause the 
exclusion of a previously included signal and may cause a decrease in 
the calculated RSS value of interference. In order to provide the 
Commission with more realistic information regarding gains and losses in 
service (as a basis for determination of the relative merits of a 
proposed operation) the following alternate method for calculating the 
proposed RSS values of interference will be employed wherever 
applicable.
    (6) In the cases where it is proposed to add a new interfering 
signal which is not less than 50% (or 25%, depending on which study is 
being performed) of the RSS value of interference from existing stations 
or which is greater that the smallest signal already included to obtain 
this RSS value, the RSS limitation after addition of the new signal 
shall be calculated without excluding any signal previously included. 
Similarly, in cases where it is proposed to increase the value of one of 
the existing interfering signals which has been included in the RSS 
value, the RSS limitation after the increase shall be calculated without 
excluding the interference from any source previously included.
    (7) If the new or increased signal proposed in such cases is 
ultimately authorized, the RSS values of interference to other stations 
affected will thereafter be calculated by the ``50% exclusion'' (or 25% 
exclusion, depending on which study is being performed) method without 
regard to this alternate method of calculation.
    (8) Examples of RSS interference calculations:
    (i) Existing interferences:

Station No. 1--1.00 mV/m.
Station No. 2--0.60 mV/m.
Station No. 3--0.59 mV/m.
Station No. 4--0.58 mV/m.


[[Page 51]]


The RSS value from Nos. 1, 2 and 3 is 1.31 mV/m; therefore interference 
from No. 4 is excluded for it is less than 50% of 1.31 mV/m.

    (ii) Station A receives interferences from:

Station No. 1--1.00 mV/m.
Station No. 2--0.60 mV/m.
Station No. 3--0.59 mV/m.

It is proposed to add a new limitation, 0.68 mV/m. This is more than 50% 
of 1.31 mV/m, the RSS value from Nos. 1, 2 and 3. The RSS value of 
Station No. 1 and of the proposed station would be 1.21 m/Vm which is 
more than twice as large as the limitation from Station No. 2 or No. 3. 
However, under the above provision the new signal and the three existing 
interferences are nevertheless calculated for purposes of comparative 
studies, resulting in an RSS value of 1.47 mV/m. However, if the 
proposed station is ultimately authorized, only No. 1 and the new signal 
are included in all subsequent calculations for the reason that Nos. 2 
and 3 are less than 50% of 1.21 mV/m, the RSS value of the new signal 
and No. 1.

    (iii) Station A receives interferences from:

Station No. 1--1.00 mV/m.
Station No. 2--0.60 mV/m.
Station No. 3--0.59 mV/m.

No. 1 proposes to increase the limitation it imposes on Station A to 
1.21 mV/m. Although the limitations from stations Nos. 2 and 3 are less 
than 50% of the 1.21 mV/m limitation, under the above provision they are 
nevertheless included for comparative studies, and the RSS limitation is 
calculated to be 1.47 mV/m. However, if the increase proposed by Station 
No. 1 is authorized, the RSS value then calculated is 1.21 mV/m because 
Stations Nos. 2 and 3 are excluded in view of the fact that the 
limitations they impose are less than 50% of 1.21 mV/m.

    Note: The principles demonstrated in the previous examples for the 
calculation of the 50% exclusion method also apply to calculations using 
the 25% exclusion method after appropriate adjustment.

    (l) Objectionable nighttime interference from a station shall be 
considered to exist to a station when, at the field strength contour 
specified in paragraph (q) of this section with respect to the class to 
which the station belongs, the field strength of an interfering station 
operating on the same channel or on a first adjacent channel after 
signal adjustment using the proper protection ratio, exceeds for 10% or 
more of the time the value of the permissible interfering signal set 
forth opposite such class in paragraph (q) of this section.
    (m) For the purpose of estimating the coverage and the interfering 
effects of stations in the absence of field strength measurements, use 
shall be made of Figure 8 of Sec.  73.190, which describes the estimated 
effective field (for 1 kW power input) of simple vertical 
omnidirectional antennas of various heights with ground systems having 
at least 120 quarter-wavelength radials. Certain approximations, based 
on the curve or other appropriate theory, may be made when other than 
such antennas and ground systems are employed, but in any event the 
effective field to be employed shall not be less than the following:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Class of station                Effective field (at 1 km)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Class A (except Alaskan)...............  362 mV/m.
Class A (Alaskan), B and D.................  282 mV/m.
Class C....................................  241 mV/m.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note (1): When a directional antenna is employed, the radiated signal of
  a broadcasting station will vary in strength in different directions,
  possibly being greater than the above values in certain directions and
  less in other directions depending upon the design and adjustment of
  the directional antenna system. To determine the interference in any
  direction, the measured or calculated radiated field (unattenuated
  field strength at 1 kilometer from the array) must be used in
  conjunction with the appropriate propagation curves. (See Sec.
  73.185 for further discussion and solution of a typical directional
  antenna case.)
Note (2): For Class B stations in Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico and the
  U.S. Virgin Islands, 241 mV/m shall be used.

    (n) The existence or absence of objectionable groundwave 
interference from stations on the same or adjacent channels shall be 
determined by actual measurements made in accordance with the method 
described in Sec.  73.186, or in the absence of such measurements, by 
reference to the propagation curves of Sec.  73.184. The existence or 
absence of objectionable interference due to skywave propagation shall 
be determined by reference to Formula 2 in Sec.  73.190.
    (o) Computation of Skywave Field Strength Values:
    (1) Fifty Percent Skywave Field Strength Values (Clear Channel). In 
computing the fifty percent skywave field strength values of a Class A 
clear channel station, use shall be made of Formula 1 of Sec.  73.190, 
entitled ``Skywave Field Strength'' for 50 percent of the time.
    (2) Ten Percent Skywave Field Strength Values. In computing the 10%

[[Page 52]]

skywave field strength for stations on a single signal or an RSS basis, 
Formula 2 in Sec.  73.190 shall be used.
    (3) Determination of Angles of Departure. In calculating skywave 
field strength for stations on all channels, the pertinent vertical 
angle shall be determined by use of the formula in Sec.  73.190(d).
    (p) The distance to any specified groundwave field strength contour 
for any frequency may be determined from the appropriate curves in Sec.  
73.184 entitled ``Ground Wave Field Strength vs. Distance.''
    (q) Normally protected service contours and permissible interference 
signals for broadcast stations are as follows (for Class A stations, see 
also paragraph (a) of this section):

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Signal strength contour of area      Permissible interfering signal
                                              protected from objectionable                ([micro]V/m)
  Class of station    Class of channel        interference \1\([micro]V/m)     ---------------------------------
                            used        ---------------------------------------
                                              Day \2\             Night             Day \2\         Night \3\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A..................  Clear.............  SC 100            SC 500 50% SW        SC 5             SC 25
                                         AC 500            AC 500 GW            AC 250           AC 250
A (Alaskan)........  ......do..........  SC 100            SC 100 50% SW        SC 5             SC 5
                                         AC 500            AC 500 GW            AC 250           AC 250
B..................  Clear.............  500               2000 \2\             25               25
                     Regional..........  ................  ...................  AC 250           250
C..................  Local.............  500               No presc.\4\         SC25             Not presc.
D..................  Clear.............  500               Not presc            SC 25            Not presc.
                     Regional..........  ................  ...................  AC 250           ...............
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ When a station is already limited by interference from other stations to a contour of higher value than that
  normally protected for its class, this higher value contour shall be the established protection standard for
  such station. Changes proposed by Class A and B stations shall be required to comply with the following
  restrictions. Those interferers that contribute to another station's RSS using the 50% exclusion method are
  required to either reduce their contributions to that RSS by 10%, or to a level at which their contributions
  no longer enter into the 50% RSS value, whichever is the lesser amount of reduction. Those interferers that
  contribute to a station's RSS using the 25% exclusion method but do not contribute to that station's RSS using
  the 50% exclusion method may make changes not to exceed their present contribution. Interferers not included
  in a station's RSS using the 25% exclusion method are permitted to increase radiation as long as the 25%
  exclusion threshold is not equalled or exceeded. In no case will a reduction be required that would result in
  a contributing value that is below the pertinent value specified in the table. This note does not apply to
  Class C stations; or to the protection of Class A stations which are normally protected on a single signal,
  non-RSS basis.
\2\ Groundwave.
\3\ Skywave field strength for 10 percent or more of the time.
\4\ During nighttime hours, Class C stations in the contiguous 48 States may treat all Class B stations assigned
  to 1230, 1240, 1340, 1400, 1450 and 1490 kHz in Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands as if
  they were Class C stations.
 
Note: SC=Same channel; AC=Adjacent channel; SW=Skywave; GW=Groundwave

    (r) The following table of logarithmic expressions is to be used as 
required for determining the minimum permissible ratio of the field 
strength of a desired to an undesired signal. This table shall be used 
in conjunction with the protected contours specified in paragraph (q) of 
this section.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Desired Groundwave to:
  Frequency separation of desired to  --------------------------------------------------  Desired 50% Skywave to
       undesired signals (kHz)           Undesired groundwave    Undesired 10% Skywave    Undesired 10% Skywave
                                                 (dB)                     (dB)                     (dB)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0....................................                       26                       26                       26
10...................................                        6                        6               not presc.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (s) Two stations, one with a frequency twice of the other, should 
not be assigned in the same groundwave service area unless special 
precautions are taken to avoid interference from the second harmonic of 
the station operating on the lower frequency. Additionally, in selecting 
a frequency, consideration should be given to the fact that occasionally 
the frequency assignment of two stations in the same area may bear such 
a relation to the intermediate frequency of some broadcast receivers as 
to cause ``image'' interference, However, since this can usually be 
rectified by readjustment of the intermediate frequency of such 
receivers, the Commission, in general, will not take this kind of 
interference into consideration when authorizing stations.

[[Page 53]]

    (t) The groundwave service of two stations operating with 
synchronized carriers and broadcasting identical programs will be 
subject to some distortion in areas where the signals from the two 
stations are of comparable strength. For the purpose of estimating 
coverage of such stations, areas in which the signal ratio is between 
1:2 and 2:1 will not be considered as receiving satisfactory service.

    Note: Two stations are considered to be operated synchronously when 
the carriers are maintained within 0.2 Hz of each other and they 
transmit identical program s.

[56 FR 64862, Dec. 12, 1991; 57 FR 43290, Sept. 18, 1992, as amended at 
58 FR 27950, May 12, 1993]



Sec.  73.183  Groundwave signals.

    (a) Interference that may be caused by a proposed assignment or an 
existing assignment during daytime hours should be determined, when 
possible, by measurements on the frequency involved or on another 
frequency over the same terrain and by means for the curves in Sec.  
73.184 entitled ``Ground Wave Field Strength versus Distance.''

    Note: Groundwave field strength measurements will not be accepted or 
considered for the purpose of establishing that interference to a 
station in a foreign country other than Canada, or that the field 
strength at the border thereof, would be less than indicated by the use 
of the ground conductivity maps and engineering standards contained in 
this part and applicable international agreements. Satisfactory 
groundwave measurements offered for the purpose of demonstrating values 
of conductivity other than those shown by Figure M3 in problems 
involving protection of Canadian stations will be considered only if, 
after review thereof, the appropriate agency of the Canadian government 
notifies the Commission that they are acceptable for such purpose.

    (b)(1) In all cases where measurements taken in accordance with the 
requirements are not available, the groundwave strength must be 
determined by means of the pertinent map of ground conductivity and the 
groundwave curves of field strength versus distance. The conductivity of 
a given terrain may be determined by measurements of any broadcast 
signal traversing the terrain involved. Figure M3 (See Note 1) shows the 
conductivity throughout the United States by general areas of reasonably 
uniform conductivity. When it is clear that only one conductivity value 
is involved, Figure R3 of Sec.  73.190, may be used. It is a replica of 
Figure M3, and is contained in these standards. In all other situations 
Figure M3 must be employed. It is recognized that in areas of limited 
size or over a particular path, the conductivity may vary widely from 
the values given; therefore, these maps are to be used only when 
accurate and acceptable measurements have not been made.
    (2) For determinations of interference and service requiring a 
knowledge of ground conductivities in other countries, the ground 
conductivity maps comprising Appendix 1 to Annex 2 of each of the 
following international agreements may be used:
    (i) For Canada, the U.S.-Canada AM Agreement, 1984;
    (ii) For Mexico, the U.S.-Mexico AM Agreement, 1986; and
    (iii) For other Western Hemisphere countries, the Regional Agreement 
for the Medium Frequency Broadcasting Service in Region 2.
    Where different conductivities appear in the maps of two countries 
on opposite sides of the border, such differences are to be considered 
as real, even if they are not explained by geophysical cleavages.
    (c) Example of determining interference by the graphs in Sec.  
73.184:

    It is desired to determine whether objectionable interference exists 
between a proposed 5 kW Class B station on 990 kHz and an existing 1 kW 
Class B station on first adjacent channel, 1000 kHz. The distance 
between the two stations is 260 kilometers and both stations operate 
nondirectionally with antenna systems that produce a horizontal 
effective field of 282 in mV/m at one kilometer. (See Sec.  73.185 
regarding use of directional antennas.) The ground conductivity at the 
site of each station and along the intervening terrain is 6 mS/m. The 
protection to Class B stations during daytime is to the 500 [micro]V/m 
(0.5 Vm) contour using a 6 dB protection factor. The distance to the 500 
[micro]V/m groundwave contour of the 1 kW station is determined by the 
use of the appropriate curve in Sec.  73.184. Since the curve is plotted 
for 100 mV/m at a 1 kilometer, to find the distance of the 0.5 mV/m 
contour of the 1 kw station, it is necessary to determine the distance 
to the 0.1773 m/Vm contour.

(100 x 0.5 / 282 = 0.1773)


[[Page 54]]


Using the 6 mS/m curve, the estimated radius of the 0.5 mV/m contour is 
62.5 kilometers. Subtracting this distance from the distance between the 
two stations leaves 197.5 kilometers. Using the same propagation curve, 
the signal from the 5 kW station at this distance is seen to be 0.059 
mV/m. Since a protection ratio of 6 dB, desired to undesired signal, 
applies to stations separated by 10 kHz, the undesired signal could have 
had a value of up to 0.25 mV/m without causing objectionable 
interference. For co-channel studies, a desired to undesired signal 
ratio of no less than 20:1 (26 dB) is required to avoid causing 
objectionable interference.

    (d) Where a signal traverses a path over which different 
conductivities exist, the distance to a particular groundwave field 
strength contour shall be determined by the use of the equivalent 
distance method. Reasonably accurate results may be expected in 
determining field strengths at a distance from the antenna by 
application of the equivalent distance method when the unattenuated 
field of the antenna, the various ground conductivities and the location 
of discontinuities are known. This method considers a wave to be 
propagated across a given conductivity according to the curve for a 
homogeneous earth of that conductivity. When the wave crosses from a 
region of one conductivity into a region of a second conductivity, the 
equivalent distance of the receiving point from the transmitter changes 
abruptly but the field strength does not. From a point just inside the 
second region the transmitter appears to be at that distance where, on 
the curve for a homogeneous earth of the second conductivity, the field 
strength equals the value that occurred just across the boundary in the 
first region. Thus the equivalent distance from the receiving point to 
the transmitter may be either greater or less than the actual distance. 
An imaginary transmitter is considered to exist at that equivalent 
distance. This technique is not intended to be used as a means of 
evaluating unattenuated field or ground conductivity by the analysis of 
measured data. The method to be employed for such determinations is set 
out in Sec.  73.186.
    (e) Example of the use of the equivalent distance method;

    It is desired to determine the distance to the 0.5 mV/m and 0.025 
mV/m contours of a station on a frequency of 1000 kHz with an inverse 
distance field of 100 mV/m at one kilometer being radiated over a path 
having a conductivity of 10 mS/m for a distance of 20 kilometers, 5 mS/m 
for the next 30 kilometers and 15 mS/m thereafter. Using the appropriate 
curve in Sec.  73.184, Graph 12, at a distance of 20 kilometers on the 
curve for 10 mS/m, the field strength is found to be 2.84 mV/m. On the 
5mS/m curve, the equivalent distance to this field strength is 14.92 
kilometers, which is 5.08 (20-14.92 kilometers nearer to the 
transmitter. Continuing on the propagation curve, the distance to a 
field strength of 0.5 mV/m is found to be 36.11 kilometers.
    The actual length of the path travelled, however, is 41.19 
(36.11+5.08) kilometers. Continuing on this propagation curve to the 
conductivity change at 44.92 (50.00-5.08) kilometers, the field strength 
is found to be 0.304 mV/m. On the 15 mS/m propagation curve, the 
equivalent distance to this field strength is 82.94 kilometers, which 
changes the effective path length by 38.02 (82.94-44.92) kilometers. 
Continuing on this propagation curve, the distance to a field strength 
of 0.025 mV/m is seen to be 224.4 kilometers. The actual length of the 
path travelled, however, is 191.46 (224.4+5.08-38.02) kilometers.

[28 FR 13574, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 44 FR 36037, June 20, 1979; 
48 FR 9011, Mar. 3, 1983; 50 FR 18822, May 2, 1985; 50 FR 24522, June 
11, 1985; 51 FR 9965, Mar. 24, 1986; 54 FR 39736, Sept. 28, 1989; 56 FR 
64866, Dec. 12, 1991; 57 FR 43290, Sept. 18, 1992]



Sec.  73.184  Groundwave field strength graphs.

    (a) Graphs 1 to 20 show, for each of 20 frequencies, the computed 
values of groundwave field strength as a function of groundwave 
conductivity and distance from the source of radiation. The groundwave 
field strength is considered to be that part of the vertical component 
of the electric field which has not been reflected from the ionosphere 
nor from the troposphere. These 20 families of curves are plotted on 
log-log graph paper and each is to be used for the range of frequencies 
shown thereon. Computations are based on a dielectric constant of the 
ground (referred to air as unity) equal to 15 for land and 80 for sea 
water and for the ground conductivities (expressed in mS/m) given on the 
curves. The curves show the variation of the groundwave field strength 
with distance to be expected for transmission from a vertical

[[Page 55]]

antenna at the surface of a uniformly conducting spherical earth with 
the groundwave constants shown on the curves. The curves are for an 
antenna power of such efficiency and current distribution that the 
inverse distance (unattenuated) field is 100 mV/m at 1 kilometer. The 
curves are valid for distances that are large compared to the dimensions 
of the antenna for other than short vertical antennas.
    (b) The inverse distance field (100 mV/m divided by the distance in 
kilometers) corresponds to the groundwave field intensity to be expected 
from an antenna with the same radiation efficiency when it is located 
over a perfectly conducting earth. To determine the value of the 
groundwave field intensity corresponding to a value of inverse distance 
field other than 100 mV/m at 1 kilometer, multiply the field strength as 
given on these graphs by the desired value of inverse distance field at 
1 kilometer divided by 100; for example, to determine the groundwave 
field strength for a station with an inverse distance field of 2700 mV/m 
at 1 kilometer, simply multiply the values given on the charts by 27. 
The value of the inverse distance field to be used for a particular 
antenna depends upon the power input to the antenna, the nature of the 
ground in the neighborhood of the antenna, and the geometry of the 
antenna. For methods of calculating the interrelations between these 
variables and the inverse distance field, see ``The Propagation of Radio 
Waves Over the Surface of the Earth and in the Upper Atmosphere,'' Part 
II, by Mr. K.A. Norton, Proc. I.R.E., Vol. 25, September 1937, pp. 1203-
1237.

    Note: The computed values of field strength versus distance used to 
plot Graphs 1 to 20 are available in tabular form. For information on 
obtaining copies of these tabulations call or write the Consumer Affairs 
Office, Federal Communications Commission, Washington, DC 20554, (202) 
632-7000.

    (c) Provided the value of the dielectric constant is near 15, the 
ground conductivity curves of Graphs 1 to 20 may be compared with actual 
field strength measurement data to determine the appropriate values of 
the ground conductivity and the inverse distance field strength at 1 
kilometer. This is accomplished by plotting the measured field strengths 
on transparent log-log graph paper similar to that used for Graphs 1 to 
20 and superimposing the plotted graph over the Graph corresponding to 
the frequency of the station measured. The plotted graph is then shifted 
vertically until the plotted measurement data is best aligned with one 
of the conductivity curves on the Graph; the intersection of the inverse 
distance line on the Graph with the 1 kilometer abscissa on the plotted 
graph determines the inverse distance field strength at 1 kilometer. For 
other values of dielectric constant, the following procedure may be used 
to determine the dielectric constant of the ground, the ground 
conductivity and the inverse distance field strength at 1 kilometer. 
Graph 21 gives the relative values of groundwave field strength over a 
plane earth as a function of the numerical distance p and phase angle b. 
On graph paper with coordinates similar to those of Graph 21, plot the 
measured values of field strength as ordinates versus the corresponding 
distances from the antenna in kilometers as abscissae. The data should 
be plotted only for distances greater than one wavelength (or, when this 
is greater, five times the vertical height of the antenna in the case of 
a nondirectional antenna or 10 times the spacing between the elements of 
a directional antenna) and for distances less than 80f\1/3\ MHz 
kilometers (i.e., 80 kilometers at 1 MHz). Then, using a light box, 
place the plotted graph over Graph 21 and shift the plotted graph 
vertically and horizontally (making sure that the vertical lines on both 
sheets are parallel) until the best fit with the data is obtained with 
one of the curves on Graph 21. When the two sheets are properly lined 
up, the value of the field strength corresponding to the intersection of 
the inverse distance line of Graph 21 with the 1 kilometer abscissa on 
the data sheet is the inverse distance field strength at 1 kilometer, 
and the values of the numerical distance at 1 kilometer, p1, 
and of b are also determined. Knowing the values of b and p1 
(the numerical distance at one kilometer), we may substitute in the 
following approximate values of the ground conductivity and dielectric 
constant.

[[Page 56]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC13NO91.018


(R/[lambda])1= Number of wavelengths in 1 kilometer,

                                * * * * *

fMHz=frequency expressed in megahertz,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC13NO91.019


[egr]=dielectric constant on the ground referred to air as unity.
    First solve for [chi] by substituting the known values of 
p1, (R/[lambda])1, and cos b in equation (1). 
Equation (2) may then be solved for [delta] and equation (3) for [egr]. 
At distances greater than 80/f1/3 MHz kilometers the curves 
of Graph 21 do not give the correct relative values of field strength 
since the curvature of the earth weakens the field more rapidly than 
these plane earth curves would indicate. Thus, no attempt should be made 
to fit experimental data to these curves at the larger distances.

    Note: For other values of dielectric constant, use can be made of 
the computer program which was employed by the FCC in generating the 
curves in Graphs 1 to 20. For information on obtaining a printout of 
this program, call or write the Consumer Affairs Office, Federal 
Communications Commission, Washington, DC 200554, (202) 632-7000.

    (d) At sufficiently short distances (less than 55 kilometers at AM 
broadcast frequencies), such that the curvature of the earth does not 
introduce an additional attenuation of the waves, the curves of Graph 21 
may be used to determine the groundwave field strength of transmitting 
and receiving antennas at the surface of the earth for any radiated 
power, frequency, or set of ground constants. First, trace the straight 
inverse distance line corresponding to the power radiated on transparent 
log-log graph paper similar to that of Graph 21, labelling the ordinates 
of the chart in terms of field strength, and the abscissae in terms of 
distance. Next, using the formulas given on Graph 21, calculate the 
value of the numerical distance, p, at 1 kilometer, and the value of b. 
Then superimpose the log-log graph paper over Graph 21, shifting it 
vertically until both inverse distance lines coincide and shifting it 
horizontally until the numerical distance at 1 kilometer on Graph 21 
coincides with 1 kilometer on the log-log graph paper. The curve of 
Graph 21 corresponding to the calculated value of b is then traced on 
the log-log graph paper giving the field strength versus distance in 
kilometers.
    (e) This paragraph consists of the following Graphs 1 to 20 and 21.

    Note: The referenced graphs are not published in the CFR, nor will 
they be included in the Commission's automated rules system. For 
information on obtaining copies of the graphs call or write the Consumer 
Affairs Office, Federal Communications Commission, Washington, DC 20554, 
Telephone: (202) 632-7000.

[28 FR 13574, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 50 FR 18823, May 2, 1985; 51 
FR 45891, Dec. 23, 1986; 52 FR 36878, Oct. 1, 1987; 56 FR 64866, Dec. 
12, 1991; 57 FR 43290, Sept. 18, 1992]



Sec.  73.185  Computation of interfering signal.

    (a) Measured values of radiation are not to be used in calculating 
overlap, interference, and coverage.
    (1) In the case of an antenna which is intended to be non-
directional in the horizontal plane, an ideal non-directional radiation 
pattern shall be used in determining interference, overlap, and 
coverage, even if the antenna is not actually non-directional.
    (2) In the case of an antenna which is directional in the horizontal 
plane, the radiation which shall be used in determining interference, 
overlap, and coverage is that calculated pursuant to Sec.  73.150 or 
Sec.  73.152, depending on whether the station has a standard or 
modified standard pattern.
    (3) In the case of calculation of interference or overlap to (not 
from) a foreign station, the notified radiation shall be used, even if 
the notified radiation differs from that in paragraphs (a) (1) or (2) of 
this section.
    (b) For skywave signals from stations operating on all channels, 
interference shall be determined from the appropriate formulas and 
Figure 6a contained in Sec.  73.190.
    (c) The formulas in Sec.  73.190(d) depicted in Figure 6a of Sec.  
73.190, entitled ``Angles of Departure versus Transmission Range'' are 
to be used in determining the angles in the vertical pattern of the 
antenna of an interfering

[[Page 57]]

station to be considered as pertinent to transmission by one reflection. 
To provide for variation in the pertinent vertical angle due to 
variations of ionosphere height and ionosphere scattering, the curves 2 
and 3 indicate the upper and lower angles within which the radiated 
field is to be considered. The maximum value of field strength occurring 
between these angles shall be used to determine the multiplying factor 
to apply to the 10 percent skywave field intensity value determined from 
Formula 2 in Sec.  73.190. The multiplying factor is found by dividing 
the maximum radiation between the pertinent angles by 100 mV/m.
    (d) Example of the use of skywave curves and formulas: Assume a 
proposed new Class B station from which interference may be expected is 
located at a distance of 724 kilometers from a licensed Class B station. 
The proposed station specifies geographic coordinates of 
40[deg]00[min]00[sec] N and 100[deg]00[min]00[sec] W and the station to 
be protected is located at an azimuth of 45[deg] true at geographic 
coordinates of 44[deg]26[min]05[sec] N and 93[deg]32[min]54[sec] W. The 
critical angles of radiation as determined from Figure 6a of Sec.  
73.190 for use with Class B stations are 9.6[deg] and 16.6[deg]. If the 
vertical pattern of the antenna of the proposed station in the direction 
of the existing station is such that, between the angles of 9.6[deg] and 
16.6[deg] above the horizon the maximum radiation is 260 mV/m at one 
kilometer, the value of the 50% field, as derived from Formula 1 of 
Sec.  73.190, is 0.06217 mV/m at the location of the existing station. 
To obtain the value of the 10% field, the 50% value must be adjusted by 
a factor derived from Formula 2 of Sec.  73.190. The value in this case 
is 8.42 dB. Thus, the 10% field is 0.1616 mV/m. Using this in 
conjunction with the co-channel protection ratio of 26 dB, the resultant 
nighttime limit from the proposed station to the licensed station is 
3.232 mV/m.
    (e) In the case of an antenna which is non-directional in the 
horizontal plane, the vertical distribution of the relative fields 
should be computed pursuant to Sec.  73.160. In the case of an antenna 
which is directional in the horizontal plane, the vertical pattern in 
the great circle direction toward the point of reception in question 
must first be calculated. In cases where the radiation in the vertical 
plane, at the pertinent azimuth, contains a large lobe at a higher angle 
than the pertinent angle for one reflection, the method of calculating 
interference will not be restricted to that just described; each such 
case will be considered on the basis of the best knowledge available.
    (f) In performing calculations to determine permissible radiation 
from stations operating presunrise or postsunset in accordance with 
Sec.  73.99, calculated diurnal factors will be multiplied by the values 
of skywave field strength for such stations obtained from Formula 1 or 2 
of Sec.  73.190.
    (1) The diurnal factor is determined using the time of day at the 
mid-point of path between the site of the interfering station and the 
point at which interference is being calculated. Diurnal factors are 
computed using the formula Df=a+bF+cF\2\+dF\3\ where:

Df represents the diurnal factor,
F is the frequency in MHz,
a,b,c, and d are constants obtained from the tables in paragraph (k)(2)


A diurnal factor greater than one will not be used in calculations and 
interpolation is to be used between calculated values where necessary. 
For reference purposes, curves for presunrise and postsunset diurnal 
factors are contained in Figures 13 and 14 of Sec.  73.190.
    (2) Constants used in calculating diurnal factors for the presunrise 
and postsunset periods are contained in paragraphs (f)(2) (i) and (ii) 
of this section respectively. The columns labeled Tmp 
represent the number of hours before and after sunrise and sunset at the 
path midpoint.

                        (i) Presunrise Constants

------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Tmp                  a          b          c          d
------------------------------------------------------------------------
-2..........................     1.3084      .0083     -.0155      .0144
-1.75.......................     1.3165     -.4919      .6011     -.1884
-1.5........................     1.0079      .0296      .1488     -.0452
-1.25.......................      .7773      .3751     -.1911      .0736
-1..........................      .6230      .1547      .2654     -.1006
-.75........................      .3718      .1178      .3632     -.1172
-.5.........................      .2151      .0737      .4167     -.1413
-.25........................      .2027     -.2560      .7269     -.2577
SR..........................      .1504     -.2325      .5374     -.1729
+.25........................      .1057     -.2092      .4148     -.1239
+5..........................      .0642     -.1295      .2583     -.0699
+.75........................      .0446     -.1002      .1754     -.0405
+1..........................      .0148      .0135      .0462      .0010
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 58]]

                        (ii) Postsunset Constants

------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Tmp                  a          b          c          d
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.75........................      .9495     -.0187      .0720     -.0290
1.5.........................      .7196      .3583     -.2280      .0611
1.25........................      .6756      .1518      .0279     -.0163
1.0.........................      .5486      .1401      .0952     -.0288
.75.........................      .3003      .4050     -.0961      .0256
.5..........................      .1186      .4281     -.0799      .0197
.25.........................      .0382      .3706     -.0673      .0171
SS..........................      .0002      .3024     -.0540      .0086
-.25........................      .0278      .0458      .1473     -.0486
-.5.........................      .0203      .0132      .1166     -.0340
-.75........................      .0152     -.0002      .0786     -.0185
-1.0........................     -.0043      .0452     -.0040      .0103
-1.25.......................      .0010      .0135      .0103      .0047
-1.5........................      .0018      .0052      .0069      .0042
-1.75.......................     -.0012      .0122     -.0076      .0076
-2.0........................     -.0024      .0141     -.0141      .0091
------------------------------------------------------------------------


    Editorial Note: At 56 FR 64867, Dec. 12, 1991, Sec.  73.185 was 
amended by redesignating paragraphs (d), (e), (h), and (k) as (c), (d), 
(e), and (f), resulting in two consecutive paragraph (f)'s. These 
paragraphs will be correctly designated by a Federal Communication 
Commission document published in the Federal Register at a later date.
    (f) For stations operating on regional and local channels, 
interfering skywave field intensities shall be determined in accordance 
with the procedure specified in (d) of this section and illustrated in 
(e) of this section, except that Figure 2 of Sec.  73.190 is used in 
place of Figure 1a and 1b and the formulas of Sec.  73.190. In using 
Figure 2 of Sec.  73.190, one additional parameter must be considered, 
i.e., the variation of received field with the latitude of the path.
    (g) Figure 2 of Sec.  73.190, ``10 percent Skywave Signal Range 
Chart,'' shows the signal as a function of the latitude of the 
transmission path, which is defined as the geographic latitude of the 
midpoint between the transmitter and receiver. When using Figure 2 of 
Sec.  73.190, latitude 35[deg] should be used in case the mid-point of 
the path lies below 35[deg] North and latitude 50[deg] should be used in 
case the mid-point of the path lies above 50[deg] North.

[30 FR 13783, Oct. 29, 1965, as amended at 33 FR 15420, Oct. 17, 1968; 
46 FR 11995, Feb. 12, 1981; 48 FR 42958, Sept. 20, 1983; 50 FR 18843, 
May 2, 1985; 56 FR 64867, Dec. 12, 1991]



Sec.  73.186  Establishment of effective field at one kilometer.

    (a) Section 73.189 provides that certain minimum field strengths are 
acceptable in lieu of the required minimum physical heights of the 
antennas proper. Also, in other situations, it may be necessary to 
determine the effective field. The following requirements shall govern 
the taking and submission of data on the field strength produced:
    (1) Beginning as near to the antenna as possible without including 
the induction field and to provide for the fact that a broadcast antenna 
is not a point source of radiation (not less than one wave length or 5 
times the vertical height in the case of a single element, i.e., 
nondirectional antenna or 10 times the spacing between the elements of a 
directional antenna), measurements shall be made on six or more radials, 
at intervals of approximately 0.2 kilometer up to 3 kilometers from the 
antenna, at intervals of approximately one kilometer from 3 kilometers 
to 5 kilometers from the antenna, at intervals of approximately 2 
kilometers from 5 kilometers to 15 kilometers from the antenna, and a 
few additional measurements if needed at greater distances from the 
antenna. Where the antenna is rurally located and unobstructed 
measurements can be made, there shall be at least 15 measurements on 
each radial. These shall include at least 7 measurements within 3 
kilometers of the antenna. However, where the antenna is located in a 
city where unobstructed measurements are difficult to make, measurements 
shall be made on each radial at as many unobstructed locations as 
possible, even though the intervals are considerably less than stated 
above, particularly within 3 kilometers of the antenna. In cases where 
it is not possible to obtain accurate measurements at the closer 
distances (even out to 8 or 10 kilometers due to the character of the 
intervening terrain), the measurements at greater distances should be 
made at closer intervals.
    (2) The data required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section should be 
plotted for each radial in accordance with either of the two methods set 
forth below:
    (i) Using log-log coordinate paper, plot field strengths as ordinate 
and distance as abscissa.

[[Page 59]]

    (ii) Using semi-log coordinate paper, plot field strength times 
distance as ordinate on the log scale and distance as abscissa on the 
linear scale.
    (3) However, regardless of which of the methods in paragraph (a)(2) 
of this section is employed, the proper curve to be drawn through the 
points plotted shall be determined by comparison with the curves in 
Sec.  73.184 as follows: Place the sheet on which the actual points have 
been plotted over the appropriate Graph in Sec.  73.184, hold to the 
light if necessary and adjust until the curve most closely matching the 
points is found. This curve should then be drawn on the sheet on which 
the points were plotted, together with the inverse distance curve 
corresponding to that curve. The field at 1 kilometer for the radial 
concerned shall be the ordinate on the inverse distance curve at 1 
kilometer.
    (4) When all radials have been analyzed in accordance with paragraph 
(a)(3) of this section, a curve shall be plotted on polar coordinate 
paper from the fields obtained, which gives the inverse distance field 
pattern at 1 kilometer. The radius of a circle, the area of which is 
equal to the area bounded by this pattern, is the effective field. (See 
Sec.  73.14.)
    (5) The antenna power of the station shall be maintained at the 
authorized level during all field measurements. The power determination 
will be made using the direct method as described in Sec.  73.51(a) with 
instruments of acceptable accuracy specified in Sec.  73.1215.
    (b) Complete data taken in conjunction with the field strength 
measurements shall be submitted to the Commission in affidavit form 
including the following:
    (1) Tabulation by number of each point of measurement to agree with 
the maps required in paragraph (c) of this section, the date and time of 
each measurement, the field strength (E), the distance from the antenna 
(D) and the product of the field strength and distance (ED) (if data for 
each radial are plotted on semilogarithmic paper, see paragraph 
(a)(2)(ii) of this section) for each point of measurement.
    (2) Description of method used to take field strength measurements.
    (3) The family of theoretical curves used in determining the curve 
for each radial properly identified by conductivity and dielectric 
constants.
    (4) The curves drawn for each radial and the field strength pattern.
    (5) The antenna resistance at the operating frequency.
    (6) Antenna current or currents maintained during field strength 
measurements.
    (c) Maps showing each measurement point numbered to agree with the 
required tabulation shall be retained in the station records and shall 
be available to the FCC upon request.

[28 FR 13574, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 41 FR 44178, Oct. 7, 1976; 46 
FR 11995, Feb. 12, 1981; 49 FR 49851, Dec. 24, 1984; 50 FR 18843, May 2, 
1985; 50 FR 47055, Nov. 14, 1985; 51 FR 2707, Jan. 21, 1986; 52 FR 
10570, Apr. 2, 1987; 66 FR 20757, Apr. 25, 2001]



Sec.  73.187  Limitation on daytime radiation.

    (a)(1) Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (a)(2) and (3) of 
this section, no authorization will be granted for a Class B or Class D 
station on a frequency specified in Sec.  73.25 if the proposed 
operation would radiate during the period of critical hours (the two 
hours after local sunrise and the two hours before local sunset) toward 
any point on the 0.1 mV/m contour of a co-channel U.S. Class A station, 
at or below the pertinent vertical angle determined from Curve 2 of 
Figure 6a of Sec.  73.190, values in excess of those obtained as 
provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (2) The limitation set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section 
shall not apply in the following cases:
    (i) Any Class B or Class D operation authorized before November 30, 
1959; or
    (ii) For Class B and Class D stations authorized before November 30, 
1959, subsequent changes of facilities which do not involve a change in 
frequency, an increase in radiation toward any point on the 0.1 mV/m 
contour of a co-channel U.S. Class A station, or the move of transmitter 
site materially closer to the 0.1 mV/m contour of such Class A station.
    (3) A Class B or Class D station authorized before November 30, 
1959, and subsequently authorized to increase

[[Page 60]]

daytime radiation in any direction toward the 0.1 mV/m contour of a co-
channel U.S. Class A station (without a change in frequency or a move of 
transmitter site materially closer to such contour), may not, during the 
two hours after local sunrise or the two hours before local sunset, 
radiate in such directions a value exceeding the higher of:
    (i) The value radiated in such directions with facilities last 
authorized before November 30, 1959, or
    (ii) The limitation specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
    (b) To obtain the maximum permissible radiation for a Class B or 
Class D station on a given frequency from 640 through 990 kHz, multiply 
the radiation value obtained for the given distance and azimuth from the 
500 kHz chart (Figure 9 of Sec.  73.190) by the appropriate 
interpolation factor shown in the K500 column of paragraph 
(c) of this section; and multiply the radiation value obtained for the 
given distance and azimuth from the 1000 kHz chart (Figure 10 of Sec.  
73.190) by the appropriate interpolation factor shown in the 
K1000 column of paragraph (c) of this section. Add the two 
products thus obtained; the result is the maximum radiation value 
applicable to the Class B or Class D station in the pertinent 
directions. For frequencies from 1010 to 1580 kHz, obtain in a similar 
manner the proper radiation values from the 1000 and 1600 kHz charts 
(Figures 10 and 11 of Sec.  73.190), multiply each of these values by 
the appropriate interpolation factors in the K[min]1000 and 
K[min]1600 columns in paragraph (c) of this section, and add 
the products.
    (c) Interpolation factors. (1) Frequencies below 1000 kHz.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        fkHz                           K\500\    K\1000\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
640.................................................     0.720     0.280
650.................................................     0.700     0.300
660.................................................     0.680     0.320
670.................................................     0.660     0.340
680.................................................     0.640     0.360
690.................................................     0.620     0.380
700.................................................     0.600     0.400
710.................................................     0.580     0.420
720.................................................     0.560     0.440
730.................................................     0.540     0.460
740.................................................     0.520     0.480
750.................................................     0.500     0.500
760.................................................     0.480     0.520
770.................................................     0.460     0.540
780.................................................     0.440     0.560
800.................................................     0.400     0.600
810.................................................     0.380     0.620
820.................................................     0.360     0.640
830.................................................     0.340     0.660
840.................................................     0.320     0.680
850.................................................     0.300     0.700
860.................................................     0.280     0.720
870.................................................     0.260     0.740
880.................................................     0.240     0.760
890.................................................     0.220     0.780
900.................................................     0.200     0.800
940.................................................     0.120     0.880
990.................................................     0.020     0.980
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Frequencies above 1000 kHz.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  f[min]kHz                   K[min]\1000\  K[min]\1600\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1010........................................       0.983         0.017
1020........................................       0.967         0.033
1030........................................       0.950         0.050
1040........................................       0.933         0.067
1050........................................       0.917         0.083
1060........................................       0.900         0.100
1070........................................       0.883         0.117
1080........................................       0.867         0.133
1090........................................       0.850         0.150
1100........................................       0.833         0.167
1110........................................       0.817         0.183
1120........................................       0.800         0.200
1130........................................       0.783         0.217
1140........................................       0.767         0.233
1160........................................       0.733         0.267
1170........................................       0.717         0.283
1180........................................       0.700         0.300
1190........................................       0.683         0.317
1200........................................       0.667         0.333
1210........................................       0.650         0.350
1220........................................       0.633         0.367
1500........................................       0.167         0.833
1510........................................       0.150         0.850
1520........................................       0.133         0.867
1530........................................       0.117         0.883
1540........................................       0.100         0.900
1550........................................       0.083         0.917
1560........................................       0.067         0.933
1570........................................       0.050         0.950
1580........................................       0.033         0.967
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[28 FR 13574, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 FR 43962, Nov. 1, 1984; 56 
FR 64868, Dec. 12, 1991]



Sec.  73.189  Minimum antenna heights or field strength requirements.

    (a) Section 73.45 requires that all applicants for new, additional, 
or different broadcast facilities and all licensees requesting authority 
to move 0the transmitter of an existing station, shall specify a 
radiating system, the efficiency of which complies with the requirements 
of good engineering practice for the class and power of the station.
    (b) The specifications deemed necessary to meet the requirements of 
good engineering practice at the

[[Page 61]]

present state of the art are set out in detail below.
    (1) The licensee of a AM broadcast station requesting a change in 
power, time of operation, frequency, or transmitter location must also 
request authority to install a new antenna system or to make changes in 
the existing antenna system which will meet the minimum height 
requirements, or submit evidence that the present antenna system meets 
the minimum requirements with respect to field strength, before 
favorable consideration will be given thereto. (See Sec.  73.186.) In 
the event it is proposed to make substantial changes in an existing 
antenna system, the changes shall be such as to meet the minimum height 
requirements or will be permitted subject to the submission of field 
strength measurements showing that it meets the minimum requirements 
with respect to effective field strength.
    (2) These minimum actual physical vertical heights of antennas 
permitted to be installed are shown by curves A, B, and C of Figure 7 of 
Sec.  73.190 as follows:
    (i) Class C stations, and stations in Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico 
and the U.S. Virgin Islands on 1230, 1240, 1340, 1400, 1450 and 1490 kHz 
that were formerly Class C and were redesignated as Class B pursuant to 
Sec.  73.26(b), 45 meters or a minimum effective field strength of 241 
mV/m for 1 kW (121 mV/m for 0.25 kW). (This height applies to a Class C 
station on a local channel only. Curve A shall apply to any Class C 
stations in the 48 conterminous States that are assigned to Regional 
channels.)
    (ii) Class A (Alaska), Class B and Class D stations other than those 
covered in Sec.  73.189(b)(2)(i), a minimum effective field strength of 
282 mV/m for 1 kW.
    (iii) Class A stations, a minimum effective field strength of 362 
mV/m for 1 kW.
    (3) The heights given on the graph for the antenna apply regardless 
of whether the antenna is located on the ground or on a building. Except 
for the reduction of shadows, locating the antenna on a building does 
not necessarily increase the efficiency and where the height of the 
building is in the order of a quarter wave the efficiency may be 
materially reduced.
    (4) At the present development of the art, it is considered that 
where a vertical radiator is employed with its base on the ground, the 
ground system should consist of buried radial wires at least one-fourth 
wave length long. There should be as many of these radials evenly spaced 
as practicable and in no event less than 90. (120 radials of 0.35 to 0.4 
of a wave length in length and spaced 3[deg] is considered an excellent 
ground system and in case of high base voltage, a base screen of 
suitable dimensions should be employed.)
    (5) In case it is contended that the required antenna efficiency can 
be obtained with an antenna of height or ground system less than the 
minimum specified, a complete field strength survey must be supplied to 
the Commission showing that the field strength at a mile without 
absorption fulfills the minimum requirements. (See Sec.  73.186.) This 
field survey must be made by a qualified engineer using equipment of 
acceptable accuracy.
    (6) The main element or elements of a directional antenna system 
shall meet the above minimum requirements with respect to height or 
effective field strength. No directional antenna system will be approved 
which is so designed that the effective field of the array is less than 
the minimum prescribed for the class of station concerned, or in case of 
a Class A station less than 90 percent of the ground wave field which 
would be obtained from a perfect antenna of the height specified by 
Figure 7 of Sec.  73.190 for operation on frequencies below 1000 kHz, 
and in the case of a Class B or Class D station less than 90 percent of 
the ground wave field which would be obtained from a perfect antenna of 
the height specified by Figure 7 of Sec.  73.190 for operation on 
frequencies below 750 kHz.

[28 FR 13574, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 31 FR 8069, June 8, 1966; 33 
FR 15420, Oct. 17, 1968; 44 FR 36038, June 20, 1979; 50 FR 18844, May 2, 
1985; 51 FR 2707, Jan. 21, 1986; 51 FR 4753, Feb. 7, 1986; 52 FR 10570, 
Apr. 2, 1987; 56 FR 64868, Dec. 12, 1991]

[[Page 62]]



Sec.  73.190  Engineering charts and related formulas.

    (a) This section consists of the following Figures: 2, r3, 5, 6a, 7, 
8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13. Additionally, formulas that are directly 
related to graphs are included.
    (b) Formula 1 is used for calculation of 50% skywave field strength 
values.
    Formula 1. Skywave field strength, 50% of the time (at SS+6):
    The skywave field strength, Fc(50), for a characteristic field 
strength of 100 mV/m at 1 km is given by:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.068

    The slant distance, D, is given by:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC13NO91.020
    
The geomagnetic latitude of the midpoint of the path, [Phi]M, is given 
by:

[Phi]M =arcsin[sin aM sin 78.5[deg] + cos aM cos 78.5[deg] cos(69 + 
bM)]degrees (Eq. 3)

The short great-circle path distance, d, is given by:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC13NO91.021

Where:

d[deg] = arccos[sin aT sin aR + cos aT cos aR cos(bR - 
bT)]degrees (Eq.5)

Where:

aT is the geographic latitude of the transmitting terminal (degrees)
aR is the geographic latitude of the receiving terminal (degrees)
bT is the geographic longitude of the transmitting terminal (degrees)
bR is the geographic longitude of the receiving terminal (degrees)
aM is the geographic latitude of the midpoint of the great-circle path 
(degrees) and is given by:
bM is the geographic longitude of the midpoint of the great-circle path 
(degrees) and is given by:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.069

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.070

    Note (1): If [verbar]FM[verbar] is greater than 60 degrees, equation 
(1) is evaluated for [verbar] FM[verbar] = 60 degrees.
    Note (2): North and east are considered positive; south and west 
negative.
    Note (3): In equation (7), k = -1 for west to east paths (i.e., bR 
 bT), otherwise k = 1.
    (c) Formula 2 is used for calculation of 10% skywave field strength 
values.
    Formula 2. Skywave field strength, 10% of the time (at SS+6):
    The skywave field strength, Fc(10), is given by:

Fc(10) = Fc(50) + [Delta] dB([micro]V/m)
Where:

[Delta] = 6 when [verbar] FM[verbar] < 40
[Delta] = 0.2 [verbar] FM[verbar] - 2 when 40 <= [verbar] 
FM[verbar] <= 60
[Delta] = 10 when [verbar] FM[verbar]  60

    (d) Figure 6a depicts angles of departure versus transmission range. 
These angles may also be computed using the following formulas:

[[Page 63]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.071

Where:

d=distance in kilometers
n=1 for 50% field strength values
n=2 or 3 for 10% field strength values
and where
K1=0.00752
K2=0.00938
K3=0.00565

    Note: Computations using these formulas should not be carried beyond 
0.1 degree.

    (e) In the event of disagreement between computed values using the 
formulas shown above and values obtained directly from the figures, the 
computed values will control.

[[Page 64]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.072


[[Page 65]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.073


[[Page 66]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.074


[[Page 67]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.075


[[Page 68]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.076


[[Page 69]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.077


[[Page 70]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.078


[[Page 71]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.079


[[Page 72]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.080


[[Page 73]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.081


[[Page 74]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.082


[[Page 75]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.083


[[Page 76]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.084


[28 FR 13574, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 30 FR 12720, Oct. 6, 1965; 33 
FR 15420, Oct 17, 1968; 48 FR 42959, Sept. 20, 1983; 49 FR 43963, Nov. 
1, 1984; 50 FR 18844, May 2, 1985; 51 FR 4753, Feb. 7, 1986; 52 FR 
36879, Oct. 1, 1987; 56 FR 64869, Dec. 12, 1991]



                     Subpart B_FM Broadcast Stations



Sec.  73.201  Numerical designation of FM broadcast channels.

    The FM broadcast band consists of that portion of the radio 
frequency spectrum between 88 MHz and 108 MHz. It is divided into 100 
channels of 200 kHz each. For convenience, the frequencies available for 
FM broadcasting (including those assigned to noncommercial educational 
broadcasting) are given numerical designations which are shown in the 
table below:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Channel
                      Frequency (Mc/s)                            No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
88.1........................................................         201
88.3........................................................         202

[[Page 77]]

 
88.5........................................................         203
88.7........................................................         204
88.9........................................................         205
89.1........................................................         206
89.3........................................................         207
89.5........................................................         208
89.7........................................................         209
89.9........................................................         210
90.1........................................................         211
90.3........................................................         212
90.5........................................................         213
90.7........................................................         214
90.9........................................................         215
91.1........................................................         216
91.3........................................................         217
91.5........................................................         218
91.7........................................................         219
91.9........................................................         220
92.1........................................................         221
92.3........................................................         222
92.5........................................................         223
92.7........................................................         224
92.9........................................................         225
93.1........................................................         226
93.3........................................................         227
93.5........................................................         228
93.7........................................................         229
93.9........................................................         230
94.1........................................................         231
94.3........................................................         232
94.5........................................................         233
94.7........................................................         234
94.9........................................................         235
95.1........................................................         236
95.3........................................................         237
95.5........................................................         238
95.7........................................................         239
95.9........................................................         240
96.1........................................................         241
96.3........................................................         242
96.5........................................................         243
96.7........................................................         244
96.9........................................................         245
97.1........................................................         246
97.3........................................................         247
97.5........................................................         248
97.7........................................................         249
97.9........................................................         250
98.1........................................................         251
98.3........................................................         252
98.5........................................................         253
98.7........................................................         254
98.9........................................................         255
99.1........................................................         256
99.3........................................................         257
99.5........................................................         258
99.7........................................................         259
99.9........................................................         260
100.1.......................................................         261
100.3.......................................................         262
100.5.......................................................         263
100.7.......................................................         264
100.9.......................................................         265
101.1.......................................................         266
101.3.......................................................         267
101.5.......................................................         268
101.7.......................................................         269
101.9.......................................................         270
102.1.......................................................         271
102.3.......................................................         272
102.5.......................................................         273
102.7.......................................................         274
102.9.......................................................         275
103.1.......................................................         276
103.3.......................................................         277
103.5.......................................................         278
103.7.......................................................         279
103.9.......................................................         280
104.1.......................................................         281
104.3.......................................................         282
104.5.......................................................         283
104.7.......................................................         284
104.9.......................................................         285
105.1.......................................................         286
105.3.......................................................         287
105.5.......................................................         288
105.7.......................................................         289
105.9.......................................................         290
106.1.......................................................         291
106.3.......................................................         292
106.5.......................................................         293
106.7.......................................................         294
106.9.......................................................         295
107.1.......................................................         296
107.3.......................................................         297
107.5.......................................................         298
107.7.......................................................         299
107.9.......................................................         300
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: The frequency 108.0 MHz may be assigned to VOR test stations
  subject to the condition that interference is not caused to the
  reception of FM broadcasting stations, present or future.


[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 30 FR 4480, Apr. 7, 1965; 52 
FR 10570, Apr. 2, 1987]



Sec.  73.202  Table of Allotments.

    (a) General. The following Table of Allotments contains the channels 
(other than noncommercial educational Channels 201-220) designated for 
use in communities in the United States, its territories, and 
possessions, and not currently assigned to a licensee or permittee or 
subject to a pending application for construction permit or license. All 
listed channels are for Class B stations in Zones I and I-A and for 
Class C stations in Zone II unless otherwise specifically designated. 
Channels to which licensed, permitted, and ``reserved'' facilities have 
been assigned are reflected in the Media Bureau's publicly available 
Consolidated Data Base System.
    (1) Channels designated with an asterisk may be used only by 
noncommercial educational broadcast stations. The rules governing the 
use of those channels are contained in part 73, subpart C of this 
chapter. An entity that would be eligible to operate a noncommercial 
educational broadcast station can, in conjunction with an initial 
petition for rulemaking filed pursuant to part 1, subpart C of this 
chapter, request that a nonreserved FM channel

[[Page 78]]

(channels 221 through 300) be allotted as reserved only for 
noncommercial educational broadcasting by demonstrating the following:
    (i) No reserved channel can be used without causing prohibited 
interference to TV channel 6 stations or foreign broadcast stations; or
    (ii) The applicant is technically precluded from using the reserved 
band by existing stations or previously filed applications and the 
proposed station would provide a first or second noncommercial 
educational radio service to 2,000 or more people who constitute 10% of 
the population within the proposed allocation's 60 dBu (1 mV/m) service 
contour.
    (2) Each channel listed in the Table of Allotments reflects the 
class of station that is authorized to use it based on the minimum and 
maximum facility requirements for each class contained in Sec.  73.211.

    Note: The provisions of this paragraph [(a)(2) of this section] 
become effective [3 years from the effective date of the Report and 
Order in BC Docket 80-90].

    (b) Table of FM Allotments.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 ALABAMA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Anniston.............................................             *261C3
Boligee..............................................               297A
Coosada..............................................               226A
Frisco City..........................................               278A
Livingston...........................................               242A
Maplesville..........................................               292A
New Hope.............................................               278A
Pine Level...........................................               248A
Rockford.............................................               286A
Saint Florian........................................               274A
Waverly..............................................               232A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 ALASKA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Palmer...............................................              238C1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 ARIZONA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aguila...............................................              297C3
Ajo..................................................               295A
Ash Fork.............................................               267A
Bagdad...............................................              269C3
Chino Valley.........................................               223A
Ehrenberg............................................              286C2
First Mesa...........................................               247C
Fredonia.............................................              278C1
Grand Canyon Village.................................              273C1
Heber................................................              288C2
Huachuca City........................................               232A
Leupp................................................              255C2
Overgaard............................................              232C3
Parker...............................................              247C3
Patagonia............................................               251A
Paulden..............................................              263C3
Peach Springs........................................              285C3
Pima.................................................              *296A
Pinetop..............................................              294C1
Quartzsite...........................................       275C3, 290C2
Rio Rico.............................................               300A
Sells................................................               285A
Snowflake............................................              258C2
Somerton.............................................             *260C3
Taylor...............................................              278C3
Wickenburg...........................................              229C3
Willcox..............................................             *223C3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                ARKANSAS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Altheimer............................................              251C3
Arkadelphia..........................................               228A
Bearden..............................................               224A
Clarendon............................................               281A
Cove.................................................               232A
Daisy................................................              293C3
Gassville............................................               224A
Greenwood............................................               268A
Hermitage............................................               300A
Paragould............................................               257A
Rison................................................               255A
Sparkman.............................................               259A
Strong...............................................              296C3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               CALIFORNIA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alturas..............................................        268C1, 277C
Amboy................................................               237A
Barstow..............................................               267A
Big Sur..............................................               240A
Blythe...............................................               239B
Burney...............................................               225A
Buttonwillow.........................................               265A
Cambria..............................................         287A, 293A
Cedarville...........................................               260A
Cloverdale...........................................               274A
Coachella............................................               278A
Cottonwood...........................................               221A
Covelo...............................................               245A
Desert Center........................................               288A
Essex................................................               280B
Greenfield...........................................               254A
Hemet................................................               273A
Kerman...............................................               224A
Kernville............................................               289A
King City............................................               275A
Lake Isabella........................................               239A
Lamont...............................................               247A
McKinleyville........................................       236C3, 277C3
Mecca................................................               274A
Mojave...............................................               255A
Murrieta.............................................               281A
Nevada City..........................................               297A
Portola..............................................               269A
Randsburg............................................               271A
Ridgecrest...........................................         229A, 252A
San Joaquin..........................................               299A
Shasta Lake..........................................               224A
Susanville...........................................               262A
Sutter Creek.........................................              *298A
Tecopa...............................................               291A
Trona................................................               247A
Twentynine Palms.....................................               270A
Wasco................................................               224A
Waterford............................................               294A
Westley..............................................              *238A
Willow Creek.........................................               253A
Wofford Heights......................................               251A
------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 79]]

 
                                COLORADO
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Akron................................................              279C1
Arriba...............................................               240A
Aspen................................................               228A
Cheyenne Wells.......................................              224C1
Crawford.............................................              274C3
Crested Butte........................................              246C3
De Beque.............................................              275C3
Dinosaur.............................................              262C0
Durango..............................................               287A
Flagler..............................................              283C3
Fruita...............................................              255C3
Genoa................................................              291C3
Gunnison.............................................       265C2, 299C3
Hotchkiss............................................              258C3
Hugo.................................................               222A
Lake City............................................               247A
Olathe...............................................      *270C2, *293C
Orchard Mesa.........................................              249C3
Steamboat Springs....................................         255A, 289A
Strasburg............................................              249C3
Stratton.............................................              246C1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               CONNECTICUT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       DELAWARE
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       FLORIDA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Big Pine Key.........................................              *239A
Cedar Key............................................               261A
Cross City...........................................              249C3
Daytona Beach Shores.................................               258A
Eastpoint............................................               283A
Horseshoe Beach......................................             *234C3
Islamorada...........................................              283C2
Jasper...............................................               298A
Key Largo............................................              237C3
Key West.............................................               244A
Lake Park............................................               262A
Live Oak.............................................              *259A
Okeechobee...........................................               291A
Otter Creek..........................................              *240A
Palm Coast...........................................               254A
Perry................................................               228A
Port St. Joe.........................................              270C3
Silver Springs Shore.................................               259A
Sugarloaf Key........................................               289A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 GEORGIA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alamo................................................              287C3
Americus.............................................               295A
Calhoun..............................................               233A
Crawfordville........................................               234A
Cusseta..............................................               279A
Dexter...............................................               276A
Homerville...........................................               246A
Lincolnton...........................................               254A
Milner...............................................               290A
Morgan...............................................               228A
Patterson............................................               296A
Pineview.............................................               226A
Plains...............................................               290A
Plainville...........................................               285A
Reynolds.............................................              *245A
St. Simons Island....................................              229C3
Tallapoosa...........................................               255A
Tignall..............................................               244A
Ty Ty................................................               249A
Wadley...............................................               227A
Woodbury.............................................               233A
Young Harris.........................................               236A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 HAWAII
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kailua-Kona..........................................               244A
Kihei................................................              298C2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  IDAHO
------------------------------------------------------------------------
McCall...............................................      228C3, 238C3,
                                                            275C3, 293C3
Weiser...............................................             *280C1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                ILLINOIS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abingdon.............................................               252A
Altamont.............................................               288A
Augusta..............................................               253A
Canton...............................................              *277A
Cedarville...........................................              *258A
Clifton..............................................              *297A
Cuba.................................................               292A
Freeport.............................................              *295A
Grayville............................................               229A
Pinckneyville........................................              *282A
West Salem...........................................               266A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 INDIANA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bloomfield...........................................               266A
Columbus.............................................              *228A
Farmersburg..........................................              *242A
Fowler...............................................               291A
Madison..............................................              *265A
Terre Haute..........................................               298B
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  IOWA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Asbury...............................................              *238A
Keosauqua............................................             *271C3
Moville..............................................              *246A
North English........................................               246A
Rudd.................................................              *268A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 KANSAS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Americus.............................................               240A
Atwood...............................................              292C0
Council Grove........................................             *281C3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                KENTUCKY
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Burgin...............................................               290A
Morgantown...........................................               256A
Science Hill.........................................               291A
Smith Mills..........................................              *233A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                LOUISIANA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Anacoco..............................................              276C3
Bordelonville........................................               280A
Cameron..............................................              296C3
Clayton..............................................               266A
Colfax...............................................               267A
Dulac................................................               242A
Florien..............................................               242A
Franklin.............................................              295C3
Golden Meadow........................................             *289C2
Harrisonburg.........................................               232A
Haynesville..........................................               288A
Homer................................................              *272A
Hornbeck.............................................               269A
Lake Providence......................................               224A
Leesville............................................               224A
New Llano............................................              252C3

[[Page 80]]

 
Oak Grove............................................               289A
Oil City.............................................               285A
Opelousas............................................               279A
Ringgold.............................................             *253C3
Rosepine.............................................               281A
St. Joseph...........................................              257C3
Wisner...............................................              300C3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  MAINE
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Monticello...........................................               234A
                                MARYLAND
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    MASSACHUSETTS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adams................................................               255A
East Harwich.........................................               254A
Nantucket............................................               249A
West Tisbury.........................................              *282A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                MICHIGAN
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alpena...............................................               289A
Crystal Falls........................................              280C2
Custer...............................................               263A
Ferrysburg...........................................               226A
Fife Lake............................................              240C2
Frederic.............................................               237A
Harrison.............................................               280A
Hubbardston..........................................              *279A
Houghton.............................................              242C1
Ludington............................................               242A
McBain...............................................               300A
Onaway...............................................              292C2
Paradise.............................................               234A
Pentwater............................................               280A
Traverse City........................................               283A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                MINNESOTA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Baudette.............................................              233C1
Grand Portage........................................  224C, 245C0, 274C
Red Lake.............................................              231C1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               MISSISSIPPI
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Calhoun City.........................................               272A
Greenwood............................................               277A
Holly Springs........................................               243A
Marietta.............................................               250A
Oxford...............................................               286A
Vaiden...............................................               271A
Vardaman.............................................               258A
Walnut Grove.........................................              244C2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                MISSOURI
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alton................................................               290A
Bourbon..............................................               231A
Columbia.............................................              252C2
Doolittle............................................               283A
Eminence.............................................               281A
Grandin..............................................               283A
Huntsville...........................................             *278C2
Laurie...............................................             *265C3
Lowry City...........................................               285A
Madison..............................................              247C3
Marceline............................................               256A
Marquand.............................................               295A
Moberly..............................................               223A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 MONTANA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bozeman..............................................             *240C3
Cut Bank.............................................              274C1
Lewistown............................................              300C1
Montana City.........................................               293A
Outlook..............................................               289C
Roundup..............................................               248A
Whitehall............................................               274A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                NEBRASKA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arthur...............................................              300C1
Firth................................................               229A
Hartington...........................................              232C2
Hyannis..............................................              250C1
Pierce...............................................              248C2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 NEVADA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Battle Mountain......................................               253A
Fallon Station.......................................               287C
Fernley..............................................              231C3
Pahrump..............................................              272C3
Silver Springs.......................................               273C
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              NEW HAMPSHIRE
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Enfield..............................................               282A
Groveton.............................................               268A
Pittsburg............................................               246A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               NEW JERSEY
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               NEW MEXICO
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alamo Community......................................              *298A
Alamogordo...........................................              240C2
Animas...............................................              279C1
Carrizozo............................................              261C2
Clayton..............................................              248C1
Grants...............................................              244C3
Las Vegas............................................        283C2, 296A
Milan................................................               270A
Roswell..............................................              237C0
Taos.................................................         228A, 288A
Taos Pueblo..........................................              292C3
Virden...............................................              228C1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                NEW YORK
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Amherst..............................................               221A
Celoron..............................................               237A
Indian Lake..........................................               290A
Keeseville...........................................               231A
Montauk..............................................               235A
Morrisonville........................................               231A
Rhinebeck............................................              *273A
Rosendale............................................         255A, 273A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             NORTH CAROLINA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dillsboro............................................               237A
Garysburg............................................               276A
Ocracoke.............................................              224C1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              NORTH DAKOTA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Berthold.............................................               264C
Tioga................................................              281C1
Williston............................................              253C1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  OHIO
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ashtabula............................................               241A
Cridersville.........................................               257A
McConnelsville.......................................               279A
North Madison........................................               229A
------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 81]]

 
                                OKLAHOMA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arnett...............................................              285C2
Boswell..............................................              282C3
Broken Bow...........................................               285A
Buffalo..............................................              224C2
Cheyenne.............................................              247C3
Clayton..............................................               241A
Coalgate.............................................               242A
Cordell..............................................              *229A
Covington............................................               290A
Erick................................................              259C2
Haileyville..........................................               290A
Haworth..............................................               294A
Hennessey............................................               249A
Holdenville..........................................               265A
Hollis...............................................              274C2
Kiowa................................................               254A
Leedey...............................................               297A
Lone Wolf............................................               224A
Millerton............................................              265C2
Mooreland............................................        254A, 300C2
Muldrow..............................................               286A
Okeene...............................................              268C3
Pawhuska.............................................               233A
Pittsburg............................................               232A
Red Oak..............................................               227A
Reydon...............................................              264C2
Ringwood.............................................               285A
Savanna..............................................               275A
Sayre................................................              269C2
Stuart...............................................               228A
Taloga...............................................               226A
Thomas...............................................               288A
Tipton...............................................              233C3
Tishomingo...........................................              259C3
Valliant.............................................              234C3
Vici.................................................               249A
Wapanucka............................................               298A
Waukomis.............................................               292A
Waynoka..............................................              231C2
Weatherford..........................................              *286A
Wright City..........................................               226A
Wynnewood............................................              *283A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 OREGON
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Clatskanie...........................................              225C3
Dallas...............................................             *252C3
Diamond Lake.........................................               299A
Ione.................................................               258A
Keno.................................................               253A
Madras...............................................             *251C1
Merrill..............................................               289A
Monument.............................................              280C1
Powers...............................................              293C2
Prairie City.........................................               260C
Prineville...........................................              267C1
Terrebonne...........................................              293C2
The Dalles...........................................             *268C3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              PENNSYLVANIA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Erie.................................................               240A
Lawrence Park........................................               224A
Liberty..............................................              *298A
Meyersdale...........................................               253A
Sheffield............................................               286A
Susquehanna..........................................               227A
Sykesville...........................................               240A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              RHODE ISLAND
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    SOUTH CAROLINA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pendleton............................................               240A
Quinby...............................................               237A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              SOUTH DAKOTA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Edgemont.............................................              289C1
Lead.................................................               232C
Rosebud..............................................               257C
Sisseton.............................................              258C2
Wall.................................................               299C
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                TENNESSEE
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Englewood............................................               250A
Linden...............................................               267A
Lynchburg............................................               296A
Oliver Springs.......................................               291A
Pigeon Forge.........................................               292A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  TEXAS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annona...............................................               263A
Asherton.............................................               284A
Aspermont............................................              226C2
Austwell.............................................               290A
Baird................................................              243C3
Ballinger............................................               238A
Balmorhea............................................               283C
Bangs................................................              250C3
Benavides............................................               282A
Benjamin.............................................              237C3
Big Lake.............................................        246A, 296C2
Big Spring...........................................              265C3
Big Wells............................................               271A
Blanket..............................................               284A
Blossom..............................................              224C2
Brackettville........................................               234A
Bruni................................................               293A
Buffalo Gap..........................................               227A
Burnet...............................................              *240A
Camp Wood............................................               271A
Canadian.............................................              235C1
Carbon...............................................               238A
Carrizo Springs......................................               295A
Centerville..........................................               274A
Channing.............................................               284C
Childress............................................              281C2
Colorado City........................................               257A
Comanche.............................................               280A
Cotulla..............................................   242A, 264A, 289A
Crosbyton............................................              264C3
Crowell..............................................              293C3
Cuney................................................               259A
Dalhart..............................................               261C
Denver City..........................................             *248C2
Detroit..............................................              282C2
Dickens..............................................         240A, 294A
Dilley...............................................               229A
Eagle Lake...........................................              237C3
El Indio.............................................               236A
Eldorado.............................................  258C1, 285A, 293A
Elkhart..............................................               265A
Encinal..............................................   259A, 273A, 286A
Encino...............................................         250A, 283A
Estelline............................................              263C3
Floydada.............................................               255A
Fort Stockton........................................               263C
Freer................................................               288A
Garwood..............................................               247A
George West..........................................         250A, 292A

[[Page 82]]

 
Goldwaithe...........................................               297A
Goliad...............................................               282A
Goree................................................               275A
Grapeland............................................              232C3
Groom................................................               223A
Guthrie..............................................               252A
Hale Center..........................................              236C1
Hamilton.............................................               299A
Hamlin...............................................              283C2
Hawley...............................................               269A
Hebbronville.........................................         232A, 254A
Hewitt...............................................               294A
Hico.................................................               285A
Hooks................................................               231A
Idalou...............................................               299A
Iraan................................................              269C2
Jacksonville.........................................               236A
Jayton...............................................              231C2
Junction.............................................       277C3, 284A,
                                                              292A, 297A
Kermit...............................................               229A
Knox City............................................               291A
La Pryor.............................................               278A
Leakey...............................................   257A, 275A, 299A
Llano................................................              293C3
Lockney..............................................              271C3
Lometa...............................................               253A
Longview.............................................              300C2
Lovelady.............................................               288A
Marathon.............................................               278C
Mason................................................       269C3, 281C2
Matador..............................................       221C2, 227C3
Matagorda............................................               252A
McCamey..............................................              233C3
McLean...............................................              267C3
Memphis..............................................         283A, 292A
Menard...............................................       242A, 265C2,
                                                                   287C3
Mertzon..............................................              278C2
Meyersville..........................................               261A
Milano...............................................               274A
Moody................................................               256A
Mount Enterprise.....................................               231A
Muleshoe.............................................              227C1
Mullin...............................................              224C3
Munday...............................................              270C1
Newcastle............................................               263A
O'Brien..............................................               261A
Ozona................................................       275C3, 289C1
Paducah..............................................              234C3
Paint Rock...........................................              296C3
Palacios.............................................               264A
Pampa................................................              277C2
Panhandle............................................              291C3
Pearsall.............................................               227A
Pineland.............................................               256A
Port Isabel..........................................               288A
Premont..............................................               287A
Presidio.............................................              292C1
Quanah...............................................              255C3
Rankin...............................................              229C3
Richland Springs.....................................         235A, 299A
Rising Star..........................................              290C3
Roaring Springs......................................              276C3
Robert Lee...........................................               289A
Roby.................................................               249A
Rocksprings..........................................              235C3
Rotan................................................               290A
Rule.................................................        239C2, 253A
Sabinal..............................................               296A
San Diego............................................               273A
San Isidro...........................................               247A
Sanderson............................................       274C1, 286C2
Santa Anna...........................................               282A
Savoy................................................               297A
Shamrock.............................................               271A
Sheffield............................................              224C2
Silverton............................................               252A
Smiley...............................................               280A
Snyder...............................................              235C3
Sonora...............................................        237C3, 272A
Spur.................................................        254A, 260C3
Stamford.............................................               233A
Sweetwater...........................................              221C3
Teague...............................................              237C3
Turkey...............................................        244C2, 269A
Van Alstyne..........................................              *260A
Weinert..............................................              266C3
Wellington...........................................               248A
Wells................................................               254A
Westbrook............................................               272A
Wheeler..............................................              280C2
Zapata...............................................               292A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  UTAH
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beaver...............................................               259A
Fountain Green.......................................              *260A
Manila...............................................               228A
Mona.................................................               225A
Parowan..............................................              300C2
Salina...............................................               233C
Toquerville..........................................               280C
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 VERMONT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Albany...............................................               233A
Canaan...............................................              231C3
Poultney.............................................               223A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                VIRGINIA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alberta..............................................               299A
Belle Haven..........................................               252A
Iron Gate............................................               270A
Lynchburg............................................               229A
Shawsville...........................................               273A
Shenandoah...........................................              *296A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               WASHINGTON
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chewelah.............................................             *274C3
Coupeville...........................................               266A
Goldendale...........................................               240A
Oak Harbor...........................................        *233A, 277A
Port Angeles.........................................               229A
Sedro-Woolley........................................               289A
Sequim...............................................               237A
Union Gap............................................               285A
Waitsburg............................................               272A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              WEST VIRGINIA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Glenville............................................               299A
Marlinton............................................               292A
St Marys.............................................              *287A
Wardensville.........................................               239A
White Sulphur Springs................................               227A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                WISCONSIN
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ashland..............................................              *275A
Augusta..............................................             *268C3
Boscobel.............................................              244C3
Crandon..............................................              276C3
Ephraim..............................................               295A
Hayward..............................................             *232C2
Laona................................................              272C3
New Holstein.........................................               225A

[[Page 83]]

 
Owen.................................................              242C3
Rhinelander..........................................              243C3
Rosholt..............................................               263A
Tigerton.............................................               295A
Tomahawk.............................................              265C3
Two Rivers...........................................               255A
Washburn.............................................              *284A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 WYOMING
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bairoil..............................................               235A
Centennial...........................................               248A
Jackson..............................................             *294C2
Meeteetse............................................               273C
Pine Bluffs..........................................              238C3
Reliance.............................................              254C3
Sinclair.............................................               267C
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             AMERICAN SAMOA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            CENTRAL MARIANAS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 GARAPAN
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  GUAM
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               PUERTO RICO
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Santa Isabel.........................................               251A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             VIRGIN ISLANDS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Charlotte Amalie.....................................               257A
Frederiksted.........................................               258A
------------------------------------------------------------------------


(Sec. 316, 66 Stat. 717; 47 U.S.C. 316; sec. 5, 48 Stat., as amended, 
1068; 47 U.S.C. 154, 155; secs. 2, 3, 4, 301, 303, 307, 308, 309, 315, 
317, 48 Stat. as amended, 1064, 1065, 1066, 1081, 1082, 1083, 1084, 
1085, 1088, 1089; (47 U.S.C. 152, 153, 301, 303, 307, 308, 309, 315, 
317); secs 1, 201-205, 208, 215, 218, 313, 314, 403, 404, 410, 602; 48 
Stat. as amended; 1070, 1071, 1072, 1073, 1076, 1077, 1087, 1094, 1098, 
1102 (47 U.S.C. 151, 201-205, 208, 215, 218, 313, 314, 403, 404, 410, 
602))

[30 FR 12711, Oct. 6, 1965]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.  
73.202 see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and on GPO Access.

    Effective Date Note: At 72 FR 52827, Sept. 17, 2007, Sec.  73.202(b) 
was amended in the Table of FM Allotments under Tennessee by removing 
Channel 296A and by adding Channel 230A at Lynchburg, effective Oct. 17, 
2007.



Sec.  73.203  Availability of channels.

    (a) Except as provided for in paragraph (b) of this section and 
Sec.  1.401(d) of this chapter and 73.3573(a)(1), applications may be 
filed to construct new FM broadcast stations only at the communities and 
on the channels contained in the Table of Allotments (Sec.  73.202(b)).
    (b) Applications filed on a first come, first served basis for the 
minor modification of an existing FM broadcast station may propose any 
change in channel and/or class and/or community not defined as major in 
Sec.  73.3573(a). Applications for a change in community of license must 
comply with the requirements set forth in Sec.  73.3573(g).
    Note to Sec.  73.203: This section is limited to non-reserved band 
changes in channel and/or class and/or community. Applications 
requesting such changes must meet either the minimum spacing 
requirements of Sec.  73.207 at the site specified in the application, 
without resort to the provisions of the Commission's rules permitting 
short spaced stations as set forth in Sec. Sec.  73.213 through 73.215, 
or demonstrate by a separate exhibit attached to the application the 
existence of a suitable allotment site that fully complies with 
Sec. Sec.  73.207 and 73.315 without resort to Sec. Sec.  73.213 through 
73.215.

[71 FR 76219, Dec. 20, 2006]



Sec.  73.204  International agreements and other restrictions on use of 

channels.

    See Sec. Sec.  73.207, 73.220 and 73.1650.

[49 FR 10264, Mar. 20, 1984]



Sec.  73.205  Zones.

    For the purpose of allotments and assignments, the United States is 
divided into three zones as follows:
    (a) Zone I consists of that portion of the United States located 
within the confines of the following lines drawn on the United States 
Albers Equal Area Projection Map (based on standard parallels 291/2[deg] 
and 451/2[deg]; North American datum): Beginning at the most easterly 
point on the State boundary line between North Carolina and Virginia; 
thence in a straight line to a point on the Virginia-West Virginia 
boundary line located at north latitude 37[deg]49[min] and west 
longitude 80[deg]12[min]30[sec]; thence westerly along the southern 
boundary lines of the States of West Virginia, Ohio, Indiana, and 
Illinois to a point at the junction of the Illinois, Kentucky, and 
Missouri State boundary lines; thence northerly along the western 
boundary line of the State of Illinois to a point at the junction of the 
Illinois, Iowa, and Wisconsin State boundary lines; thence easterly 
along the northern State boundary line of Illinois to the 90th meridian; 
thence north along this

[[Page 84]]

meridian to the 43.5[deg] parallel; thence east along this parallel to 
the United States-Canada border; thence southerly and following that 
border until it again intersects the 43.5[deg] parallel; thence east 
along this parallel to the 71st meridian; thence in a straight line to 
the intersection of the 69th meridian and the 45th parallel; thence east 
along the 45th parallel to the Atlantic Ocean. When any of the above 
lines pass through a city, the city shall be considered to be located in 
Zone I. (See Figure 1 of Sec.  73.699.)
    (b) Zone I-A consists of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands and that 
portion of the State of California which is located south of the 40th 
parallel.
    (c) Zone II consists of Alaska, Hawaii and the rest of the United 
States which is not located in either Zone I or Zone I-A.

[29 FR 14116, Oct. 14, 1964, and 31 FR 10125, July 27, 1966, as amended 
at 48 FR 29504, June 27, 1983]



Sec.  73.207  Minimum distance separation between stations.

    (a) Except for assignments made pursuant to Sec.  73.213 or 73.215, 
FM allotments and assignments must be separated from other allotments 
and assignments on the same channel (co-channel) and five pairs of 
adjacent channels by not less than the minimum distances specified in 
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. The Commission will not accept 
petitions to amend the Table of Allotments unless the reference points 
meet all of the minimum distance separation requirements of this 
section. The Commission will not accept applications for new stations, 
or applications to change the channel or location of existing 
assignments unless transmitter sites meet the minimum distance 
separation requirements of this section, or such applications conform to 
the requirements of Sec.  73.213 or 73.215. However, applications to 
modify the facilities of stations with short-spaced antenna locations 
authorized pursuant to prior waivers of the distance separation 
requirements may be accepted, provided that such applications propose to 
maintain or improve that particular spacing deficiency. Class D 
(secondary) assignments are subject only to the distance separation 
requirements contained in paragraph (b)(3) of this section. (See Sec.  
73.512 for rules governing the channel and location of Class D 
(secondary) assignments.)
    (b) The distances listed in Tables A, B, and C apply to allotments 
and assignments on the same channel and each of five pairs of adjacent 
channels. The five pairs of adjacent channels are the first (200 kHz 
above and 200 kHz below the channel under consideration), the second 
(400 kHz above and below), the third (600 kHz above and below), the 
fifty-third (10.6 MHz above and below), and the fifty-fourth (10.8 MHz 
above and below). The distances in the Tables apply regardless of 
whether the proposed station class appears first or second in the 
``Relation'' column of the table.
    (1) Domestic allotments and assignments must be separated from each 
other by not less than the distances in Table A which follows:

 Table A--Minimum Distance Separation Requirements in Kilometers (miles)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Co-               400/600    10.6/
            Relation               channel   200 kHz     kHz    10.8 MHz
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A to A..........................  115 (71)   72 (45)   31 (19)    10 (6)
A to B1.........................  143 (89)   96 (60)   48 (30)    12 (7)
A to B..........................       178  113 (70)   69 (43)    15 (9)
                                     (111)
A to C3.........................  142 (88)   89 (55)   42 (26)    12 (7)
A to C2.........................       166  106 (66)   55 (34)    15 (9)
                                     (103)
A to C1.........................       200  133 (83)   75 (47)   22 (14)
                                     (124)
A to C0.........................       215  152 (94)   86 (53)   25 (16)
                                     (134)
A to C..........................       226       165   95 (59)   29 (18)
                                     (140)     (103)
B1 to B1........................       175  114 (71)   50 (31)    14 (9)
                                     (109)
B1 to B.........................       211  145 (90)   71 (44)   17 (11)
                                     (131)
B1 to C3........................       175  114 (71)   50 (31)    14 (9)
                                     (109)
B1 to C2........................       200  134 (83)   56 (35)   17 (11)
                                     (124)
B1 to C1........................       233       161   77 (48)   24 (15)
                                     (145)     (100)
B1 to C0........................       248       180   87 (54)   27 (17)
                                     (154)     (112)
B1 to C.........................       259       193  105 (65)   31 (19)
                                     (161)     (120)
B to B..........................       241       169   74 (46)   20 (12)
                                     (150)     (105)
B to C3.........................       211  145 (90)   71 (44)   17 (11)
                                     (131)
B to C2.........................       241       169   74 (46)   20 (12)
                                     (150)     (105)
B to C1.........................       270       195   79 (49)   27 (17)
                                     (168)     (121)

[[Page 85]]

 
B to C0.........................       272       214   89 (55)   31 (19)
                                     (169)     (133)
B to C..........................       274       217  105 (65)   35 (22)
                                     (170)     (135)
C3 to C3........................  153 (95)   99 (62)   43 (27)    14 (9)
C3 to C2........................       177  117 (73)   56 (35)   17 (11)
                                     (110)
C3 to C1........................       211  144 (90)   76 (47)   24 (15)
                                     (131)
C3 to C0........................       226       163   87 (54)   27 (17)
                                     (140)     (101)
C3 to C.........................       237       176   96 (60)   31 (19)
                                     (147)     (109)
C2 to C2........................       190  130 (81)   58 (36)   20 (12)
                                     (118)
C2 to C1........................       224  158 (98)   79 (49)   27 (17)
                                     (139)
C2 to C0........................       239       176   89 (55)   31 (19)
                                     (148)     (109)
C2 to C.........................       249       188  105 (65)   35 (22)
                                     (155)     (117)
C1 to C1........................       245       177   82 (51)   34 (21)
                                     (152)     (110)
C1 to C0........................       259       196   94 (58)   37 (23)
                                     (161)     (122)
C1 to C.........................       270       209  105 (65)   41 (25)
                                     (168)     (130)
C0 to C0........................       270       207   96 (60)   41 (25)
                                     (168)     (129)
C0 to C.........................       281       220  105 (65)   45 (28)
                                     (175)     (137)
C to C..........................       290       241  105 (65)   48 (30)
                                     (180)     (150)
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Under the Canada-United States FM Broadcasting Agreement, 
domestic U.S. allotments and assignments within 320 kilometers (199 
miles) of the common border must be separated from Canadian allotments 
and assignments by not less than the distances given in Table B, which 
follows. When applying Table B, U.S. Class C2 allotments and assignments 
are considered to be Class B; also, U.S. Class C3 allotments and 
assignments and U.S. Class A assignments operating with more than 3 kW 
ERP and 100 meters antenna HAAT (or equivalent lower ERP and higher 
antenna HAAT based on a class contour distance of 24 km) are considered 
to be Class B1.

                         Table B--Minimum Distance Separation Requirements in Kilometers
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Co-          Adjacent Channels         I.F.
                                                                 Channel ---------------------------------------
                           Relation                            ----------                                 10.6/
                                                                  0 kHz    200 kHz   400 kHz   600 kHz  10.8 MHz
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A-A...........................................................       132        85        45        37         8
A-B1..........................................................       180       113        62        54        16
A-B...........................................................       206       132        76        69        16
A-C1..........................................................       239       164        98        90        32
A-C...........................................................       242       177       108       100        32
B1-B1.........................................................       197       131        70        57        24
B1-B..........................................................       223       149        84        71        24
B1-C1.........................................................       256       181       106        92        40
B1-C..........................................................       259       195       116       103        40
B-B...........................................................       237       164        94        74        24
                                                                ........  ........  ........  ........  ........
B-C1..........................................................       271       195       115        95        40
B-C...........................................................       274       209       125       106        40
C1-C1.........................................................       292       217       134       101        48
C1-C..........................................................       302       230       144       111        48
C-C...........................................................       306       241       153       113        48
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (3) Under the 1992 Mexico-United States FM Broadcasting Agreement, 
domestic U.S. assignments or allotments within 320 kilometers (199 
miles) of the common border must be separated from Mexican assignments 
or allotments by not less than the distances given in Table C in this 
paragraph (b)(3). When applying Table C--
    (i) U.S. or Mexican assignments or allotments which have been 
notified internationally as Class A are limited to a maximum of 3.0 kW 
ERP at 100 meters HAAT, or the equivalent;
    (ii) U.S. or Mexican assignments or allotments which have been 
notified internationally as Class AA are limited to a maximum of 6.0 kW 
ERP at 100 meters HAAT, or the equivalent;
    (iii) U.S. Class C3 assignments or allotments are considered Class 
B1;
    (iv) U.S. Class C2 assignments or allotments are considered Class B; 
and
    (v) Class C1 assignments or allotments assume maximum facilities of 
100 kW ERP at 300 meters HAAT. However, U.S. Class C1 stations may not, 
in any event, exceed the domestic U.S. limit of 100 kW ERP at 299 meters 
HAAT, or the equivalent.

     Table C--Minimum Distance Separation Requirements in Kilometers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     400 kHz    10.6 or
          Relation               Co-      200 kHz     or 600    10.8 MHz
                               Channel                 kHz       (I.F.)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A to A......................        100         61         25          8
A to AA.....................        111         68         31          9

[[Page 86]]

 
A to B1.....................        138         88         48         11
A to B......................        163        105         65         14
A to C1.....................        196        129         74         21
A to C......................        210        161         94         28
AA to AA....................        115         72         31         10
AA to B1....................        143         96         48         12
AA to B.....................        178        125         69         15
AA to C1....................        200        133         75         22
AA to C.....................        226        165         95         29
B1 to B1....................        175        114         50         14
B1 to B.....................        211        145         71         17
B1 to C1....................        233        161         77         24
B1 to C.....................        259        193         96         31
B to B......................        237        164         65         20
B to C1.....................        270        195         79         27
B to C......................        270        215         98         35
C1 to C1....................        245        177         82         34
C1 to C.....................        270        209        102         41
C to C......................        290        228        105         48
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c) The distances listed below apply only to allotments and 
assignments on Channel 253 (98.5 MHz). The Commission will not accept 
petitions to amend the Table of Allotments, applications for new 
stations, or applications to change the channel or location of existing 
assignments where the following minimum distances (between transmitter 
sites, in kilometers) from any TV Channel 6 allotment or assignment are 
not met:

        Minimum Distance Separation From TV Channel 6 (82-88 MHz)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             TV Zones II
                   FM Class                      TV Zone I      & III
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A.............................................           17           22
B1............................................           19           23
B.............................................           22           26
C3............................................           19           23
C2............................................           22           26
C1............................................           29           33
C.............................................           36           41
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[48 FR 29504, June 27, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 10264, Mar. 20, 1984; 
49 FR 19670, May 9, 1984; 49 FR 50047, Dec. 26, 1984; 51 FR 26250, July 
22, 1986; 54 FR 14963, Apr. 14, 1989; 54 FR 16366, Apr. 24, 1989; 54 FR 
19374, May 5, 1989; 54 FR 35338, Aug. 25, 1989; 56 FR 27426, June 14, 
1991; 56 FR 57293, Nov. 8, 1991; 62 FR 50256, Sept. 25, 1997; 65 FR 
79776, Dec. 20, 2000]



Sec.  73.208  Reference points and distance computations.

    (a)(1) The following reference points must be used to determine 
distance separation requirements when petitions to amend the Table of 
Allotments (Sec.  73.202(b)) are considered:
    (i) First, transmitter sites if authorized, or if proposed in 
applications with cut-off protection pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of 
this section;
    (ii) Second, reference coordinates designated by the FCC;
    (iii) Third, coordinates listed in the United States Department of 
Interior publication entitled Index to the National Atlas of the United 
States of America; or
    (iv) Last, coordinates of the main post office.
    (The community's reference points for which the petition is 
submitted will normally be the coordinates listed in the above 
publication.)
    (2) When the distance between communities is calculated using 
community reference points and it does not meet the minimum separation 
requirements of Sec.  73.207, the channel may still be allotted if a 
transmitter site is available that would meet the minimum separation 
requirements and still permit the proposed station to meet the minimum 
field strength requirements of Sec.  73.315. A showing indicating the 
availability of a suitable site should be sumitted with the petition. In 
cases where a station is not authorized in a community or communities 
and the proposed channel cannot meet the separation requirement a 
showing should also be made indicating adequate distance between 
suitable transmitter sites for all communities.
    (3) Petitions to amend the Table of Allotments that do not meet 
minimum distance separation requirements to transmitter sites specified 
in pending applications will not be considered unless they are filed no 
later than:
    (i) The last day of a filing window if the application is for a new 
FM facility or a major change in the non-reserved band and is filed 
during a filing window established under section 73.3564(d)(3); or
    (ii) The cut-off date established in a Commission Public Notice 
under Sec.  73.3564(d) and 73.3573(e) if the application is for a new FM 
facility or a major change in the reserved band; or

[[Page 87]]

    (iii) The date of receipt of all other types of FM applications. If 
an application is amended so as to create a conflict with a petition for 
rule making filed prior to the date the amendment is filed, the amended 
application will be treated as if filed on the date of the amendment for 
purposes of this paragraph (a)(3).

    Note: If the filing of a conflicting FM application renders an 
otherwise timely filed counterproposal unacceptable, the counterproposal 
may be considered in the rulemaking proceeding if it is amended to 
protect the site of the previously filed FM application within 15 days 
after being placed on the Public Notice routinely issued by the staff 
concerning the filing of counterproposals. No proposals involving 
communities not already included in the proceeding can be introduced 
during the reply comment period as a method of resolving conflicts. The 
counterproponent is required to make a showing that, at the time it 
filed the counterproposal, it did not know, and could not have known by 
exercising due diligence, of the pendency of the conflicting FM 
application.

    (b) Station separations in licensing proceedings shall be determined 
by the distance between the coordinates of the proposed transmitter site 
in one community and
    (1) The coordinates of an authorized transmitter site for the 
pertinent channel in the other community; or, where such transmitter 
site is not available for use as a reference point,
    (2) Reference coordinates designated by the FCC; or, if none are 
designated,
    (3) The coordinates of the other community as listed in the 
publication listed in paragraph (a) of this section; or, if not 
contained therein,
    (4) The coordinates of the main post office of such other community.
    (5) In addition, where there are pending applications in other 
communities which, if granted, would have to be considered in 
determining station separations, the coordinates of the transmitter 
sites proposed in such applications must be used to determine whether 
the requirements with respect to minimum separations between the 
proposed stations in the respective cities have been met.
    (c) The method given in this paragraph shall be used to compute the 
distance between two reference points, except that, for computation of 
distance involving stations in Canada and Mexico, the method for 
distance computation specified in the applicable international agreement 
shall be used instead. The method set forth in this paragraph is valid 
only for distances not exceeding 475 km (295 miles).
    (1) Convert the latitudes and longitudes of each reference point 
from degree-minute-second format to degree-decimal format by dividing 
minutes by 60 and seconds by 3600, then adding the results to degrees.
    (2) Calculate the middle latitude between the two reference points 
by averaging the two latitudes as follows:

ML=(LAT1dd+LAT2dd)/2

    (3) Calculate the number of kilometers per degree latitude 
difference for the middle latitude calculated in paragraph (c)(2) as 
follows:

KPDlat=111.13209-0.56605 cos(2ML)+0.00120 cos(4ML)

    (4) Calculate the number of kilometers per degree longitude 
difference for the middle latitude calculated in paragraph (c)(2) as 
follows:

KPDlon=111.41513 cos(ML)-0.09455 cos(3ML)+0.00012 cos(5ML)

    (5) Calculate the North-South distance in kilometers as follows:

NS=KPDlat(LAT1dd-LAT2dd)

    (6) Calculate the East-West distance in kilometers as follows:

EW=KPDlon(LON1dd-LON2dd)

    (7) Calculate the distance between the two reference points by 
taking the square root of the sum of the squares of the East-West and 
North-South distances as follows:

DIST=(NS\2\ + EW\2\)\0.5\

    (8) Round the distance to the nearest kilometer.
    (9) Terms used in this section are defined as follows:
    (i) LAT1dd and LON1dd=the coordinates of the 
first reference point in degree-decimal format.
    (ii) LAT2dd and LON2dd=the coordinates of the 
second reference point in degree-decimal format.
    (iii) ML=the middle latitude in degree-decimal format.

[[Page 88]]

    (iv) KPDlat=the number of kilometers per degree of 
latitude at a given middle latitude.
    (v) KPDlon=the number of kilometers per degree of 
longitude at a given middle latitude.
    (vi) NS=the North-South distance in kilometers.
    (vii) EW=the East-West distance in kilometers.
    (viii) DIST=the distance between the two reference points, in 
kilometers.

[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 29 FR 14116, Oct. 14, 1964; 
48 FR 29505, June 27, 1983; 52 FR 37788, Oct. 9, 1987; 52 FR 39920, Oct. 
26, 1987; 54 FR 9806, Mar. 8, 1989; 57 FR 36020, Aug. 12, 1992; 58 FR 
38537, July 19, 1993]



Sec.  73.209  Protection from interference.

    (a) Permittees and licensees of FM broadcast stations are not 
protected from any interference which may be caused by the grant of a 
new station, or of authority to modify the facilities of an existing 
station, in accordance with the provisions of this subpart. However, 
they are protected from interference caused by Class D (secondary) 
noncommercial educational FM stations. See Sec.  73.509.
    (b) The nature and extent of the protection from interference 
afforded FM broadcast stations operating on Channels 221-300 is limited 
to that which results when assignments are made in accordance with the 
rules in this subpart.
    (c) Permittees and licensees of FM stations are not protected from 
interference which may be caused by the grant of a new LPFM station or 
of authority to modify an existing LPFM station, except as provided in 
subpart G of this part.

[43 FR 39715, Sept. 6, 1978 and 48 FR 29505, June 27, 1983; 54 FR 9802, 
Mar. 8, 1989; 65 FR 7640, Feb. 15, 2000; 65 FR 67299, Nov. 9, 2000]



Sec.  73.210  Station classes.

    (a) The rules applicable to a particular station, including minimum 
and maximum facilities requirements, are determined by its class. 
Possible class designations depend upon the zone in which the station's 
transmitter is located, or proposed to be located. The zones are defined 
in Sec.  73.205. Allotted station classes are indicated in the Table of 
Allotments, Sec.  73.202. Class A, B1 and B stations may be authorized 
in Zones I and I-A. Class A, C3, C2, C1, C0 and C stations may be 
authorized in Zone II.
    (b) The power and antenna height requirements for each class are set 
forth in Sec.  73.211. If a station has an ERP and an antenna HAAT such 
that it cannot be classified using the maximum limits and minimum 
requirements in Sec.  73.211, its class shall be determined using the 
following procedure:
    (1) Determine the reference distance of the station using the 
procedure in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of Sec.  73.211. If this distance is 
less than or equal to 28 km, the station is Class A; otherwise,
    (2) For a station in Zone I or Zone I-A, except for Puerto Rico and 
the Virgin Islands:
    (i) If this distance is greater than 28 km and less than or equal to 
39 km, the station is Class B1.
    (ii) If this distance is greater than 39 km and less than or equal 
to 52 km, the station is Class B.
    (3) For a station in Zone II:
    (i) If this distance is greater than 28 km and less than or equal to 
39 km, the station is Class C3.
    (ii) If this distance is greater than 39 km and less than or equal 
to 52 km, the station is Class C2.
    (iii) If this distance is greater than 52 km and less than or equal 
to 72 km, the station is Class C1.
    (iv) If this distance is greater than 72 km and less than or equal 
to 83 km, the station is Class C0.
    (v) If this distance is greater than 83 km and less than or equal to 
92 km, the station is Class C.
    (4) For a station in Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands:
    (i) If this distance is less than or equal to 42 km, the station is 
Class A.
    (ii) If this distance is greater than 42 km and less than or equal 
to 46 km, the station is Class B1.
    (iii) If this distance is greater then 46 km and less than or equal 
to 78 km, the station is Class B.

[52 FR 37788, Oct. 9, 1987; 52 FR 39920, Oct. 26, 1987, as amended at 54 
FR 16367, Apr. 24, 1989; 54 FR 19374, May 5, 1989; 54 FR 35339, Aug. 25, 
1989; 65 FR 79777, Dec. 20, 2000]

[[Page 89]]



Sec.  73.211  Power and antenna height requirements.

    (a) Minimum requirements. (1) Except as provided in paragraphs 
(a)(3) and (b)(2) of this section, FM stations must operate with a 
minimum effective radiated power (ERP) as follows:
    (i) The minimum ERP for Class A stations is 0.1 kW.
    (ii) The ERP for Class B1 stations must exceed 6 kW.
    (iii) The ERP for Class B stations must exceed 25 kW.
    (iv) The ERP for Class C3 stations must exceed 6 kW.
    (v) The ERP for Class C2 stations must exceed 25 kW.
    (vi) The ERP for Class C1 stations must exceed 50 kW.
    (vii) The minimum ERP for Class C and C0 stations is 100 kW.
    (2) Class C0 stations must have an antenna height above average 
terrain (HAAT) of at least 300 meters (984 feet). Class C stations must 
have an antenna height above average terrain (HAAT) of at least 451 
meters (1480 feet).
    (3) Stations of any class except Class A may have an ERP less than 
that specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, provided that the 
reference distance, determined in accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(i) of 
this section, exceeds the distance to the class contour for the next 
lower class. Class A stations may have an ERP less than 100 watts 
provided that the reference distance, determined in accordance with 
paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, equals or exceeds 6 kilometers.
    (b) Maximum limits. (1) Except for stations located in Puerto Rico 
or the Virgin Islands, the maximum ERP in any direction, reference HAAT, 
and distance to the class contour for each FM station class are listed 
below:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Class
                                                  Reference     contour
   Station class             Maximum ERP           HAAT in     distance
                                                    meters        in
                                                    (ft.)     kilometers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A..................  6 kW (7.8 dBk)............    100 (328)          28
B1.................  25 kW (14.0 dBk)..........    100 (328)          39
B..................  50 kW (17.0 dBk)..........    150 (492)          52
C3.................  25 kW (14.0 dBk)..........    100 (328)          39
C2.................  50 kW (17.0 dBk)..........    150 (492)          52
C1.................  100 kW (20.0 dBk).........    299 (981)          72
C0.................  100 kW (20.0 dBk).........   450 (1476)          83
C..................  100 kW (20.0 dBk).........   600 (1968)          92
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (i) The reference distance of a station is obtained by finding the 
predicted distance to the 1mV/m contour using Figure 1 of Sec.  73.333 
and then rounding to the nearest kilometer. Antenna HAAT is determined 
using the procedure in Sec.  73.313. If the HAAT so determined is less 
than 30 meters (100 feet), a HAAT of 30 meters must be used when finding 
the predicted distance to the 1 mV/m contour.
    (ii) If a station's ERP is equal to the maximum for its class, its 
antenna HAAT must not exceed the reference HAAT, regardless of the 
reference distance. For example, a Class A station operating with 6 kW 
ERP may have an antenna HAAT of 100 meters, but not 101 meters, even 
though the reference distance is 28 km in both cases.
    (iii) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, no 
station will be authorized in Zone I or I-A with an ERP equal to 50 kW 
and a HAAT exceeding 150 meters. No station will be authorized in Zone 
II with an ERP equal to 100 kW and a HAAT exceeding 600 meters.
    (2) If a station has an antenna HAAT greater than the reference HAAT 
for its class, its ERP must be lower than the class maximum such that 
the reference distance does not exceed the class contour distance. If 
the antenna HAAT is so great that the station's ERP must be lower than 
the minimum ERP for its class (specified in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(3) 
of this section), that lower ERP will become the minimum for that 
station.
    (3) For stations located in Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands, the 
maximum ERP in any direction, reference HAAT, and distance to the class 
contour for each FM station class are listed below:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Class
                                                  Reference     contour
   Station class             Maximum ERP           HAAT in     distance
                                                    meters        in
                                                    (ft.)     kilometers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A..................  6kW (7.8 dBk).............    240 (787)          42
B1.................  25kW (14.0 dBk)...........    150 (492)          46
B..................  50kW (17.0 dBk)...........   472 (1549)          78
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c) Existing stations. Stations authorized prior to March 1, 1984 
that do not conform to the requirements of this

[[Page 90]]

section may continue to operate as authorized. Stations operating with 
facilities in excess of those specified in paragraph (b) of this section 
may not increase their effective radiated powers or extend their 1 mV/m 
field strength contour beyond the location permitted by their present 
authorizations. The provisions of this section will not apply to 
applications to increase facilities for those stations operating with 
less than the minimum power specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
    (d) Existing Class C stations below minimum antenna HAAT. Class C 
stations authorized prior to January 19, 2001 that do not meet the 
minimum antenna HAAT specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section for 
Class C stations may continue to operate as authorized subject to the 
reclassification procedures set forth in Note 4 to Sec.  73.3573.

[53 FR 17042, May 13, 1988, as amended at 54 FR 16367, Apr. 24, 1989; 54 
FR 19374, May 5, 1989; 54 FR 35339, Aug. 25, 1989; 65 FR 79777, Dec. 20, 
2000]



Sec.  73.212  Administrative changes in authorizations.

    (a) In the issuance of FM broadcast station authorizations, the 
Commission will specify the transmitter output power and effective 
radiated power in accordance with the following tabulation:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Rounded
                                                                out to
                                                                nearest
                     Power (watts or kW)                        figure
                                                               (watts or
                                                                  kW)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 to 3......................................................         .05
3 to 10.....................................................          .1
10 to 30....................................................          .5
30 to 100...................................................           1
100 to 300..................................................           5
300 to 1,000................................................          10
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) Antenna heights above average terrain will be rounded out to the 
nearest meter.

[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 48 FR 29506, June 27, 1983]



Sec.  73.213  Grandfathered short-spaced stations.

    (a) Stations at locations authorized prior to November 16, 1964, 
that did not meet the separation distances required by Sec.  73.207 and 
have remained continuously short-spaced since that time may be modified 
or relocated with respect to such short-spaced stations, provided that 
(i) any area predicted to receive interference lies completely within 
any area currently predicted to receive co-channel or first-adjacent 
channel interference as calculated in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) 
of this section, or that (ii) a showing is provided pursuant to 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section that demonstrates that the public 
interest would be served by the proposed changes.
    (1) The F(50,50) curves in Figure 1 of Sec.  73.333 are to be used 
in conjunction with the proposed effective radiated power and antenna 
height above average terrain, as calculated pursuant to Sec.  73.313(c), 
(d)(2) and (d)(3), using data for as many radials as necessary, to 
determine the location of the desired (service) field strength. The 
F(50,10) curves in Figure 1a of Sec.  73.333 are to be used in 
conjunction with the proposed effective radiated power and antenna 
height above average terrain, as calculated pursuant to Sec.  73.313(c), 
(d)(2) and (d)(3), using data for as many radials as necessary, to 
determine the location of the undesired (interfering) field strength. 
Predicted interference is defined to exist only for locations where the 
desired (service) field strength exceeds 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) for a Class B 
station, 0.7 mV/m (57 dBu) for a Class B1 station, and 1 mV/m (60 dBu) 
for any other class of station.
    (i) Co-channel interference is predicted to exist, for the purpose 
of this section, at all locations where the undesired (interfering 
station) F(50,10) field strength exceeds a value 20 dB below the desired 
(service) F(50,50) field strength of the station being considered (e.g., 
where the protected field strength is 60 dBu, the interfering field 
strength must be 40 dBu or more for predicted interference to exist).
    (ii) First-adjacent channel interference is predicted to exist, for 
the purpose of this section, at all locations where the undesired 
(interfering station) F(50,10) field strength exceeds a value 6 dB below 
the desired (service) F(50,50) field strength of the station being 
considered (e.g., where the protected field strength is 60 dBu, the 
interfering field strength must be 54

[[Page 91]]

dBu or more for predicted interference to exist).
    (2) For co-channel and first-adjacent channel stations, a showing 
that the public interest would be served by the changes proposed in an 
application must include exhibits demonstrating that the total area and 
population subject to co-channel or first-adjacent channel interference, 
caused and received, would be maintained or decreased. In addition, the 
showing must include exhibits demonstrating that the area and the 
population subject to co-channel or first-adjacent channel interference 
caused by the proposed facility to each short-spaced station 
individually is not increased. In all cases, the applicant must also 
show that any area predicted to lose service as a result of new co-
channel or first-adjacent-channel interference has adequate aural 
service remaining. For the purpose of this section, adequate service is 
defined as 5 or more aural services (AM or FM).
    (3) For co-channel and first-adjacent-channel stations, a copy of 
any application proposing interference caused in any areas where 
interference is not currently caused must be served upon the licensee(s) 
of the affected short-spaced station(s).
    (4) For stations covered by this paragraph (a), there are no 
distance separation or interference protection requirements with respect 
to second-adjacent and third-adjacent channel short-spacings that have 
existed continuously since November 16, 1964.
    (b) Stations at locations authorized prior to May 17, 1989, that did 
not meet the IF separation distances required by Sec.  73.207 and have 
remained short-spaced since that time may be modified or relocated 
provided that the overlap area of the two stations' 36 mV/m field 
strength contours is not increased.
    (c) Short spacings involving at least one Class A allotment or 
authorization. Stations that became short spaced on or after November 
16, 1964 (including stations that do not meet the minimum distance 
separation requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section and that 
propose to maintain or increase their existing distance separations) may 
be modified or relocated in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2) 
of this section, except that this provision does not apply to stations 
that became short spaced by grant of applications filed after October 1, 
1989, or filed pursuant to Sec.  73.215. If the reference coordinates of 
an allotment are short spaced to an authorized facility or another 
allotment (as a result of the revision of Sec.  73.207 in the Second 
Report and Order in MM Docket No. 88-375), an application for the 
allotment may be authorized, and subsequently modified after grant, in 
accordance with paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this section only with 
respect to such short spacing. No other stations will be authorized 
pursuant to these paragraphs.
    (1) Applications for authorization under requirements equivalent to 
those of prior rules. Each application for authority to operate a Class 
A station with no more than 3000 watts ERP and 100 meters antenna HAAT 
(or equivalent lower ERP and higher antenna HAAT based on a class 
contour distance of 24 km) must specify a transmitter site that meets 
the minimum distance separation requirements in this paragraph. Each 
application for authority to operate a Class A station with more than 
3000 watts ERP (up to a maximum of 5800 watts), but with an antenna HAAT 
lower than 100 meters such that the distance to the predicted 0.05 mV/m 
(34 dB[micro]V/m) F(50,10) field strength contour does not exceed 98 km 
must specify a transmitter site that meets the minimum distance 
separation requirements in this paragraph. Each application for 
authority to operate an FM station of any class other than Class A must 
specify a transmitter site that meets the minimum distance separation 
requirements in this paragraph with respect to Class A stations 
operating pursuant to this paragraph or paragraph (c)(2) of this 
section, and that meets the minimum distance separation requirements of 
Sec.  73.207 with respect to all other stations.

[[Page 92]]



                         Minimum Distance Separation Requirements in Kilometers (miles)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Relation                    Co-channel          200 kHz          400/600 kHz       10.6/10.8 MHz
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A to A..............................           105 (65)            64 (40)            27 (17)              8 (5)
A to B1.............................           138 (86)            88 (55)            48 (30)             11 (6)
A to B..............................          163 (101)           105 (65)            69 (43)             14 (9)
A to C3.............................           138 (86)            84 (52)            42 (26)             11 (6)
A to C2.............................          163 (101)           105 (65)            55 (34)             14 (9)
A to C1.............................          196 (122)           129 (80)            74 (46)            21 (13)
A to C..............................          222 (138)          161 (100)            94 (58)            28 (17)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Applications for authorization of Class A facilities greater 
than 3,000 watts ERP and 100 meters HAAT. Each application to operate a 
Class A station with an ERP and HAAT such that the reference distance 
would exceed 24 kilometers must contain an exhibit demonstrating the 
consent of the licensee of each co-channel, first, second or third 
adjacent channel station (for which the requirements of Sec.  73.207 are 
not met) to a grant of that application. Each such application must 
specify a transmitter site that meets the applicable IF-related channel 
distance separation requirements of Sec.  73.207. Applications that 
specify a new transmitter site which is short-spaced to an FM station 
other than another Class A station which is seeking a mutual increase in 
facilities may be granted only if no alternative fully-spaced site or 
less short-spaced site is available. Licensees of Class A stations 
seeking mutual increases in facilities need not show that a fully spaced 
site or less short-spaced site is available. Applications submitted 
pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph may be granted only if such 
action is consistent with the public interest.

[52 FR 37789, Oct. 9, 1987, as amended at 54 FR 14964, Apr. 14, 1989; 54 
FR 35339, Aug. 25, 1989; 56 FR 27426, June 14, 1991; 62 FR 50521, Sept. 
26, 1997; 63 FR 33876, June 22, 1998]



Sec.  73.215  Contour protection for short-spaced assignments.

    The Commission will accept applications that specify short-spaced 
antenna locations (locations that do not meet the domestic co-channel 
and adjacent channel minimum distance separation requirements of Sec.  
73.207); Provided That, such applications propose contour protection, as 
defined in paragraph (a) of this section, with all short-spaced 
assignments, applications and allotments, and meet the other applicable 
requirements of this section. Each application to be processed pursuant 
to this section must specifically request such processing on its face, 
and must include the necessary exhibit to demonstrate that the requisite 
contour protection will be provided. Such applications may be granted 
when the Commission determines that such action would serve the public 
interest, convenience, and necessity.
    (a) Contour protection. Contour protection, for the purpose of this 
section, means that on the same channel and on the first, second and 
third adjacent channels, the predicted interfering contours of the 
proposed station do not overlap the predicted protected contours of 
other short-spaced assignments, applications and allotments, and the 
predicted interfering contours of other short-spaced assignments, 
applications and allotments do not overlap the predicted protected 
contour of the proposed station.
    (1) The protected contours, for the purpose of this section, are 
defined as follows. For all Class B and B1 stations on Channels 221 
through 300 inclusive, the F(50,50) field strengths along the protected 
contours are 0.5 mV/m (54 dB[micro]) and 0.7 mV/m (57 dB[micro]), 
respectively. For all other stations, the F(50,50) field strength along 
the protected contour is 1.0 mV/m (60 dB[micro]).
    (2) The interfering contours, for the purpose of this section, are 
defined as follows. For co-channel stations, the F(50,10) field strength 
along the interfering contour is 20 dB lower than the F(50,50) field 
strength along the protected contour for which overlap is prohibited. 
For first adjacent channel stations (200 kHz), the 
F(50,10) field strength along the interfering contour is 6 dB lower than 
the F(50,50) field strength along the protected contour

[[Page 93]]

for which overlap is prohibited. For both second and third adjacent 
channel stations (400 kHz and 600 kHz), the F(50,10) field strength along the 
interfering contour is 40 dB higher than the F(50,50) field strength 
along the protected contour for which overlap is prohibited.
    (3) The locations of the protected and interfering contours of the 
proposed station and the other short-spaced assignments, applications 
and allotments must be determined in accordance with the procedures of 
paragraphs (c), (d)(2) and (d)(3) of Sec.  73.313, using data for as 
many radials as necessary to accurately locate the contours.
    (4) Protected and interfering contours (in dBu) for stations in 
Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands are as follows:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Station with protected contour
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Station with interfering contour            Class A                  Class B1                   Class B
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Interfering   Protected   Interfering   Protected   Interfering   Protected
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Co-Channel:
    Class A.......................           46           66           41           61           40           60
    Class B1......................           43           63           39           59           38           58
    Class B.......................           45           65           41           61           41           61
1st Adj. Channel:
    Class A.......................           61           67           56           62           59           65
    Class B1......................           57           63           54           60           54           60
    Class B.......................           62           68           56           62           57           63
2nd-3rd Adj. Channel:
    Class A.......................          107           67          100           60          104           64
    Class B1......................           99           59          100           60          104           64
    Class B.......................           94           54           94           54          104          64
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Maximum permitted facilities assumed for each station pursuant to 47 CFR 73.211(b)(3):
 6 kW ERP/240 meters HAAT--Class A
 25 kW ERP/150 meters HAAT--Class B1
 50 kW ERP/472 meters HAAT--Class B

    (b) Applicants requesting short-spaced assignments pursuant to this 
section must take into account the following factors in demonstrating 
that contour protection is achieved:
    (1) The ERP and antenna HAAT of the proposed station in the 
direction of the contours of other short-spaced assignments, 
applications and allotments. If a directional antenna is proposed, the 
pattern of that antenna must be used to calculate the ERP in particular 
directions. See Sec.  73.316 for additional requirements for directional 
antennas.
    (2) The ERP and antenna HAAT of other short-spaced assignments, 
applications and allotments in the direction of the contours of the 
proposed station. The ERP and antenna HAATs in the directions of concern 
must be determined as follows:
    (i) For vacant allotments, contours are based on the presumed use, 
at the allotment's reference point, of the maximum ERP that could be 
authorized for the station class of the allotment, and antenna HAATs in 
the directions of concern that would result from a non-directional 
antenna mounted at a standard eight-radial antenna HAAT equal to the 
reference HAAT for the station class of the allotment.
    (ii) For existing stations that were not authorized pursuant to this 
section, including stations with authorized ERP that exceeds the maximum 
ERP permitted by Sec.  73.211 for the standard eight-radial antenna HAAT 
employed, and for applications not requesting authorization pursuant to 
this section, contours are based on the presumed use of the maximum ERP 
for the applicable station class (as specified in Sec.  73.211), and the 
antenna HAATs in the directions of concern that would result from a non-
directional antenna mounted at a standard eight-radial antenna HAAT 
equal to the reference HAAT for the applicable station class, without 
regard to any other restrictions that may apply (e.g. zoning laws, FAA 
constraints, application of Sec.  73.213).
    (iii) For stations authorized pursuant to this section, except 
stations with authorized ERP that exceeds the maximum ERP permitted by 
Sec.  73.211 for the

[[Page 94]]

standard eight-radial antenna HAAT employed, contours are based on the 
use of the authorized ERP in the directions of concern, and HAATs in the 
directions of concern derived from the authorized standard eight-radial 
antenna HAAT. For stations with authorized ERP that exceeds the maximum 
ERP permitted by Sec.  73.211 for the standard eight-radial antenna HAAT 
employed, authorized under this section, contours are based on the 
presumed use of the maximum ERP for the applicable station class (as 
specified in Sec.  73.211), and antenna HAATs in the directions of 
concern that would result from a non-directional antenna mounted at a 
standard eight-radial antenna HAAT equal to the reference HAAT for the 
applicable station class, without regard to any other restrictions that 
may apply.
    (iv) For applications containing a request for authorization 
pursuant to this section, except for applications to continue operation 
with authorized ERP that exceeds the maximum ERP permitted by Sec.  
73.211 for the standard eight-radial antenna HAAT employed, contours are 
based on the use of the proposed ERP in the directions of concern, and 
antenna HAATs in the directions of concern derived from the proposed 
standard eight-radial antenna HAAT. For applications to continue 
operation with an ERP that exceeds the maximum ERP permitted by Sec.  
73.211 for the standard eight-radial HAAT employed, if processing is 
requested under this section, contours are based on the presumed use of 
the maximum ERP for the applicable station class (as specified in Sec.  
73.211), and antenna HAATs in the directions of concern that would 
result from a nondirectional antenna mounted at a standard eight-radial 
antenna HAAT equal to the reference HAAT for the applicable station 
class, without regard to any other restrictions that may apply.

    Note to paragraph (b):
    Applicants are cautioned that the antenna HAAT in any particular 
direction of concern will not usually be the same as the standard eight-
radial antenna HAAT or the reference HAAT for the station class.

    (c) Applications submitted for processing pursuant to this section 
are not required to propose contour protection of any assignment, 
application or allotment for which the minimum distance separation 
requirements of Sec.  73.207 are met, and may, in the directions of 
those assignments, applications and allotments, employ the maximum ERP 
permitted by Sec.  73.211 for the standard eight-radial antenna HAAT 
employed.
    (d) Stations authorized pursuant to this section may be subsequently 
authorized on the basis of compliance with the domestic minimum 
separation distance requirements of Sec.  73.207, upon filing of an FCC 
Form 301 or FCC Form 340 (as appropriate) requesting a modification of 
authorization.
    (e) The Commission will not accept applications that specify a 
short-spaced antenna location for which the following minimum distance 
separation requirements, in kilometers (miles), are not met:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                400/600
              Relation                Co-Channel    200 kHz       kHz
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A to A..............................     92 (57)     49 (30)     25 (16)
A to B1.............................    119 (74)     72 (45)     42 (26)
A to B..............................    143 (89)     96 (60)     63 (39)
A to C3.............................    119 (74)     72 (45)     36 (22)
A to C2.............................    143 (89)     89 (55)     49 (30)
A to C1.............................   178 (111)    111 (69)     69 (43)
A to C0.............................   193 (120)    130 (81)     80 (50)
A to C..............................   203 (126)    142 (88)     89 (55)
B1 to B1............................    143 (89)     96 (60)     44 (27)
B1 to B.............................   178 (111)    114 (71)     65 (40)
B1 to C3............................    143 (89)     96 (60)     44 (27)
B1 to C2............................   175 (109)    114 (71)     50 (31)
B1 to C1............................   200 (124)    134 (83)     71 (44)
B1 to C0............................  0215 (134)    153 (95)     81 (50)
B1 to C.............................   233 (145)   165 (103)     99 (61)
B to B..............................   211 (131)    145 (90)     68 (42)
B to C3.............................   178 (111)    114 (70)     65 (40)
B to C2.............................   211 (131)    145 (90)     68 (42)
B to C1.............................   241 (150)   169 (105)     73 (45)
B to C0.............................   266 (165)   195 (121)     83 (52)
B to C..............................   268 (163)   195 (121)     99 (61)
C3 to C3............................    142 (88)     89 (55)     37 (23)
C3 to C2............................   166 (103)    106 (66)     50 (31)
C3 to C1............................   200 (124)    133 (83)     70 (43)
C3to C0.............................   215 (134)    152 (94)     81 (50)
C3 to C.............................   226 (140)   165 (103)     90 (56)
C2 to C2............................   177 (110)    117 (73)     52 (32)
C2 to C1............................   211 (131)    144 (90)     73 (45)
C2 to C0............................   227 (141)   163 (101)     83 (52)
C2 to C.............................   237 (147)   176 (109)     96 (61)
C1 to C1............................   224 (139)    158 (98)     76 (47)
C1 to C0............................   239 (148)   176 (109)     88 (55)
C1 to C.............................   249 (155)   188 (117)     99 (61)
C0 to C0............................   259 (161)   196 (122)     90 (56)
C0 to C.............................   270 (168)    207 (129     99 (61)
C to C..............................   270 (168)   209 (130)     99 (61)
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[54 FR 9802, Mar. 8, 1989, as amended at 54 FR 35340, Aug. 25, 1989; 56 
FR 57294, Nov. 8, 1991; 57 FR 46325, Oct. 8, 1992; 65 FR 79777, Dec. 20, 
2000; 66 FR 8149, Jan. 29, 2001]

[[Page 95]]



Sec.  73.220  Restrictions on use of channels.

    (a) The frequency 89.1 MHz (channel 206) is revised in the New York 
City metropolitan area for the use of the United Nations with the 
equivalent of an antenna height of 150 meters (492 feet) above average 
terrain and effective radiated power of 20 kWs, and the FCC will make no 
assignments which would cause objectionable interference with such use.
    (b) [Reserved]

[43 FR 45845, Oct. 4, 1978, as amended at 46 FR 50376, Oct. 13, 1981, 47 
FR 30068, July 12, 1982; 48 FR 29507, June 27, 1983; 70 FR 46676, Aug. 
10, 2005]



Sec.  73.232  Territorial exclusivity.

    No licensee of an FM broadcast station shall have any arrangement 
with a network organization which prevents or hinders another station 
serving substantially the same area from broadcasting the network's 
programs not taken by the former station, or which prevents or hinders 
another station serving a substantially different area from broadcasting 
any program of the network organization: Provided, however, That this 
section does not prohibit arrangements under which the station is 
granted first call within its primary service area upon the network's 
programs. The term ``network organization'' means any organization 
originating program material, with or without commercial messages, and 
furnishing the same to stations interconnected so as to permit 
simultaneous broadcast by all or some of them. However, arrangements 
involving only stations under common ownership, or only the rebroadcast 
by one station of programming from another with no compensation other 
than a lump-sum payment by the station rebroadcasting, are not 
considered arrangements with a network organization. The term 
``arrangement`` means any contract, arrangement or understanding, 
express or implied.

[42 FR 16422, Mar. 28, 1977, as amended at 57 FR 48333, Oct. 23, 1992]



Sec.  73.239  Use of common antenna site.

    No FM broadcast station license or renewal of FM broadcast station 
license will be granted to any person who owns, leases, or controls a 
particular site which is peculiarly suitable for FM broadcasting in a 
particular area and (a) which is not available for use by other FM 
broadcast station licensees; and (b) no other comparable site is 
available in the area; and (c) where the exclusive use of such site by 
the applicant or licensee would unduly limit the number of FM broadcast 
stations that can be authorized in a particular area or would unduly 
restrict competition among FM broadcast stations.

[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963]



Sec.  73.258  Indicating instruments.

    (a) Each FM broadcast station shall be equipped with indicating 
instruments which conform with the specifications described in Sec.  
73.1215 for determining power by the indirect method; for indicating the 
relative amplitude of the transmission line radio frequency current, 
voltage, or power; and with such other instruments as are necessary for 
the proper adjustment, operation, and maintenance of the transmitting 
system.
    (b) The function of each instrument shall be clearly and permanently 
shown in the instrument itself or on the panel immediately adjacent 
thereto.
    (c) In the event that any one of these indicating instruments 
becomes defective when no substitute which conforms with the required 
specifications is available, the station may be operated without the 
defective instrument pending its repair or replacement for a period not 
in excess of 60 days without further authority of the FCC: Provided 
that, if the defective instrument is the transmission line meter of a 
station which determines the output power by the direct method, the 
operating power shall be determined by the indirect method in accordance 
with Sec.  73.267(c) during the entire time the station is operated 
without the transmission line meter.
    (d) If conditions beyond the control of the licensee prevent the 
restoration of the meter to service within the above allowed period, an 
informal letter request in accordance with Sec.  73.3549 may be filed 
with the FCC, Attention:

[[Page 96]]

Audio Division, Media Bureau, in Washington, DC for such additional time 
as may be required to complete repairs of the defective instrument.

[41 FR 36818, Sept. 1, 1976, as amended at 48 FR 44805, Sept. 30, 1983; 
50 FR 32416, Aug. 12, 1985; 63 FR 33876, June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13231, 
Mar. 21, 2002]



Sec.  73.267  Determining operating power.

    (a) The operating power of each FM station is to be determined by 
either the direct or indirect method.
    (b) Direct method. The direct method of power determination for an 
FM station uses the indications of a calibrated transmission line meter 
(responsive to relative voltage, current, or power) located at the RF 
output terminals of the transmitter. This meter must be calibrated 
whenever there is any indication that the calibration is inaccurate or 
whenever any component of the metering circuit is repaired or replaced. 
The calibration must cover, as a minimum, the range from 90% to 105% of 
authorized power. The meter calibration may be checked by measuring the 
power at the transmitter terminals while either:
    (1) Operating the transmitter into the transmitting antenna, and 
determining actual operating power by the indirect method described in 
Sec.  73.267(c); or
    (2) Operating the transmitter into a load (of substantially zero 
reactance and a resistance equal to the transmission line characteristic 
impedance) and using an electrical device (within 5% accuracy) or temperature and coolant flow indicator 
(within 4% accuracy) to determine the power.
    (3) The calibration must cover, as a minimum, the range from 90% to 
105% of authorized power and the meter must provide clear indications 
which will permit maintaining the operating power within the prescribed 
tolerance or the meter shall be calibrated to read directly in power 
units.
    (c) Indirect method. The operating power is determined by the 
indirect method by applying an appropriate factor to the input power to 
the last radio-frequency power amplifier stage of the transmitter, using 
the following formula:

Transmitter output power=Ep x Ip x F

Where:

Ep=DC input voltage of final radio stage.
Ip=Total DC input current of final radio stage.
F=Efficiency factor.

    (1) If the above formula is not appropriate for the design of the 
transmitter final amplifier, use a formula specified by the transmitter 
manufacturer with other appropriate operating parameters.
    (2) The value of the efficiency factor, F, established for the 
authorized transmitter output power is to be used for maintaining the 
operating power, even though there may be some variation in F over the 
power operating range of the transmitter.
    (3) The value of F is to be determined and a record kept thereof by 
one of the following procedures listed in order of preference:
    (i) Using the most recent measurement data for calibration of the 
transmission line meter according to the procedures described in 
paragraph (b) of this section or the most recent measurements made by 
the licensee establishing the value of F. In the case of composite 
transmitters or those in which the final amplifier stages have been 
modified pursuant to FCC approval, the licensee must furnish the FCC and 
also retain with the station records the measurement data used as a 
basis for determining the value of F.
    (ii) Using measurement data shown on the transmitter manufacturer's 
test data supplied to the licensee; Provided, That measurements were 
made at the authorized frequency and transmitter output power.
    (iii) Using the transmitter manufacturer's measurement data 
submitted to the FCC for type acceptance and as shown in the instruction 
book supplied to the licensee.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 
155, 303))

[44 FR 58731, Oct. 11, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 28141, Apr. 28, 1980; 
48 FR 38479, Aug. 24, 1983; 49 FR 4210, Feb. 3, 1984; 49 FR 49851, Dec. 
24, 1984]



Sec.  73.277  Permissible transmissions.

    (a) No FM broadcast licensee or permittee shall enter into any 
agreement, arrangement or understanding, oral or

[[Page 97]]

written, whereby it undertakes to supply, or receives consideration for 
supplying, on its main channel a functional music, background music, or 
other subscription service (including storecasting) for reception in the 
place or places of business of any subscriber.
    (b) The transmission (or interruption) of radio energy in the FM 
broadcast band is permissible only pursuant to a station license, 
program test authority, construction permit, or experimental 
authorization and the provisions of this part of the rules.

[29 FR 7471, June 10, 1964. Redesignated at 39 FR 38655, Nov. 1, 1974 
and amended at 48 FR 28454, June 22, 1983]



Sec.  73.293  Use of FM multiplex subcarriers.

    Licensees of FM broadcast stations may transmit, without further 
authorization, subcarrier communication services in accordance with the 
provisions of Sec. Sec.  73.319 and 73.322.

[51 FR 17028, May 8, 1986]



Sec.  73.295  FM subsidiary communications services.

    (a) Subsidiary communication services are those transmitted on a 
subcarrier within the FM baseband signal, but do not include services 
which enhance the main program broadcast service, or exclusively relate 
to station operations (see Sec.  73.293). Subsidiary communications 
include, but are not limited to services such as functional music, 
specialized foreign language programs, radio reading services, utility 
load management, market and financial data and news, paging and calling, 
traffic control signal switching, bilingual television audio, and point 
to point or multipoint messages.
    (b) FM subsidiary communications services that are common carrier in 
nature are subject to common carrier regulation. Licensees operating 
such services are required to apply to the FCC for the appropriate 
authorization and to comply with all policies and rules applicable to 
the service. Responsibility for making the initial determinations of 
whether a particular activity is common carriage rests with the FM 
station licensee. Initial determinations by licensees are subject to FCC 
examination and may be reviewed at the FCC's discretion.
    (c) Subsidiary communications services are of a secondary nature 
under the authority of the FM station authorization, and the authority 
to provide such communications services may not be retained or 
transferred in any manner separate from the station's authorization. The 
grant or renewal of an FM station permit or license is not furthered or 
promoted by proposed or past services. The permittee or licensee must 
establish that the broadcast operation is in the public interest wholly 
apart from the subsidiary communications services provided.
    (d) The station identification, delayed recording and sponsor 
identification announcements required by Sec. Sec.  73.1201, 73.1208, 
and 73.1212 are not applicable to material transmitted under an SCA.
    (e) The licensee or permittee must retain control over all material 
transmitted in a broadcast mode via the station's facilities, with the 
right to reject any material that it deems inappropriate or undesirable.

[48 FR 28454, June 22, 1983, as amended at 48 FR 44805, Sept. 30, 1983; 
49 FR 33663, Aug. 15, 1984; 50 FR 32416, Aug. 12, 1985; 57 FR 48333, 
Oct. 23, 1992]



Sec.  73.297  FM stereophonic sound broadcasting.

    (a) An FM broadcast station may, without specific authority from the 
FCC, transmit stereophonic (biphonic, quadraphonic, etc.) sound programs 
upon installation of stereophonic sound transmitting equipment under the 
provisions of Sec. Sec.  2.1001, 73.322, and 73.1590 of the Rules. Prior 
to commencement of stereophonic sound broadcasting, equipment 
performance measurements must be made to ensure that the transmitted 
signal complies with all applicable rules and standards.
    (b) Each licensee or permittee engaging in multichannel broadcasting 
must measure the pilot subcarrier frequency as often as necessary to 
ensure that it is kept at all times within 2 Hz of the authorized 
frequency.

[48 FR 28454, June 22, 1983, and 48 FR 38479, Aug. 24, 1983]

[[Page 98]]



Sec.  73.310  FM technical definitions.

    (a) Frequency modulation.
    Antenna height above average terrain (HAAT). HAAT is calculated by: 
determining the average of the antenna heights above the terrain from 3 
to 16 kilometers (2 to 10 miles) from the antenna for the eight 
directions evenly spaced for each 45[deg] of azimuth starting with True 
North (a different antenna height will be determined in each direction 
from the antenna): and computing the average of these separate heights. 
In some cases less than eight directions may be used. (See Sec.  
73.313(d).) Where circular or elliptical polarization is used, the 
antenna height above average terrain must be based upon the height of 
the radiation of the antenna that transmits the horizontal component of 
radiation.
    Antenna power gain. The square of the ratio of the root-mean-square 
(RMS) free space field strength produced at 1 kilometer in the 
horizontal plane in millivolts per meter for 1 kW antenna input power to 
221.4 mV/m. This ratio is expressed in decibels (dB). If specified for a 
particular direction, antenna power gain is based on that field strength 
in the direction only.
    Auxiliary facility. An auxiliary facility is an antenna separate 
from the main facility's antenna, permanently installed on the same 
tower or at a different location, from which a station may broadcast for 
short periods without prior Commission authorization or notice to the 
Commission while the main facility is not in operation (e.g., where 
tower work necessitates turning off the main antenna or where lightning 
has caused damage to the main antenna or transmission system) (See Sec.  
73.1675).
    Center frequency. The term ``center frequency'' means:
    (1) The average frequency of the emitted wave when modulated by a 
sinusoidal signal.
    (2) The frequency of the emitted wave without modulation.
    Composite antenna pattern. The composite antenna pattern is a 
relative field horizontal plane pattern for 360 degrees of azimuth, for 
which the value at a particular azimuth is the greater of the 
horizontally polarized or vertically polarized component relative field 
values. The composite antenna pattern is normalized to a maximum of 
unity (1.000) relative field.
    Composite baseband signal. A signal which is composed of all program 
and other communications signals that frequency modulates the FM 
carrier.
    Effective radiated power. The term ``effective radiated power'' 
means the product of the antenna power (transmitter output power less 
transmission line loss) times: (1) The antenna power gain, or (2) the 
antenna field gain squared. Where circular or elliptical polarization is 
employed, the term effective radiated power is applied separately to the 
horizontal and vertical components of radiation. For allocation 
purposes, the effective radiated power authorized is the horizontally 
polarized component of radiation only.
    Equivalent isotropically radiated power (EIRP). The term 
``equivalent isotropically radiated power (also known as ``effective 
radiated power above isotropic) means the product of the antenna input 
power and the antenna gain in a given direction relative to an isotropic 
antenna.
    FM Blanketing. Blanketing is that form of interference to the 
reception of other broadcast stations which is caused by the presence of 
an FM broadcast signal of 115 dBu (562 mV/m) or greater signal strength 
in the area adjacent to the antenna of the transmitting station. The 115 
dBu contour is referred to as the blanketing contour and the area within 
this contour is referred to as the blanketing area.
    FM broadcast band. The band of frequencies extending from 88 to 108 
MHz, which includes those assigned to noncommercial educational 
broadcasting.
    FM broadcast channel. A band of frequencies 200 kHz wide and 
designated by its center frequency. Channels for FM broadcast stations 
begin at 88.1 MHz and continue in successive steps of 200 kHz to and 
including 107.9 MHz.
    FM broadcast station. A station employing frequency modulation in 
the FM broadcast band and licensed primarily for the transmission of 
radiotelephone emissions intended to be received by the general public.
    Field strength. The electric field strength in the horizontal plane.

[[Page 99]]

    Free space field strength. The field strength that would exist at a 
point in the absence of waves reflected from the earth or other 
reflecting objects.
    Frequency departure. The amount of variation of a carrier frequency 
or center frequency from its assigned value.
    Frequency deviation. The peak difference between modulated wave and 
the carrier frequency.
    Frequency modulation. A system of modulation where the instantaneous 
radio frequency varies in proportion to the instantaneous amplitude of 
the modulating signal (amplitude of modulating signal to be measured 
after pre-emphasis, if used) and the instantaneous radio frequency is 
independent of the frequency of the modulating signal.
    Frequency swing. The peak difference between the maximum and the 
minimum values of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier wave during 
modulation.
    Multiplex transmission. The term ``multiplex transmission'' means 
the simultaneous transmission of two or more signals within a single 
channel. Multiplex transmission as applied to FM broadcast stations 
means the transmission of facsimile or other signals in addition to the 
regular broadcast signals.
    Percentage modulation. The ratio of the actual frequency deviation 
to the frequency deviation defined as 100% modulation, expressed in 
percentage. For FM broadcast stations, a frequency deviation of 75kHz is defined as 100% modulation.
    (b) Stereophonic sound broadcasting.
    Cross-talk. An undesired signal occurring in one channel caused by 
an electrical signal in another channel.
    FM stereophonic broadcast. The transmission of a stereophonic 
program by a single FM broadcast station utilizing the main channel and 
a stereophonic subchannel.
    Left (or right) signal. The electrical output of a microphone or 
combination of microphones placed so as to convey the intensity, time, 
and location of sounds originating predominately to the listener's left 
(or right) of the center of the performing area.
    Left (or right) stereophonic channel. The left (or right) signal as 
electrically reproduced in reception of FM stereophonic broadcasts.
    Main channel. The band of frequencies from 50 to 15,000 Hz which 
frequency-modulate the main carrier.
    Pilot subcarrier. A subcarrier that serves as a control signal for 
use in the reception of FM stereophonic sound broadcasts.
    Stereophonic separation. The ratio of the electrical signal caused 
in sound channel A to the signal caused in sound channel B by the 
transmission of only a channel B signal. Channels A and B may be any two 
channels of a stereophonic sound broadcast transmission system.
    Stereophonic sound. The audio information carried by plurality of 
channels arranged to afford the listener a sense of the spatial 
distribution of sound sources. Stereophonic sound broadcasting includes, 
but is not limited to, biphonic (two channel), triphonic (three channel) 
and quadrophonic (four channel) program services.
    Stereophonic sound subcarrier. A subcarrier within the FM broadcast 
baseband used for transmitting signals for stereophonic sound reception 
of the main broadcast program service.
    Stereophonic sound subchannel. The band of frequencies from 23 kHz 
to 99 kHz containing sound subcarriers and their associated sidebands.
    (c) Visual transmissions. Communications or message transmitted on a 
subcarrier intended for reception and visual presentation on a viewing 
screen, teleprinter, facsimile printer, or other form of graphic display 
or record.
    (d) Control and telemetry transmissions. Signals transmitted on a 
multiplex subcarrier intended for any form of control and switching 
functions or for equipment status data and aural or visual alarms.

[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 39 FR 10575, Mar. 21, 1974; 
44 FR 36038, June 20, 1979; 48 FR 28454, June 22, 1983; 48 FR 29507, 
June 27, 1983; 48 FR 37216, Aug. 17, 1983; 49 FR 45145, Nov. 15, 1984; 
57 FR 48333, Oct. 23, 1992; 62 FR 51058, Sept. 30, 1997]



Sec.  73.311  Field strength contours.

    (a) Applications for FM broadcast authorizations must show the field 
strength contours required by FCC

[[Page 100]]

Form 301 or FCC Form 340, as appropriate.
    (b) The field strength contours provided for in this section shall 
be considered for the following purposes only:
    (1) In the estimation of coverage resulting from the selection of a 
particular transmitter site by an applicant for an FM broadcast station.
    (2) In connection with problems of coverage arising out of 
application of Sec.  73.3555.
    (3) In determining compliance with Sec.  73.315(a) concerning the 
minimum field strength to be provided over the principal community to be 
served.
    (4) In determining compliance with Sec.  73.215 concerning contour 
protection.

[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 31 FR 10126, July 27, 1966; 
32 FR 11471, Aug. 9, 1967; 52 FR 10570, Apr. 2, 1987; 54 FR 9802, Mar. 
8, 1989]



Sec.  73.312  Topographic data.

    (a) In the preparation of the profile graphs previously described, 
and in determining the location and height above mean sea level of the 
antenna site, the elevation or contour intervals shall be taken from 
United States Geological Survey Topographic Quadrangle Maps, United 
States Army Corps of Engineers Maps or Tennessee Valley Authority maps, 
whichever is the latest, for all areas for which such maps are 
available. If such maps are not published for the area in question, the 
next best topographic information should be used. Topographic data may 
sometimes be obtained from state and municipal agencies. The data from 
the Sectional Aeronautical Charts (including bench marks) or railroad 
depot elevations and highway elevations from road maps may be used where 
no better information is available. In cases where limited topographic 
data can be obtained, use may be made of an altimeter in a car driven 
along roads extending generally radially from the transmitter site.
    (b) The Commission will not ordinarily require the submission of 
topographical maps for areas beyond 24 km (15 miles) from the antenna 
site, but the maps must include the principal city or cities to be 
served. If it appears necessary, additional data may be requested.
    (c) The U.S. Geological Survey Topography Quadrangle Sheets may be 
obtained from the U.S. Geological Survey Department of the Interior, 
Washington, DC 20240. The Sectional Aeronautical Charts are available 
from the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Department of Commerce, 
Washington, DC 20235. These maps may also be secured from branch offices 
and from authorized agents or dealers in most principal cities.
    (d) In lieu of maps, the average terrain elevation may be computer 
generated except in cases of dispute, using elevations from a 30 second, 
point or better topographic data file. The file must be identified and 
the data processed for intermediate points along each radial using 
linear interpolation techniques. The height above mean sea level of the 
antenna site must be obtained manually using appropriate topographic 
maps.

[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 31 FR 10126, July 27, 1966; 
49 FR 48937, Dec. 17, 1984; 58 FR 44950, Aug. 25, 1993; 63 FR 33877, 
June 22, 1998]



Sec.  73.313  Prediction of coverage.

    (a) All predictions of coverage made pursuant to this section shall 
be made without regard to interference and shall be made only on the 
basis of estimated field strengths.
    (b) Predictions of coverage shall be made only for the same purposes 
as relate to the use of field strength contours as specified in Sec.  
73.311.
    (c) In predicting the distance to the field strength contours, the 
F(50,50) field strength chart, Figure 1 of Sec.  73.333 must be used. 
The 50% field strength is defined as that value exceeded for 50% of the 
time.
    (1) The F(50,50) chart gives the estimated 50% field strengths 
exceeded at 50% of the locations in dB above 1 uV/m. The chart is based 
on an effective power radiated from a half-wave dipole antenna in free 
space, that produces an unattenuated field strength at 1 kilometer of 
about 107 dB above 1 uV/m (221.4 mV/m).
    (2) To use the chart for other ERP values, convert the ordinate 
scale by the appropriate adjustment in dB. For example, the ordinate 
scale for an ERP of 50 kW should be adjusted by 17 dB [10

[[Page 101]]

log (50 kW) = 17 dBk], and therefore a field strength of 60 dBu would 
correspond to the field strength value at (60-17 =) 44 dBu on the chart. 
When predicting the distance to field strength contours, use the maximum 
ERP of the main radiated lobe in the pertinent azimuthal direction (do 
not account for beam tilt). When predicting field strengths over areas 
not in the plane of the maximum main lobe, use the ERP in the direction 
of such areas, determined by considering the appropriate vertical 
radiation pattern.
    (d) The antenna height to be used with this chart is the height of 
the radiation center of the antenna above the average terrain along the 
radial in question. In determining the average elevation of the terrain, 
the elevations between 3 and 16 kilometers from the antenna site are 
used.
    (1) Profile graphs must be drawn for eight radials beginning at the 
antenna site and extending 16 kilometers therefrom. The radials should 
be drawn for each 45[deg] of azimuth starting with True North. At least 
one radial must include the principal community to be served even though 
it may be more than 16 kilometers from the antenna site. However, in the 
event none of the evenly spaced radials include the principal community 
to be served, and one or more such radials are drawn in addition, these 
radials must not be used in computing the antenna height above average 
terrain.
    (2) Where the 3 to 16 kilometers portion of a radial extends in 
whole or in part over a large body of water or extends over foreign 
territory but the 50 uV/m (34 dBu) contour encompasses land area within 
the United States beyond the 16 kilometers portion of the radial, the 
entire 3 to 16 kilometers portion of the radial must be included in the 
computation of antenna height above average terrain. However, where the 
50 uV/m (34 dBu) contour does not so encompass United States land area, 
and (i) the entire 3 to 16 kilometers portion of the radial extends over 
large bodies of water or over foreign territory, such radial must be 
completely omitted from the computation of antenna height above average 
terrain, and (ii) where a part of the 3 to 16 kilometers portion of a 
radial extends over large bodies of water or foreign territory, only 
that part of the radial extending from 3 kilometers to the outermost 
portion of land in the United States covered by the radial used must be 
used in the computation of antenna height above average terrain.
    (3) The profile graph for each radial should be plotted by contour 
intervals of from 12 to 30 meters and, where the data permits, at least 
50 points of elevation (generally uniformly spaced) should be used for 
each radial. In instances of very rugged terrain where the use of 
contour intervals of 30 meters would result in several points in a short 
distance, 60 or 120 meter contour intervals may be used for such 
distances. On the other hand, where the terrain is uniform or gently 
sloping the smallest contour interval indicated on the topographic map 
should be used, although only relatively few points may be available. 
The profile graph should indicate the topography accurately for each 
radial, and the graphs should be plotted with the distance in kilometers 
as the abscissa and the elevation in meters above mean sea level as the 
ordinate. The profile graphs should indicate the source of the 
topographical data used. The graph should also show the elevation of the 
center of the radiating system. The graph may be plotted either on 
rectangular coordinate paper or on special paper that shows the 
curvature of the earth. It is not necessary to take the curvature of the 
earth into consideration in this procedure as this factor is taken care 
of in the charts showing signal strengths. The average elevation of the 
13 kilometer distance between 3 and 16 kilometers from the antenna site 
should then be determined from the profile graph for each radial. This 
may be obtained by averaging a large number of equally spaced points, by 
using a planimeter, or by obtaining the median elevation (that exceeded 
for 50% of the distance) in sectors and averaging those values.
    (4) Examples of HAAT calculations:
    (i) The heights above average terrain on the eight radials are as 
follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Meters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0[deg]........................................................       120

[[Page 102]]

 
45[deg].......................................................       255
90[deg].......................................................       185
135[deg]......................................................        90
180[deg]......................................................       -10
225[deg]......................................................       -85
270[deg]......................................................        40
315[deg]......................................................        85
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The antenna height above terrain (defined in Sec.  73.310(a)) is 
computed as follows:

(120 + 255 + 185 + 90 - 10 - 85 + 40 + 85) / 8 = 85 meters.

    (ii) Same as paragraph (d)(4)(i) of this section, except the 0[deg] 
radial is entirely over sea water. The antenna height above average 
terrain is computed as follows (note that the divisor is 7 not 8):

(255 + 185 + 90 - 10 - 85 + 40 + 85) / 7 = 80 meters.

    (iii) Same as paragraph (d)(4)(i) of this section, except that only 
the first 10 kilometers of the 90[deg] radial are in the United States; 
beyond 10 kilometers the 90[deg] radial is in a foreign country. The 
height above average terrain of the 3 to 10 kilometer portion of the 
90[deg] radial is 105 meters. The antenna height above average terrain 
is computed as follows (note that the divisor is 8 not 7.5):

(120 + 255 + 105 + 90 - 10 - 85 + 40 + 85) / 8 = 75 meters.

    (e) In cases where the terrain in one or more directions from the 
antenna site departs widely from the average elevation of the 3 to 16 
kilometer sector, the prediction method may indicate contour distances 
that are different from what may be expected in practice. For example, a 
mountain ridge may indicate the practical limit of service although the 
prediction method may indicate otherwise. In such cases, the prediction 
method should be followed, but a supplemental showing may be made 
concerning the contour distances as determined by other means. Such 
supplemental showings should describe the procedure used and should 
include sample calculations. Maps of predicted coverage should include 
both the coverage as predicted by the regular method and as predicted by 
a supplemental method. When measurements of area are required, these 
should include the area obtained by the regular prediction method and 
the area obtained by the supplemental method. In directions where the 
terrain is such that antenna heights less than 30 meters for the 3 to 16 
kilometer sector are obtained, an assumed height of 30 meters must be 
used for the prediction of coverage. However, where the actual contour 
distances are critical factors, a supplemental showing of expected 
coverage must be included together with a description of the method used 
in predicting such coverage. In special cases, the FCC may require 
additional information as to terrain and coverage.
    (f) The effect of terrain roughness on the predicted field strength 
of a signal at points distant from an FM transmitting antenna is assumed 
to depend on the magnitude of a terrain roughness factor (h) which, for 
a specific propagation path, is determined by the characteristics of a 
segment of the terrain profile for that path 40 kilometers in length 
located between 10 and 50 kilometers from the antenna. The terrain 
roughness factor has a value equal to the distance, in meters, between 
elevations exceeded by all points on the profile for 10% and 90% 
respectively, of the length of the profile segment. (See Sec.  73.333, 
Figure 4.)
    (g) If the lowest field strength value of interest is initially 
predicted to occur over a particular propagation path at a distance that 
is less than 50 kilometers from the antenna, the terrain profile segment 
used in the determination of terrain roughness factor over that path 
must be that included between points 10 kilometers from the transmitter 
and such lesser distances. No terrain roughness correction need be 
applied when all field strength values of interest are predicted to 
occur 10 kilometers or less from the transmitting antenna.
    (h) Profile segments prepared for terrain roughness factor 
determinations are to be plotted in rectangular coordinates, with no 
less than 50 points evenly spaced within the segment using data obtained 
from topographic maps with contour intervals of approximately 15 meters 
(50 feet) or less if available.

[[Page 103]]

    (i) The field strength charts (Sec.  73.333, Figs. 1-1a) were 
developed assuming a terrain roughness factor of 50 meters, which is 
considered to be representative of average terrain in the United States. 
Where the roughness factor for a particular propagation path is found to 
depart appreciably from this value, a terrain roughness correction 
([Delta]F) should be applied to field strength values along this path, 
as predicted with the use of these charts. The magnitude and sign of 
this correction, for any value of [Delta]h, may be determined from a 
chart included in Sec.  73.333 as Figure 5.
    (j) Alternatively, the terrain roughness correction may be computed 
using the following formula:

    [Delta]F=1.9-0.03([Delta]h)(1+f/300)

Where:

[Delta]F=terrain roughness correction in dB
[Delta]k=terrain roughness factor in meters
f=frequency of signal in MHz (MHz)

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 
155, 303))

[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 40 FR 27678, July 1, 1975; 48 
FR 29507, June 27, 1983; 52 FR 11655, Apr. 10, 1987; 52 FR 37789, Oct. 
9, 1987; 57 FR 48333, Oct. 23, 1992; 63 FR 33877, June 22, 1998]

    Effective Date Note: At 42 FR 25736, May 19, 1977, the effective 
date of Sec.  73.313 paragraphs (i) and (j) was stayed indefinitely.



Sec.  73.314  Field strength measurements.

    (a) Except as provided for in Sec.  73.209, FM broadcast stations 
shall not be protected from any type of interference or propagation 
effect. Persons desiring to submit testimony, evidence or data to the 
Commission for the purpose of showing that the technical standards 
contained in this subpart do not properly reflect the levels of any 
given type of interference or propagation effect may do so only in 
appropriate rule making proceedings concerning the amendment of such 
technical standards. Persons making field strength measurements for 
formal submission to the Commission in rule making proceedings, or 
making such measurements upon the request of the Commission, shall 
follow the procedure for making and reporting such measurements outlined 
in paragraph (b) of this section. In instances where a showing of the 
measured level of a signal prevailing over a specific community is 
appropriate, the procedure for making and reporting field strength 
measurements for this purpose is set forth in paragraph (c) of this 
section.
    (b) Collection of field strength data for propagation analysis.
    (1) Preparation for measurements. (i) On large scale topographic 
maps, eight or more radials are drawn from the transmitter location to 
the maximum distance at which measurements are to be made, with the 
angles included between adjacent radials of approximately equal size. 
Radials should be oriented so as to traverse representative types of 
terrain. The specific number of radials and their orientation should be 
such as to accomplish this objective.
    (ii) Each radial is marked, at a point exactly 16 kilometers from 
the transmitter and, at greater distances, at successive 3 kilometer 
intervals. Where measurements are to be conducted over extremely rugged 
terrain, shorter intervals may be used, but all such intervals must be 
of equal length. Accessible roads intersecting each radial as nearly as 
possible at each 3 kilometer marker are selected. These intersections 
are the points on the radial at which measurements are to be made, and 
are referred to subsequently as measuring locations. The elevation of 
each measuring location should approach the elevation at the 
corresponding 3 kilometer marker as nearly as possible.
    (2) Measurement procedure. All measurements must be made utilizing a 
receiving antenna designed for reception of the horizontally polarized 
signal component, elevated 9 meters above the roadbed. At each measuring 
location, the following procedure must be used:
    (i) The instrument calibration is checked.
    (ii) The antenna is elevated to a height of 9 meters.
    (iii) The receiving antenna is rotated to determine if the strongest 
signal is arriving from the direction of the transmitter.
    (iv) The antenna is oriented so that the sector of its response 
pattern over which maximum gain is realized is in the direction of the 
transmitter.

[[Page 104]]

    (v) A mobile run of at least 30 meters is made, that is centered on 
the intersection of the radial and the road, and the measured field 
strength is continuously recorded on a chart recorder over the length of 
the run.
    (vi) The actual measuring location is marked exactly on the 
topographic map, and a written record, keyed to the specific location, 
is made of all factors which may affect the recorded field, such as 
topography, height and types of vegetation, buildings, obstacles, 
weather, and other local features.
    (vii) If, during the test conducted as described in paragraph 
(b)(2)(iii) of this section, the strongest signal is found to come from 
a direction other than from the transmitter, after the mobile run 
prescribed in paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section is concluded, 
additional measurements must be made in a ``cluster'' of at least five 
fixed points. At each such point, the field strengths with the antenna 
oriented toward the transmitter, and with the antenna oriented so as to 
receive the strongest field, are measured and recorded. Generally, all 
points should be within 60 meters of the center point of the mobile run.
    (viii) If overhead obstacles preclude a mobile run of at least 30 
meters, a ``cluster'' of five spot measurements may be made in lieu of 
this run. The first measurement in the cluster is identified. Generally, 
the locations for other measurements must be within 60 meters of the 
location of the first.
    (3) Method of reporting measurements. A report of measurements to 
the Commission shall be submitted in affidavit form, in triplicate, and 
should contain the following information:
    (i) Tables of field strength measurements, which, for each measuring 
location, set forth the following data:
    (A) Distance from the transmitting antenna.
    (B) Ground elevation at measuring location.
    (C) Date, time of day, and weather.
    (D) Median field in dBu for 0 dBk, for mobile run or for cluster, as 
well as maximum and minimum measured field strengths.
    (E) Notes describing each measuring location.
    (ii) U.S. Geological Survey topographic maps, on which is shown the 
exact location at which each measurement was made. The original plots 
shall be made on maps of the largest available scale. Copies may be 
reduced in size for convenient submission to the Commission, but not to 
the extent that important detail is lost. The original maps shall be 
made available, if requested. If a large number of maps is involved, an 
index map should be submitted.
    (iii) All information necessary to determine the pertinent 
characteristics of the transmitting installation, including frequency, 
geographical coordinates of antenna site, rated and actual power output 
of transmitter, measured transmission line loss, antenna power gain, 
height of antenna above ground, above mean sea level, and above average 
terrain. The effective radiated power should be computed, and horizontal 
and vertical plane patterns of the transmitting antenna should be 
submitted.
    (iv) A list of calibrated equipment used in the field strength 
survey, which, for each instrument, specifies its manufacturer, type, 
serial number and rated accuracy, and the date of its most recent 
calibration by the manufacturer, or by a laboratory. Complete details of 
any instrument not of standard manufacture shall be submitted.
    (v) A detailed description of the calibration of the measuring 
equipment, including field strength meters, measuring antenna, and 
connecting cable.
    (vi) Terrain profiles in each direction in which measurements were 
made, drawn on curved earth paper for equivalent 4/3 earth radius, of 
the largest available scale.
    (c) Collection of field strength data to determine FM broadcast 
service in specific communities.
    (1) Preparation for measurement. (i) The population (P) of the 
community, and its suburbs, if any, is determined by reference to an 
appropriate source, e.g., the 1970 U.S. Census tables of population of 
cities and urbanized areas.
    (ii) The number of locations at which measurements are to be made 
shall be at least 15, and shall be approximately equal to 
0.1(P)1/2, if this product is a number greater than 15.

[[Page 105]]

    (iii) A rectangular grid, of such size and shape as to encompass the 
boundaries of the community is drawn on an accurate map of the 
community. The number of line intersections on the grid included within 
the boundaries of the community shall be at least equal to the required 
number of measuring locations. The position of each intersection on the 
community map determines the location at which a measurement shall be 
made.
    (2) Measurement procedure. All measurements must be made using a 
receiving antenna designed for reception of the horizontally polarized 
signal component, elevated 9 meters above ground level.
    (i) Each measuring location shall be chosen as close as feasible to 
a point indicated on the map, as previously prepared, and at as nearly 
the same elevation as that point as possible.
    (ii) At each measuring location, after equipment calibration and 
elevation of the antenna, a check is made to determine whether the 
strongest signal arrives from a direction other than from the 
transmitter.
    (iii) At 20 percent or more of the measuring locations, mobile runs, 
as described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section shall be made, with no 
less than three such mobile runs in any case. The points at which mobile 
measurements are made shall be well separated. Spot measurements may be 
made at other measuring points.
    (iv) Each actual measuring location is marked exactly on the map of 
the community, and suitably keyed. A written record shall be maintained, 
describing, for each location, factors which may affect the recorded 
field, such as the approximate time of measurement, weather, topography, 
overhead wiring, heights and types of vegetation, buildings and other 
structures. The orientation, with respect to the measuring location 
shall be indicated of objects of such shape and size as to be capable of 
causing shadows or reflections. If the strongest signal received was 
found to arrive from a direction other than that of the transmitter, 
this fact shall be recorded.
    (3) Method of reporting measurements. A report of measurements to 
the Commission shall be submitted in affidavit form, in triplicate, and 
should contain the following information:
    (i) A map of the community showing each actual measuring location, 
specifically identifying the points at which mobile runs were made.
    (ii) A table keyed to the above map, showing the field strength at 
each measuring point, reduced to dBu for the actual effective radiated 
power of the station. Weather, date, and time of each measurement shall 
be indicated.
    (iii) Notes describing each measuring location.
    (iv) A topographic map of the largest available scale on which are 
marked the community and the transmitter site of the station whose 
signals have been measured, which includes all areas on or near the 
direct path of signal propagation.
    (v) Computations of the mean and standard deviation of all measured 
field strengths, or a graph on which the distribution of measured field 
strength values is plotted.
    (vi) A list of calibrated equipment used for the measurements, which 
for each instrument, specifies its manufacturer, type, serial number and 
rated accuracy, and the date of its most recent calibration by the 
manufacturer, or by a laboratory. Complete details of any instrument not 
of standard manufacture shall be submitted.
    (vii) A detailed description of the procedure employed in the 
calibration of the measuring equipment, including field strength meters, 
measuring antenna, and connecting cable.

[40 FR 27682, July 1, 1975; 40 FR 28802, July 9, 1975, as amended at 48 
FR 29508, June 27, 1983]



Sec.  73.315  FM transmitter location.

    (a) The transmitter location shall be chosen so that, on the basis 
of the effective radiated power and antenna height above average terrain 
employed, a minimum field strength of 70 dB above one uV/m (dBu), or 
3.16 mV/m, will be provided over the entire principal community to be 
served.
    (b) The transmitter location should be chosen to maximize coverage 
to the city of license while minimizing interference. This is normally 
accomplished by locating in the least populated area available while 
maintaining the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section.

[[Page 106]]

In general, the transmitting antenna of a station should be located in 
the most sparsely populated area available at the highest elevation 
available. The location of the antenna should be so chosen that line-of-
sight can be obtained from the antenna over the principle city or cities 
to be served; in no event should there be a major obstruction in this 
path.
    (c) The transmitting location should be selected so that the 1 mV/m 
contour encompasses the urban population within the area to be served. 
It is recognized that topography, shape of the desired service area, and 
population distribution may make the choice of a transmitter location 
difficult. In such cases consideration may be given to the use of a 
directional antenna system, although it is generally preferable to 
choose a site where a nondirectional antenna may be employed.
    (d) In cases of questionable antenna locations it is desirable to 
conduct propagation tests to indicate the field strength expected in the 
principal city or cities to be served and in other areas, particularly 
where severe shadow problems may be expected. In considering 
applications proposing the use of such locations, the Commission may 
require site tests to be made. Such tests should include measurements 
made in accordance with the measurement procedures described in Sec.  
73.314, and full data thereon shall be supplied to the Commission. The 
test transmitter should employ an antenna having a height as close as 
possible to the proposed antenna height, using a balloon or other 
support if necessary and feasible. Information concerning the 
authorization of site tests may be obtained from the Commission upon 
request.
    (e) Cognizance must of course be taken regarding the possible hazard 
of the proposed antenna structure to aviation and the proximity of the 
proposed site to airports and airways. Procedures and standards with 
respect to the Commission's consideration of proposed antenna structures 
which will serve as a guide to persons intending to apply for radio 
station licenses are contained in Part 17 of this chapter (Construction, 
Marking, and Lighting of Antenna Structures).

[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 41 FR 22943, June 8, 1976; 49 
FR 38131, Sept. 27, 1984; 49 FR 45146, Nov. 15, 1984; 51 FR 9965, Mar. 
24, 1986; 52 FR 10570, Apr. 2, 1987; 65 FR 79778, Dec. 20, 2000]



Sec.  73.316  FM antenna systems.

    (a) It shall be standard to employ horizontal polarization; however, 
circular or elliptical polarization may be employed if desired. 
Clockwise or counterclockwise rotation may be used. The supplemental 
vertically polarized effective radiated power required for circular or 
elliptical polarization shall in no event exceed the effective radiated 
power authorized.
    (b) Directional antennas. A directional antenna is an antenna that 
is designed or altered for the purpose of obtaining a non-circular 
radiation pattern.
    (1) Applications for the use of directional antennas that propose a 
ratio of maximum to minimum radiation in the horizontal plane of more 
than 15 dB will not be accepted.
    (2) Directional antennas used to protect short-spaced stations 
pursuant to Sec.  73.213 or Sec.  73.215 of the rules, that have a 
radiation pattern which varies more than 2 dB per 10 degrees of azimuth 
will not be authorized.
    (c) Applications for directional antennas. (1) Applications for 
construction permit proposing the use of directional antenna systems 
must include a tabulation of the composite antenna pattern for the 
proposed directional antenna. A value of 1.0 must be used to correspond 
to the direction of maximum radiation. The pattern must be tabulated 
such that 0[deg] corresponds to the direction of maximum radiation or 
alternatively, in the case of an asymmetrical antenna pattern, the 
pattern must be tabulated such that 0[deg] corresponds to the actual 
azimuth with respect to true North. In the case of a composite antenna 
composed of two or more individual antennas, the pattern required is 
that for the composite antenna, not the patterns for each of the 
individual antennas. Applications must include valuations tabulated at 
intervals of not greater than ten (10) degrees. In addition, tabulated 
values of all maximas and minimas, with their

[[Page 107]]

corresponding azimuths, must be submitted.
    (2) Applications for license upon completion of antenna construction 
must include the following:
    (i) A complete description of the antenna system, including the 
manufacturer and model number of the directional antenna. It is not 
sufficient to label the antenna with only a generic term such as 
``dipole.'' In the case of individually designed antennas with no model 
number, or in the case of a composite antenna composed of two or more 
individual antennas, the antenna must be described as a ``custom'' or 
``composite'' antenna, as appropriate. A full description of the design 
of the antenna must also be submitted.
    (ii) A plot of the composite pattern of the directional antenna. A 
value of 1.0 must be used to correspond to the direction of maximum 
radiation. The plot of the pattern must be oriented such that 0[deg] 
corresponds to the direction of maximum radiation or alternatively, in 
the case of an asymmetrical antenna pattern, the plot must be oriented 
such that 0[deg] corresponds to the actual azimuth with respect to true 
North. The horizontal plane pattern must be plotted to the largest scale 
possible on unglazed letter-size polar coordinate paper (main engraving 
approximately 18 cm x 25 cm (7 inches x 10 inches)) using only scale 
divisions and subdivisions of 1, 2, 2.5, or 5 times 10-nth. Values of 
field strength less than 10% of the maximum field strength plotted on 
that pattern must be shown on an enlarged scale. In the case of a 
composite antenna composed of two or more individual antennas, the 
composite antenna pattern should be provided, and not the pattern for 
each of the individual antennas.
    (iii) A tabulation of the measured relative field pattern required 
in paragraph (c)(1) of this section. The tabulation must use the same 
zero degree reference as the plotted pattern, and must contain values 
for at least every 10 degrees. Sufficient vertical patterns to indicate 
clearly the radiation characteristics of the antenna above and below the 
horizontal plane. Complete information and patterns must be provided for 
angles of -10 deg. from the horizontal plane and sufficient additional 
information must be included on that portion of the pattern lying 
between +10 deg. and the zenith and -10 deg. and the nadir, to 
conclusively demonstrate the absence of undesirable lobes in these 
areas. The vertical plane pattern must be plotted on rectangular 
coordinate paper with reference to the horizontal plane. In the case of 
a composite antenna composed of two or more individual antennas, the 
composite antenna pattern should be used, and not the pattern for each 
of the individual antennas.
    (iv) A statement that the antenna is mounted on the top of an 
antenna tower recommended by the antenna manufacturer, or is side-
mounted on a particular type of antenna tower in accordance with 
specific instructions provided by the antenna manufacturer.
    (v) A statement that the directional antenna is not mounted on the 
top of an antenna tower which includes a top-mounted platform larger 
than the nominal cross-sectional area of the tower in the horizontal 
plane.
    (vi) A statement that no other antenna of any type is mounted on the 
same tower level as a directional antenna, and that no antenna of any 
type is mounted within any horizontal or vertical distance specified by 
the antenna manufacturer as being necessary for proper directional 
operation.
    (vii) A statement from an engineer listing such individual 
engineer's qualifications and certifying that the antenna has been 
installed pursuant to the manufacturer's instructions.
    (viii) A statement from a licensed surveyor that the installed 
antenna is properly oriented.
    (ix)(A) For a station authorized pursuant to Sec.  73.215 or Sec. 
Sec.  73.509, a showing that the root mean square (RMS) of the measured 
composite antenna pattern (encompassing both the horizontally and 
vertically polarized radiation components (in relative field)) is at 
least 85 percent of the RMS of the authorized composite directional 
antenna pattern (in relative field). The RMS value, for a composite 
antenna pattern specified in relative field values, may be determined 
from the following formula:
RMS=the square root of:

[[Page 108]]

[(relative field value 1)\2\ + (relative field value 2)\2\ +....+ (last 
    relative field value)\2\]

total number of relative field values
    (B) where the relative field values are taken from at least 36 
evenly spaced radials for the entire 360 degrees of azimuth. The 
application for license must also demonstrate that coverage of the 
community of license by the 70 dBu contour is maintained for stations 
authorized pursuant to Sec.  73.215 on Channels 221 through 300, as 
required by Sec.  73.315(a), while noncommercial educational stations 
operating on Channels 201 through 220 must show that the 60 dBu contour 
covers at least a portion of the community of license.
    (d) Applications proposing the use of FM transmitting antennas in 
the immediate vicinity (i.e. 60 meters or less) of other FM or TV 
broadcast antennas must include a showing as to the expected effect, if 
any, of such approximate operation.
    (e) Where an FM licensee or permittee proposes to mount its antenna 
on an AM antenna tower, or locate within 3.2 km of an AM antenna tower, 
the FM licensee or permittee must comply with Sec.  73.1692.

[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 34 FR 14222, Sept. 10, 1969; 
37 FR 25841, Dec. 5, 1972; 43 FR 53738, Nov. 17, 1978; 48 FR 29508, June 
27, 1983; 51 FR 17028, May 8, 1986; 54 FR 9804, Mar. 8, 1989; 56 FR 
57294, Nov. 8, 1991; 62 FR 51058, Sept. 30, 1997; 63 FR 70047, Dec. 18, 
1998]



Sec.  73.317  FM transmission system requirements.

    (a) FM broadcast stations employing transmitters authorized after 
January 1, 1960, must maintain the bandwidth occupied by their emissions 
in accordance with the specification detailed below. FM broadcast 
stations employing transmitters installed or type accepted before 
January 1, 1960, must achieve the highest degree of compliance with 
these specifications practicable with their existing equipment. In 
either case, should harmful interference to other authorized stations 
occur, the licensee shall correct the problem promptly or cease 
operation.
    (b) Any emission appearing on a frequency removed from the carrier 
by between 120 kHz and 240 kHz inclusive must be attenuated at least 25 
dB below the level of the unmodulated carrier. Compliance with this 
requirement will be deemed to show the occupied bandwidth to be 240 kHz 
or less.
    (c) Any emission appearing on a frequency removed from the carrier 
by more than 240 kHz and up to and including 600 kHz must be attenuated 
at least 35 dB below the level of the unmodulated carrier.
    (d) Any emission appearing on a frequency removed from the carrier 
by more than 600 kHz must be attenuated at least 43 + 10 
Log10 (Power, in watts) dB below the level of the unmodulated 
carrier, or 80 dB, whichever is the lesser attenuation.
    (e) Preemphasis shall not be greater than the impedance-frequency 
characteristics of a series inductance resistance network having a time 
constant of 75 microseconds. (See upper curve of Figure 2 of Sec.  
73.333.)

[51 FR 17028, May 8, 1986]



Sec.  73.318  FM blanketing interference.

    Areas adjacent to the transmitting antenna that receive a signal 
with a strength of 115 dBu (562 mV/m) or greater will be assumed to be 
blanketed. In determining the blanketed area, the 115 dBu contour is 
determined by calculating the inverse distance field using the effective 
radiated power of the maximum radiated lobe of the antenna without 
considering its vertical radiation pattern or height. For directional 
antennas, the effective radiated power in the pertinent bearing shall be 
used.
    (a) The distance to the 115 dBu contour is determined using the 
following equation:

D (in kilometers)=0.394[radic] P
D (in miles)=0.245[radic] P

Where P is the maximum effective radiated power (ERP), measured in 
kilowatts, of the maximum radiated lobe.

    (b) After January 1, 1985, permittees or licensees who either (1) 
commence program tests, or (2) replace their antennas, or (3) request 
facilities modifications and are issued a new construction permit must 
satisfy all complaints of blanketing interference

[[Page 109]]

which are received by the station during a one year period. The period 
begins with the commencement of program tests, or commencement of 
programming utilizing the new antenna. Resolution of complaints shall be 
at no cost to the complainant. These requirements specifically do not 
include interference complaints resulting from malfunctioning or 
mistuned receivers, improperly installed antenna systems, or the use of 
high gain antennas or antenna booster amplifiers. Mobile receivers and 
non-RF devices such as tape recorders or hi-fi amplifiers (phonographs) 
are also excluded.
    (c) A permittee collocating with one or more existing stations and 
beginning program tests on or after January 1, 1985, must assume full 
financial responsibility for remedying new complaints of blanketing 
interference for a period of one year. Two or more permittees that 
concurrently collocate on or after January 1, 1985, shall assume shared 
responsibility for remedying blanketing complaints within the blanketing 
area unless an offending station can be readily determined and then that 
station shall assume full financial responsibility.
    (d) Following the one year period of full financial obligation to 
satisfy blanketing complaints, licensees shall provide technical 
information or assistance to complainants on remedies for blanketing 
interference.

[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 52 FR 25866, July 9, 1987]



Sec.  73.319  FM multiplex subcarrier technical standards.

    (a) The technical specifications in this Section apply to all 
transmissions of FM multiplex subcarriers except those used for 
stereophonic sound broadcasts under the provisions of Sec.  73.322.
    (b) Modulation. Any form of modulation may be used for subcarrier 
operation.
    (c) Subcarrier baseband. (1) During monophonic program 
transmissions, multiplex subcarriers and their significant sidebands 
must be within the range of 20 kHz to 99 kHz.
    (2) During stereophonic sound program transmissions (see Sec.  
73.322), multiplex subcarriers and their significant sidebands must be 
within the range of 53 kHz to 99 kHz.
    (3) During periods when broadcast programs are not being 
transmitted, multiplex subcarriers and their significant sidebands must 
be within the range of 20 kHz to 99 kHz.
    (d) Subcarrier injection. (1) During monophonic program 
transmissions, modulation of the carrier by the arithmetic sum of all 
subcarriers may not exceed 30% referenced to 75 kHz modulation 
deviation. However, the modulation of the carrier by the arithmetic sum 
of all subcarriers above 75 kHz may not modulate the carrier by more 
than 10%.
    (2) During stereophonic program transmissions, modulation of the 
carrier by the arithmetic sum of all subcarriers may not exceed 20% 
referenced to 75 kHz modulation deviation. However, the modulation of 
the carrier by the arithmetic sum of all subcarriers above 75 kHz may 
not modulate the carrier by more than 10%.
    (3) During periods when no broadcast program service is transmitted, 
modulation of the carrier by the arithmetic sum of all subcarriers may 
not exceed 30% referenced to 75 kHz modulation deviation. However, the 
modulation of the carrier by the arithmetic sum of all subcarriers above 
75 kHz may not modulate the carrier by more than 10%.
    (4) Total modulation of the carrier wave during transmission of 
multiplex subcarriers used for subsidiary communications services must 
comply with the provisions Sec.  73.1570(b).
    (e) Subcarrier generators may be installed and used with a type 
accepted FM broadcast transmitter without specific authorization from 
the FCC provided the generator can be connected to the transmitter 
without requiring any mechanical or electrical modifications in the 
transmitter FM exciter circuits.
    (f) Stations installing multiplex subcarrier transmitting equipment 
must ensure the proper suppression of spurious or harmonic radiations. 
See Sec. Sec.  73.317, 73.1590 and 73.1690. If the subcarrier operation 
causes the station's transmissions not to comply with the technical 
provisions for FM broadcast stations or causes harmful interference to 
other communication services, the

[[Page 110]]

licensee or permittee must correct the problem promptly or cease 
operation. The licensee may be required to verify the corrective 
measures with supporting data. Such data must be retained at the station 
and be made available to the FCC upon request.

[48 FR 28455, June 22, 1983, as amended at 48 FR 37216, Aug. 17, 1983; 
49 FR 15080, Apr. 17, 1984; 49 FR 38131, Sept. 27, 1984; 50 FR 1534, 
Jan. 11, 1985; 51 FR 17029, May 8, 1986; 57 FR 48333, Oct. 23, 1992]



Sec.  73.322  FM stereophonic sound transmission standards.

    (a) An FM broadcast station shall not use 19 kHz 20 Hz, except as the stereophonic pilot frequency in a 
transmission system meeting the following parameters:
    (1) The modulating signal for the main channel consists of the sum 
of the right and left signals.
    (2) The pilot subcarrier at 19 kHz 2 Hz, must 
frequency modulate the main carrier between the limits of 8 and 10 
percent.
    (3) One stereophonic subcarrier must be the second harmonic of the 
pilot subcarrier (i.e., 38 kHz) and must cross the time axis with a 
positive slope simultaneously with each crossing of the time axis by the 
pilot subcarrier. Additional stereophomic subcarriers are not precluded.
    (4) Double sideband, suppressed-carrier, amplitude modulation of the 
stereophonic subcarrier at 38 kHz must be used.
    (5) The stereophonic subcarrier at 38 kHz must be suppressed to a 
level less than 1% modulation of the main carrier.
    (6) The modulating signal for the required stereophonic subcarrier 
must be equal to the difference of the left and right signals.
    (7) The following modulation levels apply:
    (i) When a signal exists in only one channel of a two channel 
(biphonic) sound transmission, modulation of the carrier by audio 
components within the baseband range of 50 Hz to 15 kHz shall not exceed 
45% and modulation of the carrier by the sum of the amplitude modulated 
subcarrier in the baseband range of 23 kHz to 53 kHz shall not exceed 
45%.
    (ii) When a signal exists in only one channel of a stereophonic 
sound transmission having more than one stereophonic subcarrier in the 
baseband, the modulation of the carrier by audio components within the 
audio baseband range of 23 kHz to 99 kHz shall not exceed 53% with total 
modulation not to exceed 90%.
    (b) Stations not transmitting stereo with the method described in 
(a), must limit the main carrier deviation caused by any modulating 
signals occupying the band 19 kHz 20 Hz to 125 Hz.
    (c) All stations, regardless of the stereophonic transmission system 
used, must not exceed the maximum modulation limits specified in Sec.  
73.1570(b)(2). Stations not using the method described in (a), must 
limit the modulation of the carrier by audio components within the audio 
baseband range of 23 kHz to 99 kHz to not exceed 53%.

[51 FR 17029, May 8, 1986]



Sec.  73.333  Engineering charts.

    This section consists of the following Figures 1, 1a, 2, and slider 
4 and 5.

    Note: The figures reproduced herein, due to their small scale, are 
not to be used in connection with material submitted to the F.C.C.

[[Page 111]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.085


[[Page 112]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.086


[[Page 113]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.087


[[Page 114]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.088


[[Page 115]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.089


[[Page 116]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.090


(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 
155, 303))

[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 35 FR 2591, Feb. 5, 1970; 40 
FR 27679, July 1, 1975; 45 FR 28141, Apr. 28, 1980; 48 FR 29508, June 
27, 1983; 49 FR 19670, May 9, 1984]

    Effective Date Note: At 42 FR 25736, May 19, 1977, in Sec.  73.333, 
the effective date of Figures 4 and 5 was stayed indefinitely.

[[Page 117]]



                  Subpart C_Digital Audio Broadcasting

    Source: 72 FR 45692, Aug. 15, 2007, unless otherwise noted.



Sec.  73.401  Scope.

    This subpart contains those rules which apply exclusively to the 
digital audio broadcasting (DAB) service, and are in addition to those 
rules in Subparts A, B, C, G and H which apply to AM and FM broadcast 
services, both commercial and noncommercial.



Sec.  73.402  Definitions.

    (a) DAB. Digital audio broadcast stations are those radio stations 
licensed by the Commission and use the In-band On-channel (``IBOC'') 
system for broadcasting purposes.
    (b) In Band On Channel DAB System. A technical system in which a 
station's digital signal is broadcast in the same spectrum and on the 
same channel as its analog signal.
    (c) Hybrid DAB System. A system which transmits both the digital and 
analog signals within the spectral emission mask of a single AM or FM 
channel.
    (d) Extended hybrid operation. An enhanced mode of FM IBOC DAB 
operation which includes additional DAB subcarriers transmitted between 
the analog FM signal and the inner edges of the primary DAB sidebands.
    (e) Primary AM DAB Sidebands. The two groups of hybrid AM IBOC DAB 
subcarriers which are transmitted 10 to 15 kHz above carrier frequency 
(the upper primary DAB sideband), and 10 to 15 kHz below carrier 
frequency (the lower primary DAB sideband).
    (f) Multicasting. Subdividing the digital bitstream into multiple 
channels for additional audio programming uses.
    (g) Datacasting. Subdividing the digital bitstream into multiple 
channels for additional data or information services uses.



Sec.  73.403  Digital audio broadcasting service requirements.

    (a) Broadcast radio stations using IBOC must transmit at least one 
over-the-air digital audio programming stream at no direct charge to 
listeners. In addition, a broadcast radio station must simulcast its 
analog audio programming on one of its digital audio programming 
streams. The DAB audio programming stream that is provided pursuant to 
this paragraph must be at least comparable in sound quality to the 
analog programming service currently provided to listeners.
    (b) Emergency information. The emergency information requirements 
found in Sec.  73.1250 shall apply to all free DAB programming streams.



Sec.  73.404  Interim hybrid IBOC DAB operation.

    (a) The licensee of an AM or FM station, or the permittee of a new 
AM or FM station which has commenced program test operation pursuant to 
Sec.  73.1620, may commence interim hybrid IBOC DAB operation with 
digital facilities which conform to the technical specifications 
specified for hybrid DAB operation in the First Report and Order in MM 
Docket No. 99-325. AM and FM stations may transmit IBOC signals during 
all hours for which the station is licensed to broadcast.
    (b) In situations where interference to other stations is 
anticipated or actually occurs, AM licensees may, upon notification to 
the Commission, reduce the power of the primary DAB sidebands by up to 6 
dB. Any greater reduction of sideband power requires prior authority 
from the Commission via the filing of a request for special temporary 
authority or an informal letter request for modification of license.
    (c) Hybrid IBOC AM stations must use the same licensed main or 
auxiliary antenna to transmit the analog and digital signals.
    (d) FM stations may transmit hybrid IBOC signals in combined mode; 
i.e., using the same antenna for the analog and digital signals; or may 
employ separate analog and digital antennas. Where separate antennas are 
used, the digital antenna:
    (1) Must be a licensed auxiliary antenna of the station;
    (2) Must be located within 3 seconds latitude and longitude from the 
analog antenna;
    (3) Must have a radiation center height above average terrain 
between

[[Page 118]]

70 and 100 percent of the height above average terrain of the analog 
antenna.
    (e) Licensees must provide notification to the Commission in 
Washington, DC, within 10 days of commencing IBOC digital operation. The 
notification must include the following information:
    (1) Call sign and facility identification number of the station;
    (2) Date on which IBOC operation commenced;
    (3) Certification that the IBOC DAB facilities conform to 
permissible hybrid specifications;
    (4) Name and telephone number of a technical representative the 
Commission can call in the event of interference;
    (5) Certification that the analog effective radiated power remains 
as authorized;
    (6) Transmitter power output; if separate analog and digital 
transmitters are used, the power output for each transmitter;
    (7) If applicable, any reduction in an AM station's primary digital 
carriers;
    (8) If applicable, the geographic coordinates, elevation data, and 
license file number of the auxiliary antenna employed by an FM station 
as a separate digital antenna;
    (9) If applicable, for FM systems employing interleaved antenna 
bays, a certification that adequate filtering and/or isolation equipment 
has been installed to prevent spurious emissions in excess of the limits 
specified in Sec.  73.317;
    (10) A certification that the operation will not cause human 
exposure to levels of radio frequency radiation in excess of the limits 
specified in Sec.  1.1310 of this chapter and is therefore categorically 
excluded from environmental processing pursuant to Sec.  1.1306(b) of 
this chapter. Any station that cannot certify compliance must submit an 
environmental assessment (``EA'') pursuant to Sec.  1.1311 of this 
chapter and may not commence IBOC operation until such EA is ruled upon 
by the Commission.

    Effective Date Note: At 72 FR 45692, Aug. 15, 2007, Sec.  73.404 was 
added. Paragraphs (b) and (e) of this section contain information 
collection and recordkeeping requirements and will not become effective 
until approval has been given by the Office of Management and Budget.



        Subpart D_Noncommercial Educational FM Broadcast Stations

    Source: 28 FR 13651, Dec. 14, 1963. Redesignated at 72 FR 45692, 
Aug. 15, 2007.



Sec.  73.501  Channels available for assignment.

    (a) The following frequencies, except as provided in paragraph (b) 
of this section, are available for noncommercial educational FM 
broadcasting:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Channel
                       Frequency (MHz)                            No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
87.9........................................................     \1\ 200
88.1........................................................         201
88.3........................................................         202
88.5........................................................         203
88.7........................................................         204
88.9........................................................         205
89.1........................................................     \2\ 206
89.3........................................................         207
89.5........................................................         208
89.7........................................................         209
89.9........................................................         210
90.1........................................................         211
90.3........................................................         212
90.5........................................................         213
90.7........................................................         214
90.9........................................................         215
91.1........................................................         216
91.3........................................................         217
91.5........................................................         218
91.7........................................................         219
91.9........................................................         220
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The frequency 87.9 MHz, Channel 200, is available only for use of
  existing Class D stations required to change frequency. It is
  available only on a noninterference basis with respect to TV Channel 6
  stations and adjacent channel noncommercial educational FM stations.
  It is not available at all within 402 kilometers (250 miles) of Canada
  and 320 kilometers (199 miles) of Mexico. The specific standards
  governing its use are contained in Sec.   73.512.
\2\ The frequency 89.1 MHz, Channel 206, in the New York City
  metropolitan area, is reserved for the use of the United Nations with
  the equivalent of an antenna height of 150 meters (492 feet) above
  average terrain and effective radiated power of 20 kW and the
  Commission will make no assignments which would cause objectionable
  interference with such use.

    (b) In Alaska, FM broadcast stations operating on Channels 200-220 
(87.9-91.9 MHz) shall not cause harmful interference to and must accept 
interference from non-Government fixed operations authorized prior to 
January 1, 1982.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 
155, 303))

[43 FR 39715, Sept. 6, 1978, as amended at 47 FR 30068, July 12, 1982; 
52 FR 43765, Nov. 16, 1987; 58 FR 44950, Aug. 25, 1993]

[[Page 119]]



Sec.  73.503  Licensing requirements and service.

    The operation of, and the service furnished by noncommercial 
educational FM broadcast stations shall be governed by the following:
    (a) A noncommercial educational FM broadcast station will be 
licensed only to a nonprofit educational organization and upon showing 
that the station will be used for the advancement of an educational 
program.
    (1) In determining the eligibility of publicly supported educational 
organizations, the accreditation of their respective state departments 
of education shall be taken into consideration.
    (2) In determining the eligibility of privately controlled 
educational organizations, the accreditation of state departments of 
education and/or recognized regional and national educational 
accrediting organizations shall be taken into consideration.
    (b) Each station may transmit programs directed to specific schools 
in a system or systems for use in connection with the regular courses as 
well as routine and administrative material pertaining thereto and may 
transmit educational, cultural, and entertainment programs to the 
public.
    (c) A noncommercial educational FM broadcast station may broadcast 
programs produced by, or at the expense of, or furnished by persons 
other than the licensee, if no other consideration than the furnishing 
of the program and the costs incidental to its production and broadcast 
are received by the licensee. The payment of line charges by another 
station network, or someone other than the licensee of a noncommercial 
educational FM broadcast station, or general contributions to the 
operating costs of a station, shall not be considered as being 
prohibited by this paragraph.
    (d) Each station shall furnish a nonprofit and noncommercial 
broadcast service. Noncommercial educational FM broadcast stations are 
subject to the provisions of Sec.  73.1212 to the extent they are 
applicable to the broadcast of programs produced by, or at the expense 
of, or furnished by others. No promotional announcement on behalf of for 
profit entities shall be broadcast at any time in exchange for the 
receipt, in whole or in part, of consideration to the licensee, its 
principals, or employees. However, acknowledgements of contributions can 
be made. The scheduling of any announcements and acknowledgements may 
not interrupt regular programming.
    (e) Mutually exclusive applications for noncommercial educational 
radio stations operating on reserved channels will be resolved pursuant 
to the point system in subpart K.

    Note to Sec.  73.503: Commission interpretation on this rule, 
including the acceptable form of acknowledgements, may be found in the 
Second Report and Order in Docket No. 21136 (Commission Policy 
Concerning the Noncommercial Nature of Educational Broadcast Stations), 
86 FCC 2d 141 (1981); the Memorandum Opinion and Order in Docket No. 
21136, 90 FCC 2d 895 (1982), and the Memorandum Opinion and Order in 
Docket 21136, 97 FCC 2d 255 (1984). See also, ``Commission Policy 
Concerning the Noncommercial Nature of Educational Broadcast Stations,'' 
Public Notice, 7 FCC Rcd 827 (1992), which can be retrieved through the 
Internet at http://www.fcc.gov/mmb/asd/nature.html.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 
155, 303))

[28 FR 13651, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 35 FR 7558, May 15, 1970; 47 
FR 36178, Aug. 19, 1982; 49 FR 29069, July 18, 1984; 63 FR 33877, June 
22, 1998; 65 FR 36378, June 8, 2000]



Sec.  73.504  Channel assignments in the Mexican border area.

    (a) NCE-FM stations within 199 miles (320 km) of the United States-
Mexican border shall comply with the separation requirements and other 
provisions of the ``Agreement between the United States of America and 
the United Mexican States Concerning Frequency Modulation Broadcasting 
in the 88 to 108 MHz Band'' as amended.
    (b) Applicants for noncommercial educational FM stations within 199 
miles (320 km) of the United States-Mexican border shall propose at 
least Class A minimum facilities (see Sec.  73.211(a)). However, 
existing Class D noncommercial educational stations may apply to change 
frequency within the educational portion of the FM band in accordance 
with the requirements set forth in Sec.  73.512.

[[Page 120]]

    (c) Section 73.208 of this chapter shall be complied with as to the 
determination of reference points and distance computations used in 
applications for new or changed facilities. However, if it is necessary 
to consider a Mexican channel assignment or authorization, the 
computation of distance will be determined as follows: if a transmitter 
site has been established, on the basis of the coordinates of the site; 
if a transmitter site has not been established, on the basis of the 
reference coordinates of the community, town, or city.

[52 FR 43765, Nov. 16, 1987]



Sec.  73.505  Zones.

    For the purpose of assignment of noncommercial educational FM 
stations, the United States is divided into three zones, Zone I, Zone I-
A, and Zone II, having the boundaries specified in Sec.  73.205.

[42 FR 36828, July 18, 1977]



Sec.  73.506  Classes of noncommercial educational FM stations and channels.

    (a) Noncommercial educational stations operating on the channels 
specified in Sec.  73.501 are divided into the following classes:
    (1) A Class D educational station is one operating with no more than 
10 watts transmitter power output.
    (2) A Class D educational (secondary) station is one operating with 
no more than 10 watts transmitter power output in accordance with the 
terms of Sec.  73.512 or which has elected to follow these requirements 
before they become applicable under the terms of Sec.  73.512.
    (3) Noncommercial educational FM (NCE-FM) stations with more than 10 
watts transmitter power output are classified as Class A, B1, B, C3, C2, 
C1, or C depending on the station's effective radiated power and antenna 
height above average terrain, and on the zone in which the station's 
transmitter is located, on the same basis as set forth in Sec. Sec.  
73.210 and 73.211 for commercial stations.
    (b) Any noncommercial educational station except Class D may be 
assigned to any of the channels listed in Sec.  73.501. Class D 
noncommercial educational FM stations applied for or authorized prior to 
June 1, 1980, may continue to operate on their authorized channels 
subject to the provisions of Sec.  73.512.

[43 FR 39715, Sept. 6, 1978, as amended at 49 FR 10264, Mar. 20, 1984; 
52 FR 47569, Dec. 15, 1987; 54 FR 16367, Apr. 24, 1989; 54 FR 19374, May 
5, 1989]



Sec.  73.507  Minimum distance separations between stations.

    (a) Minimum distance separations. No application for a new station, 
or change in channel or transmitter site or increase in facilities of an 
existing station, will be granted unless the proposed facilities will be 
located so as to meet the adjacent channel distance separations 
specified in Sec.  73.207(a) for the class of station involved with 
respect to assignment on Channels 221, 222, and 223 listed in Sec.  
73.201 (except where in the case of an existing station the proposed 
facilities fall within the provisions of Sec.  73.207(b)), or where a 
Class D station is changing frequency to comply with the requirements of 
Sec.  73.512.
    (b) Stations authorized as of September 10, 1962, which do not meet 
the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section and Sec.  73.511, may 
continue to operate as authorized; but any application to change 
facilities will be subject to the provisions of this section.
    (c)(1) Stations separated in frequency by 10.6 or 10.8 MHz (53 or 54 
channels) from allotments or assignments on non-reserved channels will 
not be authorized unless they conform to the separations in Table A 
given in Sec.  73.207.
    (2) Under the United States-Mexican FM Broadcasting Agreement, for 
stations and assignments differing in frequency by 10.6 to 10.8 MHz (53 
or 54 channels), U.S. noncommercial educational FM allotments and 
assignments must meet the separations given in Table C of Sec.  73.207 
to Mexican allotments or assignments in the border area.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 
155, 303))

[42 FR 36828, July 18, 1977, as amended at 43 FR 39716, Sept. 6, 1978; 
44 FR 65764, Nov. 15, 1979; 49 FR 10264, Mar. 20, 1984; 49 FR 19670, May 
9, 1984]

[[Page 121]]



Sec.  73.508  Standards of good engineering practice.

    (a) All noncommercial educational stations and LPFM stations 
operating with more than 10 watts transmitter power output shall be 
subject to all of the provisions of the FM Technical Standards contained 
in subpart B of this part. Class D educational stations and LPFM 
stations operating with 10 watts or less transmitter output power shall 
be subject to the definitions contained in Sec.  73.310, and also to 
those other provisions of the FM Technical Standards which are 
specifically made applicable to them by the provisions of this subpart.
    (b) The transmitter and associated transmitting equipment of each 
noncommercial educational FM station and LPFM station licensed for 
transmitter power output above 10 watts must be designed, constructed 
and operated in accordance with Sec.  73.317.
    (c) The transmitter and associated transmitting equipment of each 
noncommercial educational FM station licensed for transmitter power 
output of 10 watts or less, although not required to meet all 
requirements of Sec.  73.317, must be constructed with the safety 
provisions of the current national electrical code as approved by the 
American National Standards Institute. These stations must be operated, 
tuned, and adjusted so that emissions are not radiated outside the 
authorized band causing or which are capable of causing interference to 
the communications of other stations. The audio distortion, audio 
frequency range, carrier hum, noise level, and other essential phases of 
the operation which control the external effects, must be at all times 
capable of providing satisfactory broadcast service. Studio equipment 
properly covered by an underwriter's certificate will be considered as 
satisfying safety requirements.

[65 FR 7640, Feb. 15, 2000]



Sec.  73.509  Prohibited overlap.

    (a) An application for a new or modified NCE-FM station other than a 
Class D (secondary) station will not be accepted if the proposed 
operation would involve overlap of signal strength contours with any 
other station licensed by the Commission and operating in the reserved 
band (Channels 200-220, inclusive) as set forth below:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Contour of       Contour of other
      Frequency separation         proposed station         station
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Co-channel......................  0.1mV/m (40 dBu)..  1 mV/m (60 dBu)
                                  1 mV/m (60 dBu)...  0.1 mV/m (40 dBu)
200 kHz.........................  0.5 mV/m (54 dBu).  1 mV/m (60 dBu)
                                  1 mV/m (60 dBu)1..  0.5 mV/m (54 dBu)
400 kHz/600 kHz.................  100 mV/m (100 dBu)  1 mV/m (60 dBu)
                                  1 mV/m (60 dBu)...  100 mV/m (100 dBu)
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) An application by a Class D (secondary) station, other than an 
application to change class, will not be accepted if the proposed 
operation would involve overlap of signal strength contours with any 
other station as set forth below:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Contour of        Contour of any
      Frequency separation         proposed station      other station
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Co-channel......................  0.1 mV/m (40 dBu).  1 mV/m (60 dBu).
200 kHz.........................  0.5 mV/m (54 dBu).  1 mV/m (60 dBu).
400 kHz.........................  10 mV/m (80 dBu)..  1 mV/m (60 dBu).
600 kHz.........................  100 mV/m (100 dBu)  1 mV/m (60 dBu).
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c) The following standards must be used to compute the distances to 
the pertinent contours:
    (1) The distance of the 60 dBu (1 mV/m) contours are to be computed 
using Figure 1 of Sec.  73.333 [F(50,50) curves] of this part.
    (2) The distance to the other contours are to be computed using 
Figure 1a of Sec.  73.333 [F(50,10) curves]. In the event that the 
distance to the contour is below 16 kilometers (approximately 10 miles), 
and therefore not covered by Figure 1a, curves in Figure 1 must be used.
    (3) The effective radiated power (ERP) that is the maximum ERP for 
any elevation plane on any bearing will be used.
    (d) An application for a change (other than a change in channel) in 
the facilities of a NCE-FM broadcast station will be accepted even 
though overlap of signal strength contours, as specified in paragraphs 
(a) and (b) of this section, would occur with another station in an area 
where such overlap does not already exists, if:
    (1) The total area of overlap with that station would not be 
increased;
    (2) The area of overlap with any other station would not increase;

[[Page 122]]

    (3) The area of overlap does not move significantly closer to the 
station receiving the overlap; and,
    (4) No area of overlap would be created with any station with which 
the overlap does not now exist.
    (e) The provisions of this section concerning prohibited overlap 
will not apply where the area of such overlap lies entirely over water.

[50 FR 27962, July 9, 1985, as amended at 52 FR 43765, Nov. 16, 1987; 65 
FR 79778, Dec. 20, 2000]



Sec.  73.510  Antenna systems.

    (a) All noncommercial educational stations operating with more than 
10 watts transmitter output power shall be subject to the provisions of 
Sec.  73.316 concerning antenna systems contained in subpart B of this 
part.
    (b) Directional antenna. No application for a construction permit of 
a new station, or change in channel, or change in an existing facility 
on the same channel will be accepted for filing if a directional antenna 
with a maximum-to-minimum ratio of more than 15 dB is proposed.

[42 FR 36829, July 18, 1977]



Sec.  73.511  Power and antenna height requirements.

    (a) No new noncommercial educational station will be authorized with 
less power than minimum power requirements for commercial Class A 
facilities. (See Sec.  73.211.)
    (b) No new noncommercial educational FM station will be authorized 
with facilities greater than Class B in Zones I and I-A or Class C in 
Zone II, as defined in Sec.  73.211.
    (c) Stations licensed before December 31, 1984, and operating above 
50 kW in Zones I and I-A, and above 100 kW and in Zone II may continue 
to operate as authorized.

[50 FR 27963, July 9, 1985, as amended at 50 FR 31379, Aug. 2, 1985; 54 
FR 3602, Jan. 25, 1989]



Sec.  73.512  Special procedures applicable to Class D noncommercial 

educational stations.

    (a) All Class D stations seeking renewal of license for any term 
expiring June 1, 1980, or thereafter shall comply with the requirements 
set forth below and shall simultaneously file an application on FCC Form 
340, containing full information regarding such compliance with the 
provisions set forth below.
    (1) To the extent possible, each applicant shall select a commercial 
FM channel on which it proposes to operate in lieu of the station's 
present channel. The station may select any commercial channel provided 
no objectionable interference, as set forth in Sec.  73.509(b), would be 
caused. The application shall include the same engineering information 
as is required to change the frequency of an existing station and any 
other information necessary to establish the fact that objectionable 
interference would not result. If no commerical channel is available 
where the station could operate without causing such interference, the 
application shall set forth the basis upon which this conclusion was 
reached.
    (2) If a commercial channel is unavailable, to the extent possible 
each applicant should propose operation on Channel 200 (87.9 MHz) unless 
the station would be within 402 kilometers (250 miles) of the Canadian 
border or 320 kilometers (199 miles) of the Mexican border or would 
cause interference to an FM station operating on Channels 201, 202, or 
203 or to TV Channel 6, as provided in Sec.  73.509.
    (3) If a channel is not available under either paragraph (a) (1) or 
(2) of this section, the renewal applicant shall study all 20 
noncommercial educational FM channels and shall propose operation on the 
channel which would cause the least preclusion to the establishment of 
new stations or increases in power by existing stations. Full 
information regarding the basis for the selection should be provided.
    (b) At any time before the requirements of paragraph (a) become 
effective, any existing Class D station may file a construction permit 
application on FCC Form 340 to change channel in the manner described 
above which shall be subject to the same requirements. In either case, 
any license granted shall specify that the station's license is for a 
Class D (secondary) station.

[[Page 123]]

    (c) Except in Alaska, no new Class D applications nor major change 
applications by existing Class D stations are acceptable for filing 
except by existing Class D stations seeking to change frequency. Upon 
the grant of such application, the station shall become a Class D 
(secondary) station.
    (d) Class D noncommercial educational (secondary) stations (see 
Sec.  73.506(a)(2)) will be permitted to continue to operate only so 
long as no interference (as defined in Sec.  73.509) is caused to any TV 
or commercial FM broadcast stations. In the event that the Class D 
(secondary) station would cause interference to a TV or commercial FM 
broadcast station after that Class D (secondary) station is authorized, 
the Class D (secondary) station must cease operation when program tests 
for the TV or commercial FM broadcast station commence. The Class D 
(secondary) station may apply for a construction permit (see Sec.  
73.3533) to change to another frequency or antenna site where it would 
not cause interference (as defined in Sec.  73.509). If the Class D 
(secondary) station must cease operation before the construction permit 
is granted, an application for temporary authorization (pursuant to 
Sec.  73.3542) to operate with the proposed facilities may be submitted; 
where appropriate, such temporary authorization can be granted.

[43 FR 39716, Sept. 6, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 48226, Aug. 17, 1979; 
47 FR 28388, June 30, 1982; 50 FR 8326, Mar. 1, 1985]



Sec.  73.513  Noncommercial educational FM stations operating on unreserved 

channels.

    (a) Noncommercial educational FM stations other than Class D 
(secondary) which operate on Channels 221 through 300 but which comply 
with Sec.  73.503 as to licensing requirements and the nature of the 
service rendered, must comply with the provisions of the following 
sections of subpart B: Sec. Sec.  73.201 through 73.213 (Classification 
of FM Broadcast Stations and Allocations of Frequencies) and such other 
sections of subpart B as are made specially applicable by the provisions 
of this subpart C. Stations in Alaska authorized before August 11, 1982, 
using Channels 261-300 need not meet the minimum effective radiated 
power requirement specified in Sec.  73.211(a). In all other respects, 
stations operating on Channels 221 through 300 are to be governed by the 
provisions of this subpart and not subpart B.
    (b) When a noncommercial educational applicant is among mutually 
exclusive applications for an unreserved FM channel, the mutually 
exclusive applications will be considered pursuant to Subpart I--
Competitive Bidding Procedures and not Subpart K--Application and 
Selection Procedures On Reserved Noncommercial Educational Channels.

[47 FR 30068, July 12, 1982, as amended at 65 FR 36378, June 8, 2000]



Sec.  73.514  Protection from interference.

    Permittees and licensees of NCE FM stations are not protected from 
interference which may be caused by the grant of a new LPFM station or 
of authority to modify an existing LPFM station, except as provided in 
subpart G of this part.

[65 FR 67299, Nov. 9, 2000]



Sec.  73.515  NCE FM transmitter location.

    The transmitter location shall be chosen so that, on the basis of 
effective radiated power and antenna height above average terrain 
employed, a minimum field strength of l mV/m (60 dBu) will be provided 
over at least 50 percent of its community of license or reach 50 percent 
of the population within the community.

[65 FR 79779, Dec. 20, 2000]



Sec.  73.525  TV Channel 6 protection.

    The provisions of this section apply to all applications for 
construction permits for new or modified facilities for a NCE-FM station 
on Channels 200-220 unless the application is accompanied by a written 
agreement between the NCE-FM applicant and each affected TV Channel 6 
broadcast station concurring with the proposed NCE-FM facilities.
    (a) Affected TV Channel 6 station. (1) An affected TV Channel 6 
station is a TV broadcast station which is authorized to operate on 
Channel 6 that is located within the following distances of

[[Page 124]]

a NCE-FM station operating on Channels 201-220:

                                 Table A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Distance                             Distance
 NCE-FM channel     (kilometers)      NCE-FM channel     (kilometers)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
         201                265               211                196
         202                257               212                195
         203                246               213                193
         204                235               214                187
         205                225               215                180
         206                211               216                177
         207                196               217                174
         208                196               218                166
         209                196               219                159
         210                196               220                154
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Where a NCE-FM application has been accepted for filing or 
granted, the subsequent acceptance of an application filed by a relevant 
TV Channel 6 station will not require revision of the pending NCE-FM 
application or the FM station's authorized facilities, unless the 
provisions of paragraph (e)(3) of this section for TV translator or 
satellite stations apply.
    (b) Existing NCE-FM stations. (1) A NCE-FM station license 
authorized to operate on channels 201-220 as of December 31, 1984, or a 
permittee, granted a construction permit for a NCE-FM station as of 
December 31, 1984, are not subject to this section unless they propose 
either:
    (i) To make changes in operating facilities or location which will 
increase predicted interference as calculated under paragraph (e) of 
this section to TV Channel 6 reception in any direction; or,
    (ii) To increase its ratio of vertically polarized to horizontally 
polarized transmissions.
    (2) Applicants must comply with the provision of paragraphs (c) or 
(d) of this section unless the application for modification demonstrates 
that, for each person predicted to receive new interference as a result 
of the change, existing predicted interference to two person will be 
eliminated. Persons predicted to receive new interference are those 
located outside the area predicted to receive interference from the 
station's currently authorized facilities (``existing predicted 
interference area'') but within the area predicted to receive 
interference from the proposed facilities (``proposed predicted 
interference area''). Persons for whom predicted interference will be 
eliminated are those located within the existing predicted interference 
area and outside the proposed predicted interference area.
    (i) In making this calculation, the provisions contained at 
paragraph (e) will be used except as modified by paragraph (b)(3) of 
this section.
    (ii) The following adjustment to the population calculation may be 
made: up to 1,000 persons may be subtracted from the population 
predicted to receive new interference if, for each person substracted, 
the applicant effectively installs two filters within 90 days after 
commencing program tests with the proposed facilities and, no later than 
45 days thereafter, provides the affected TV Channel 6 station (as 
defined in paragraph (a) of this section) with a certification 
containing sufficient information to permit verification of such 
installation. The required number of filters will be installed on 
television receivers located within the predicted interference area; 
provided that half of the installations are within the area predicted to 
receive new interference.
    (3) Where an NCE-FM applicant wishes to operate with facilities in 
excess of that permitted under the provisions of paragraphs (c) or (d) 
of this section, by proposing to use vertically polarized transmissions 
only, or to increase its ratio of vertically to horizontally polarized 
transmissions, the affected TV Channel 6 station must be given an option 
to pay for the required antenna and, if it takes that option, the NCE-FM 
vertically polarized component of power will be one half (-3 dB) that 
which would be allowed by the provisions of paragraph (e)(4) of this 
section.
    (4) Applications for modification will include a certification that 
the applicant has given early written notice of the proposed 
modification to all affected TV Channel 6 stations (as defined in 
paragraph (a) of this section).
    (5) Where the NCE-FM station demonstrates in its application that it 
must make an involuntary modification (e.g., due to loss of its 
transmitter site) that would not otherwise be permitted under this 
section, its application will be considered on a case-by-case basis. In 
such cases, the provisions

[[Page 125]]

of paragaph (b)(3) of this section do not apply.
    (c) New NCE-FM stations. Except as provided for by paragraph (d) of 
this section, applicants for NCE-FM stations proposing to operate on 
Channels 201-220 must submit a showing indicating that the predicted 
interference area resulting from the proposed facility contains no more 
than 3,000 persons.
    (1) In making these calculations, the provisions in paragraph (e) of 
this section will be used.
    (2) The following adjustment to population may be made: up to 1,000 
persons may be subtracted from the population within the predicted 
interference area if, for each person subtracted, the applicant 
effectively installs one filter within 90 days after commencing program 
tests and, no later than 45 days thereafter, provides the affected TV 
Channel 6 station with a certification containing sufficient information 
to permit verification of such installation. The required number of 
filters will be installed on television receivers located within the 
predicted interference area.
    (d) Collocated stations. As an alternative to the provisions 
contained in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, an application for 
a NCE-FM station operating on Channels 201-220 and located at 0.4 
kilometer (approximately 0.25 mile) or less from a TV Channel 6 station 
will be accepted under the following requirements:
    (1) The effective radiated power cannot exceed the following values:

                                 Table B
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 NCE-FM channel    Power (kilowatt)   NCE-FM channel    Power (kilowatt)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
          201               1.1                211              26.3
          202               1.9                212              31.6
          203               3.1                213              38.0
          204               5.0                214              46.8
          205               8.3                215              56.2
          206              10.0                216              67.6
          207              12.0                217              83.2
          208              14.8                218             100.0
          209              17.8                219             100.0
          210              21.4                220             100.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) The NCE-FM application will include a certification that the 
applicant has coordinated its antenna with the affected TV station by 
employing either: The same number of antenna bays with radiation centers 
separated by no more than 30 meters (approximately 100 feet) 
verticially; or, the FM vertical pattern not exceeding the TV vertical 
pattern by more than 2dB.
    (e) Calculation of predicted interference area and population. 
Predictions of interference required under this section and calculations 
to determine the number of persons within a predicted interference area 
for NCE-FM operation on Channels 201-220 are made as follows:
    (1) The predicted interference area will be calculated as follows:
    (i) The distances to the TV Channel 6 field strength contours will 
be predicted according to the procedures specified in Sec.  73.684, 
``Prediction of coverage,'' using the F(50,50) curves in Figure 9, Sec.  
73.699.
    (ii) For each TV Channel 6 field strength contour, there will be an 
associated F(50,10) FM interference contour, the value of which (in 
units of dBu) is defined as the sum of the TV Channel 6 field strength 
(in dBu) and the appropriate undesired-to-desired (U/D) signal ratio (in 
dB) obtained from Figures 1 and 2, Sec.  73.599, corresponding to the 
channel of the NCE-FM applicant and the appropriate F(50,50) field 
strength contour of the TV Channel 6 station.
    (iii) An adjustment of 6 dB for television receiving antenna 
directivity will be added to each NCE-FM interference contour at all 
points outside the Grade A field strength contour (Sec.  73.683) of the 
TV Channel 6 station and within an arc defined by the range of angles, 
of which the FM transmitter site is the vertex, from 110[deg] relative 
to the azimuth from the FM transmitter site to the TV Channel 6 
transmitter site, counterclockwise to 250[deg] relative to that azimuth. 
At all points at and within the Grade A field strength contour of the TV 
Channel 6 station, the 6 dB adjustment is applicable over the range of 
angles from 70[deg] clockwise to 110[deg] and from 250[deg] clockwise to 
290[deg].
    (iv) The distances to the applicable NCE-FM interference contours 
will be predicted according to the procedures specified in Sec.  73.313, 
``Prediction of Coverage,'' using the proposed antenna height and 
horizontally polarized, or the horizontal equivalent of the vertically 
polarized, effective radiated

[[Page 126]]

power in the pertinent direction and the F(50,10) field strength curves 
(Figure 1a, Sec.  73.333).
    (v) The predicted interference area will be defined as the area 
within the TV Channel 6 station's 47 dBu field strength contour that is 
bounded by the locus of intersections of a series of TV Channel 6 field 
strength contours and the applicable NCE-FM interference contours.
    (vi) In cases where the terrain in one or more directions departs 
widely from the surrounding terrain average (for example, an intervening 
mountain), a supplemental showing may be made. Such supplemental 
showings must describe the procedure used and should include sample 
calculations. The application must also include maps indicating the 
predicted interference area for both the regular method and the 
supplemental method.
    (vii) In cases where the predicted interference area to Channel 6 
television from a noncommercial educational FM station will be located 
within the 90 dBu F(50,50) contour of the television Channel 6 station, 
the location of the FM interfering contour must be determined using the 
assumption that the Channel 6 field strength remains constant at 90 dBu 
everywhere within the 90 dBu TV contour. The FM to Channel 6 U/D signal 
strength ratio specified in Sec.  73.599 corresponding to the Channel 6 
TV field strength of 90 dBu shall be used.
    (2) The number of persons contained within the predicted 
interference area will be based on data contained in the most recently 
published U.S. Census of Population and will be determined by plotting 
the predicted interference area on a County Subdivision Map of the state 
published for the Census, and totalling the number of persons in each 
County Subdivision (such as, Minor Civil Division (MCD), Census County 
Division (CCD), or equivalent areas) contained within the predicted 
interference area. Where only a portion of County Subdivision is 
contained within the interference area:
    (i) The population of all incorporated places or Census designated 
places will be subtracted from the County Subdivision population;
    (ii) Uniform distribution of the remaining population over the 
remaining area of the County Subdivision will be assumed in determining 
the number of persons within the predicted interference area in 
proportion to the share of the remaining area of the County Subdivision 
that lies within the predicted interference area; and,
    (iii) The population of the incorporated places or Census designated 
places contained within the predicted interference area will then be 
added to the total, again assuming uniform distribution of the 
population within the area of each place and adding a share of the 
population proportional to the share of the area if only a portion of 
such a place is within the predicted interference area.
    (iv) At the option of either the NCE-FM applicant or an affected TV 
Channel 6 station which provides the appropriate analysis, more detailed 
population data may be used.
    (3) Adjustments to the population calculated pursuant to paragraph 
(e)(2) of this section may be made as follows:
    (i) If any part of the predicted interference area is within the 
Grade A field strength contour (Sec.  73.683) of a TV translator station 
carrying the affected TV Channel 6 station, the number of persons within 
that overlap area will be subtracted, provided the NCE-FM construction 
permit and license will contain the following conditions:
    (A) When the TV translator station ceases to carry the affected TV 
Channel 6 station's service and the cessation is not the choice of the 
affected TV Channel 6 station, the NCE-FM station will modify its 
facilities, within a reasonable transition period, to meet the 
requirements of this section which would have applied if no adjustment 
to population for translator service had been made in its application.
    (B) The transition period may not exceed 1 year from the date the 
NCE-FM station is notified by the TV Channel 6 station that the 
translator station will cease to carry the affected TV Channel 6 
station's service or 6 months after the translator station ceases to 
carry the affected TV Channel 6 station's service, whichever is earlier.
    (ii) If any part of the interference area is within the Grade B 
field

[[Page 127]]

strength contour (Sec.  73.683) of a satellite station of the affected 
TV Channel 6 station, the number of persons within the overlap area will 
be subtracted, provided the NCE-FM permit and license will contain the 
following conditions:
    (A) If the satellite station ceases to carry the affected TV Channel 
6 station's service and the cessation is not the choice of the affected 
TV Channel 6 station, the NCE-FM station will modify its facilities, 
within a reasonable transition period, to meet the requirements of this 
rule which would have applied if no adjustment to population for 
satellite station service had been made in its application.
    (B) The transition period may not exceed 1 year from the date the 
NCE-FM station is notified by the TV Channel 6 station that the 
satellite station will cease to carry the affected TV Channel 6 
stations's service or 6 months after the satellite station ceases to 
carry the affected TV Channel 6 station's service, whichever is earlier.
    (iii) If any part of the predicted interference area is located 
outside the affected TV Channel 6 station's Area of Dominant Influence 
(ADI), outside the Grade A field strength contour (Sec.  73.683), and 
within the predicted city grade field strength contour (73.685(a)) of a 
TV broadcast station whose only network affiliation is the same as the 
only network affiliation of the affected TV Channel 6 station, the 
number of persons within that part will be subtracted. (For purposes of 
this provision, a network is defined as ABC, CBS, NBC, or their 
successors.) In addition, the ADI of an affected TV Channel 6 station 
and the program network affiliations of all relevant TV broadcast 
stations will be assumed to be as they were on the filing date of the 
NCE-FM application or June 1, 1985, whichever is later.
    (iv) In calculating the population within the predicted interference 
area, an exception will be permitted upon a showing (e.g., as survey of 
actual television reception) that the number of persons within the 
predicted interference area should be reduced to account for persons 
actually experiencing co-channel or adjacent channel interference to 
reception of the affected TV Channel 6 station. The area within which 
such a showing may be made will be limited to the area calculated as 
follows:
    (A) The distances to the field strength contours of the affected TV 
Channel 6 station will be predicted according to the procedures 
specified in Sec.  73.684, ``Prediction of coverage,'' using the 
F(50,50) curves in Figure 9, Sec.  73.699.
    (B) For each field strength contour of the affected TV Channel 6 
station, there will be an associated co-channel or adjacent channel TV 
broadcast station interference contour, the value of which (in units of 
dBu) is defined as the sum of the affected TV Channel 6 station's field 
strength (in dBu) and the appropriate undesired-to-desired signal ratio 
(in dB) as follows:

Co-channel, normal offset, -22 dB
Co-channel, no offset, -39 dB
Adjacent channel, +12 dB

    (C) The distances to the associated co-channel or adjacent channel 
TV broadcast station interference contour will be predicted according to 
the procedures specified in Sec.  73.684, ``Prediction of coverage,'' 
using the F(50,10) curves in Figure 9a, Sec.  73.699.
    (D) The area within which the showing of actual interference may be 
made will be the area bounded by the locus of intersections of a series 
of the affected TV Channel 6 station's field strength contours and the 
associated interference contours of the co-channel or adjacent channel 
TV broadcast station.
    (4) The maximum permissible effective radiated power (ERP) and 
antenna height may be adjusted for vertical polarity as follows:
    (i) If the applicant chooses to use vertically polarized 
transmissions only, the maximum permissible vertically polarized ERP 
will be the maximum horizontally polarized ERP permissible at the same 
proposed antenna height, calculated without the adjustment for 
television receiving antenna directivity specified in paragraph 
(e)(1)(iii) of this section, multiplied by either: 40 if the predicted 
interference area lies entirely outside the limits of a city of 50,000 
persons or more; or 10 if it does not.
    (ii) If the applicant chooses to use mixed polarity, the permissible 
ERP is as follows:


[[Page 128]]


[H+(V/A)] is no greater than P

Where:

H is the horizontally polarized ERP in kilowatts for mixed polarity;
V is the vertically polarized ERP in kilowatts for mixed polarity;
A is 40 if the predicted interference area lies entirely outside the 
limits of a city of 50,000 persons or more, or 10 if it does not; and
P is the maximum permitted horizontally polarized-only power in 
kilowatts.

    (f) Channel 200 Applications. No application for use of NCE-FM 
Channel 200 will be accepted if the requested facility would cause 
objectionable interference to TV Channel 6 operations. Such 
objectionable interference will be considered to exist whenever the 15 
dBu contour based on the F(50,10) curves in Sec.  73.333 Figure 1a would 
overlap the 40 dBu contour based on the F(50,50) curves in Sec.  73.699, 
Figure 9.

[50 FR 27963, July 9, 1985; 50 FR 30187, July 24, 1985; 50 FR 31379, 
Aug. 2, 1985, as amended at 51 FR 26250, July 22, 1986; 52 FR 25867, 
July 9, 1987; 62 FR 51059, Sept. 30, 1997]



Sec.  73.558  Indicating instruments.

    The requirements for indicating instruments described in Sec.  
73.258 are applicable to all educational FM broadcast stations licensed 
with a transmitter power greater than 0.01 kw.

[51 FR 17029, May 8, 1986]



Sec.  73.561  Operating schedule; time sharing.

    (a) All noncommercial educational FM stations will be licensed for 
unlimited time operation except those stations operating under a time 
sharing arrangement. All noncommercial educational FM stations are 
required to operate at least 36 hours per week, consisting of at least 5 
hours of operation per day on at least 6 days of the week; however, 
stations licensed to educational institutions are not required to 
operate on Saturday or Sunday or to observe the minimum operating 
requirements during those days designated on the official school 
calendar as vacation or recess periods.
    (b) All stations, including those meeting the requirements of 
paragraph (a) of this section, but which do not operate 12 hours per day 
each day of the year, will be required to share use of the frequency 
upon the grant of an appropriate application proposing such share time 
arrangement. Such applications shall set forth the intent to share time 
and shall be filed in the same manner as are applications for new 
stations. They may be filed at any time, but in cases where the parties 
are unable to agree on time sharing, action on the application will be 
taken only in connection with the renewal of application for the 
existing station. In order to be considered for this purpose, such an 
application to share time must be filed no later than the deadline for 
filing petitions to deny the renewal application of the existing 
licensee, or, in the case of renewal applications filed by the existing 
licensee on or before May 1, 1995, no later than the deadline for filing 
applications in conflict with the such renewal applications.
    (1) The licensee and the prospective licensee(s) shall endeavor to 
reach an agreement for a definite schedule of periods of time to be used 
by each. Such agreement shall be in writing and shall set forth which 
licensee is to operate on each of the hours of the day throughout the 
year. Such agreement shall not include simultaneous operation of the 
stations. Each licensee shall file the same in triplicate with each 
application to the Commission for initial construction permit or renewal 
of license. Such written agreements shall become part of the terms of 
each station's license.
    (2) The Commission desires to facilitate the reaching of agreements 
on time sharing. However, if the licensees of stations authorized to 
share time are unable to agree on a division of time, the Commission 
shall be so notified by statement to that effect filed with the 
application proposing time sharing. Thereafter the Commission will 
designate the application for hearing on any qualification issues 
arising regarding the renewal or new applicants. If no such issues 
pertain, the Commission will set the matter for expedited hearing 
limited solely to the issue of the sharing of time. In the event the 
stations have been operating under a time sharing agreement but cannot 
agree on its continuation, a hearing will be held, and pending such

[[Page 129]]

hearing, the operating schedule previously adhered to shall remain in 
full force and effect.
    (c) A departure from the regular schedule set forth in a time-
sharing agreement will be permitted only in cases where a written 
agreement to that effect is reduced to writing, is signed by the 
licensees of the stations affected thereby, and is filed in triplicate 
by each licensee with the Commission, Attention: Audio Division, Media 
Bureau, prior to the time of the proposed change. If time is of the 
essence, the actual departure in operating schedule may precede the 
actual filing of the written agreement, provided that appropriate notice 
is sent to the Commission in Washington, DC, Attention: Audio Division, 
Media Bureau.
    (d) In the event that causes beyond the control of a permittee or 
licensee make it impossible to adhere to the operating schedule in 
paragraph (a) or (b) of this section or to continue operating, the 
station may limit or discontinue operation for a period not exceeding 30 
days without further authority from the Commission provided that 
notification is sent to the Commission in Washington, DC, Attention: 
Audio Division, Media Bureau, no later than the 10th day of limited or 
discontinued operation. During such period, the permittee shall continue 
to adhere to the requirements of the station license pertaining to the 
lighting of antenna structures. In the event normal operation is 
restored prior to the expiration of the 30 day period, the permittee or 
licensee will notify the FCC, Attention: Audio Division of the date that 
normal operations resumed. If causes beyond the control of the permittee 
or licensee make it impossible to comply within the allowed period, 
Special Temporary Authority (see Sec.  73.1635) must be requested to 
remain silent for such additional time as deemed necessary. The license 
of a broadcasting station that fails to transmit broadcast signals for 
any consecutive 12 month period expires as a matter of law at the end of 
that period, notwithstanding any provision, term, or condition of 
license to the contrary.

    Note 1 to Sec.  73.561: For allocations purposes, both (all) 
stations sharing time will be treated as unlimited time stations.
    Note 2 to Sec.  73.561: See Sec. Sec.  73.1705, 73.1715, and 
73.1740.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 
155, 303))

[43 FR 39717, Sept. 6, 1978, as amended at 43 FR 45845, Oct. 4, 1978; 44 
FR 3416, Jan. 19, 1979; 44 FR 65764, Nov. 15, 1979; 47 FR 54448, Dec. 3, 
1982; 50 FR 13974, Apr. 9, 1985; 61 FR 18291, Apr. 25, 1996; 61 FR 
28767, June 6, 1996; 63 FR 33877, June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13231, Mar. 21, 
2002]



Sec.  73.567  Determining operating power.

    The procedures for determining operating power described in Sec.  
73.267 are applicable to noncommercial education FM stations.

[44 FR 58732, Oct. 11, 1979]



Sec.  73.593  Subsidiary communications services.

    The licensee of a noncommercial educational FM station is not 
required to use its subcarrier capacity, but if it chooses to do so, it 
is governed by Sec. Sec.  73.293 through 73.295 of the Commission's 
Rules regarding the types of permissible subcarrier uses and the manner 
in which subcarrier operations shall be conducted; Provided, however, 
that remunerative use of a station's subcarrier capacity shall not be 
detrimental to the provision of existing or potential radio reading 
services for the blind or otherwise inconsistent with its public 
broadcasting responsibilities.

[48 FR 26615, June 9, 1983]



Sec.  73.597  FM stereophonic sound broadcasting.

    A noncommercial educational FM broadcast station may, without 
specific authority from the FCC, transmit stereophonic sound programs 
upon installation of stereophonic sound transmitting equipment under the 
provisions of Sec. Sec.  2.977, 2.1001, 73.322, and 73.1590 of the FCC's 
Rules.

[51 FR 17029, May 8, 1986]

[[Page 130]]



Sec.  73.599  NCE-FM engineering charts.

    This section consists of the following Figures 1 and 2.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.091
    

[[Page 131]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.092


[50 FR 27965, July 9, 1985]

[[Page 132]]



                 Subpart E_Television Broadcast Stations



Sec.  73.601  Scope of subpart.

    This subpart contains the rules and regulations (including 
engineering standards) governing TV broadcast stations, including 
noncommercial educational TV broadcast stations and, where indicated, 
low power TV and TV translator stations in the United States, its 
Territories and possessions. TV broadcast, low power TV, and TV 
translator stations are assigned channels 6 MHz wide, designated as set 
forth in Sec.  73.603(a).

[47 FR 21494, May 18, 1982]



Sec.  73.602  Cross reference to rules in other parts.

    See Sec.  73.1010.

[43 FR 32781, July 28, 1978]



Sec.  73.603  Numerical designation of television channels.

    (a)

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Frequency
                         Channel No.                          band (MHz)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2...........................................................       54-60
3...........................................................       60-66
4...........................................................       66-72
5...........................................................       76-82
6...........................................................       82-88
7...........................................................     174-180
8...........................................................     180-186
9...........................................................     186-192
10..........................................................     192-198
11..........................................................     198-204
12..........................................................     204-210
13..........................................................     210-216
14..........................................................     470-476
15..........................................................     476-482
16..........................................................     482-488
17..........................................................     488-494
18..........................................................     494-500
19..........................................................     500-506
20..........................................................     506-512
21..........................................................     512-518
22..........................................................     518-524
23..........................................................     524-530
24..........................................................     530-536
25..........................................................     536-542
26..........................................................     542-548
27..........................................................     548-554
28..........................................................     554-560
29..........................................................     560-566
30..........................................................     566-572
31..........................................................     572-578
32..........................................................     578-584
33..........................................................     584-590
34..........................................................     590-596
35..........................................................     596-602
36..........................................................     602-608
37..........................................................     608-614
38..........................................................     614-620
39..........................................................     620-626
40..........................................................     626-632
41..........................................................     632-638
42..........................................................     638-644
43..........................................................     644-650
44..........................................................     650-656
45..........................................................     656-662
46..........................................................     662-668
47..........................................................     668-674
48..........................................................     674-680
49..........................................................     680-686
50..........................................................     686-692
51..........................................................     692-698
52..........................................................     698-704
53..........................................................     704-710
54..........................................................     710-716
55..........................................................     716-722
56..........................................................     722-728
57..........................................................     728-734
58..........................................................     734-740
59..........................................................     740-746
60..........................................................     746-752
61..........................................................     752-758
62..........................................................     758-764
63..........................................................     764-770
64..........................................................     770-776
65..........................................................     776-782
66..........................................................     782-788
67..........................................................     788-794
68..........................................................     794-800
69..........................................................     800-806
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) [Reserved]
    (c) Channel 37, 608-614 MHz is reserved exclusively for the radio 
astronomy service.
    (d) In Hawaii, the frequency band 488-494 MHz is allocated for non-
broadcast use. This frequency band (Channel 17) will not be assigned in 
Hawaii for use by television broadcast stations.

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 35 FR 11179, July 11, 1970; 
39 FR 10576, Mar. 21, 1974; 47 FR 16789, Apr. 20, 1982; 47 FR 30068, 
July 12, 1982; 47 FR 35989, Aug. 18, 1982; 51 FR 18450, May 20, 1986; 70 
FR 46676, Aug. 10, 2005]



Sec.  73.606  Table of allotments.

    (a) General. The following table of allotments contains the channels 
designated for the listed communities in the United States, its 
Territories, and possessions. Channels designated with an asterisk are 
assigned for use by noncommercial educational broadcast stations only. A 
station on a channel identified by a plus or minus mark is required to 
operate with its carrier frequencies offset 10 kHz above or below, 
respectively, the nominal carrier frequencies.
    (b) Table of Allotments.

[[Page 133]]



                                 Alabama
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Anniston..................................  40-
Arab......................................  56-
Bessemer..................................  17
Birmingham................................  6-, *10-, 13-, 21-, 42+,
                                             *62+, 68-
Decatur...................................
Demopolis.................................  *41
Dothan....................................  4, 18, *39+, 60-
Dozier....................................  *2-
Florence..................................  15, 26, *36-
Gadsden...................................  44+, 60
Gulf Shores...............................  55
Huntsville................................  19, *25+, 31+, 48-
Huntsville-Decatur........................  54
Louisville................................  *43+
Mobile....................................  5+, 10+, 15+, 21+, *31, *42
Montgomery................................  12, 20, *26+, 32, 45-, *63
Mount Cheaha..............................  *7-
Munford...................................  *16-
Opelika...................................  50, 66
Ozark.....................................  34
Selma.....................................  8, 29-
Troy......................................  67
Tuscaloosa................................  23-, 33, *39-
Tuscumbia.................................  52+
Tuskegee..................................  22-
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Alaska
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Anchorage.................................  2-, 4-, 5, *7-, *9, 11, 13-,
                                             and 33
Bethel....................................  *4
Dillingham................................  *2, 10
Fairbanks.................................  2+, 7+, *9+, 11+, 13+
Juneau....................................  *3, 8, 10
Ketchikan.................................  2, 4, *9
North Pole................................  4+
Seward....................................  3-,
Sitka.....................................  13
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Arizona
                    [See footnotes at end of tables]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ajo.......................................  *23-
Coolidge..................................  *43
Douglas...................................  3, *28
Flagstaff.................................  2, 4+, 9, 13, and *16
Globe.....................................  *14+
Green Valley..............................  46
Holbrook..................................  *11+, *18+
Kingman...................................  6-, *14-
McNary....................................  *22+
Mesa......................................  12-
Nogales...................................  *16+
Page......................................  *17
Parker....................................  *17-
Phoenix...................................  3+, 5-, *8+, 10-, 15-, 21,
                                             33, 39, 45, 61
Prescott..................................  7, *19
Safford...................................  *23+
Sierra Vista..............................  58
Tolleson..................................  51
Tucson....................................  4-, *6+, 9-, 13-, 18-, *27-,
                                             40
Tucson-Nogales............................  \2\ 11
Yuma......................................  11-, 13+, *16-
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Arkansas
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arkadelphia...............................  *9+
Camden....................................  237A, 246, 49-
Cimarron..................................  23
El Dorado.................................  10-, 43-
Eureka Springs............................  34+
Fayetteville..............................  *13-, 36
Fort Smith................................  5-, 24+, 40-
Gosnell...................................  46
Harrison..................................  31+
Hot Springs...............................  *20, 26
Jonesboro.................................  8-, *19+, 48+
Little Rock...............................  *2-, 4, 7-, 11, 16-, *36,
                                             and 42
Mountain Home.............................  43+
Mountain View.............................  *6-
Newark....................................  *17
Pine Bluff................................  25-, 38-
Rogers....................................  51-
Russellville..............................  *28+
Springdale................................  57
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               California
                    [See footnotes at end of tables]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alturas...................................  13+
Anaheim...................................  56-
Arcata....................................  23
Avalon....................................  54
Bakersfield...............................  17, 23-, 29, *39-, 45, 65+
Barstow...................................  *35+, 64
Big Bear Lake.............................  59+
Bishop....................................  *14-, 20+
Blythe....................................  *22-
Brawley...................................  *26
Calipatria................................  54
Ceres.....................................  *23+
Chico.....................................  12-, *18, 24+, *46-
Clovis....................................  43
Coalinga..................................  *27-
Concord...................................  42
Corona....................................  52
Cotati....................................  *22-
El Centro.................................  7+, 9+
Eureka....................................  3-, 6-, *13-, and 29
Fort Bragg................................  8-
Fresno....................................  *18+, 24, 30+, 47, 53,
Hanford...................................  21
Huntington Beach..........................  *50-
Indio.....................................  *19+
Long Beach................................  18-
Los Angeles...............................  2, 4, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 22,
                                             *28, 34,
                                            *58-, *68-
Merced....................................  51
Modesto...................................  19-
Novato....................................  68
Oakland...................................  2+
Ontario...................................  46
Oroville..................................  28
Oxnard....................................  63+
Palm Springs..............................  36-, 42
Paradise..................................  30
Porterville...............................  61
Rancho Palos Verdes.......................  44+
Redding...................................  7, *9, 16
Ridgecrest................................  *25
Riverside.................................  62
Sacramento................................  3, *6, 10, 29-, 31-, 40-
Salinas-Monterey..........................  8+, 35-, 46-, *56, 67-
San Bernardino............................  *24-, 30
San Diego.................................  8, 10, *15, 39, 51, 69

[[Page 134]]

 
San Francisco.............................  4-, 5+, 7-, *9+, 14+, 20-,
                                             26-, *32+, 38, 44-
San Jose..................................  11+, 36, 48-, *54, 65
San Luis Obispo...........................  6+, *15+, and 33
San Mateo.................................  *60
Sanger....................................  59
Santa Anna................................  40,
Santa Barbara.............................  3-, 14,1 *20,1 , 38, and *55
Santa Cruz................................  *16-
Santa Maria...............................  12+, 42+
Santa Rosa................................  50-, *62
Stockton..................................  13+, 58, 64
Susanville................................  *14
Twentynine Palms..........................  31
Vallejo-Fairfield.........................  66
Ventura...................................  57
Visalia...................................  26+, *49
Watsonville...............................  *25+
Weaverville...............................  32
Willits...................................  11-
Yosemite Valley...........................  41
Yreka City................................  *20+
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Colorado
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alamosa...................................  *16, 47
Boulder...................................  14
Broomfield................................  *12
Castle Rock...............................  53
Colorado Springs..........................  11, 13, 21
Craig.....................................  *16+
Denver....................................  2, 4-, *6-, 7, 9-, 20, 31,
                                             *41, 50, 59
Durango...................................  6+, *20-, and 33+
Fort Collins..............................  22-
Glenwood Springs..........................  3-, *19+
Grand Junction............................  5-, 8-, *18+, 4*, 11+
Gunnison..................................  *17-
La Junta..................................  *22+
Lamar.....................................  12-, *14-
Leadville.................................  *15-
Longmont..................................  25
Montrose..................................  10+, *22
Pueblo....................................  5, *8, 32-, 48
Salida....................................  *23+
Steamboat Springs.........................  24+
Sterling..................................  3, *18+
Trinidad..................................  *24
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               Connecticut
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bridgeport................................  43-, *49-
Hartford..................................  3+, 18-, *24, 61+
New Britain...............................  30+
New Haven.................................  8, 59+, 55
New London................................  26+
Norwich...................................  *53
Waterbury.................................  20
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Delaware
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dover.....................................  *34
Seaford...................................  38, *64
Wilmington................................  *12, 61
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                          District of Columbia
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Washington................................  4-, 5-, 7+, 9, 20+, *26-,
                                             *32+, 50
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Florida
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Boca Raton................................  *63
Bradenton.................................  *19, 66
Bunnell...................................  58
Cape Coral................................  36
Clearwater................................  22
Clermont..................................  18-
Cocoa.....................................  *52, 68
Crystal River.............................  39-
Daytona Beach.............................  2-, 26
Destin....................................  48
Fort Lauderdale...........................  51
Fort Myers................................  11+, 20+, *30
Fort Pierce...............................  *21-, 34
Fort Walton Beach.........................  35, 53, 58
Gainesville...............................  *5-, 20, 29
High Springs..............................  53+
Hollywood.................................  69
Inverness.................................  64
Islamorada................................  *9+
Jacksonville..............................  4+, *7, 12+, 17, 30+, 47-,
                                             *59
Kenansville...............................  31
Key West..................................  8, *13, and 22+
Lake City.................................  *41
Lake Worth................................  67
Lakeland..................................  32
Leesburg..................................  *45-, 55
Live Oak..................................  57-
Madison...................................  *36-
Marathon..................................  16+
Marianna..................................  *16+, 51
Melbourne.................................  43+, 56
Miami.....................................  *2, 4, 6, 7-, 10+, *17-, 23-
                                             , 33, 35, 39, and 45+
Naples....................................  26-, 46
New Smyrna Beach..........................  *15+
Ocala.....................................  *29, 51-
Orange Park...............................  25-
Orlando...................................  6-, 9, * 24-, 27, 35+, and
                                             65
Palatka...................................  *42, 63+
Palm Beach................................  61
Panama City...............................  7+, 13, 28-, *56, 46
Panama City Beach.........................  46
Pensacola.................................  3-, *23, 33+, 44
St. Petersburg............................  10-, 38, 44+
Sarasota..................................  40
Sebring...................................  *48, 60
Stuart....................................  59
Tallahassee...............................  *11-, 24, 27+, 40+
Tampa.....................................  *3, 8-, 13-, *16, 28, and 50
Tequesta..................................  25
Tice......................................  49
Venice....................................  62
West Palm Beach...........................  5, 12, 29+, *42+,
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 135]]


                                 Georgia
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Albany....................................  10, 19-, 31-, and 52-
Ashburn...................................  *23+
Athens....................................  *8-, 34
Atlanta...................................  2, 5-, 11+, 17-, *30, 36, 46-
                                             , *57+, 69
Augusta...................................  6+, 12-, 26, 54-
Bainbridge................................  49
Baxley....................................  34
Brunswick.................................  21+
Carrollton................................  *49-
Carnesville...............................  *52
Cedartown.................................  *65-
Chatsworth................................  *18-
Cochran...................................  *29+
Columbus..................................  3, 9+, *28, 38+, *48, 54+
Cordele...................................  55+
Dalton....................................  23
Dawson....................................  *25
Draketown.................................  *27-
Elberton..................................  *60+
Flintstone................................  *41-
Lafayette.................................  *35
Macon.....................................  13+, 24+, 41+, *47+, 64-
Monroe....................................  63
Pelham....................................  *14-
Perry.....................................  58+
Rome......................................  14+
Royston...................................  *22+
Savannah..................................  3, *9-, 11, 22,
Thomasville...............................  6
Toccoa....................................  32-, *68-
Valdosta..................................  *33, 44-
Vidalia...................................  *18+
Warm Springs..............................
Warner Robbins............................  35-
Waycross..................................  *8+
Wrens.....................................  *20-
Young Harris..............................  *51-
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Hawaii
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hilo (Hawaii).............................  2, *4, 9, 11, 13, 14+, 20+,
                                             26+, *32+, *38+
Honolulu (Oahu)...........................  2+, 4-, 5, 9-, *11+, 13-,
                                             14, 20, 26, 32, *38, and
                                             *44.
Kailua....................................  50
Kailua-Kona (Hawaii)......................  6
Kaneohe...................................  66+
Lihue (Kauai).............................  3+, *8-, 10+, 12-, 15-, *21-
                                             , *27-, *67
Wailuku (Maui)............................  3, 7, *10, 12, 15, 21, *27,
                                             *33, 39
Waimanalo.................................  56
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                  Idaho
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Boise.....................................  2, *4+, 7, 39
Burley....................................  *17+
Caldwell..................................  9-
Coeur d'Alene.............................  *26+
Filer.....................................  *19-
Grangeville...............................  *15-
Idaho Falls...............................  3, 8+, 20, *33+
Lewiston..................................  3-
Moscow....................................  *35-
Nampa.....................................  6, 12+
Preston...................................  *28
Pocatello.................................  6-, *10, 15, 25+, 31-
Sandpoint.................................  *16+
Sun Valley................................  5-
Twin Falls................................  11, *13-, 35
Weiser....................................  *17
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Illinois
                    [See footnotes at end of tables]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aurora....................................  60
Bloomington...............................  43
Carbondale................................  *8
Champaign.................................  3+, 15-
Charleston................................  *51+
Chicago...................................  2-, 5, 7, 9+, *11, *20, 26,
                                             32, 38-, 44
Danville..................................  68
Decatur...................................  17, 23-
DeKalb....................................  *33, *48-
East St. Louis............................  46
Edwardsville..............................  *18-
Elgin.....................................  \4\ 66+
Freeport..................................  23, *65-
Galesburg.................................  53
Harrisburg................................  3
Jacksonville..............................  *14
Joliet....................................  \1\ 14-, 66+
Kankakee..................................  *54-
LaSalle...................................  35
Macomb....................................  *22+
Marion....................................  27
Moline....................................  8, *24-
Mount Vernon..............................  13+
Olney.....................................  *16-
Paris.....................................  46+
Peoria....................................  19, 25+, 31+, *47-, 59+
Pontiac...................................  53
Quincy....................................  10-, 16+, *27+
Rockford..................................  13, 17+, 39
Rock Island...............................  4+
Springfield...............................  20+, 49-, 55+
Streator..................................  *63
Urbana....................................  *12-, 27-
Vandalia..................................  *21
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Indiana
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Anderson..................................  67+
Angola....................................  63
Bloomington...............................  4, *30-, 42+ and 63+
Elkhart...................................  28+
Evansville................................  7, *9+, 14-, 25-, and 44
Fort Wayne................................  15+, 21+, 33-, *39-, 55
Gary......................................  50, *56+
Hammond...................................  62+
Indianapolis..............................  6, 8-, 13-, *20-, 40, 59-,
                                             *69
Kokomo....................................  29-
Lafayette.................................  18, *24
Madison...................................  *60+
Marion....................................  23
Muncie....................................  49, *61
Richmond..................................  43+
Salem.....................................  58+
South Bend................................  16, 22, *34-, 46
Terre Haute...............................  2+, 10, *26-, 38
Vincennes.................................  *22-
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 136]]


                                  Iowa
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ames......................................  5, 23-, *34+
Burlington................................  26-, *57-
Carroll...................................  *18-, 30+, and 52
Cedar Rapids..............................  2, 9-, 28+, and 48-
Centerville...............................  *31-
Council Bluffs............................  *32
Davenport.................................  6+, 18+, 30-, *36+
Decorah...................................  *14+
Des Moines................................  8-, *11+, 13-, 17+, *43-, 63-
 
Dubuque...................................  16-, *29-, 40-
Estherville...............................  *49+
Fort Dodge................................  *21
Fort Madison..............................  *38+
Hampton...................................  50
High Point................................  *14-
Iowa City.................................  *12+, 20-
Keokuk....................................  *44+
Keosauqua.................................  *54+
Lansing...................................  *41+
Mason City................................  3+, *24+
Mount Ayr.................................  *25-
Newton....................................  39+
Ottumwa...................................  15+, *33-
Red Oak...................................  *36
Rock Rapids...............................  *25+
Sibley....................................  *33
Sioux City................................  4-, 9, 14, *27-, 44
Spirit Lake...............................  *38
Waterloo..................................  7+, 22-, *32-
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Kansas
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chanute...................................  *30+
Cimarron..................................  23
Colby.....................................  4
Columbus..................................  *48-
Dodge City................................  *21-
Emporia...................................  *25+
Ensign....................................  6+
Fort Scott................................  20+
Garden City...............................  11+, 13-, *18
Goodland..................................  10
Great Bend................................  2
Hays......................................  7-, *9
Hoisington................................  14
Hutchinson................................  *8, 12, 36+
Junction City.............................  31
Lakin.....................................  *3
Lawrence..................................  38
Liberal...................................  5+
Manhattan.................................  *21
Oakley....................................  *15-
Parsons...................................  *39
Phillipsburg..............................  *22-
Pittsburg.................................  7+ and 14
Pratt.....................................  *32+
Randall...................................
Salina....................................  18+, 34-, 44
Sedan.....................................  *28
Topeka....................................  *11, 13+, 22+, 27, 49
Wichita...................................  3-, 10-, *15+, 24-, 33, *42
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Kentucky
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ashland...................................  *25, 50-, 61+
Beattyville...............................  65
Blanco....................................  52+
Bowling Green.............................  13, *24-, 40+, *53-, 59+
Campbellsville............................  34
Covington.................................  *54+
Danville..................................  56
Elizabethtown.............................  *23+
Harlan....................................  44-
Hazard....................................  *35+, 57-
Hopkinsville..............................  51
Lexington.................................  18+, 27-, 36, *46, 62
Louisville................................  3-, 11, *15, 21-, 32-, 41+,
                                             *68+
Madisonville..............................  19-, *35-, and 57+
Morehead..................................  *38+, 67-
Murray....................................  *21+, 38
Newport...................................  19+
Owensboro.................................  31-, 48, 61+
Owenton...................................  *52+
Paducah...................................  6+, 29 and 49
Paintsville...............................  69+
Pikeville.................................  *22-, 51+
Somerset..................................  16, *29+
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Louisiana
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alexandria................................  5, *25+, 31+, 41+
Baton Rouge...............................  2, 9-, *27+, 33-, and 44+
Columbia..................................  11+
De Ridder.................................  *23-
Houma.....................................  11
Lafayette.................................  3+, 10, 15, *24
Lake Charles..............................  7-, *18-, 29-
Minden....................................  21+
Monroe....................................  8+, *13,
Morgan City...............................  *14+
Natchitoches..............................  *20+
New Iberia................................  50
New Orleans...............................  4+, 6, 8-, * 12, 20-, 26, *
                                             32+, 38+, and 49
Shreveport................................  3-, 12, *24-, 33, and 45+
Slidell...................................  54+
Tallulah..................................  *19
West Monroe...............................  14-, 39+
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                  Maine
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Augusta...................................  *10-
Bangor....................................  2-, 5+, 7-
Biddeford.................................  *26-
Calais....................................  *13-
Fort Kent.................................  *46+
Fryeburg..................................  *18+
Houlton...................................  *25+
Kittery...................................  *39
Lewiston..................................  35-
Millinocket...............................  *44-
Orono.....................................  *12-
Poland Spring 8-..........................
Portland..................................  6-, 13+, 51
Presque Isle..............................  8, *10+, 47
Rumford...................................  *43+
Waterville................................  23-
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 137]]


                                Maryland
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annapolis.................................  *22+
Baltimore.................................  2+, 11-, 13+, 24+, 45, 54,
                                             *67-
Cumberland................................  52+, 65
Frederick.................................  *62
Hagerstown................................  25-, *31, and 68+
Oakland...................................  *36+
Salisbury.................................  16+, *28-, 47-
Waldorf...................................  *58+
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              Massachusetts
                    [See footnotes at end of tables]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adams.....................................  19
Boston....................................  *2+, 4+, 5-, 7+, 25+, 38,
                                             *44, 68+
Cambridge.................................  56
Greenfield................................  32+
Lawrence..................................  62
Marlborough...............................  66
New Bedford...............................  6+, 28-, *34
North Adams...............................  *35
Norwell...................................  46+
Pittsfield................................  51+
Springfield...............................  22, 40, *57+
Vineyard Haven............................  58+
Worcester.................................  14, \1\ 27, *48+,
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Michigan
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alpena....................................  *6, 11
Ann Arbor.................................  31+, *58+
Bad Axe...................................  * 15-, 41-
Battle Creek..............................  41+, and 43-
Bay City..................................  5-, 46+
Cadillac..................................  9, *27, 33
Calumet...................................  5-, *22-
Cheboygan.................................  4+
Detroit...................................  2+, 4, 7-, 20+, 50-, *56, 62
East Lansing..............................  *23-, *69-
Escanaba..................................  3+
Flint.....................................  12-, *28-, 66-
Grand Rapids..............................  8+, 13+, 17-, *35+
Iron Mountain.............................  8-, *17+
Ironwood..................................  *15-, 24+
Ishpeming.................................  10
Jackson...................................  18+
Kalamazoo.................................  3-, *52+, 64
Lansing...................................  6-, 47, 53-
Manistee..................................  *21
Manistique................................  *15+
Marquette.................................  6-, *13, 19
Mount Clemens.............................  38+
Mount Pleasant............................  *14
Muskegon..................................  54+
Onondaga..................................  10-
Petoskey..................................  *23+
Port Huron................................  46+
Saginaw...................................  25-, 49-
Sault Ste. Marie..........................  8, 10+, *32-
Traverse City.............................  7+, 29-
University Center *19+....................
Vanderbilt................................  45
West Branch...............................  *24
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Minnesota
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alexandria................................  7, * 24, and 42
Appleton..................................  *10-
Austin....................................  6-, *15-
Bemidji...................................  *9, 26+
Brainerd..................................  *22
Chisholm..................................  11
Crookston.................................  *33
Duluth....................................  3, *8, 10+, 21+, 27-
Ely.......................................  *17-
Fairmont..................................  *16+
Hibbing...................................  13-
International Falls.......................  *35+
Mankato...................................  12, *26-
Marshall..................................  *30-
Minneapolis-St. Paul......................  *2-, 4, 5-, 9+, 11-, *17,
                                             23+, 29+, and 45
Redwood Falls.............................  43
Rochester.................................  10, 47-
St. Cloud.................................  19, *25-, 41
St. James.................................  32+
Thief River Falls.........................  10, *30
Wadena....................................  *20-
Walker....................................  12-, 38-
Wilmar....................................  *14-
Winona....................................  *35+, 44-
Worthington...............................  *20
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               Mississippi
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Biloxi....................................  13+, *19+,
Booneville................................  *12-
Bude......................................  *17+
Clarksdale................................  *21
Cleveland.................................  *31-
Columbia..................................  *45
Columbus..................................  4-, *43
Greenville................................  15-, 44
Greenwood.................................  6+, *23+
Gulfport..................................  25-
Grenada...................................  22+
Hattiesburg...............................  22, *47
Holly Springs.............................  40
Houston...................................  45+
Jackson...................................  3, 12+, 16, *29+, 40+, and
                                             51
Laurel....................................  7, 18+
Magee.....................................  34+
Meridian..................................  11-, *14, 24-, 30-
Mississippi State.........................  *2+
Natchez...................................  *42+, 48
Oxford....................................  *18
Senatobia.................................  *34-
Tupelo....................................  9-, 49+
Vicksburg.................................  35-
West Point................................  27
Wiggins...................................  43-, 46-
Yazoo City................................  *32-
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Missouri
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Birchtree.................................  *20-
Bowling Green.............................  *35+
Cape Girardeau............................  12, 23, *39-
Carrollton................................  *18
Columbia..................................  8+, 17-*23+
Flat River................................  *22
Hannibal..................................  7-

[[Page 138]]

 
Jefferson City............................  13, 25, *36-
Joplin....................................  12+, 16, *26-
Kansas City...............................  4, 5+, 9+, *19+, 29, 41-, 50-
                                             , 62+, *68-
Kennett...................................  58+
King City.................................  *28-
Kirksville................................  3-
LaPlata...................................  *21+
Lowry City................................  *15-
Osage Beach...............................  49+
Poplar Bluff..............................  15+, *26+, 55
Rolla.....................................  *28
St. Joseph................................  2-, 16-, 22
St. Louis.................................  2, 4-, 5-, *9, 11-, 24+,
                                             30+, *40-, *46
Sedalia...................................  6
Sikeston..................................  45
Springfield...............................  3+, 10, *21-, 27-, 33--
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Montana
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Anaconda..................................  2+
Billings..................................  2-, 6, 8, *11, 14, 20+
Bozeman...................................  7-, *9
Butte.....................................  *2+, 4, 6+, 18, 24
Cut Bank..................................  *14-
Dillon....................................  *14+
Glendive..................................  5+, 13+, *16-
Great Falls...............................  3+, 5+, 16, 26, *32
Hardin....................................  4+
Havre.....................................  9+, 11-, and *18-
Helena....................................  10+, 12, *15+
Joplin....................................  35-, 48, 54-
Kalispell.................................  9-, *29-
Lewistown.................................  13
Miles City................................  3-, *10
Missoula..................................  8-, *11+, 13-, 17-, and 23-
Wolf Point................................  *17+
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Nebraska
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Albion....................................  18, *21+, 24+
Alliance..................................  *13-
Bassett...................................  *7-
Beatrice..................................  23+
Falls City................................  *24
Grand Island..............................  11-, 17
Hastings..................................  5-, *29+
Hayes Center..............................  6
Hay Springs-Scottsbluff...................  4+
Kearney...................................  13
Lexington.................................  *3+
Lincoln...................................  8+, 10+, *12-, 45, 51
McCook....................................  8-, 16+, 12
Merriman..................................  *12
Norfolk...................................  *19+
North Platte..............................  235, 246, 278
Omaha.....................................  3, 6+, 7, 15, *26, 42+, *48-
                                             , and 54
Orchard...................................  16
Pawnee....................................  33+
Scottsbluff...............................  10-, 16
Superior..................................  4+
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Nevada
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Elko......................................  10-, *14+
Ely.......................................  3-, 6+
Fallon....................................  *25
Goldfield.................................  7-
Henderson.................................  5+
Las Vegas.................................  3, 8-, *10+, 13-, 15+, 21+,
                                             and 33+
Laughlin..................................  34+
McGill....................................  *13
Paradise..................................  39+
Pawnee City...............................  *33+
Reno......................................  2, 4, *5, 8, 11, 21+, and
                                             27+
Tonopah...................................  9-, *17+
Winnemucca................................  7+, *15-
Yerington.................................  *16+
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              New Hampshire
                    [See footnotes at end of tables]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Berlin....................................  *40-
Concord...................................  21+
Derry.....................................  50-
Durham....................................  *11
Hanover...................................  *15+
Keene.....................................  *52+
Littleton.................................  *49+
Manchester................................  9-,
Merrimack.................................  60+
Portsmouth................................  \1\ 17-
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               New Jersey
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Atlantic City.............................  *36, 53+, 62-
Burlington................................  48-
Camden....................................  *23+
Linden-Newark.............................  47+
Montclair.................................  *50+
Newark....................................  13-, 68
New Brunswick.............................  *58
Newton....................................  63
Paterson..................................  41-
Secaucus..................................  9+
Trenton...................................  *52-
Vineland..................................  59-, 65-
West Milford..............................  *66-
Wildwood..................................  40
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               New Mexico
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alamogordo................................  *18-
Albuquerque...............................  4+, *5+, 7+, 13+, 14-, 23-,
                                             *32+, 41, 50
Carlsbad..................................  6-, *15+, 25-
Clayton...................................  *17
Clovis....................................  12--
Deming....................................  *16
Farmington................................  3, 12+, *15+
Gallup....................................  *8-, 10
Hobbs.....................................  29+
Las Cruces................................  *22-, 48+
Lovington.................................  *19
Portales..................................  *3+
Raton.....................................  *18-
Roswell...................................  8, 10-, 21-, 27-, *33+

[[Page 139]]

 
Santa Fe..................................  2+, *9+, 11-, 19-
Silver City...............................  6, 10+, *12
Socorro...................................  *15-
Tucumcari.................................  *15
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                New York
                    [See footnotes at end of tables]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Albany-Schenectady........................  6, 10-, 13, *17+, 23-, *29+,
                                             45
Amsterdam.................................  *39+, 55
Arcade....................................  62-
Batavia...................................  51-
Bath......................................  14-
Binghamton................................  12-, 34, 40-, *46+
Buffalo...................................  2, 4, 7+, 17, *23, 29-, 49-
Carthage..................................  7-
Corning...................................  *30, 48+
Elmira....................................  18+, 36-
Garden City...............................  *21-
Glens Falls...............................  *58-
Ilion.....................................  67-
Ithaca....................................  52, *65+
Jamestown.................................  26+, *46
Kingston..................................  62+
Lake Placid...............................  *34+
New York..................................  2, 4, 5+, 7, 11+, *25, 31-
North Pole................................  5
Norwood...................................  *18
Oneonta...................................  \1\ 15, *42
Plattsburg................................  *57
Poughkeepsie..............................  54+
Riverhead.................................  55+
Rochester.................................  8, 10+, 13-, *21, 31+, *61+
Saranac Lake..............................  40+
Smithtown.................................  67
Springville...............................  67+
Syracuse..................................  3-, 5-, 9-, *24+, 43+, 56+,
                                             68-
Utica.....................................  2-, 4-, 20+, 33, *59
Watertown.................................  *16, 50+
Waverly...................................  *57-
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                             North Carolina
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Andrews...................................  *59
Asheville.................................  13-, 21+, *33, 62+
Belmont...................................  46+
Bryson City...............................  *67
Burlington................................  16
Canton....................................  *27
Chapel Hill...............................  *4+
Charlotte.................................  3, 9+, 18, 36, *42+
Concord...................................  *58
Cullowhee.................................  50+
Durham....................................  11+, 28+
Edenton...................................  *2
Fayetteville..............................  40+, 62
Forest City...............................  66+
Franklin..................................  *56+
Goldsboro.................................  17-
Greensboro................................  2-, 48-, 61
Greenville................................  9-, 14, *25, and 38+
Hickory...................................  14-
High Point................................  8-, *32+, 67+
Jacksonville..............................  *19, 35
Kannapolis................................  64-
Laurel Hill...............................  59+
Lexington.................................  20
Linville..................................  *17
Lumberton.................................  *31
Manteo....................................  4
Morehead City.............................  8+
Morganton.................................  23-
New Bern..................................  12+
Raleigh...................................  5, 22, *34, 50+
Roanoke Rapids............................  *36-
Rockingham................................  *53
Rocky Mount...............................  47+
Washington................................  7
Waynesville...............................  59
Wilmington................................  3-, 6, 26-, *39-
Wilson....................................  30-
Winston-Salem.............................  12, *26+, 45
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              North Dakota
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bismarck..................................  *3, 5, 12-, 17-, 26+
Devils Lake...............................  8+, *22+
Dickinson.................................  2+, *9-, 7
Ellendale.................................  *19-
Fargo.....................................  6, 11+, *13, 15-
Grand Forks...............................  *2, 14+, 27+
Jamestown.................................  7-, *23
Minot.....................................  *6+, 10-, 13-, 14-, 24
Pembina...................................  12
Valley City...............................  4-
Williston.................................  *4, 8-, 11-, *15-
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                  Ohio
                    [See footnotes at end of tables]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Akron.....................................  23+, *49+, 55-
Alliance..................................  *45+
Ashtabula.................................  \1\ 15
Athens....................................  20*, 63-
Bowling Green.............................  *27+
Cambridge.................................  *44-
Canton....................................  17-, 67
Chillicothe...............................  53
Cincinnati................................  5-, 9, 12, *48-, 64-
Cleveland.................................  3, 5+, 8, *25+, 61
Columbus..................................  4-, 6+, 10+, 28-, *34, *56-
Dayton....................................  2, 7+, *16+, 22+, 45
Defiance..................................  65+
Hillsboro.................................  *24+, 55+
Lima......................................  35-, 44+, *57+, 17
Lorain....................................  43
Mansfield.................................  *47+, 68-
Newark....................................  *31-, 51
Oxford....................................  *14+
Portsmouth................................  30, *42-
Sandusky..................................  52
Shaker Heights 19.........................
Springfield...............................  26+, *66
Steubenville..............................  9+, *62+
Toledo....................................  11-, 13, 24-, *30+, 36-, and
                                             40-
Xenia.....................................  32
Youngstown................................  21-, 27, 33, *58
Zanesville................................  18-
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 140]]


                                Oklahoma
                    [See footnotes at end of tables]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ada.......................................  10+, *22
Altus.....................................  *27
Ardmore...................................  *17, *28-
Bartlesville..............................  17+
Cheyenne..................................  12+
Claremore.................................  *35
Duncan....................................  40+
Elk City..................................  *15-
Enid......................................  20-, *26+
Eufaula...................................  *3
Grove.....................................  45+
Guymon....................................  9+, *16
Hugo......................................  42+, \1\ *15+, *48+
Lawton....................................  7+, *36-, 16-, 45
McAlester.................................  *32-
Miami.....................................  *18-
Muskogee..................................  19
Norman....................................  46-
Oklahoma City.............................  4-, 5, 9-, *13, 14-, 25-, 34-
                                             , 43+, 52, and 62+
Okmulgee..................................  44-
Sayre.....................................  8+
Shawnee...................................  30
Tulsa.....................................  2+, 6+ 8-, *11-, 23, 41+,
                                             47, 53
Woodward..................................  *17-, 35+
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Oregon
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Astoria...................................  *21
Bend......................................  *3+, *15, 21+, 51
Brookings.................................  *14-
Burns.....................................  *18
Coos Bay..................................  11, 23+, 41
Corvallis.................................  *7-
Eugene....................................  9+, 13, 16+, *28-, and 34
Grants Pass...............................  *18+, 30+
Klamath Falls.............................  2-, *22+, and 31
LaGrande..................................  *13+, 16
Medford...................................  5, *8+, 10+, 12+, and 26+
North Bend................................  *17+
Pendleton.................................  11-
Portland..................................  2, 6+, 8-, *10, 12, 24+,
                                             *30, 40-
Roseburg..................................  4+, 36, 46+
Salem.....................................  22, 32
The Dalles................................  *17-
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              Pennsylvania
                    [See footnotes at end of tables]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Allentown.................................  *39, 69
Altoona...................................  10-, 23-, 47, *57+
Bethlehem.................................  60-
Clearfield................................  *3+
Erie......................................  12, 24, 35+, *54+, 66+
Greensburg................................  40+
Harrisburg................................  21+, 27-, *33+
Hazleton..................................  56
Jeanette..................................  19+
Johnstown.................................  6, 8-, 19+, *28+
Lancaster.................................  8+, 15+
Lebanon...................................  55-
Philadelphia..............................  3, 6-, 10, 17-, 29, *35-, 57
Pittsburgh................................  2-, 4+, 11, *13-, 16, 22,
                                             53+
Reading...................................  51
Red Lion..................................  49+
Scranton..................................  16-, 22-, 38+, *44-, 64
State College.............................  29+, and *59+
Wilkes Barre..............................  28
Williamsport..............................  \1\ 20-, 53-
York......................................  43,
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              Rhode Island
                    [See footnotes at end of tables]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Block Island..............................  69-
Providence................................  10+, 12+, \1\ 16, *36, 64+
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                             South Carolina
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aiken.....................................  *44
Allendale.................................  *14
Anderson..................................  40
Beaufort..................................  *16-
Charleston................................  2+, 4, 5+, *7-, 24, and 36+
Columbia..................................  10-, 19+, 25-, *35+, 47, 57-
Conway....................................  *23+
Florence..................................  13+, 15-, 21, *33+
Greenville................................  4-, 16+, 21, *29
Greenwood.................................  *38, 48+
Hardeeville...............................  28-
Myrtle Beach..............................  32, 43+
Rock Hill.................................  30+, 55-
Spartanburg...............................  7+, 49
Sumter....................................  *27- and 63-
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              South Dakota
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aberdeen..................................  9-, *16-
Allen.....................................  22+
Brookings.................................  *8
Eagle Butte...............................  *13
Florence..................................  3-
Huron.....................................  12+
Lead......................................  5-, 11+
Lowry.....................................  *11-, 56, 62+, 68-
Martin....................................  *8-
Mitchell..................................  5+
Pierre....................................  4, *10+
Rapid City................................  3+, 7+, *9, 15-, 21-
Reliance..................................  6-
Seneca....................................  *2-
Sioux Falls...............................  11, 13+, 17-, *23, 36+, 46
Vermillion................................  *2+
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Tennessee
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Athens....................................  *24
Chattanooga...............................  3+, 9, 12+, *45, 61-
Cleveland.................................  53
Cookeville................................  *22, 28+
Crossville................................  20+, *55+
Fayetteville..............................  *29-
Greeneville...............................  39-
Hendersonville............................  50

[[Page 141]]

 
Jackson...................................  7+, 16+, *32+
Jellico...................................  54-
Johnson City..............................  11-, *41
Kingsport.................................  19
Knoxville.................................  6, 8, 10+, *15-, 43+
Lebanon...................................  66--
Lexington.................................  *11+
Livingston................................  60-
McMinnville...............................  33+
Memphis...................................  3-, 5+, *10+, 13+, *14+, 24,
                                             30, 50+, and *56
Murfreesboro..............................  39+
Nashville.................................  2-, 4+, 5, *8+, 17+, 30+,
                                             *42, and 58
Sneedville................................  *2+
Tazewell..................................  48+
Tullahoma.................................  64+
Union City................................  41
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                  Texas
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abilene...................................  9+, 15, *26+, 32+
Alpine....................................  12-
Alvin.....................................  67
Amarillo..................................  *2+, 4, 7, 10, 14+
Austin....................................  7+, *18+, 24, 36, 42-, and
                                             54
Bay City..................................  *43+
Baytown...................................  57+
Beaumont..................................  6-, 12-, 21, *34-
Belton....................................  46-
Big Spring................................  4-, *14
Blanco....................................  17
Boquillas.................................  8-
Borger....................................  31
Brady.....................................  13
Brownsville...............................  23
Bryan.....................................  3, 28
Childress.................................  *21
College Station...........................  *15, 50-
Conroe....................................  49+ and 55+
Corpus Christi............................  3-, 6, 10-, *16, 28-, 38+
Crockett..................................  40
Dallas....................................  4+, 8, *13+, 27-, 33+, 39,
                                             and 58
Decatur...................................  29
Del Rio...................................  10, *24+
Denton....................................  *2
Eagle Pass................................  16+
El Paso...................................  4, 7, 9, *13, 14, 26+, *38--
                                             , and 65
Farwell...................................  18+
Fort Stockton.............................  5+
Fort Worth................................  5+, 11-, 21-, *31+, and 52-
Fredericksburg............................  2+
Galveston.................................  *22, 47
Garland...................................  23
Greenville................................  47+
Harlingen.................................  4+, *44, 60
Houston...................................  2-, *8, 11+, 13-, *14, 20,
                                             26, 39-, and 61
Irving....................................  49
Jacksonville..............................  56
Katy......................................  51+
Kennville.................................  35+
Killeen...................................  62
Lake Dallas...............................  55
Laredo....................................  8, 13, 27-, *39
Liano.....................................  14-
Longview..................................  16+, 38-, and 51-
Lubbock...................................  *5-,11,13-, 16+, 28, and 34-
Lufkin....................................  9
McAllen...................................  48
Marfa.....................................  3
Marshall..................................  *22-, 35+
Midland...................................  2-, 18
Mineola...................................  64+
Monahans-Odessa...........................  9-
Nacogdoches...............................  19-, *32
Odessa....................................  7-, 24-, 30, *36+, and 42
Palestine.................................  43
Paris, Texas..............................  36+, 42+
Port Arthur...............................  4-
Presidio..................................  7+
Rio Grande City...........................  40
Rosenberg.................................  45
San Angelo................................  3-, 6, 8+, *21+
San Antonio...............................  4, 5, *9-, 12+, *23-, 29+,
                                             41+, and 60+
Sherman...................................  12-, 20-, *26-
Snyder....................................  17-
Sonora....................................  11+
Sulphur Springs...........................  18
Sweetwater................................  12
Temple....................................  6+,
Texarkana.................................  6, 17-, *34
Tyler.....................................  7,14+, *38, and 60
Uvalde....................................  26-
Victoria..................................  19+, 25, 31, and *47
Waco......................................  10+, 25+, *34+, 44-
Weslaco...................................  5-
Wichita Falls.............................  3+, 6-, 18-, *24
Wolfforth.................................  22-
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                  Utah
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cedar City................................  4, *16+
Logan.....................................  12-, *22
Moab......................................  *14+
Monticello................................  *16-
Ogden.....................................  *9+, *18-, 24, 30
Price.....................................  3+, *15
Provo.....................................  *11-, 16, 32
Richfield.................................  8+, *19
Salt Lake City............................  2-, 4-, 5+, *7-, 13+, 14-,
                                             20+, *26-
St. George................................  12, *18-
Vernal....................................  6, *17+
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Vermont
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Burlington................................  3, 22+, *33-, 44+
Hartford..................................  31
Rutland...................................  *28+
St. Johnsbury.............................  *20-
Windsor...................................  *41
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Virginia
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arlington.................................  14-
Ashland...................................  65+
Blacksburg................................  *43, 65-
Bristol...................................  5+, *28-
Bluefield.................................  *63+
Charlottesville...........................  29-, *41-, 64+
Courtland.................................  *52
Danville..................................  24-, 44+, *56
Farmville.................................  *31-

[[Page 142]]

 
Fairfax...................................  *56-
Fredericksburg............................  69+
Front Royal...............................  *42
Goldvein..................................  *53
Grundy....................................  68
Harrisonburg..............................  3-
Lynchburg.................................  13, 21-, *54+
Manassas..................................  66+
Marion....................................  *52-
Norfolk-Portsmouth-Newport News-..........  3+, 10+, 13-, *15, 27, 33,
                                             49- and
Hampton...................................  *55+
Norton....................................  *47-
Onancock..................................  *25+
Petersburg................................  8
Richmond..................................  6+, 12-, *23, 35+, *57-, 63
Roanoke...................................  7-, 10, *15+, 27+, 38-, and
                                             60
Staunton..................................  *51-
Virginia Beach............................  21+, 43+
West Point................................  *46
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               Washington
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Anacortes.................................  64
Bellevue..................................  33+, 51+
Bellingham................................  12+, 24, *34
Centralia.................................  *15+
East Wenatchee............................  249A
Everett...................................  16-
Kennewick.................................  42+
Morton....................................  39
Olympia...................................  67
Pasco.....................................  19-
Pullman...................................  *10-, 24+
Richland..................................  25, *31
Rochester.................................  26+
Seattle...................................  4, 5+, 7, *9, 22+, 45+, and
                                             *62
Spokane...................................  2-, 4-, 6-,*7+22, 28-, and
                                             34-
Tacoma....................................  11+, 13-, 20, *28, and *56
Vancouver.................................  *14, 49
Walla Walla...............................  9+
Wenatchee.................................  *18+, 27
Yakima....................................  23+, 29+, 35, *47
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              West Virginia
                    [See footnotes at end of tables]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bluefield.................................  6-, 40-
Charleston................................  8+, 11+, 29, *49-
Clarksburg................................  12+, 46-
Fairmont..................................  66-
Grandview.................................  *9-
Huntington................................  3+, 13+, *33+
Keyser....................................  *30+
Lewisburg.................................  59
Martinsburg...............................  *44, 60+
Morgantown................................  *24-
Oak Hill..................................  4
Parkersburg...............................  15-, 39+, *57
Weirton...................................  *50+
Weston....................................  5
Wheeling..................................  7, \1\ 14, *41
Williamson................................  *31+
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Wisconsin
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Antigo....................................  46
Appleton..................................  32+
Bloomington...............................  *49
Chippewa Falls............................  48
Crandon...................................  4
Eagle River...............................  34
Eau Claire................................  13+, 18
Fond du Lac...............................  68
Green Bay.................................  2+, 5+, 11+, 26+, *38, 50+
Highland..................................  *51
Janesville................................  57+
Kenosha...................................  55-
Kieler....................................  *46+
LaCrosse..................................  8+, 19+, 25, *31
Madison...................................  3, 15, *21-, 27+, 47+
Manitowoc.................................  16+
Marshfield................................  39-
Mayville..................................  52
Menomonie.................................  *28-
Milwaukee.................................  4-, 6, *10+, 12, 18-, 24+,
                                             30, *36, and 58
Oshkosh...................................  22+and *50+
Park Falls................................  *36+
Racine....................................  49+
Rhinelander...............................  12+
Rice Lake.................................  16
Richland Center...........................  45+
Sheboygan.................................  28
Sturgeon Bay..............................  42
Superior..................................  6+, 40
Suring....................................  14-
Tomah.....................................  43
Wausau....................................  7-, 9, *20+, 33-
Wittenberg................................  55
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Wyoming
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Casper....................................  2+, *6+, 13+, 14-, 20-
Cheyenne..................................  5+, *17, 27-, 33-
Jackson...................................  2, 11+
Lander....................................  *4, 5
Laramie...................................  *8+
Rawlins...................................  11-
Riverton..................................  10+
Rock Springs..............................  13
Sheridan..................................  7, 9+, 12+
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                    U.S. Territories and Possessions
                    [See footnotes at end of tables]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guam:
  Agana...................................  *4, 8, 10, *12
  Tamuning................................  14, 20
Puerto Rico:
  Aguada..................................  50
  Aguadilla...............................  *32, 44
  Arecibo-Aguadilla.......................  12+
  Arecibo.................................  54, 60
  Bayamon.................................  36
  Caguas..................................  11-, *58
  Carolina................................  52
  Cayey...................................
  Fajardo.................................  13+, 34, and *40
  Guayama.................................  46
  Humacoa.................................  68
  Mayaguez................................  3+, 5-, 16, 22

[[Page 143]]

 
  Naranjito...............................  64
  Ponce...................................  7+, 9-, 14, 20, *26, 48
  San Juan................................  2+, 4-, *6+, 18, 24, 30, and
                                             *62
  San Sebastian...........................  38
  Utuado..................................
  Yauco...................................  42
Virgin Islands:
  Charlotte Amalie........................  10-, 17, *23, 43
  Charlotte Amalie-Christiansted..........  *3, \6\ *12
  Christiansted...........................  8+, 15, *21, 39
  Frederiksted............................  66
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Footnotes to tables:
 
\1\ Following the decision in Docket No. 18261, channels so indicated
  will not be available for television use until further action by the
  Commission.
\2\ Operation on this channel is subject to the conditions, terms, and
  requirements set out in the Report and Order in Docket No. 19075, RM-
  1645, adopted January 5, 1972, released January 7, 1972, FCC 72-19.
\3\ [Reserved]
\4\ This channel is not available for use at Elgin unless and until it
  is determined by the Commission that it is not needed for use at
  Joliet, Ill.
\5\ [Reserved]
\6\ Stations using these allotments shall limit radiation toward
  stations on the same channel in Puerto Rico, to no more than the
  effective radiated power which would be radiated by an omnidirectional
  radio station using maximum permissible effective radiated power for
  antenna height above average terrain, at the minimum distances from
  such stations specified in Sec. 73.610(b). The FCC shall consider the
  status of the negotiations with the appropriate British authorities
  concerning these allotments when the applications for construction
  permits come before the FCC.


(Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155)

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.  
73.606, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and on GPO Access.



Sec.  73.607  Availability of channels.

    (a) Applications may be filed to construct TV broadcast stations 
only on the channels designated in the Table of Allotments (Sec.  
73.606(b)) and only in the communities listed therein. Applications 
which fail to comply with this requirement, whether or not accompanied 
by a petition to amend the Table, will not be accepted for filing. 
However, applications specifying channels which accord with publicly 
announced FCC Orders changing the Table of Allotments will be accepted 
for filing even though such applications are tendered before the 
effective dates of such channel changes.
    (b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, an application 
may be filed for a channel or community not listed in the TV Table of 
Allotments if it is consistent with the rules and policies established 
in the Third Report and Order in WT Docket 99-168 (FCC 01-25), adopted 
January 18, 2001. Where such a request is approved, the Media Bureau 
will change the Table of Allotments to reflect that approval.

[51 FR 44070, Dec. 8, 1986, as amended at 66 FR 10208, Feb. 14, 2001; 67 
FR 13232, Mar. 21, 2002]



Sec.  73.609  Zones.

    (a) For the purpose of allotment and assignment, the United States 
is divided into three zones as follows:
    (1) Zone I consists of that portion of the United States located 
within the confines of the following lines drawn on the U.S. Albers 
Equal Area Projection Map (based on standard parallels 29\1/2\[deg] and 
45\1/2\[deg]; North American datum): Beginning at the most easterly 
point on the State boundary line between North Carolina and Virginia; 
thence in a straight line to a point on the Virginia-West Virginia 
boundary line located at north latitude 37[deg]49[min] and west 
longitude 80[deg]12[min]30[sec]; thence westerly along the southern 
boundary lines of the States of West Virginia, Ohio, Indiana, and 
Illinois to a point at the junction of the Illinois, Kentucky, and 
Missouri State boundary lines; thence northerly along the western 
boundary line of the State of Illinois to a point at the junction of the 
Illinois, Iowa, and Wisconsin State boundary lines; thence easterly 
along the northern State boundary line of Illinois to the 90th meridian; 
thence north along this meridian to the 43.5[deg] parallel; thence east 
along this parallel to the United States-Canada border; thence southerly 
and following that border until it again intersects the 43.5[deg] 
parallel; thence east along this parallel to the 71st meridian; thence 
in a straight line to the intersection of the 69th meridian and the 45th 
parallel; thence east along the 45th parallel to the Atlantic Ocean. 
When any of the above lines pass through a city, the city shall be 
considered to be located in Zone I. (See Figure 1 of Sec.  73.699.)
    (2) Zone II consists of that portion of the United States which is 
not located in either Zone I or Zone III, and Puerto

[[Page 144]]

Rico, Alaska, Hawaiian Islands and the Virgin Islands.
    (3) Zone III consists of that portion of the United States located 
south of a line, drawn on the United States Albers Equal Area Projection 
Map (based on standard parallels 29.50 and 45.50 North American datum), 
beginning at a point on the east coast of Georgia and the 31st parallel 
and ending at the United States-Mexican border, consisting of arcs drawn 
with a 241.4 kilometer (150 mile) radius to the north from the following 
specified points:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  North         West
                                                latitude      longitude
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a).........................................  29[deg]40[mi  83[deg]24[mi
                                                 n]00[sec]     n]00[sec]
(b).........................................  30[deg]07[mi  84[deg]12[mi
                                                 n]00[sec]     n]00[sec]
(c).........................................  30[deg]31[mi  86[deg]30[mi
                                                 n]00[sec]     n]00[sec]
(d).........................................  30[deg]48[mi  87[deg]58[mi
                                                 n]00[sec]     n]30[sec]
(e).........................................  30[deg]00[mi  90[deg]38[mi
                                                 n]00[sec]     n]30[sec]
(f).........................................  30[deg]04[mi  93[deg]19[mi
                                                 n]30[sec]     n]00[sec]
(g).........................................  29[deg]46[mi  95[deg]05[mi
                                                 n]00[sec]     n]00[sec]
(h).........................................  28[deg]43[mi  96[deg]39[mi
                                                 n]00[sec]     n]30[sec]
(i).........................................  27[deg]52[mi  97[deg]32[mi
                                                 n]30[sec]     n]00[sec]
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    When any of the above arcs pass through a city, the city shall be 
considered to be located in Zone II. (See Figure 2 of Sec.  73.699.)

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 33 FR 15422, Oct. 17, 1968; 
50 FR 23697, June 5, 1985; 51 FR 44070, Dec. 8, 1986]



Sec.  73.610  Minimum distance separations between stations.

    (a) The provisions of this section relate to allotment separations 
and station separations. Petitions to amend the Table of Allotments 
(Sec.  73.606(b)) (other than those also expressly requesting amendment 
of this section or Sec.  73.609) will be dismissed and all applications 
for new TV broadcast stations or for changes in the transmitter sites of 
existing stations will not be accepted for filing if they fail to comply 
with the requirements specified in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this 
section.

    Note: Licensees and permittees of television broadcast stations 
which were operating on April 14, 1952 pursuant to one or more 
separations below those set forth in Sec.  73.610 may continue to so 
operate, but in no event may they further reduce the separations below 
the minimum. As the existing separations of such stations are increased, 
the new separations will become the required minimum separations until 
separations are reached which comply with the requirements of Sec.  
73.610. Thereafter, the provisions of said section shall be applicable.

    (b) Minimum co-channel allotment and station separations:
    (1)

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     Kilometers
                               Zone                                ---------------------------------------------
                                                                        Channels 2-13          Channels 14-69
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I.................................................................    272.7 (169.5 miles)    248.6 (154.5 miles)
II................................................................    304.9 (189.5 miles)    280.8 (174.5 miles)
III...............................................................    353.2 (219.5 miles)    329.0 (204.5 miles)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) The minimum co-channel distance separation between a station in 
one zone and a station in another zone shall be that of the zone 
requiring the lower separation.
    (c) Minimum allotment and station adjacent channel separations 
applicable to all zones:
    (1) Channels 2-13 95.7 kilometers (59.5 miles). Channels 14-69 87.7 
kilometers (54.5 miles).
    (2) Due to the frequency spacing which exists between Channels 4 and 
5, between Channels 6 and 7, and between Channels 13 and 14, the minimum 
adjacent channel separations specified above shall not be applicable to 
these pairs of channels (see Sec.  73.603(a)).
    (d) In addition to the requirements of paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) 
of this section, the minimum assignment and station separations between 
stations on Channels 14-69, inclusive, as set forth in Table II of Sec.  
73.698 must be met in either rule-making proceedings looking towards the 
amendment of the Table of Assignments (Sec.  73.606(b)) or in licensing 
proceedings. No channel listed in column (1) of Table II of Sec.  73.698 
will be assigned to any city, and no application for an authorization to 
operate on such a channel will be granted, unless the distance 
separations indicated at the top of columns (2) through (7), inclusive, 
are met with respect to each of the channels listed in those columns and 
parallel with the channel in column (1).
    (e) The zone in which the transmitter of a television station is 
located or proposed to be located determines the applicable rules with 
respect to co-channel distance separations where the transmitter is 
located in a different zone from that in which the channel to be 
employed is located.

[[Page 145]]

    (f) The distances listed below apply only to allotments and 
assignments on Channel 6 (82-88 MHz). The Commission will not accept 
petitions to amend the Table of Allotments, applications for new 
stations, or applications to change the channel or location of existing 
assignments where the following minimum distances (between transmitter 
sites, in kilometers) from any FM Channel 253 allotment or assignment 
are not met:

       Minimum Distance Separation from FM Channel 253 (98.5 MHz)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             TV Zones II
                   Fm Class                      TV Zone I      & III
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A.............................................           17           22
B1............................................           19           23
B.............................................           22           26
C3............................................           19           23
C2............................................           22           26
C1............................................           29           33
C.............................................           36           41
------------------------------------------------------------------------


(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 
155, 303))

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 37 FR 25842, Dec. 5, 1972; 44 
FR 65765, Nov. 15, 1979; 47 FR 35990, Aug. 18, 1982; 50 FR 23698, June 
5, 1985; 51 FR 44070, Dec. 8, 1986; 54 FR 14964, Apr. 14, 1989; 54 FR 
16368, Apr. 24, 1989; 54 FR 35340, Aug. 25, 1989]



Sec.  73.611  Reference points and distance computations.

    (a) In considering petitions to amend the Table of Allotments (Sec.  
73.606(b)), the following reference points shall be used by the 
Commission in determining assignment separations between communities:
    (1) Where transmitter sites for the pertinent channels have been 
authorized in communities involved in a petition to amend the Table of 
Allotments, separations between such communities shall be determined by 
the distance between the coordinates of the authorized transmitter sites 
in the respective communities as set forth in the Commission's 
authorizations therefor.
    (2) Where an authorized transmitter site is available for use as a 
reference point in one community but not in the other for the pertinent 
channels, separations shall be determined by the distance between the 
coordinates of the transmitter site as set forth in the FCC's 
authorization therefor and the coordinates of the other community as set 
forth in the publication of the United States Department of the Interior 
entitled, Index to The National Atlas of the United States of America. 
If this publication does not contain the coordinates for said other 
community, the coordinates of the main post office thereof shall be 
used.
    (3) Where no authorized transmitter sites are available for use as 
reference points in both communities for the pertinent channels, the 
distance between the two communities listed in the above publication 
shall be used. If said publication does not contain such distance, the 
separation between the two communities shall be determined by the 
distance between the coordinates thereof as set forth in the 
publication. Where such coordinates are not contained in the 
publication, the coordinates of the main post offices of said 
communities shall be used.
    (4) Where the distance between the reference point in a community to 
which a channel is proposed to be assigned and the reference point in 
another community or communities does not meet the minimum separation 
requirements of Sec.  73.610, the channel may be assigned to such 
community upon a showing that a transmitter site is available that would 
meet the minimum separation requirements of Sec.  73.610 and the minimum 
field strength requirements of Sec.  73.685. In such cases, where a 
station is not authorized in the community or communities to which 
measurements from the proposed channel assignment must be made pursuant 
to Sec.  73.610 a showing should also be made that the distance between 
suitable transmitter sites in such other community or communities and 
the proposed transmitter site for the new channel meet the Commission's 
minimum spacing and coverage requirements.
    (b) Station separations in licensing proceedings shall be determined 
by the distance between the coordinates of the proposed transmitter site 
in one community and
    (1) The coordinates of an authorized transmitter site for the 
pertinent channel in the other community; or, where such transmitter 
site is not available for use as a reference point,

[[Page 146]]

    (2) The coordinates of the other community as set forth in the Index 
to The National Atlas of the United States of America; or if not 
contained therein,
    (3) The coordinates of the main post office of such other community.
    (4) In addition, where there are pending applications in other 
communities which, if granted, would have to be considered in 
determining station separations, the coordinates of the transmitter 
sites proposed in such applications must be used to determine whether 
the requirements with respect to minimum separations between the 
proposed stations in the respective cities have been met.
    (c) In measuring assignment and station separations involving cities 
listed in the Table in combination, where there is no authorized 
transmitter site in any of the combination cities on the channel 
involved, separation measurements shall be made from the reference point 
which will result in the lowest separation.
    (d) To calculate the distance between two reference points see 
paragraph (c), Sec.  73.208. However, distances shall be rounded to the 
nearest tenth of a kilometer.

[52 FR 11655, Apr. 10, 1987]



Sec.  73.612  Protection from interference.

    (a) Permittees and licensees of TV broadcast stations are not 
protected from any interference which may be caused by the grant of a 
new station or of authority to modify the facilities of an existing 
station in accordance with the provisions of this subpart. The nature 
and extent of the protection from interference accorded to TV broadcast 
stations is limited solely to the protection which results from the 
minimum allotment and station separation requirements and the rules and 
regulations with respect to maximum powers and antenna heights set forth 
in this subpart.
    (b) When the Commission determines that grant of an application 
would serve the public interest, convenience, and necessity and the 
instrument of authorization specifies an antenna location in a 
designated antenna farm area which results in distance separation less 
than those specified in this subpart, TV broadcast station permittees 
and licensees shall be afforded protection from interference equivalent 
to the protection afforded under the minimum distance separations 
specified in this subpart.

    Note: The nature and extent of the protection from interference 
accorded to TV broadcast stations which were authorized prior to April 
14, 1952, and which were operating on said date is limited not only as 
specified above but is further limited by any smaller separations 
existing between such stations on said date. Where, as a result of the 
adoption of the Table of Allotments or of changes in transmitter sites 
made by such stations after said date, separations smaller than the 
required minimum are increased but still remain lower than the required 
minimum, protection accorded such stations will be limited to the new 
separations.

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 32 FR 8814, June 21, 1967; 50 
FR 23698, June 5, 1985; 51 FR 44070, Dec. 8, 1986]



Sec.  73.613  Protection of Class A TV stations.

    (a) An application for a new TV broadcast station or for changes in 
the operating facilities of an existing TV broadcast station will not be 
accepted for filing if it fails to comply with the requirements 
specified in this section.

    Note to Sec.  73.613(a):
    Licensees and permittees of TV broadcast stations that were 
authorized on November 29, 1999 (and applicants for new TV stations that 
had been cut-off without competing applications or that were the winning 
bidder in a TV broadcast station auction as of that date, or that were 
the proposed remaining applicant in a group of mutually exclusive 
applications for which a settlement agreement was on file as of that 
date) may continue to operate with facilities that do not protect Class 
A TV stations. Applications filed on or before November 29, 1999 for a 
change in the operating facilities of such stations also are not 
required to protect Class A TV stations under the provisions of this 
section.

    (b) Due to the frequency spacing which exists between TV channels 4 
and 5, between channels 6 and 7, and between channels 13 and 14, first-
adjacent channel protection standards shall not be applicable to these 
pairs of channels. Some interference protection requirements of this 
section only apply to stations transmitting on the UHF TV channels 14 
through 51 (See Sec.  73.603(a) of this part).

[[Page 147]]

    (c) A UHF TV broadcast station application will not be accepted if 
it specifies a site less than 100 kilometers from the transmitter site 
of a UHF Class A TV station operating on a channel which is the seventh 
channel above the requested channel. Compliance with this requirement 
shall be determined based on a distance computation rounded to the 
nearest kilometer.
    (d) A UHF TV broadcast station application will not be accepted if 
it specifies a site less than 32 kilometers from the transmitter site of 
a UHF Class A TV station that is authorized an effective radiated power 
of more than 50 kilowatts and operating on a channel which is the 
second, third, or fourth channel above or below the requested channel. 
Compliance with this requirement shall be determined based on a distance 
computation rounded to the nearest kilometer.
    (e) In cases where a TV broadcast station has been authorized 
facilities that do not meet the distance separation requirements of this 
section, an application to modify such a station's facilities will not 
be accepted if it decreases that separation.
    (f) New interference must not be caused to Class A TV stations 
authorized pursuant to Subpart J of this part, within the protected 
contour defined in Sec.  73.6010 of this part. For this prediction, the 
TV broadcast station field strength is calculated from the proposed 
effective radiated power and the antenna height above average terrain in 
pertinent directions using the methods in Sec.  73.684 of this part.
    (1) For co-channel protection, the field strength is calculated 
using the appropriate F(50,10) chart from Figure 9a, 10a, or 10c of 
Sec.  73.699 of this part.
    (2) For TV broadcast stations that do not specify the same channel 
as the Class A TV station to be protected, the field strength is 
calculated using the appropriate F(50,50) chart from Figure 9, 10, or 
10b of Sec.  73.699 of this part.
    (g) A TV broadcast station application will not be accepted if the 
ratio in dB of its field strength to that of the Class A TV station at 
the Class A TV station's protected contour fails to meet the following:
    (1) -45 dB for co-channel operations where the Class A TV station 
does not specify an offset carrier frequency or where the TV broadcast 
and Class A TV stations do not specify different offset carrier 
frequencies (zero, plus or minus) or -28 dB for offset carrier frequency 
operation where the TV broadcast and Class A TV stations specify 
different offset carrier frequencies.
    (2) 6 dB when the protected Class A TV station operates on a VHF 
channel that is one channel above the requested channel.
    (3) 12 dB when the protected Class A TV station operates on a VHF 
channel that is one channel below the requested channel.
    (4) 15 dB when the protected Class A TV station operates on a UHF 
channel that is one channel above or below the requested channel.
    (5) 23 dB when the protected Class A TV station operates on a UHF 
channel that is fourteen channels below the requested channel.
    (6) 6 dB when the protected Class A TV station operates on a UHF 
channel that is fifteen channels below the requested channel.
    (h) New interference must not be caused to digital Class A TV 
stations authorized pursuant to Subpart J of this part, within the 
protected contour defined in Sec.  73.6010 of this part. A TV broadcast 
station application will not be accepted if the ratio in dB of the field 
strength of the digital Class A TV station at the digital Class A TV 
station's protected contour to the field strength resulting from the 
facilities proposed in the TV broadcast station application fails to 
meet the D/U signal ratios for ``analog TV-into-DTV'' specified in 
Sec. Sec.  73.623(c)(2) and 73.623(c)(3) of this part. For digital Class 
A TV station protection, the TV broadcast station field strength is 
calculated from the proposed effective radiated power and the antenna 
height above average terrain in pertinent directions using the methods 
in Sec.  73.684 of this part and using the appropriate F(50,10) chart 
from Figure 9a, 10a, or 10c of Sec.  73.699 of this part.
    (i) In cases where a TV broadcast station has been authorized 
facilities that do not meet the interference protection

[[Page 148]]

requirements of this section, an application to modify such a station's 
facilities will not be accepted if it is predicted to cause new 
interference within the protected contour of the Class A TV or digital 
Class A TV station.
    (j) In support of a request for waiver of the interference 
protection requirements of this section, an applicant for a TV broadcast 
station may make full use of terrain shielding and Longley-Rice terrain 
dependent propagation methods to demonstrate that the proposed facility 
would not be likely to cause interference to Class A TV stations. 
Guidance on using the Longely-Rice methodology is provided in OET 
Bulletin No. 69, which is available through the Internet at http://
www.fcc.gov/oet/info/documents/bulletins/#69.

[65 FR 3001, May 10, 2000]



Sec.  73.614  Power and antenna height requirements.

    (a) Minimum requirements. Applications will not be accepted for 
filing if they specify less than -10 dBk (100 watts) horizontally 
polarized visual effective radiated power in any horizontal direction. 
No minimum antenna height above average terrain is specified.
    (b) Maximum power. Applications will not be accepted for filing if 
they specify a power which exceeds the maximum permitted boundaries 
specified in the following formulas:
    (1) Channels 2-6 in Zone I:

ERPMax=102.57-33.24*Log10(HAAT)

And,
-10 dBk <= ERPMax<=20 dBk

    (2) Channels 2-6 in Zones II and III:

ERPMax=67.57-17.08* Log10 (HAAT)

And,
10 dBk <= ERPMax<=20 dBk

    (3) Channels 7-13 in Zone I:

ERPMax=107.57-33.24* Log10 (HAAT)

And,
-4.0 dBk <= ERPMax <=25 dBk

    (4) Channels 7-13 in Zones II and III:

ERPMax=72.57-17.08* Log10 (HAAT)

And,
15 dBk <= ERPMax<=25 dBk

    (5) Channels 14-69 in Zones I, II, and III:

ERPMax=84.57-17.08* Log10 (HAAT)

And,
    27 dBk <= ERPMax<=37 dBk

Where:

ERPMax=Maximum Effective Radiated Power measured in decibels 
above 1 kW (dBk).
HAAT=Height Above Average Terrain measured in meters.


The boundaries specified are to be used to determine the maximum 
possible combination of antenna height and ERPdBk. When 
specifying an ERPdBk less than that permitted by the lower 
boundary, any antenna HAAT can be used. Also, for values of antenna HAAT 
greater than 2,300 meters the maximum ERP is the lower limit specified 
for each equation.
    (6) The effective radiated power in any horizontal or vertical 
direction may not exceed the maximum values permitted by this section.
    (7) The effective radiated power at any angle above the horizontal 
shall be as low as the state of the art permits, and in the same 
vertical plane may not exceed the effective radiated power in either the 
horizontal direction or below the horizontal, whichever is greater.
    (c) Determination of applicable rules. The zone in which the 
transmitter of a television station is located or proposed to be located 
determines the applicable rules with respect to maximum antenna heights 
and powers for VHF stations when the transmitter is located in Zone I 
and the channel to be employed is located in Zone II, or the transmitter 
is located in Zone II and the channel to be employed is located in Zone 
I.

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 42 FR 20823, Apr. 22, 1977; 
42 FR 48881, Sept. 26, 1977; 47 FR 35990, Aug. 18, 1982; 50 FR 23698, 
June 5, 1985; 56 FR 49707, Oct. 1, 1991; 58 FR 51250, Oct. 1, 1993]



Sec.  73.615  Administrative changes in authorizations.

    In the issuance of television broadcast station authorizations, the 
Commission will specify the transmitter output power and effective 
radiated power to the nearest 0.1 dBk. Power specified by kWs shall be 
obtained by converting dBk to kWs to 3 significant

[[Page 149]]

figures. Antenna heights above average terrain will be specified to the 
nearest meter. Midway figures will be authorized in the lower 
alternative.

[50 FR 23698, June 5, 1985]



Sec.  73.621  Noncommercial educational TV stations.

    In addition to the other provisions of this subpart, the following 
shall be applicable to noncommercial educational television broadcast 
stations:
    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, 
noncommercial educational broadcast stations will be licensed only to 
nonprofit educational organizations upon a showing that the proposed 
stations will be used primarily to serve the educational needs of the 
community; for the advancement of educational programs; and to furnish a 
nonprofit and noncommercial television broadcast service.
    (1) In determining the eligibility of publicly supported educational 
organizations, the accreditation of their respective state departments 
of education shall be taken into consideration.
    (2) In determining the eligibility of privately controlled 
educational organizations, the accreditation of state departments of 
education or recognized regional and national educational accrediting 
organizations shall be taken into consideration.
    (b) Where a municipality or other political subdivision has no 
independently constituted educational organization such as, for example, 
a board of education having autonomy with respect to carrying out the 
municipality's educational program, such municipality shall be eligible 
for a noncommercial educational television broadcast station. In such 
circumstances, a full and detailed showing must be made that a grant of 
the application will be consistent with the intent and purpose of the 
Commission's rules and regulations relating to such stations.
    (c) Noncommercial educational television broadcast stations may 
transmit educational, cultural and entertainment programs, and programs 
designed for use by schools and school systems in connection with 
regular school courses, as well as routine and administrative material 
pertaining thereto.
    (d) A noncommercial educational television station may broadcast 
programs produced by or at the expense of, or furnished by persons other 
than the licensee, if no other consideration than the furnishing of the 
program and the costs incidental to its production and broadcast are 
received by the licensee. The payment of line charges by another 
station, network, or someone other than the licensee of a noncommercial 
educational television station, or general contributions to the 
operating costs of a station, shall not be considered as being 
prohibited by this paragraph.
    (e) Each station shall furnish a nonprofit and noncommercial 
broadcast service. Noncommercial educational television stations shall 
be subject to the provisions of Sec.  73.1212 to the extent that they 
are applicable to the broadcast of programs produced by, or at the 
expense of, or furnished by others. No promotional announcements on 
behalf of for profit entities shall be broadcast at any time in exchange 
for the receipt, in whole or in part, of consideration to the licensee, 
its principals, or employees. However, acknowledgements of contributions 
can be made. The scheduling of any announcements and acknowledgements 
may not interrupt regular programming.

    Note: Commission interpretation of this rule, including the 
acceptable form of acknowledgements, may be found in the Second Report 
and Order in Docket No. 21136 (Commission Policy Concerning the 
Noncommercial Nature of Educational Broadcast Stations), 86 F.C.C. 2d 
141 (1981); the Memorandum Opinion and Order in Docket No. 21136, 90 FCC 
2d 895 (1982), and the Memorandum Opinion and Order in Docket 21136, 49 
FR 13534, April 5, 1984.

    (f) Telecommunications Service on the Vertical Blanking Interval and 
in the Visual Signal. The provisions governing VBI and visual signal 
telecommunications service in Sec.  73.646 are applicable to 
noncommercial educational TV stations.
    (g) Non-program related data signals transmitted on Line 21 pursuant 
to Sec.  73.682(a)(22)(ii) may be used for remunerative purposes.

[[Page 150]]

    (h) Mutually exclusive applications for noncommercial educational TV 
stations operating on reserved channels shall be resolved pursuant to 
the point system in subpart K.
    (i) With respect to the provision of advanced television services, 
the requirements of this section will apply to the entire digital 
bitstream of noncommercial educational television stations, including 
the provision of ancillary or supplementary services.

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 35 FR 7558, May 15, 1970; 47 
FR 36179, Aug. 19, 1982; 48 FR 27068, June 13, 1983; 49 FR 29069, July 
18, 1984; 50 FR 4664, Feb. 1, 1985; 50 FR 4684, Feb. 1, 1985; 61 FR 
36304, July 10, 1996; 65 FR 36378, June 8, 2000; 66 FR 58982, Nov. 26, 
2001]



Sec.  73.622  Digital television table of allotments.

    (a) General. The following table of allotments contains the digital 
television (DTV) channel allotments designated for the listed 
communities in the United States, its Territories, and possessions. The 
initial DTV Table of Allotments was established on April 3, 1997, to 
provide a second channel for DTV service for all eligible analog 
television broadcasters. Requests for addition of new DTV allotments, or 
requests to change the channels allotted to a community must be made in 
a petition for rule making to amend the DTV Table of Allotments. A 
request to amend the DTV table to change the channel of an allotment in 
the DTV table will be evaluated for technical acceptability using 
engineering criteria set forth in Sec.  73.623(c). A request to amend 
the DTV table to add a new allotment will be evaluated for technical 
acceptability using the geographic spacing criteria set forth in Sec.  
73.623(d). DTV allotments designated with an asterisk are assigned for 
use by non-commercial educational broadcast stations only. Stations 
operating on DTV allotments designated with a ``c'' are required to 
comply with paragraph (g) of this section. Rules governing noncommercial 
educational TV stations are contained in Sec.  73.621. Where there is 
only one technically available channel available in a community, an 
entity that would be eligible to operate a noncommercial educational 
broadcast station may, prior to application, initiate a rulemaking 
proceeding requesting that an unoccupied or new channel in the community 
be changed or added as reserved only for noncommercial educational 
broadcasting upon demonstrating that the noncommercial educational 
proponent would provide a first or second noncommercial educational TV 
service to 2,000 or more people who constitute 10% of the population 
within the proposed allocation's noise limited contour.
    (1) Petitions requesting the addition of a new allotment must 
specify a channel in the range of channels 2-51.
    (2) Petitions requesting a change in the channel of an initial 
allotment must specify a channel in the range of channels 2-58.
    (b) DTV Table of Allotments.

                                 Alabama
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Anniston..............................  9
Bessemer..............................  18c
Birmingham............................  30, 36, 50, 52, *53
Demopolis.............................  *19
Dothan................................  21, 36
Dozier................................  *11
Florence..............................  14, 20, *22
Gadsden...............................  26, 45c
Homewood..............................  28
Huntsville............................  *24, 32c, 41, 49c, 59
Louisville............................  *44c
Mobile................................  9, 18, 20, 27, *41, 47
Montgomery............................  14, 16, *27, 46c, 51
Mount Cheaha..........................  *56
Opelika...............................  31
Ozark.................................  33
Selma.................................  55
Troy..................................  48
Tuscaloosa............................  5
Tuskegee..............................  24
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Alaska
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Anchorage.............................  6c, *8c, 10c, 12c, 20, *26, 28,
                                         32
Bethel................................  *3
Dillingham............................  *9
Fairbanks.............................  18, 22, *24, 26, 28
Juneau................................  *10, 11
Ketchikan.............................  *8, 13
North Pole............................  20
Sitka.................................  2
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Arizona
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flagstaff.............................  18, 22, 27, 32
Green Valley..........................  47c
Kingman...............................  19, *46

[[Page 151]]

 
Mesa..................................  36
Phoenix...............................  17, 20, 24, 26, *29, 31, 34c,
                                         49, 56
Prescott..............................  25
Sierra Vista..........................  44
Tolleson..............................  52c
Tucson................................  19c, 23, 25, *28c, *30, 32, 35,
                                         42
Yuma..................................  16, 41
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Arkansas
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arkadelphia...........................  *13
El Dorado.............................  *12, 27
Fayetteville..........................  *9, 15
Fort Smith............................  18, 21, 27
Hot Springs...........................  14
Jonesboro.............................  9c, *20c, 49c
Little Rock...........................  *5, 12c, 22, 30, 32, 44
Mountain View.........................  *13
Newark................................  *27
Pine Bluff............................  24, 39c
Rogers................................  50
Springdale............................  39
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               California
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Anaheim...............................  32
Arcata................................  22
Avalon................................  47c
Bakersfield...........................  10, 25, 33, 55
Barstow...............................  44
Blythe................................  *4
Calipatria............................  50
Ceres.................................  *15c
Chico.................................  36, 43
Clovis................................  44c
Coalinga..............................  *22
Concord...............................  63c
Corona................................  39
Cotati................................  *23c
El Centro.............................  22, 48
Eureka................................  *11, 16, 17, 28
Fort Bragg............................  15
Fresno................................  7, 9, 34, 38, *40
Hanford...............................  20
Huntington Beach......................  *48
Long Beach............................  61c
Los Angeles...........................  31c, 35c, 36, *41c, 42, 43, 53c,
                                         *59c, 60, 65c, 66
Merced................................  5
Modesto...............................  18
Monterey..............................  31, 32
Novato................................  47
Oakland...............................  56
Ontario...............................  29c
Oxnard................................  24
Palm Springs..........................  46, 52
Paradise..............................  20
Porterville...........................  48
Rancho Palos Verdes...................  51c
Redding...............................  *18, 34
Riverside.............................  68
Sacramento............................  21, 35, *43, 48, *53, 55, 61
Salinas...............................  10, 13
San Bernardino........................  *26, 38
San Diego.............................  18, 19, 25, *30, 40c, 55
San Francisco.........................  19, 24, 27c, 29, *30, *33c, 39c,
                                         45c, 51, 57
San Jose..............................  12c, 41, 49c, *50, 52
San Luis Obispo.......................  15, 34c
San Mateo.............................  *43
Sanger................................  36
Santa Ana.............................  23c
Santa Barbara.........................  21, 27
Santa Maria...........................  19
Santa Rosa............................  54
Stockton..............................  25, 46, 62
Twentynine Palms......................  23
Vallejo...............................  34
Ventura...............................  49
Visalia...............................  28, *50c
Watsonville...........................  *58
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Colorado
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Boulder...............................  15c
Broomfield............................  *38
Castle Rock...........................  46
Colorado Springs......................  10, 22c, 24
Craig.................................  *48
Denver................................  16, 17, *18, 19, 32c, 34, 35,
                                         *40, 43, 51c
Durango...............................  15
Fort Collins..........................  21
Glenwood Springs......................  23, *39
Grand Junction........................  2, 7, 12c, 15, *17
Greeley...............................  45
La Junta..............................  *30
Lamar.................................  *50
Leadville.............................  *49
Longmont..............................  29
Montrose..............................  13
Pueblo................................  *26, 42
Steamboat Springs.....................  10
Sterling..............................  23
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               Connecticut
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bridgeport............................  42, *52
Hartford..............................  31, *32, 33, 46
New Britain...........................  35
New Haven.............................  6, 10, *39
New London............................  34
Norwich...............................  *45
Waterbury.............................  12
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Delaware
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seaford...............................  *44
Wilmington............................  31, *55
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                          District of Columbia
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Washington............................  *27c, *33c, 34, 35, 36, 39, 48,
                                         51c
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 152]]


                                 Florida
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Apalachicola..........................  3
Boca Raton............................  *40
Bradenton.............................  *5, 42
Cape Coral............................  35
Clearwater............................  21
Clermont..............................  17
Cocoa.................................  *30, 53c
Daytona Beach.........................  11, 49
Fort Lauderdale.......................  52c
Fort Myers............................  9, 15, *31c
Fort Pierce...........................  *38, 50
Fort Walton Beach.....................  40, 49, 50
Gainesville...........................  16, *36
High Springs..........................  28
Hollywood.............................  47
Jacksonville..........................  13c, 19, 32, 34, *38, 42, *44
Key West..............................  3, 12
Lake Worth............................  36
Lakeland..............................  19
Leesburg..............................  40, *46c
Live Oak..............................  48
Marathon..............................  *34
Melbourne.............................  20, 48
Miami.................................  8c, 9, *18c, 19, *20, 22, 24c,
                                         26, 31, 32, 46c
Naples................................  41, 45
New Smyrna Beach......................  *33
Ocala.................................  31
Orange Park...........................  10
Orlando...............................  14, 22, *23, 39, 41, 58
Palm Beach............................  49
Panama City...........................  8, 9, 19, *38
Panama City Beach.....................  47c
Pensacola.............................  17, *31, 34c, 45c
Sarasota..............................  52
St. Petersburg........................  24, 57, 59
Tallahassee...........................  2, 22, *32
Tampa.................................  7, 12, 29c, *34, 47, *54
Tequesta..............................  16
Tice..................................  33
Venice................................  25
West Palm Beach.......................  13c, *27, 28, 55
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Georgia
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Albany................................  12, 17
Athens................................  *12c, 48
Atlanta...............................  10, 19, 20, *21, 25, 27, 39,
                                         *41, 43
Augusta...............................  30, 31, 42, 51
Bainbridge............................  50c
Baxley................................  35c
Brunswick.............................  24
Chatsworth............................  *33
Cochran...............................  *7
Columbus..............................  15, *23, 35, 47, 9
Cordele...............................  51
Dalton................................  16
Dawson................................  *8
Macon.................................  4, 16, 40, 45
Monroe................................  44
Pelham................................  *5
Perry.................................  32
Rome..................................  51
Savannah..............................  *13, 15, 23c, 39
Thomasville...........................  46
Toccoa................................  24
Valdosta..............................  43
Waycross..............................  *9c
Wrens.................................  *2
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Hawaii
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hilo..................................  8, 18, *19, 21, 22, 23, *31,
                                         *39c
Honolulu..............................  8, *10c, *18, 19, 22, 23, 27c,
                                         31, 33c, 35, 40, *43
Kailua Kona...........................  25
Kaneohe...............................  41
Lihue.................................  *7, *12, *28c, *45
Wailuku...............................  16c, 24, *28c, 29, *30, *34c,
                                         36, 45
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                  Idaho
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Boise.................................  *21, 26, 28
Burley................................  *48
Caldwell..............................  10c
Coeur D'alene.........................  *45
Filer.................................  *18
Idaho Falls...........................  9c, 36
Lewiston..............................  32
Moscow................................  *12
Nampa.................................  13c, 24
Pocatello.............................  *17, 23
Twin Falls............................  16, *22, 34
Weiser................................  *34
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Illinois
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aurora................................  59
Bloomington...........................  28
Carbondale............................  *40
Champaign.............................  41, 48
Charleston............................  *50
Chicago...............................  3c, 19, *21c, 27c, 29, 31, 43,
                                         45c, *47, 52
Decatur...............................  18c, 22
East St. Louis........................  47c
Freeport..............................  41
Harrisburg............................  34
Jacksonville..........................  *15c
Joliet................................  53
Lasalle...............................  10
Macomb................................  *21
Marion................................  17
Moline................................  *23, 38
Mount Vernon..........................  21
Olney.................................  *19
Peoria................................  30, 39, 40, *46, 57
Quincy................................  32, *34, 54
Rock Island...........................  58
Rockford..............................  16, 42, 54
Springfield...........................  36, 42, 44, 53
Urbana................................  *9, 26
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Indiana
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Angola................................  12
Bloomington...........................  *14, 27, 48, 56
Elkhart...............................  58
Evansville............................  *12, 28, 45c, 46, 59
Fort Wayne............................  19, 24, 31, 36, *40c
Gary..................................  *17, 51c
Hammond...............................  36
Indianapolis..........................  9c, 16, *21c, 25, *44, 45, 46
Kokomo................................  54
Lafayette.............................  11
Marion................................  32

[[Page 153]]

 
Muncie................................  52
Richmond..............................  39
Salem.................................  51
South Bend............................  30, *35c, 42, 48
Terre Haute...........................  24, 36, 39c
Vincennes.............................  *52
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                  Iowa
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ames..................................  59
Burlington............................  41
Cedar Rapids..........................  27, 47, 51, 52
Centerville...........................  *44
Council Bluffs........................  *33c
Davenport.............................  *34, 49, 56
Des Moines............................  16, 19, 26, 31, *50, 56
Dubuque...............................  43
Fort Dodge............................  *25
Iowa City.............................  25, *45
Mason City............................  *18, 42
Ottumwa...............................  14
Red Oak...............................  *35
Sioux City............................  *28c, 30, 39, 41, 49
Waterloo..............................  *35, 55
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Kansas
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Colby.................................  17, *19
Derby.................................  46
Ensign................................  5
Fort Scott............................  40
Garden City...........................  16, 18, *42
Goodland..............................  14
Great Bend............................  22
Hays..................................  *16, 20
Hutchinson............................  19, *29, 35
Lakin.................................  *8
Lawrence..............................  36
Oakley................................  *40
Pittsburg.............................  13
Salina................................  17
Topeka................................  *23, 28c, 44, 48
Wichita...............................  21, 26, 31, 45
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Kentucky
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ashland...............................  *26c, 44
Beattyville...........................  7
Bowling Green.........................  16, *18, 33, *48
Campbellsville........................  19
Covington.............................  *24
Danville..............................  4
Elizabethtown.........................  *43
Harlan................................  51
Hazard................................  12, *16
Lexington.............................  13, 39, 40, *42
Louisville............................  8, *17, 26, *38, 47, 49, 55
Madisonville..........................  20c, *42
Morehead..............................  *15, 21
Murray................................  *36
Newport...............................  29
Owensboro.............................  30
Owenton...............................  *44
Paducah...............................  32, 41, 50c
Pikeville.............................  *24
Somerset..............................  *14
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Louisiana
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alexandria............................  *26c, 32c, 35
Baton Rouge...........................  13, *25, 34c, 45c, 46
Columbia..............................  57
Hammond...............................  42
Lafayette.............................  16c, *23, 28, 56
Lake Charles..........................  8c,*20, 30c
Monroe................................  7, *19
New Orleans...........................  *11, 15, 21c, 29, *31, 36, 40,
                                         43, 50c
Shreveport............................  17, *25c, 28, 34c, 44
Slidell...............................  24
West Monroe...........................  36, 38
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                  Maine
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Augusta...............................  *17
Bangor................................  14, 19, 25
Biddeford.............................  *45
Calais................................  *10
Lewiston..............................  28
Orono.................................  *9
Poland Spring.........................  46
Portland..............................  38, 43, 44
Presque Isle..........................  16, *20
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Maryland
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annapolis.............................  *42
Baltimore.............................  *29, 38, 40, 41, 46c, 52, 59
Frederick.............................  *28
Hagerstown............................  16, *44, 55
Oakland...............................  *54
Salisbury.............................  21, 53, *56
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              Massachusetts
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adams.................................  36
Boston................................  *19, 20, 30, 31, 32, 39c, 42,
                                         *43
Cambridge.............................  41
Lawrence..............................  18
Marlborough...........................  23
New Bedford...........................  22, 49
Norwell...............................  52
Springfield...........................  11, 55, *58c
Vineyard Haven........................  40
Worcester.............................  29, *47
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Michigan
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alpena................................  13, *57
Ann Arbor.............................  33
Bad Axe...............................  *15
Battle Creek..........................  20, 44c
Bay City..............................  22

[[Page 154]]

 
Cadillac..............................  *17, 40, 47
Calumet...............................  11
Cheboygan.............................  35
Detroit...............................  14, 21c, 41, *43, 44, 45, 58
East Lansing..........................  *55
Escanaba..............................  48
Flint.................................  16, 36, *52
Grand Rapids..........................  7, *11, 19, 39
Iron Mountain.........................  22
Jackson...............................  34
Kalamazoo.............................  2, *5, 45
Lansing...............................  38, 51, 59
Manistee..............................  *58
Marquette.............................  *33, 3
Mount Clemens.........................  39c
Mount Pleasant........................  *56
Muskegon..............................  24
Onondaga..............................  57
Saginaw...............................  30, 48
Sault Ste. Marie......................  9c, 49
Traverse City.........................  *23, 31, 50
University Center.....................  *18
Vanderbilt............................  59
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Minnesota
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alexandria............................  24, 36
Appleton..............................  *31
Austin................................  *20, 33
Bemidji...............................  *18
Brainerd..............................  *28
Crookston.............................  *16
Duluth................................  17, 33, *38, 43
Hibbing...............................  *31, 36, *51
Mankato...............................  38
Minneapolis...........................  21, 22, *26, 32, 35, *44
Redwood Falls.........................  27
Rochester.............................  36, 46
St. Cloud.............................  40
St. Paul..............................  *16, *34, 50
Thief River Falls.....................  32
Walker................................  20
Worthington...........................  *15
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               Mississippi
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Biloxi................................  *16, 39
Booneville............................  *55
Bude..................................  *18c
Columbus..............................  35
Greenville............................  17
Greenwood.............................  *25, 32
Gulfport..............................  48
Hattiesburg...........................  58
Holly Springs.........................  41c
Jackson...............................  9, *20, 21, 41c, 52
Laurel................................  28
Meridian..............................  26, 31c, *44, 49
Mississippi State.....................  *10
Natchez...............................  49c
Oxford................................  *36
Tupelo................................  57
West Point............................  16
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Missouri
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Birch Tree............................  *7
Bowling Green.........................  *50
Cape Girardeau........................  22, 57
Columbia..............................  22, 36
Hannibal..............................  29
Jefferson City........................  12, 20
Joplin................................  *25, 43, 46
Kansas City...........................  7, *18, 24, 31, 34, 42c, 47, 51c
Kirksville............................  33
Poplar Bluff..........................  18
Sedalia...............................  15
Springfield...........................  19, *23, 28c, 44, 52
St. Joseph............................  21, 53
St. Louis.............................  14, 26, 31c, 35, *39, 43, 56
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Montana
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Billings..............................  10, 11, *16, 18
Bozeman...............................  *8, 13
Butte.................................  5, 19c, 33
Glendive..............................  10
Great Falls...........................  7, 8, *21, 45
Hardin................................  22
Helena................................  14, 29
Kalispell.............................  38, *46
Miles City............................  13, *39
Missoula..............................  7, *27, 36, 40
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Nebraska
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Albion................................  23
Alliance..............................  *24
Bassett...............................  *15
Grand Island..........................  19, 32
Hastings..............................  21, *28
Hayes Center..........................  18
Kearney...............................  36
Lexington.............................  *26
Lincoln...............................  25, 31, *40
McCook................................  12
Merriman..............................  *17
Norfolk...............................  *16
North Platte..........................  *16, 22
Omaha.................................  *17, 20, 22, 38, 43c, 45
Scottsbluff...........................  7, 29
Superior..............................  34
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Nevada
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Elko..................................  8, *15
Henderson.............................  9
Las Vegas.............................  2, 7, *11c, 12, 16c, 22c, 29
Laughlin..............................  32
Paradise..............................  40c
Reno..................................  7, 9c, 13, *15, 20, 22c, 26, 44
Winnemucca............................  12
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              New Hampshire
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Berlin................................  *15
Concord...............................  33

[[Page 155]]

 
Derry.................................  35
Durham................................  *57
Keene.................................  *49
Littleton.............................  *48
Manchester............................  59
Merrimack.............................  34
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               New Jersey
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Atlantic City.........................  44, 49
Burlington............................  27
Camden................................  *22
Linden................................  36
Montclair.............................  *51c
New Brunswick.........................  *18
Newark................................  53c, 61
Newton................................  8c
Paterson..............................  40
Secaucus..............................  38
Trenton...............................  *43
Vineland..............................  66c
West Milford..........................  *29
Wildwood..............................  36
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               New Mexico
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Albuquerque...........................  16, *17, 21, 24c, 26, *35, 42c,
                                         45
Carlsbad..............................  19
Clovis................................  20
Farmington............................  8, 17
Hobbs.................................  16, *47
Las Cruces............................  *23c, 47
Portales..............................  *32
Roswell...............................  28c, *31, 38, 41
Santa Fe..............................  10, 27, 29
Silver City...........................  12, *33
Socorro...............................  *31
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                New York
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Albany................................  7, 12, 26
Amsterdam.............................  50
Batavia...............................  53
Binghamton............................  4, 7, 8, *42
Buffalo...............................  14, *32, 33, 34, 38, 39, *43
Carthage..............................  35
Corning...............................  50
Elmira................................  2, 55
Garden City...........................  *22c
Jamestown.............................  27c
Kingston..............................  48
New York..............................  *24, 28, 30, 33, 44, 45, 56
North Pole............................  14
Norwood...............................  *23
Plattsburgh...........................  *38
Poughkeepsie..........................  27
Riverhead.............................  57
Rochester.............................  *16, 28, 45, 58, 59
Schenectady...........................  *34, 39, 43
Smithtown.............................  23
Springville...........................  46
Syracuse..............................  17, 19, *25c, 44c, 47, 54
Utica.................................  27, 29, 30
Watertown.............................  21, *41
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                             North Carolina
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Asheville.............................  *25, 45, 56, 57
Belmont...............................  47c
Burlington............................  14
Chapel Hill...........................  *59
Charlotte.............................  *11, 22, 23, 27, 34
Concord...............................  *44
Durham................................  27, 52
Edenton...............................  *20
Fayetteville..........................  36, 38
Goldsboro.............................  55
Greensboro............................  33, 43, 51
Greenville............................  10c, 21, *23
Hickory...............................  40
High Point............................  35
Jacksonville..........................  *18, 34
Kannapolis............................  50
Lexington.............................  19
Linville..............................  *54
Lumberton.............................  *25
Morehead City.........................  24
New Bern..............................  48
Raleigh...............................  49, 53, 57
Roanoke Rapids........................  *39
Rocky Mount...........................  15
Washington............................  32
Wilmington............................  *29, 30, 44, 46
Wilson................................  42
Winston-Salem.........................  29, 31, *32
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              North Dakota
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bismarck..............................  16, *22, 23, 31
Devils Lake...........................  *25, 59
Dickinson.............................  18, 19, *20
Ellendale.............................  *20c
Fargo.................................  19, 21, *23, 44
Grand Forks...........................  *56
Jamestown.............................  18
Minot.................................  15c, *40, 45, 58
Pembina...............................  15
Valley City...........................  38
Williston.............................  14, *51, 52
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                  Ohio
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Akron.................................  30, *50c, 59
Alliance..............................  *46c
Athens................................  *27
Bowling Green.........................  *56
Cambridge.............................  *35
Canton................................  39, 47
Chillicothe...........................  46
Cincinnati............................  10c, 31, 33, *34, 35
Cleveland.............................  2, 15, *26c, 31, 34
Columbus..............................  13, 14, 21, 36, *38
Dayton................................  30, 41, 50, 51, *58
Lima..................................  8, 47
Lorain................................  28
Mansfield.............................  12
Newark................................  24
Oxford................................  *28
Portsmouth............................  17, *43c
Sandusky..............................  42
Shaker Heights........................  10
Springfield...........................  18
Steubenville..........................  57

[[Page 156]]

 
Toledo................................  5, 17, 19, *29, 46, 49
Youngstown............................  20, 36, 41
Zanesville............................  40
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Oklahoma
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ada...................................  26
Bartlesville..........................  15
Cheyenne..............................  *8
Claremore.............................  *36c
Enid..................................  18
Eufaula...............................  *31
Guymon................................  *29
Lawton................................  11
Oklahoma City.........................  7, 15c, 24, 27, *32, 33, 39, 40,
                                         50, 51
Okmulgee..............................  28
Shawnee...............................  29
Tulsa.................................  10, 22, *26, *38, 42c, 48c, 49,
                                         55, 56
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Oregon
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bend..................................  *11, 18
Coos Bay..............................  21, 22
Corvallis.............................  *39
Eugene................................  17c, 25, *29c, 31, 44
Klamath Falls.........................  13, 29, *33,
La Grande.............................  *5
Medford...............................  15, 27c, 35, 38, *42
Pendleton.............................  8
Portland..............................  *27, 30, 40, 43, 45, 6
Roseburg..............................  18, 19, 45
Salem.................................  4, 33c
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              Pennsylvania
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Allentown.............................  46, *62
Altoona...............................  24c, 32, 46
Bethlehem.............................  9
Clearfield............................  *15
Erie..................................  16, 22, *50, 52, 58
Greensburg............................  50
Harrisburg............................  4, 10, *36
Hazleton..............................  45c
Jeannette.............................  49
Johnstown.............................  29, 34
Lancaster.............................  23, 58
Philadelphia..........................  26, 32, *34, 42, 54, 64, 67
Pittsburgh............................  25, 26, *38, 42, 43, 48, 51
Reading...............................  25
Red Lion..............................  30
Scranton..............................  13, 31, 32, *41, 49
Wilkes-Barre..........................  11
Williamsport..........................  29
York..................................  47
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              Rhode Island
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Block Island..........................  17
Providence............................  13c, *21, 51, 54c
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                             South Carolina
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Allendale.............................  *33
Anderson..............................  14
Beaufort..............................  *44
Charleston............................  34, 35, 40, 47, *49, 50
Columbia..............................  8, 17, *32, 41, 48
Conway................................  *9
Florence..............................  16c, 20, *45, 56
Georgetown............................  *38
Greenville............................  *9, 35, 57, 59
Greenwood.............................  *18
Hardeeville...........................  27
Myrtle Beach..........................  18
Rock Hill.............................  15, 39
Spartanburg...........................  43, 53
Sumter................................  *28c, 39
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              South Dakota
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aberdeen..............................  *17c, 28
Brookings.............................  *18
Eagle Butte...........................  *25
Florence..............................  2
Huron.................................  22
Lead..................................  10, 29
Lowry.................................  *15
Martin................................  *23
Mitchell..............................  26
Pierre................................  19, *21
Rapid City............................  2, 16c, 18, *26
Reliance..............................  13
Sioux Falls...........................  7, *24c, 29, 32, 47c, 51
Vermillion............................  *34
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Tennessee
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chattanooga...........................  13, *29, 35, 40, 47
Cleveland.............................  42
Cookeville............................  36, *52
Crossville............................  50
Greeneville...........................  38
Hendersonville........................  51c
Jackson...............................  39, 43
Jellico...............................  23
Johnson City..........................  58
Kingsport.............................  27
Knoxville.............................  7, *17, 26, 30, 31, 34
Lebanon...............................  44
Lexington.............................  *47
Memphis...............................  25c, 28, *29, 31c, 51c, 52, 53
Murfreesboro..........................  38
Nashville.............................  10, 15, 21, 23, 27, *46, 56
Sneedville............................  *41
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                  Texas
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abilene...............................  24, 29
Alvin.................................  36
Amarillo..............................  *8c, 9, 15c, 19, 23
Arlington.............................  42
Austin................................  21, *22, 33, 43c, 49, 56
Baytown...............................  41
Beaumont..............................  21, *33, 50
Belton................................  38
Big Spring............................  33

[[Page 157]]

 
Brownsville...........................  24c
Bryan.................................  29c, 50
College Station.......................  *12
Conroe................................  5, 42
Corpus Christi........................  8, 13, 18, *23, 27
Dallas................................  9c, *14, 32, 35, 36, 40c, 45
Decatur...............................  30c
Del Rio...............................  28
Denton................................  *43
Eagle Pass............................  18
El Paso...............................  15c, 16, 17, 18, 25, *30, *39c,
                                         51
Fort Worth............................  18, 19, 41, 51
Galveston.............................  *23c, 48c
Garland...............................  24c
Greenville............................  46
Harlingen.............................  31, *34, 38
Houston...............................  *9c, 19, *24, 27c, 31, 32, 35,
                                         38, 44
Irving................................  48
Jacksonville..........................  22
Katy..................................  52c
Kerrville.............................  32
Killeen...............................  13
Lake Dallas...........................  54
Laredo................................  15, 19, 31
Llano.................................  27
Longview..............................  31
Lubbock...............................  9, 25, 27, 35c, *39, 40
Lufkin................................  11
McAllen...............................  49
Midland...............................  26
Nacogdoches...........................  18
Odessa................................  13, 23, 31, *38, 43c
Port Arthur...........................  40
Rio Grande City.......................  20
Rosenberg.............................  46c
San Angelo............................  11, 16, 19
San Antonio...........................  *8, *16, 30c, 38, 39, 48, 55, 58
Sherman...............................  20
Snyder................................  10
Sweetwater............................  20
Temple................................  9
Texarkana.............................  15, *50
Tyler.................................  10
Victoria..............................  11, 15
Waco..................................  *20, 26c, 53, 57
Weslaco...............................  13
Wichita Falls.........................  15, 22, 28
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                  Utah
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cedar City............................  14, 44
Monticello............................  *41
Ogden.................................  29, *34
Provo.................................  17c, *39
Salt Lake City........................  27, 28, 35, 38, 40, *42
St. George............................  9
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Vermont
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Burlington............................  13, *32, 43, 53
Hartford..............................  25
Rutland...............................  *9
St. Johnsbury.........................  *18
Windsor...............................  *24
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Virginia
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arlington.............................  15c
Ashland...............................  47
Bristol...............................  28
Charlottesville.......................  32, *46
Danville..............................  41
Fairfax...............................  *57c
Front Royal...........................  *21
Goldvein..............................  *30
Grundy................................  49
Hampton...............................  41
Hampton-Norfolk.......................  *16c
Harrisonburg..........................  49
Lynchburg.............................  20, 34
Manassas..............................  43c
Marion................................  *42
Norfolk...............................  38, 40, 46,
Norton................................  *32
Petersburg............................  22
Portsmouth............................  31, 50
Richmond..............................  *24c, 25, 26, *42, *44, 54
Roanoke...............................  *3, 17, 18, 30, 36
Staunton..............................  *11
Virginia Beach........................  29
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               Washington
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bellevue..............................  32, 50
Bellingham............................  19, 35
Centralia.............................  *19
Everett...............................  31
Kennewick.............................  44
Medical Lake..........................  51
Pasco.................................  18
Pullman...............................  *17
Richland..............................  26c, *38
Seattle...............................  25, 38, 39, *41, 44, 48
Spokane...............................  *8, 13, 15, 20, 30, 36
Tacoma................................  14, 18, *27, 36, *42
Vancouver.............................  48
Wenatchee.............................  46
Yakima................................  14, 16, *21, 33
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              West Virginia
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bluefield.............................  14, 46
Charleston............................  19, 39, 41, 52
Clarksburg............................  10, 52
Grandview.............................  *53
Huntington............................  23, *34c, 47
Lewisburg.............................  8
Martinsburg...........................  12
Morgantown............................  *33
Oak Hill..............................  50
Parkersburg...........................  49
Weston................................  6
Wheeling..............................  32
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Wisconsin
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Appleton..............................  27c
Chippewa Falls........................  49c
Eagle River...........................  28
Eau Claire............................  15, 39
Fond Du Lac...........................  44

[[Page 158]]

 
Green Bay.............................  23, 39c, 41, *42, 51
Janesville............................  32
Kenosha...............................  40
La Crosse.............................  14, 17, *30, 41
Madison...............................  11, 19, *20, 26, 50
Manitowoc.............................  19
Mayville..............................  43
Menomonie.............................  *27
Milwaukee.............................  *8, 22, 25c, 28, 33, 34, *35,
                                         46, 61
Park Falls............................  *47
Racine................................  48
Rhinelander...........................  16
Superior..............................  19
Suring................................  21
Wausau................................  *24, 29, 40
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Wyoming
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Casper................................  15c, 17, 18
Cheyenne..............................  11, 28c, 30
Jackson...............................  4
Lander................................  7, *8
Rawlins...............................  9
Riverton..............................  16
Rock Springs..........................  21
Sheridan..............................  13
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                  Guam
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Agana.................................  2, 4, 5
Tamuning..............................  17
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               Puerto Rico
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aguada................................  62
Aguadilla.............................  17c, *34, 69
Arecibo...............................  53, 61c
Bayamon...............................  59c
Caguas................................  56, *57
Carolina..............................  51
Fajardo...............................  *16, 33
Guayama...............................  45
Humacao...............................  49
Mayaguez..............................  23c, 29, 35, 63
Naranjito.............................  65c
Ponce.................................  8c, 15c, 19, *25, 43c, 47
San Juan..............................  21, 27c, 28, 31c, 32, *55c
San Sebastian.........................  39c
Yauco.................................  41c
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                             Virgin Islands
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Charlotte Amalie......................  *44, 48, 50
Christiansted.........................  20, 23
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c)(1) Availability of channels. Applications may be filed to 
construct DTV broadcast stations only on the channels designated in the 
DTV Table of Allotments set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, and 
only in the communities listed therein. Applications that fail to comply 
with this requirement, whether or not accompanied by a petition to amend 
the DTV Table, will not be accepted for filing. However, applications 
specifying channels that accord with publicly announced FCC Orders 
changing the DTV Table of Allotments will be accepted for filing even if 
such applications are tendered before the effective dates of such 
channel change. An application for authority to construct a DTV station 
on an allotment in the initial DTV table may only be filed by the 
licensee or permittee of the analog TV station with which that initial 
allotment is paired, as set forth in Appendix B of the Memorandum 
Opinion and Order on Reconsideration of the Sixth Report and Order in MM 
Docket 87-268, FCC 98-24 (Memorandum Opinion and Order) adopted January 
29, 1998. Copies of the Memorandum Opinion and Order may be inspected 
during normal business hours at the: Federal Communications Commission, 
Room CY-C203, 445 12th Street, SW., Reference Information Center, 
Washington, DC, 20554. This document is also available through the 
Internet on the FCC Home Page at http://www.fcc.gov. Applications may 
also be filed to implement an exchange of channel allotments between two 
or more licensees or permittees of analog TV stations in the same 
community, the same market, or in adjacent markets provided, however, 
that the other requirements of this section and Sec.  73.623 are met 
with respect to each such application.
    (2) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(1) of this section, an application 
may be filed for a channel or community not listed in the DTV Table of 
Allotments if it is consistent with the rules and policies established 
in the Third Report and Order in WT Docket 99-168 (FCC 01-25), adopted 
January 18, 2001. Where such a request is approved, the Media Bureau 
will change the DTV Table of Allotments to reflect that approval.
    (d) Reference points and distance computations. (1) The reference 
coordinates of a DTV allotment included in the initial DTV Table of 
Allotments are the

[[Page 159]]

coordinates of the authorized transmitting antenna site of the 
associated analog TV station, as set forth in Appendix B of the 
Memorandum Opinion and Order (referenced above). An application for 
authority to construct or modify DTV facilities on such an allotment may 
specify an alternate location for the DTV transmitting antenna that is 
within 5 kilometers of the DTV allotment reference coordinates without 
consideration of electromagnetic interference to other DTV or analog TV 
broadcast stations, allotments or applications, provided the application 
complies with paragraph (f)(2) of this section. Location of the 
transmitting antenna of such a station at a site more than 5 kilometers 
from the DTV allotment reference coordinates must comply with the 
provisions of section 73.623(c). In the case where a DTV station has 
been granted authority to construct more than 5 kilometers from its 
reference coordinates pursuant to section 73.623(c), and its authorized 
coverage area extends in any azimuthal direction beyond the DTV coverage 
area determined for the DTV allotment reference facilities, then the 
coordinates of such authorized site are to be used in addition to the 
coordinates of the DTV allotment to determine protection from new DTV 
allotments pursuant to Sec.  73.623(d) and from subsequent DTV 
applications filed pursuant to Sec.  73.623(c).
    (2) The reference coordinates of a DTV allotment not included in the 
initial DTV Table of Allotments shall be the authorized transmitter 
site, or, where such a transmitter site is not available for use as a 
reference point, the coordinates as designated in the FCC order 
modifying the DTV Table of Allotments.
    (e) DTV Service Areas. (1) The service area of a DTV station is the 
geographic area within the station's noise-limited F(50,90) contour 
where its signal strength is predicted to exceed the noise-limited 
service level. The noise-limited contour is the area in which the 
predicted F(50,90) field strength of the station's signal, in dB above 1 
microvolt per meter (dBu) as determined using the method in section 
73.625(b) exceeds the following levels (these are the levels at which 
reception of DTV service is limited by noise):

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  dBu
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Channels 2-6.................................................         28
Channels 7-13................................................         36
Channels 14-69...............................................         41
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Within this contour, service is considered available at 
locations where the station's signal strength, as predicted using the 
terrain dependent Longley-Rice point-to-point propagation model, exceeds 
the levels above. Guidance for evaluating coverage areas using the 
Longley-Rice methodology is provided in OET Bulletin No. 69. Copies of 
OET Bulletin No. 69 may be inspected during normal business hours at the 
Federal Communications Commission, 445 12th Street, S.W, Dockets Branch 
(Room CY A09257), Washington, DC 20554. This document is also available 
through the Internet on the FCC Home Page at http://www.fcc.gov.

    Note to paragraph (e)(2):
    During the transition, in cases where the assigned power of a UHF 
DTV station in the initial DTV Table is 1000 kW, the Grade B contour of 
the associated analog television station, as authorized on April 3, 
1997, shall be used instead of the noise-limited contour of the DTV 
station in determining the DTV station's service area. In such cases, 
the DTV service area is the geographic area within the station's analog 
Grade B contour where its DTV signal strength is predicted to exceed the 
noise-limited service level, i.e., 41 dB, as determined using the 
Longley-Rice methodology.

    (3) For purposes of determining whether interference is caused to a 
DTV station's service area, the maximum technical facilities, i.e., 
antenna height above average terrain (antenna HAAT) and effective 
radiated power (ERP), specified for the station's allotment are to be 
used in determining its service area.
    (f) DTV maximum power and antenna heights. (1) The maximum, or 
reference, effective radiated power (ERP) and antenna height above 
average terrain (antenna HAAT) for an allotment included in the initial 
DTV Table of Allotments are set forth in Appendix B of the Memorandum 
Opinion and Order (referenced in paragraph (c) of this section). In each 
azimuthal direction, the

[[Page 160]]

reference ERP value is based on the antenna HAAT of the corresponding 
analog TV station and achieving predicted coverage equal to that analog 
TV station's predicted Grade B contour, as defined in section 73.683.
    (2) An application for authority to construct or modify DTV 
facilities will not be subject to further consideration of 
electromagnetic interference to other DTV or analog TV broadcast 
stations, allotments or applications, provided that:
    (i) The proposed ERP in each azimuthal direction is equal to or less 
than the reference ERP in that direction; and
    (ii) The proposed antenna HAAT is equal to or less than the 
reference antenna HAAT or the proposed antenna HAAT exceeds the 
reference antenna HAAT by 10 meters or less and the reference ERP in 
paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section is adjusted in accordance with 
paragraph (f)(3) of this section; and
    (iii) The application complies with the location provisions in 
paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
    (3)(i) A DTV station may increase its antenna HAAT by up to 10 
meters from that specified in Appendix B if it reduces its DTV power to 
a level at or below the level of adjusted DTV power computed in the 
following formula:

ERP adjustment in dB = 20log(H1/H2)

Where H1 = Reference antenna HAAT specified in the DTV Table, 
and H2 = Actual antenna HAAT

    (ii) Alternatively, a DTV application that specifies an antenna HAAT 
within 25 meters below that specified in Appendix B may adjust its power 
upward to a level at or below the adjusted DTV power in accordance with 
the formula in paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section without an 
interference showing. For a proposed antenna more than 25 meters below 
the reference antenna HAAT, the DTV station may increase its ERP up to 
the level permitted for operation with an antenna that is 25 meters 
below the station's reference antenna HAAT.
    (4) UHF DTV stations may request an increase in power, up to a 
maximum of 1000 kW ERP, to enhance service within their authorized 
service area through use of antenna beam tilting in excess of 1 degree, 
as follows:
    (i) Field strengths at the outer edge of the station's service area 
shall be no greater than the levels that would exist if the station were 
operating at its assigned DTV power.
    (ii) Where a station operates at higher power under the provisions 
of this paragraph, its field strengths at the edge of its service area 
are to be calculated assuming 1 dB of additional antenna gain over the 
antenna gain pattern specified by the manufacturer.
    (iii) Where a first adjacent channel DTV station or allotment is 
located closer than 110 km or a first adjacent channel analog TV station 
is located closer than 106 km from the proposed transmitter site, the 
application must be accompanied by a technical showing that the proposed 
operation complies with the technical criteria in Sec.  73.623(c) and 
thereby will not result in new interference exceeding the de minimis 
standard for new interference set forth in that section, or statements 
from affected stations agreeing to the proposed operation in accordance 
with Sec.  73.623(f).
    (iv) A licensee desiring to operate at higher power under these 
provisions shall submit, with its initial application for a DTV 
construction permit or subsequent application to modify its DTV 
facilities, an engineering analysis demonstrating that the predicted 
field strengths and predicted interference within its service area would 
comport with the requirements of this paragraph. The licensee also must 
notify, by certified mail, all stations that could potentially be 
affected by such operation at the time the station files its application 
for a construction permit or modification of facilities. Potentially 
affected stations to be notified include stations on co-channel and 
first-adjacent channel allotments that are located at distances less 
than the minimum geographic spacing requirements in Sec.  73.623(d)(2). 
For example, in Zone I a co-channel DTV station within 196.3 km or a 
first-adjacent channel DTV station within 110 km must be notified. A 
station that believes that its service is being affected beyond the de 
minimis standard set forth in Sec.  73.623(c) may file an informal 
objection with the

[[Page 161]]

Commission. Such an informal objection shall include an engineering 
analysis demonstrating that additional impermissible interference would 
occur. The Commission may condition grant of authority to operate at 
increased power pursuant to this provision on validation of actual 
performance through field measurements.
    (5) Licensees and permittees assigned a DTV channel in the initial 
DTV Table of Allotments may request an increase in either ERP in some 
azimuthal direction or antenna HAAT, or both, that exceed the initial 
technical facilities specified for the allotment in Appendix B of the 
Memorandum Opinion and Order (referenced in paragraph (c) of this 
section), up to the maximum permissible limits on DTV power and antenna 
height set forth in paragraph (f)(6), (f)(7), or (f)(8) of this section, 
as appropriate, or up to that needed to provide the same geographic 
coverage area as the largest station within their market, whichever 
would allow the largest service area. Such requests must be accompanied 
by a technical showing that the increase complies with the technical 
criteria in Sec.  73.623(c), and thereby will not result in new 
interference exceeding the de minimis standard set forth in that 
section, or statements agreeing to the change from any co-channel or 
adjacent channel stations that might be affected by potential new 
interference, in accordance with Sec.  73.623(f). In the case where a 
DTV station has been granted authority to construct pursuant to Sec.  
73.623(c), and its authorized coverage area extends in any azimuthal 
direction beyond the DTV coverage area determined for the DTV allotment 
reference facilities, then the authorized DTV facilities are to be used 
in addition to the assumed facilities of the initial DTV allotment to 
determine protection from new DTV allotments pursuant to Sec.  73.623(d) 
and from subsequent DTV applications filed pursuant to Sec.  73.623(c). 
The provisions of this paragraph regarding increases in the ERP or 
antenna height of DTV stations on channels in the initial DTV Table of 
Allotments shall also apply in cases where the licensee or permittee 
seeks to change the station's channel as well as alter its ERP and 
antenna HAAT. Licensees and permittees are advised that where a channel 
change is requested, it may, in fact, be necessary in specific cases for 
the station to operate with reduced power, a lower antenna, or a 
directional antenna to avoid causing new interference to another 
station.
    (6) A DTV station that operates on a channel 2-6 allotment created 
subsequent to the initial DTV Table will be allowed a maximum ERP of 10 
kW if its antenna HAAT is at or below 305 meters and it is located in 
Zone I or a maximum ERP of 45 kW if its antenna HAAT is at or below 305 
meters and it is located in Zone II or Zone III. A DTV station that 
operates on a channel 2-6 allotment included in the initial DTV Table of 
Allotments may request an increase in power and/or antenna HAAT up to 
these maximum levels, provided the increase also complies with the 
provisions of paragraph (f)(5) of this section.
    (i) At higher HAAT levels, such DTV stations will be allowed to 
operate with lower maximum ERP levels in accordance with the following 
table and formulas (the allowable maximum ERP for intermediate values of 
HAAT is determined using linear interpolation based on the units 
employed in the table):

Maximum Allowable ERP and Antenna Height for DTV Stations In Zones II or
                           III on Channels 2-6
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Antenna HAAT (meters)                       ERP (kW)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
610........................................................           10
580........................................................           11
550........................................................           12
520........................................................           14
490........................................................           16
460........................................................           19
425........................................................           22
395........................................................           26
365........................................................           31
335........................................................           37
305........................................................           45
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (ii) For DTV stations located in Zone I that operate on channels 2-6 
with an HAAT that exceeds 305 meters, the allowable maximum ERP 
expressed in decibels above 1 kW (dBk) is determined using the following 
formula, with HAAT expressed in meters:

ERPmax=92.57-33.24*log10(HAAT)


[[Page 162]]


    (iii) For DTV stations located in Zone II or III that operate on 
channels 2-6 with an HAAT that exceeds 610 meters, the allowable maximum 
ERP expressed in decibels above 1 kW (dBk) is determined using the 
following formula, with HAAT expressed in meters:

ERPmax=57.57-17.08*log10(HAAT)

    (7) A DTV station that operates on a channel 7-13 allotment created 
subsequent to the initial DTV Table will be allowed a maximum ERP of 30 
kW if its antenna HAAT is at or below 305 meters and it is located in 
Zone I or a maximum ERP of 160 kW if its antenna HAAT is at or below 305 
meters and it is located in Zone II or Zone III. A DTV station that 
operates on a channel 7-13 allotment included in the initial DTV Table 
of Allotments may request an increase in power and/or antenna HAAT up to 
these maximum levels, provided the increase also complies with the 
provisions of paragraph (f)(5) of this section.
    (i) At higher HAAT levels, such DTV stations will be allowed to 
operate with lower maximum ERP levels in accordance with the following 
table and formulas (the allowable maximum ERP for intermediate values of 
HAAT is determined using linear interpolation based on the units 
employed in the table):

Maximum Allowable ERP and Antenna Height for DTV Stations In Zones II or
                          III on Channels 7-13
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Antenna HAAT (meters)                       ERP (kW)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
610........................................................           30
580........................................................           34
550........................................................           40
520........................................................           47
490........................................................           54
460........................................................           64
425........................................................           76
395........................................................           92
365........................................................          110
335........................................................          132
305........................................................          160
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (ii) For DTV stations located in Zone I that operate on channels 7-
13 with an HAAT that exceeds 305 meters, the allowable maximum ERP 
expressed in decibels above 1 kW (dBk) is determined using the following 
formula, with HAAT expressed in meters:

ERPmax=97.35-33.24*log10(HAAT)

    (iii) For DTV stations located in Zone II or III that operate on 
channels 7-13 with an HAAT that exceeds 610 meters, the allowable 
maximum ERP expressed in decibels above 1 kW (dBk) is determined using 
the following formula, with HAAT expressed in meters:

ERPmax=62.34-17.08*log10(HAAT)

    (8) A DTV station that operates on a channel 14-59 allotment created 
subsequent to the initial DTV Table will be allowed a maximum ERP of 
1000 kW if their antenna HAAT is at or below 365 meters. A DTV station 
that operates on a channel 14-59 allotment included in the initial DTV 
Table of Allotments may request an increase in power and/or antenna HAAT 
up to these maximum levels, provided the increase also complies with the 
provisions of paragraph (f)(5) of this section.
    (i) At higher HAAT levels, such DTV stations will be allowed to 
operates with lower maximum ERP levels in accordance with the following 
table and formulas (the allowable maximum ERP for intermediate values of 
HAAT is determined using linear interpolation based on the units 
employed in the table):

Maximum Allowable ERP and Antenna Height for DTV Stations on Channels 14-
                              59, All Zones
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Antenna HAAT (meters)                       ERP (kW)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
610........................................................          316
580........................................................          350
550........................................................          400
520........................................................          460
490........................................................          540
460........................................................          630
425........................................................          750
395........................................................          900
365........................................................         1000
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (ii) For DTV stations located in Zone I, II or III that operate on 
channels 14-59 with an HAAT that exceeds 610 meters, the allowable 
maximum ERP expressed in decibels above 1 kW (dBk) is determined using 
the following formula, with HAAT expressed in meters:

ERPmax=72.57-17.08*log10(HAAT)

    (g) DTV stations operating on channels above an analog TV station. 
(1) DTV stations operating on a channel allotment designated with a 
``c'' in paragraph (b) of this section must maintain the pilot carrier 
frequency of the DTV signal

[[Page 163]]

5.082138 MHz above the visual carrier frequency of any analog TV 
broadcast station that operates on the lower adjacent channel and is 
located within 88 kilometers. This frequency difference must be 
maintained within a tolerance of 3 Hz.
    (2) Unless it conflicts with operation complying with paragraph 
(g)(1) of this section, where a low power television station or TV 
translator station is operating on the lower adjacent channel within 32 
km of the DTV station and notifies the DTV station that it intends to 
minimize interference by precisely maintaining its carrier frequencies, 
the DTV station shall cooperate in locking its carrier frequency to a 
common reference frequency and shall be responsible for any costs 
relating to its own transmission system in complying with this 
provision.
    (h)(1) The power level of emissions on frequencies outside the 
authorized channel of operation must be attenuated no less than the 
following amounts below the average transmitted power within the 
authorized channel. In the first 500 kHz from the channel edge the 
emissions must be attenuated no less than 47 dB. More than 6 MHz from 
the channel edge, emissions must be attenuated no less than 110 dB. At 
any frequency between 0.5 and 6 MHz from the channel edge, emissions 
must be attenuated no less than the value determined by the following 
formula:

Attenuation in dB = -11.5([Delta]f + 3.6);

Where: [Delta]f = frequency difference in MHz from the edge of the 
channel.

    (2) This attenuation is based on a measurement bandwidth of 500 kHz. 
Other measurement bandwidths may be used as long as appropriate 
correction factors are applied. Measurements need not be made any closer 
to the band edge than one half of the resolution bandwidth of the 
measuring instrument. Emissions include sidebands, spurious emissions 
and radio frequency harmonics. Attenuation is to be measured at the 
output terminals of the transmitter (including any filters that may be 
employed). In the event of interference caused to any service, greater 
attenuation may be required.

[62 FR 26712, May 14, 1997]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.  
73.622, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and on GPO Access.

    Effective Date Note 1: At 67 FR 70018, Nov. 20, 2002, Sec.  73.622 
was amended in the Table of Allotments in paragraph (b) under California 
by adding Avalon, DTV channel 47c. This amendment will become effective 
60 days after the concurrence of the Mexican government is obtained. The 
FCC will publish a document announcing when the concurrence has been 
obtained and giving the effective date.

    Effective Date Note 2: At 72 FR 54735, Sept. 26, 2007, Sec.  73.622 
was amended by adding paragraph (i), effective Oct. 26, 2007. For the 
convenience of the user, the added text is set forth as follows:



Sec.  73.622  Digital television table of allotments.

                                * * * * *

    (i) Post-Transition Table of DTV Allotments.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Community                           Channel No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 ALABAMA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Anniston......................................  9
Bessemer......................................  18
Birmingham....................................  *10, 13, 30, 36, 50
Demopolis.....................................  *19
Dothan........................................  21, 36
Dozier........................................  *10
Florence......................................  14, 20, *22
Gadsden.......................................  26, 45
Gulf Shores...................................  25
Homewood......................................  28
Huntsville....................................  19, *24, 32, 41, 49
Louisville....................................  *44
Mobile........................................  9, 15, 20, 23, 27, *41
Montgomery....................................  12, 16, *27, 32, 46
Mount Cheaha..................................  *7
Opelika.......................................  47
Ozark.........................................  33

[[Page 164]]

 
Selma.........................................  29, 42
Troy..........................................  48
Tuscaloosa....................................  23, 33
Tuskegee......................................  22
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 ALASKA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Anchorage.....................................  5, *8, 10, 12, 20, *26,
                                                 28, 32
Bethel........................................  *3
Fairbanks.....................................  7, *9, 11, 18
Juneau........................................  *10, 11
Ketchikan.....................................  13
North Pole....................................  20
Sitka.........................................  7
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 ARIZONA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Douglas.......................................  36
Flagstaff.....................................  2, 13, 18, 32
Green Valley..................................  46
Holbrook......................................  *11
Kingman.......................................  19
Mesa..........................................  12
Phoenix.......................................  *8, 10, 15, 17, 20, 24,
                                                 26, 33, 39, 49
Prescott......................................  7
Sierra Vista..................................  44
Tolleson......................................  51
Tucson........................................  9, 19, 23, 25, *28, *30,
                                                 32, 40
Yuma..........................................  11, 16
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                ARKANSAS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arkadelphia...................................  *13
Camden........................................  49
El Dorado.....................................  *10, 27, 43
Eureka Springs................................  34
Fayetteville..................................  *9, 15
Fort Smith....................................  18, 21, 27
Harrison......................................  31
Hot Springs...................................  26
Jonesboro.....................................  8, *20, 48
Little Rock...................................  *7, 12, 22, 30, 32, *36,
                                                 44
Mountain View.................................  *13
Pine Bluff....................................  24, 39
Rogers........................................  50
Springdale....................................  39
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               CALIFORNIA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Anaheim.......................................  32
Arcata........................................  22
Avalon........................................  47
Bakersfield...................................  10, 25, 33, 45
Barstow.......................................  44
Bishop........................................  20
Calipatria....................................  36
Ceres.........................................  *15
Chico.........................................  24, 43
Clovis........................................  43
Concord.......................................  14
Corona........................................  39
Cotati........................................  *23
El Centro.....................................  9, 22
Eureka........................................  3, *11, 17, 28
Fort Bragg....................................  8
Fresno........................................  7, 30, 34, 38, *40
Hanford.......................................  20
Huntington Beach..............................  *48
Long Beach....................................  18
Los Angeles...................................  7, 9, 11, 13, *28, 31,
                                                 34, 36, *41, 42, 43
Merced........................................  11
Modesto.......................................  18
Monterey......................................  31, 32
Novato........................................  47
Oakland.......................................  44
Ontario.......................................  29
Oxnard........................................  24
Palm Springs..................................  42, 46
Paradise......................................  20
Porterville...................................  48
Rancho Palos Verdes...........................  51
Redding.......................................  7, *9

[[Page 165]]

 
Riverside.....................................  45
Sacramento....................................  *9, 10, 21, 35, 40, 48
Salinas.......................................  8, 13
San Bernardino................................  *26, 38
San Diego.....................................  8, 10, 18, 19, *30, 40
San Francisco.................................  7, 19, 27, 29, *30, *33,
                                                 38, 39, 45, 51
San Jose......................................  12, 36, 41, 49, *50
San Luis Obispo...............................  15, 34
San Mateo.....................................  *43
Sanger........................................  36
Santa Ana.....................................  23
Santa Barbara.................................  21, 27
Santa Maria...................................  19
Santa Rosa....................................  32
Stockton......................................  25, 26, 46
Twentynine Palms..............................  23
Vallejo.......................................  34
Ventura.......................................  49
Visalia.......................................  28, *50
Watsonville...................................  *25
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                COLORADO
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Boulder.......................................  15
Broomfield....................................  *13
Castle Rock...................................  46
Colorado Springs..............................  10, 22, 24
Denver........................................  7, 9, *18, 19, 32, 34,
                                                 35, *40, 43, 51
Durango.......................................  15, *20, 33
Fort Collins..................................  21
Glenwood Springs..............................  23
Grand Junction................................  2, 7, 12, 15, *18
Longmont......................................  29
Montrose......................................  13
Pueblo........................................  *8, 42
Steamboat Springs.............................  10
Sterling......................................  23
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               CONNECTICUT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bridgeport....................................  42, *49
Hartford......................................  31, 33, *45, 46
New Britain...................................  35
New Haven.....................................  *6, 10, 39
New London....................................  26
Norwich.......................................  *9
Waterbury.....................................  20
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                DELAWARE
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seaford.......................................  *44
Wilmington....................................  *12, 31
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Washington....................................  7, 9, *27, *33, 35, 36,
                                                 48, 50
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 FLORIDA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Boca Raton....................................  *40
Bradenton.....................................  42
Cape Coral....................................  35
Clearwater....................................  21
Clermont......................................  17
Cocoa.........................................  *30, 51
Daytona Beach.................................  11, 49
Destin........................................  48
Fort Lauderdale...............................  30
Fort Myers....................................  9, 15, *31
Fort Pierce...................................  34, *38
Fort Walton Beach.............................  40, 49, 50
Gainesville...................................  9, 16, *36
High Springs..................................  28
Hollywood.....................................  47
Jacksonville..................................  *7, 13, 19, 32, 34, 42,
                                                 *44

[[Page 166]]

 
Key West......................................  3, 8
Lake Worth....................................  36
Lakeland......................................  19
Leesburg......................................  40, *46
Live Oak......................................  48
Marianna......................................  51
Melbourne.....................................  43, 48
Miami.........................................  7, 10, *18, 19, *20, 22,
                                                 23, 31, 32, 35, 46
Naples........................................  41, 45
New Smyrna Beach..............................  *33
Ocala.........................................  31
Orange Park...................................  10
Orlando.......................................  22, *23, 26, 27, 39, 41
Palm Beach....................................  49
Panama City...................................  7, 9, 13, *38
Panama City Beach.............................  47
Pensacola.....................................  17, *31, 34, 45
Sarasota......................................  24
St. Petersburg................................  10, 38, 44
Stuart........................................  44
Tallahassee...................................  24, 27, *32, 40
Tampa.........................................  7, 12, *13, 29, *34, 47
Tequesta......................................  16
Tice..........................................  33
Venice........................................  25
West Palm Beach...............................  12, 13, *27, 28
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 GEORGIA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Albany........................................  10, 12
Athens........................................  *8, 48
Atlanta.......................................  10, 19, 20, *21, 25, 27,
                                                 39, *41, 43
Augusta.......................................  12, 30, 42, 51
Bainbridge....................................  49
Baxley........................................  35
Brunswick.....................................  24
Chatsworth....................................  *33
Cochran.......................................  *7
Columbus......................................  9, 15, *23, 35, 49
Cordele.......................................  51
Dalton........................................  16
Dawson........................................  *8
Macon.........................................  13, 16, 40, 45
Monroe........................................  44
Pelham........................................  *6
Perry.........................................  32
Rome..........................................  51
Savannah......................................  *9, 11, 22, 39
Thomasville...................................  46
Toccoa........................................  24
Valdosta......................................  43
Waycross......................................  *8
Wrens.........................................  *6
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 HAWAII
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hilo..........................................  *9, 11, 13, 22, 23
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Honolulu......................................  8, 9, *10, *11, 19, 23,
                                                 27, 31, 33, 35, 40, *43
Kailua........................................  50
Kailua Kona...................................  25
Kaneohe.......................................  41
Wailuku.......................................  7, *10, 12, 16, 21, 24

[[Page 167]]

 
Waimanalo.....................................  38
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  IDAHO
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Boise.........................................  7, *21, 28, 39
Caldwell......................................  10
Coeur d'Alene.................................  *45
Filer.........................................  *18
Idaho Falls...................................  8, 20, 36
Lewiston......................................  32
Moscow........................................  *12
Nampa.........................................  12, 24
Pocatello.....................................  15, *17, 23, 31
Sun Valley....................................  32
Twin Falls....................................  11, *22, 34
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                ILLINOIS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aurora........................................  50
Bloomington...................................  28
Carbondale....................................  *8
Champaign.....................................  41, 48
Charleston....................................  *50
Chicago.......................................  7, 12, 19, *21, 27, 29,
                                                 31, 43, 45, *47
Decatur.......................................  18, 22
East St. Louis................................  47
Freeport......................................  23
Harrisburg....................................  34
Jacksonville..................................  *15
Joliet........................................  38
LaSalle.......................................  10
Macomb........................................  *21
Marion........................................  17
Moline........................................  *23, 38
Mount Vernon..................................  21
Olney.........................................  *19
Peoria........................................  19, 25, 30, 39, *46
Quincy........................................  10, 32, *34
Rock Island...................................  4
Rockford......................................  13, 16, 42
Springfield...................................  13, 42, 44
Urbana........................................  *9, 26
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 INDIANA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Angola........................................  12
Bloomington...................................  *14, 27, 42, 48
Elkhart.......................................  28
Evansville....................................  *9, 25, 28, 45, 46
Fort Wayne....................................  19, 24, 31, 36, *40
Gary..........................................  *17, 51
Hammond.......................................  36
Indianapolis..................................  9, 13, 16, *21, 25, *44,
                                                 45
Kokomo........................................  29
Lafayette.....................................  11
Marion........................................  32
Muncie........................................  23
Richmond......................................  39
Salem.........................................  51
South Bend....................................  22, *35, 42, 48
Terre Haute...................................  10, 36, 39
Vincennes.....................................  *22
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  IOWA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ames..........................................  5, 23, *34
Burlington....................................  41
Cedar Rapids..................................  9, 27, 47, 51
Council Bluffs................................  *33
Davenport.....................................  *34, 36, 49
Des Moines....................................  8, *11, 13, 16, 31
Dubuque.......................................  43
Fort Dodge....................................  *25
Iowa City.....................................  *12, 25
Mason City....................................  *18, 42
Newton........................................  39
Ottumwa.......................................  15
Red Oak.......................................  *35

[[Page 168]]

 
Sioux City....................................  9, *28, 39, 41, 44
Waterloo......................................  7, 22, *35
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 KANSAS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Colby.........................................  17, 19
Derby.........................................  46
Dodge City....................................  *21
Ensign........................................  6
Garden City...................................  11, 13
Goodland......................................  10
Great Bend....................................  22
Hays..........................................  7, *16
Hoisington....................................  14
Hutchinson....................................  *8, 12, 35
Lakin.........................................  *8
Lawrence......................................  41
Pittsburg.....................................  7, 13
Salina........................................  17
Topeka........................................  *11, 12, 13, 27, 49
Wichita.......................................  10, 26, 31, 45
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                KENTUCKY
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ashland.......................................  *26, 44
Beattyville...................................  7
Bowling Green.................................  13, 16, *18, *48
Campbellsville................................  19
Covington.....................................  *24
Danville......................................  4
Elizabethtown.................................  *43
Harlan........................................  51
Hazard........................................  12, *16
Lexington.....................................  13, 39, 40, *42
Louisville....................................  8, 11, *17, 26, *38, 47,
                                                 49
Madisonville..................................  20, *42
Morehead......................................  *15, 21
Murray........................................  *36
Newport.......................................  29
Owensboro.....................................  30
Owenton.......................................  *44
Paducah.......................................  32, 41, 49
Pikeville.....................................  *24
Somerset......................................  *14
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                LOUISIANA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alexandria....................................  *26, 31, 35, 41
Baton Rouge...................................  9, 13, *25, 34, 45
Columbia......................................  11
Hammond.......................................  42
Lafayette.....................................  10, 16, *23, 28
Lake Charles..................................  7, *20, 30
Minden........................................  21
Monroe........................................  8, *13
New Iberia....................................  50
New Orleans...................................  8, *11, 15, 21, 26, *31,
                                                 36, 43, 50
Shreveport....................................  17, *25, 28, 34, 44
Slidell.......................................  24
West Monroe...................................  36, 38
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  MAINE
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Augusta.......................................  *10
Bangor........................................  2, 7, 19
Biddeford.....................................  *45
Calais........................................  *10
Lewiston......................................  35
Orono.........................................  *9
Poland Spring.................................  8
Portland......................................  38, 43, 44
Presque Isle..................................  8, *10, 47
Waterville....................................  23
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                MARYLAND
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annapolis.....................................  *42

[[Page 169]]

 
Baltimore.....................................  11, 13, *29, 38, 40, 41,
                                                 46,
Frederick.....................................  *28
Hagerstown....................................  26, 39, *44
Oakland.......................................  *36
Salisbury.....................................  21, *28, 47
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              MASSACHUSETTS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adams.........................................  36
Boston........................................  7, *19, 20, 30, 31, 32,
                                                 39, *43
Cambridge.....................................  41
Lawrence......................................  18
Marlborough...................................  27
New Bedford...................................  22, 49
Norwell.......................................  10
Pittsfield....................................  13
Springfield...................................  11, *22, 40
Vineyard Haven................................  40
Worcester.....................................  29, *47
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                MICHIGAN
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alpena                                          11, *24
Ann Arbor.....................................  31
Bad Axe.......................................  *15
Battle Creek..................................  20, 44
Bay City......................................  22, 46
Cadillac......................................  9, *17, 47
Calumet.......................................  5
Cheboygan.....................................  35
Detroit.......................................  7, 14, 21, 41, *43, 44,
                                                 45
East Lansing..................................  *40
Escanaba......................................  48
Flint.........................................  12, 16, *28
Grand Rapids..................................  7, *11, 13, 19
Iron Mountain.................................  8
Ishpeming.....................................  10
Jackson.......................................  34
Kalamazoo.....................................  *5, 8, 45
Lansing.......................................  36, 38, 51
Manistee......................................  *21
Marquette.....................................  *13, 19, 35
Mount Clemens.................................  39
Mount Pleasant................................  *26
Muskegon......................................  24
Onondaga......................................  10
Saginaw.......................................  30, 48
Sault Ste. Marie..............................  8, 10
Traverse City.................................  7, 29
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                MINNESOTA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alexandria                                      7, 42
Appleton......................................  *10
Austin........................................  *20, 36
Bemidji.......................................  *9, 26
Brainerd......................................  *28
Chisholm......................................  11
Crookston.....................................  *16
Duluth........................................  *8, 10, 17, 27, 33
Hibbing.......................................  13, *31
Mankato.......................................  12
Minneapolis...................................  9, 11, 22, 29, 32, 45
Redwood Falls.................................  27
Rochester.....................................  10, 46
St. Cloud.....................................  40
St. Paul......................................  *26, *34, 35
Thief River Falls.............................  10
Walker........................................  12
Worthington...................................  *15
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               MISSISSIPPI
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Biloxi........................................  13, *16
Booneville....................................  *12
Bude..........................................  *18
Columbus......................................  35, *43
Greenville....................................  15
Greenwood.....................................  *25, 32
Gulfport......................................  48
Hattiesburg...................................  22
Holly Springs.................................  41
Houston.......................................  45
Jackson.......................................  7, 12, *20, 21, 40, 51

[[Page 170]]

 
Laurel........................................  28
Magee.........................................  34
Meridian......................................  11, 24, 31, *44
Mississippi State.............................  *10
Natchez.......................................  49
Oxford........................................  *36
Tupelo........................................  8
Vicksburg.....................................  35
West Point....................................  16
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                MISSOURI
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cape Girardeau................................  12, 22
Columbia......................................  8, 17
Hannibal......................................  7
Jefferson City................................  12, 20
Joplin........................................  *25, 43, 46
Kansas City...................................  9, *18, 24, 31, 34, 42,
                                                 47, 51
Kirksville....................................  33
Osage Beach...................................  49
Poplar Bluff..................................  15
Sedalia.......................................  15
Springfield...................................  10, 19, *23, 28, 44
St. Joseph....................................  7, 21
St. Louis.....................................  14, 24, 26, 31, 35, *39,
                                                 43
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 MONTANA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Billings......................................  10, 11, 18
Bozeman.......................................  *8, 13
Butte.........................................  5, 6, 19, 24
Glendive......................................  10
Great Falls...................................  7, 8, 26, 45
Hardin........................................  22
Havre.........................................  9
Helena........................................  12, 29
Kalispell.....................................  9
Lewistown.....................................  13
Miles City....................................  3
Missoula......................................  7, *11, 13, 17, 23
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                NEBRASKA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alliance......................................  *13
Bassett.......................................  *7
Grand Island..................................  11, 19
Hastings......................................  5, *28
Hayes Center..................................  18
Kearney.......................................  36
Lexington.....................................  *26
Lincoln.......................................  8, 10, *12, 51
McCook........................................  12
Merriman......................................  *12
Norfolk.......................................  *19
North Platte..................................  2, *9
Omaha.........................................  15, *17, 20, 22, 43, 45
Scottsbluff...................................  7, 17, 29
Superior......................................  34
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 NEVADA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Elko..........................................  10
Ely...........................................  3, 27
Goldfield.....................................  50
Henderson.....................................  9
Las Vegas.....................................  2, 7, *11, 13, 16, 22,
                                                 29
Laughlin......................................  32
Paradise......................................  40
Reno..........................................  7, 9, 13, *15, 20, 26,
                                                 44
Tonopah.......................................  9
Winnemucca....................................  7
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              NEW HAMPSHIRE
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Concord.......................................  33
Derry.........................................  35
Durham........................................  *11
Keene.........................................  *49
Littleton.....................................  *48
Manchester....................................  9
Merrimack.....................................  34
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               NEW JERSEY
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Atlantic City.................................  44, 49
Burlington....................................  27
Camden........................................  *22
Linden........................................  36

[[Page 171]]

 
Montclair.....................................  *51
New Brunswick.................................  *8
Newark........................................  13, 30
Newton........................................  18
Paterson......................................  40
Secaucus......................................  38
Trenton.......................................  *43
Vineland......................................  29
West Milford..................................  *29
Wildwood......................................  36
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               NEW MEXICO
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Albuquerque...................................  7, 13, *17, 22, 24, 26,
                                                 *35, 42, 45
Carlsbad......................................  19, 25
Clovis........................................  20
Farmington....................................  8, 12
Hobbs.........................................  29
Las Cruces....................................  *23, 47
Portales......................................  *32
Roswell.......................................  8, 10, 21, 27
Santa Fe......................................  *9, 10, 27, 29
Silver City...................................  10, 12
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                NEW YORK
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Albany........................................  7, 12, 26
Amsterdam.....................................  50
Batavia.......................................  23
Bath..........................................  14
Binghamton....................................  7, 8, 34, *42
Buffalo.......................................  14, 32, 33, 34, 38, 39,
                                                 *43
Carthage......................................  7
Corning.......................................  *30, 48
Elmira........................................  18, 36
Garden City...................................  *21
Ithaca........................................  20
Jamestown.....................................  26
Kingston......................................  48
New York......................................  7, 11, *24, 28, 31, 33,
                                                 44
North Pole....................................  14
Norwood.......................................  *23
Plattsburg....................................  *38
Poughkeepsie..................................  27
Riverhead.....................................  47
Rochester.....................................  10, 13, *16, 28, 45
Saranac Lake..................................  40
Schenectady...................................  6, *34, 43
Smithtown.....................................  23
Springville...................................  7
Syracuse......................................  15, 17, 19, 24, *25, 44,
                                                 47
Utica.........................................  27, 29, 30
Watertown.....................................  21, *41
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             NORTH CAROLINA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Asheville.....................................  13, *25, 45
Belmont.......................................  47
Burlington....................................  14
Chapel Hill...................................  *25
Charlotte.....................................  *11, 22, 23, 27, 34
Concord.......................................  *44
Durham........................................  11, 28
Edenton.......................................  *20
Fayetteville..................................  36, 38
Goldsboro.....................................  17
Greensboro....................................  33, 43, 51
Greenville....................................  10, 14, *23, 51
Hickory.......................................  40
High Point....................................  8
Jacksonville..................................  *19, 34
Kannapolis....................................  50
Lexington.....................................  19
Linville......................................  *17
Lumberton.....................................  *31
Manteo........................................  9
Morehead City.................................  8
New Bern......................................  12
Raleigh.......................................  27, 48, 49
Roanoke Rapids................................  *36
Rocky Mount...................................  15
Washington....................................  32

[[Page 172]]

 
Wilmington....................................  *29, 30, 44, 46
Wilson........................................  42
Winston Salem.................................  29, 31, *32
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              NORTH DAKOTA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bismarck......................................  12, 16, *22, 26, 31
Devils Lake...................................  8, *25
Dickinson.....................................  7, *9, 19
Ellendale.....................................  *20
Fargo.........................................  *13, 19, 21, 44
Grand Forks...................................  *15, 27
Jamestown.....................................  7
Minot.........................................  10, 13, 14, 24, *40
Pembina.......................................  12
Valley City...................................  38
Williston.....................................  8, 14, *51
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  OHIO
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Akron.........................................  23, 30, *50
Alliance......................................  *45
Athens........................................  *27
Bowling Green.................................  *27
Cambridge.....................................  *35
Canton........................................  39, 47
Chillicothe...................................  46
Cincinnati....................................  10, 12, 33, *34, 35
Cleveland.....................................  8, 15, 17, *26, 34
Columbus......................................  13, 14, 21, 36, *38
Dayton........................................  *16, 30, 41, 50, 51
Lima..........................................  8, 47
Lorain........................................  28
Mansfield.....................................  12
Newark........................................  24
Oxford........................................  *28
Portsmouth....................................  17, *43
Sandusky......................................  42
Shaker Heights................................  10
Springfield...................................  26
Steubenville..................................  9
Toledo........................................  5, 11, 13, *29, 46, 49
Youngstown....................................  20, 36, 41
Zanesville....................................  40
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                OKLAHOMA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ada...........................................  26
Bartlesville..................................  17
Cheyenne......................................  *8
Claremore.....................................  *36
Eufaula.......................................  *31
Lawton........................................  11
Muskogee......................................  20
Norman........................................  46
Oklahoma City.................................  7, 9, *13, 15, 24, 27,
                                                 33, 40, 50, 51
Okmulgee......................................  28
Shawnee.......................................  29
Tulsa.........................................  8, 10, *11, 22, 42, 45,
                                                 47, 49
Woodward......................................  35
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 OREGON
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bend..........................................  *11, 21, 51
Coos Bay......................................  11, 22
Corvallis.....................................  *7
Eugene........................................  9, 13, 17, *29, 31
Grants Pass...................................  30
Klamath Falls.................................  13, 29, *33
La Grande.....................................  *13, 29
Medford.......................................  5, *8, 10, 12, 26
Pendleton.....................................  11

[[Page 173]]

 
Portland......................................  8, *10, 12, 40, 43, 45
Roseburg......................................  18, 19, 45
Salem.........................................  22, 33
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              PENNSYLVANIA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Allentown.....................................  *39, 46
Altoona.......................................  24, 32, 46
Bethlehem.....................................  9
Clearfield....................................  *15
Erie..........................................  12, 16, 22, 24, *50
Greensburg....................................  50
Harrisburg....................................  10, 21, *36
Hazleton......................................  45
Jeannette.....................................  49
Johnstown.....................................  8, 34
Lancaster.....................................  8, 23
Philadelphia..................................  6, 17, 26, 32, 34, *35,
                                                 42
Pittsburgh....................................  *13, 25, 38, 42, 43, 48,
                                                 51
Reading.......................................  25
Red Lion......................................  30
Scranton......................................  13, 32, 38, *41, 49
Wilkes Barre..................................  11
Williamsport..................................  29
York..........................................  47
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              RHODE ISLAND
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Block Island..................................  17
Providence....................................  12, 13, *21, 51
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             SOUTH CAROLINA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Allendale.....................................  *33
Anderson......................................  14
Beaufort......................................  *44
Charleston....................................  *7, 24, 34, 36, 47, 50
Columbia......................................  8, 10, 17, *32, 47, 48
Conway........................................  *9
Florence......................................  13, 16, 21, *45
Georgetown....................................  *38
Greenville....................................  *9, 16, 21, 36
Greenwood.....................................  *18
Hardeeville...................................  28
Myrtle Beach..................................  18, 32
Rock Hill.....................................  15, 39
Spartanburg...................................  7, 43
Sumter........................................  *28, 39
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              SOUTH DAKOTA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aberdeen......................................  9, *17
Brookings.....................................  *8
Eagle Butte...................................  *13
Florence......................................  3
Huron.........................................  12
Lead..........................................  10, 29
Lowry.........................................  *11
Martin........................................  *8
Mitchell......................................  26
Pierre........................................  *10, 19
Rapid City....................................  2, 7, 16, 21, *26
Reliance......................................  13
Sioux Falls...................................  7, 11, 13, *24, 36, 47
Vermillion....................................  *34
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                TENNESSEE
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chattanooga...................................  9, 12, 13, *29, 40
Cleveland.....................................  42
Cookeville....................................  *22, 36
Crossville....................................  20
Greeneville...................................  38
Hendersonville................................  51
Jackson.......................................  39, 43
Jellico.......................................  23
Johnson City..................................  11

[[Page 174]]

 
Kingsport.....................................  19
Knoxville.....................................  7, 10, *17, 26, 30, 34
Lebanon.......................................  44
Lexington.....................................  *47
Memphis.......................................  5, *10, 13, *23, 25, 28,
                                                 *29, 31, 51
Murfreesboro..................................  38
Nashville.....................................  5, *8, 10, 15, 21, 23,
                                                 27
Sneedville....................................  *41
Tazewell......................................  48
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  TEXAS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Abilene.......................................  15, 24, 29
Alvin.........................................  36
Amarillo......................................  7, *8, 10, 15, 19
Arlington.....................................  42
Austin........................................  7, 21, *22, 33, 43, 49
Baytown.......................................  41
Beaumont......................................  12, 21, *33
Belton........................................  46
Big Spring....................................  33
Blanco........................................  18
Borger........................................  31
Brownsville...................................  24
Bryan.........................................  28, 50
College Station...............................  *12
Conroe........................................  32, 42
Corpus Christi................................  8, 10, 13, *23, 27, 38
Dallas........................................  8, *14, 32, 35, 36, 40,
                                                 45
Decatur.......................................  30
Del Rio.......................................  28
Denton........................................  *43
Eagle Pass....................................  18
El Paso.......................................  7, 9, *13, 15, 18, 25,
                                                 *39, 51
Farwell.......................................  18
Fort Worth....................................  9, 11, 18, 41
Fredericksburg................................  5
Galveston.....................................  *23, 48
Garland.......................................  23
Greenville....................................  46
Harlingen.....................................  31, *34, 38
Houston.......................................  *8, 11, 13, 19, *24, 26,
                                                 35, 38, 44
Irving........................................  48
Jacksonville..................................  22
Katy..........................................  47
Kerrville.....................................  32
Killeen.......................................  13
Lake Dallas...................................  39
Laredo........................................  8, 13, 19
Llano.........................................  27
Longview......................................  31, 38
Lubbock.......................................  11, 16, 27, 35, *39, 40
Lufkin........................................  9
Mcallen.......................................  49
Midland.......................................  18, 26
Nacogdoches...................................  18
Odessa........................................  7, 9, 23, 30, *38, 42
Port Arthur...................................  40
Rio Grande City...............................  20
Rosenberg.....................................  45
San Angelo....................................  11, 16, 19
San Antonio...................................  *9, 12, *16, 30, 38, 39,
                                                 41, 48,
Sherman.......................................  12
Snyder........................................  17

[[Page 175]]

 
Sweetwater....................................  20
Temple........................................  9
Texarkana.....................................  15
Tyler.........................................  7
Uvalde........................................  26
Victoria......................................  11, 15
Waco..........................................  10, *20, 26, 44
Weslaco.......................................  13
Wichita Falls.................................  15, 22, 28
Wolfforth.....................................  43
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  UTAH
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cedar City....................................  14
Logan.........................................  12
Ogden.........................................  24, *36, 48
Price.........................................  11
Provo.........................................  29, 32, *44
Richfield.....................................  *19
Salt Lake City................................  13, 20, 34, 38, 40, *42,
                                                 46
St. George....................................  9, *18
Vernal........................................  16
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 VERMONT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Burlington....................................  13, 22, *32, 43
Hartford......................................  25
Rutland.......................................  *9
St. Johnsbury.................................  *18
Windsor.......................................  *24
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                VIRGINIA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arlington.....................................  15
Ashland.......................................  47
Bristol.......................................  5
Charlottesville...............................  19, 32, *46
Danville......................................  24
Fairfax.......................................  *24
Front Royal...................................  *21
Goldvein......................................  *30
Grundy........................................  49
Hampton.......................................  13
Hampton Norfolk...............................  *16
Harrisonburg..................................  49
Lynchburg.....................................  13, 20
Manassas......................................  34
Marion........................................  *42
Norfolk.......................................  33, 40, 46
Norton........................................  *32
Petersburg....................................  22
Portsmouth....................................  31, 50
Richmond......................................  12, 25, 26, *42, *44
Roanoke.......................................  *3, 17, 18, 30, 36
Staunton......................................  *11
Virginia Beach................................  7, 29
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               WASHINGTON
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bellevue......................................  33, 50
Bellingham....................................  19, 35
Centralia.....................................  *19
Everett.......................................  31
Kennewick.....................................  44
Pasco.........................................  18
Pullman.......................................  *10, 24
Richland......................................  26, *38
Seattle.......................................  *9, 25, 38, 39, 44, 48
Spokane.......................................  7, *8, 13, 20, 28, 34,
                                                 36
Tacoma........................................  11, 13, 14, *27, *42
Vancouver.....................................  30
Walla Walla...................................  9
Yakima........................................  14, 16, *21, 33
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              WEST VIRGINIA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bluefield.....................................  40, 46
Charleston....................................  19, 39, 41
Clarksburg....................................  10, 12
Grandview.....................................  *10
Huntington....................................  13, 23, *34
Lewisburg.....................................  8
Martinsburg...................................  12
Morgantown....................................  *33
Oak Hill......................................  50
Parkersburg...................................  49

[[Page 176]]

 
Weston........................................  5
Wheeling......................................  7
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                WISCONSIN
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Antigo........................................  46
Appleton......................................  27
Chippewa Falls................................  49
Crandon.......................................  12
Eagle River...................................  28
Eau Claire....................................  13, 15
Fond Du Lac...................................  44
Green Bay.....................................  11, 23, 39, 41, *42
Janesville....................................  32
Kenosha.......................................  40
La Crosse.....................................  8, 14, 17, *30
Madison.......................................  11, 19, *20, 26, 50
Mayville......................................  43
Menomonie.....................................  *27
Milwaukee.....................................  *8, 18, 22, 25, 28, 33,
                                                 34, *35, 46
Park Falls....................................  *36
Racine........................................  48
Rhinelander...................................  16
Superior......................................  19
Suring........................................  21
Wausau........................................  7, 9, *24
Wittenberg....................................  50
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 WYOMING
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Casper........................................  *6, 12, 14, 17, 20
Cheyenne......................................  11, 27, 30
Jackson.......................................  2, 11
Lander........................................  7, *8
Laramie.......................................  *8
Rawlins.......................................  9
Riverton......................................  10
Rock Springs..................................  13
Sheridan......................................  7, 13
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  GUAM
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Agana.........................................  8, 12
Tamuning......................................  14
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               PUERTO RICO
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aguada........................................  50
Aguadilla.....................................  12, 17, *34
Arecibo.......................................  14, 46
Bayamon.......................................  30
Caguas........................................  11, *48
Carolina......................................  51
Fajardo.......................................  13, *16, 33
Guayama.......................................  45
Humacao.......................................  49
Mayaguez......................................  22, 23, 29, 35
Naranjito.....................................  18
Ponce.........................................  7, 9, 15, 19, *25, 47
San Juan......................................  21, 27, 28, 31, 32, *43
San Sebastian.................................  39
Yauco.........................................  41
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             VIRGIN ISLANDS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Charlotte Amalie..............................  17, 43, *44
Christiansted.................................  15, 20, 23
------------------------------------------------------------------------



Sec.  73.623  DTV applications and changes to DTV allotments.

    (a) General. This section contains the technical criteria for 
evaluating applications requesting DTV facilities that do not conform to 
the provisions of Sec.  73.622 and petitions for rule making to amend 
the DTV Table of Allotments (Sec.  73.622(b)). Petitions to amend the 
DTV Table (other than those also expressly requesting amendment of this 
section) and applications for new DTV broadcast stations or for changes 
in authorized DTV stations filed pursuant to this section will not be 
accepted for filing if they fail to comply with the requirements of this 
section.
    (b) In considering petitions to amend the DTV Table and applications 
filed

[[Page 177]]

pursuant to this section, the Commission will use geographic coordinates 
defined in Sec.  73.622(d) as reference points in determining allotment 
separations and evaluating interference potential.
    (c) Minimum technical criteria for modification of DTV allotments 
included in the initial DTV Table of Allotments and for applications 
filed pursuant to this section. No petition to modify a channel 
allotment included in the initial DTV Table of Allotments or application 
for authority to construct or modify a DTV station assigned to such an 
allotment, filed pursuant to this section, will be accepted unless it 
shows compliance with the requirements of this paragraph.
    (1) Requests filed pursuant to this paragraph must demonstrate 
compliance with the principal community coverage requirements of section 
73.625(a).
    (2) Requests filed pursuant to this paragraph must demonstrate that 
the requested change would not result in more than an additional 2 
percent the population served by another station being subject to 
interference; provided, however, that no new interference may be caused 
to any station that already experiences interference to 10 percent or 
more of its population or that would result in a station receiving 
interference in excess of 10 percent of its population. The station 
population values for existing NTSC service and DTV service contained in 
Appendix B of the Memorandum Opinion and Order on Reconsideration of the 
Sixth Report and Order in MM Docket No. 87-268, FCC 98-24, adopted 
January 29, 1998, referenced in Sec.  73.622(c), are to be used for the 
purposes of determining whether a power increase or other change is 
permissible under this de minimis standard. For evaluating compliance 
with this requirement, interference to populations served is to be 
predicted based on the procedure set forth in OET Bulletin No. 69, 
including population served within service areas determined in 
accordance with section 73.622(e), consideration of whether F(50,10) 
undesired signals will exceed the following desired-to-undesired (D/U) 
signal ratios, assumed use of a directional receiving antenna, and use 
of the terrain dependent Longley-Rice point-to-point propagation model. 
Copies of OET Bulletin No. 69 may be inspected during normal business 
hours at the: Federal Communications Commission, Room CY-C203, 445 12th 
Street, SW., Reference Information Center, Washington, DC 20554. These 
documents are also available through the Internet on the FCC Home Page 
at http://www.fcc.gov. The threshold levels at which interference is 
considered to occur are:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              D/U Ratio
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Co-channel:
  DTV-into-analog TV.......................................          +34
  Analog TV-into-DTV.......................................           +2
  DTV-into-DTV.............................................          +15
First Adjacent Channel:
  Lower DTV-into-analog TV.................................          -14
  Upper DTV-into-analog TV.................................          -17
  Lower analog TV-into-DTV.................................          -48
  Upper analog TV-into-DTV.................................          -49
  Lower DTV-into-DTV.......................................          -28
  Upper DTV-into-DTV.......................................          -26
 
Other Adjacent Channel (Channels 14-69 only)
 
DTV-into-analog TV, where N = analog TV channel and DTV
 Channel:
  N-2......................................................          -24
  N+2......................................................          -28
  N-3......................................................          -30
  N+3......................................................          -34
  N-4......................................................          -34
  N+4......................................................          -25
  N-7......................................................          -35
  N+7......................................................          -43
  N-8......................................................          -32
  N+8......................................................          -43
  N+14.....................................................          -33
  N+15.....................................................          -31
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (3) The values in paragraph (c)(2) of this section for co-channel 
interference to DTV service are only valid at locations where the 
signal-to-noise ratio is 28 dB or greater for interference from DTV and 
25 dB or greater for interference from analog TV service. At the edge of 
the noise-limited service area, where the signal-to-noise (S/N) ratio is 
16 dB, these values are 21 dB and 23 dB for interference from analog TV 
and DTV, respectively. At locations where the S/N ratio is greater than 
16 dB but less than 28 dB, D/U values for co-channel interference to DTV 
are as follows:
    (i) For DTV-to-DTV interference, the minimum D/U ratios are computed 
from the following formula:

D/U = 15+10log10[1.0/(1.0-10-x/10)]

Where x = S/N-15.19 (minimum signal to noise ratio)


[[Page 178]]


    (ii) For analog-to-DTV interference, the minimum D/U ratios are 
found from the following Table (for values between measured values, 
linear interpolation can be used):

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Desired-to-
                 Signal-to-noise ratio (dB)                   undesired
                                                              ratio (dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
16.00......................................................        21.00
16.35......................................................        19.94
17.35......................................................        17.69
18.35......................................................        16.44
19.35......................................................         7.19
20.35......................................................         4.69
21.35......................................................         3.69
22.35......................................................         2.94
23.35......................................................         2.44
25.00......................................................         2.00
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (4) Due to the frequency spacing that exists between Channels 4 and 
5, between Channels 6 and 7, and between Channels 13 and 14, the minimum 
adjacent channel technical criteria specified in paragraph (c)(2) of 
this section shall not be applicable to these pairs of channels (see 
Sec.  73.603(a)).
    (5) A DTV station application that proposes to expand the DTV 
station's allotted or authorized coverage area in any direction will not 
be accepted if it is predicted to cause interference to a Class A TV 
station or to a digital Class A TV station authorized pursuant to 
Subpart J of this part, within the protected contour defined in Sec.  
73.6010 of this part. This paragraph applies to all DTV applications 
filed after May 1, 2000, and to DTV applications filed between December 
31, 1999 and April 30, 2000 unless the DTV station licensee or permittee 
notified the Commission of its intent to ``maximize'' by December 31, 
1999.
    (i) Interference is predicted to occur if the ratio in dB of the 
field strength of a Class A TV station at its protected contour to the 
field strength resulting from the facilities proposed in the DTV 
application (calculated using the appropriate F(50,10) chart from Figure 
9a, 10a, or 10c of Sec.  73.699 of this part) fails to meet the D/U 
signal ratios for ``DTV-into-analog TV'' specified in paragraph (c)(2) 
of this section.
    (ii) Interference is predicted to occur if the ratio in dB of the 
field strength of a digital Class A TV station at its protected contour 
to the field strength resulting from the facilities proposed in the DTV 
application (calculated using the appropriate F(50,10) chart from Figure 
9a, 10a, or 10c of Sec.  73.699 of this part) fails to meet the D/U 
signal ratios for ``DTV-into-DTV'' specified in paragraphs (c)(2) and 
(c)(3) of this section.
    (iii) In support of a request for waiver of the interference 
protection requirements of this section, an applicant for a DTV 
broadcast station may make full use of terrain shielding and Longley-
Rice terrain dependent propagation methods to demonstrate that the 
proposed facility would not be likely to cause interference to Class A 
TV stations. Guidance on using the Longely-Rice methodology is provided 
in OET Bulletin No. 69, which is available through the Internet at 
http://www.fcc.gov/oet/info/documents/bulletins/#69.
    (d) Minimum geographic spacing requirements for DTV allotments not 
included in the initial DTV Table of Allotments. No petition to add a 
new channel to the DTV Table of Allotments or modify an allotment not 
included in the initial DTV Table will be accepted unless it shows 
compliance with the requirements of this paragraph.
    (1) Requests filed pursuant to this paragraph must demonstrate 
compliance with the principle community coverage requirements of section 
73.625(a).
    (2) Requests filed pursuant to this paragraph must meet the 
following requirements for geographic spacing with regard to all other 
DTV stations, DTV allotments and analog TV stations:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Channel relationship                Separation requirement
------------------------------------------------------------------------
VHF Channels 2-13:
    Co-channel, DTV to DTV
                                               Zone I: 244.6 km.
                                               Zones II & III: 273.6 km.
    Co-channel, DTV to analog TV
                                               Zone I: 244.6 km.
                                               Zone II & III: 273.6 km.
Adjacent Channel:
    DTV to DTV...............................  No allotments permitted
                                                between:

[[Page 179]]

 
                                               Zone I: 20 km and 110 km.
                                               Zones II & III: 23 km and
                                                110 km.
    DTV to analog TV.........................  No allotments permitted
                                                between:
                                               Zone I: 9 km and 125 km.
                                               Zone II & III: 11 km and
                                                125 km.
UHF Channels:
    Co-channel, DTV to DTV
                                               Zone I: 196.3 km.
                                               Zone II & III: 223.7 km.
    Co-channel, DTV to analog TV
                                               Zone I: 217.3 km.
                                               Zone II & III: 244.6 km.
Adjacent Channel:
    DTV to DTV...............................  No allotments permitted
                                                between:
                                               All Zones: 24 km and 110
                                                km.
    DTV to analog TV.........................  No allotments permitted
                                                between:
                                               All Zones: 12 km and 106
                                                km.
    Taboo Channels, DTV to analog TV only      No allotments permitted
     (DTV channels +/-2, +/-3, +/-4, +/-7, +/-  between:
     8, and 14 or 15 channels above the        Zone I: 24.1 km and 80.5
     analog TV channel).                        km.
                                               Zone II & III: 24.1 km
                                                and 96.6 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (3) Zones are defined in Sec.  73.609. The minimum distance 
separation between a DTV station in one zone and an analog TV or DTV 
station in another zone shall be that of the zone requiring the lower 
separation.
    (4) Due to the frequency spacing that exists between Channels 4 and 
5, between Channels 6 and 7, and between Channels 13 and 14, the minimum 
geographic spacing requirements specified in paragraph (d)(3) of this 
section shall not be applicable to these pairs of channels (Sec.  
73.603(a)).
    (e) Protection of land mobile operations on channels 14-20. The 
Commission will not accept petitions to amend the DTV Table of 
Allotments, applications for new DTV stations, or applications to change 
the channel or location of authorized DTV stations that would use 
channels 14-20 where the distance between the DTV reference point as 
defined in section 73.622(d), would be located less than 250 km from the 
city center of a co-channel land mobile operation or 176 km from the 
city center of an adjacent channel land mobile operation. Petitions to 
amend the DTV Table, applications for new DTV stations, or requests to 
modify the DTV Table that do not meet the minimum DTV-to-land mobile 
spacing standards will, however, be considered where all affected land 
mobile licensees consent to the requested action. Land mobile operations 
are authorized on these channels in the following markets:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              City                          Channels                      Latitude                 Longitude
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Boston, MA.....................  14, 16.......................  42[deg]21[min]24[sec]         71[deg]03[min]25[s
                                                                                               ec]
Chicago, IL....................  14, 15.......................  41[deg]52[min]28[sec]         87[deg]38[min]22[s
                                                                                               ec]
Cleveland, OH..................  14, 15.......................  41[deg]29[min]51.2[sec]       81[deg]41[min]49.5
                                                                                               [sec]
Dallas, TX.....................  16...........................  32[deg]47[min]09[sec]         96[deg]47[min]37[s
                                                                                               ec]
Detroit, MI....................  15, 16.......................  42[deg]19[min]48.1[sec]       83[deg]02[min]56.7
                                                                                               [sec]
Houston, TX....................  17...........................  29[deg]45[min]26[sec]         95[deg]21[min]37[s
                                                                                               ec]
Los Angeles, CA................  14, 16, 20...................  34[deg]03[min]15[sec]         118[deg]14[min]28[
                                                                                               sec]
Miami, FL......................  14...........................  25[deg]46[min]37[sec]         80[deg]11[min]32[s
                                                                                               ec]
New York, NY...................  14, 15, 16...................  40[deg]45[min]06[sec]         73[deg]59[min]39[s
                                                                                               ec]
Philadelphia, PA...............  19, 20.......................  39[deg]56[min]58[sec]         75[deg]09[min]21[s
                                                                                               ec]
Pittsburgh, PA.................  14, 18.......................  40[deg]26[min]19[sec]         80[deg]00[min]00[s
                                                                                               ec]
San Francisco, CA..............  16, 17.......................  37[deg]46[min]39[sec]         122[deg]24[min]40[
                                                                                               sec]
Washington, DC.................  17, 18.......................  38[deg]53[min]51[sec]         77[deg]00[min]33[s
                                                                                               ec]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (f) Parties requesting new allotments on channel 6 be added to the 
DTV Table must submit an engineering study demonstrating that no 
interference would be caused to existing FM radio stations on FM 
channels 200-220.
    (g) Negotiated agreements on interference. Notwithstanding the 
minimum technical criteria for DTV allotments

[[Page 180]]

specified above, DTV stations operating on allotments that are included 
in the initial DTV Table may: operate with increased ERP and/or antenna 
HAAT that would result in additional interference to another DTV station 
or an analog TV station if that station agrees, in writing, to accept 
the additional interference; and/or implement an exchange of channel 
allotments between two or more licensees or permittees of TV stations in 
the same community, the same market, or in adjacent markets provided, 
however, that the other requirements of this section and of section 
73.622 are met with respect to each such application. Such agreements 
must be submitted with the application for authority to construct or 
modify the affected DTV station or stations. The larger service area 
resulting from a negotiated change in ERP and/or antenna HAAT will be 
protected in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (c) of this 
section. Negotiated agreements under this paragraph can include the 
exchange of money or other considerations from one station to another, 
including payments to and from noncommercial television stations 
assigned reserved channels. Applications submitted pursuant to the 
provisions of this paragraph will be granted only if the Commission 
finds that such action is consistent with the public interest.
    (h) DTV application processing. (1) DTV applications for a 
construction permit or a modified construction permit pending as of 
January 18, 2001:
    (i) Shall be afforded the interference protection set forth in 
paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, as applicable:
    (A) By all NTSC minor change applications;
    (B) By NTSC new station applications, except those covered by 
paragraphs (h)(1)(ii)(G) and (h)(1)(iii)(D) of this section;
    (C) By all rulemaking petitions to amend the NTSC TV table of 
allotments;
    (D) By DTV applications filed after January 18, 2001; and
    (E) By rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV table of allotments 
filed after January 18, 2001;
    (ii) Must demonstrate the requisite interference protection set 
forth in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, as applicable, to:
    (A) DTV licensed stations;
    (B) DTV construction permits;
    (C) Existing DTV allotments;
    (D) Rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV table of allotments for 
which a Notice of Proposed Rule Making has been released and the comment 
deadline specified therein has passed prior to the filing date of the 
DTV application;
    (E) NTSC stations with licenses covering construction permits that 
were granted before the DTV application was filed;
    (F) NTSC construction permits that were granted before the DTV 
application was filed;
    (G) Applications for new NTSC television stations that were in 
groups of mutually exclusive applications on file prior to July 1, 1997, 
regardless of whether they are the only applications that remain pending 
from their group.
    (iii) That do not provide the requisite interference protection set 
forth in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, as applicable, to the 
following applications and petitions will be deemed mutually exclusive 
with those applications and petitions:
    (A) Other DTV applications pending as of January 18, 2001;
    (B) Rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV table of allotments filed 
on or before January 18, 2001 for which a Notice of Proposed Rule Making 
had been released and the comment deadline specified therein had not 
passed prior to the filing date of the DTV application;
    (C) Rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV table of allotments filed 
on or before January 18, 2001 for which a Notice of Proposed Rule Making 
had not been released; and
    (D) Applications for new NTSC stations that are not covered by 
paragraph (h)(1)(ii)(G) of this section and were filed and accepted for 
filing on or before January 18, 2001 that:
    (1) Were filed by post-auction winners pursuant to Sec.  73.5005.
    (2) Are part of a settlement agreement on-file with the Commission 
that

[[Page 181]]

would result in the grant of the NTSC application; or
    (3) Are cut-off singletons.
    (2) DTV applications for a construction permit or a modified 
construction permit filed after January 18, 2001:
    (i) Shall be afforded the interference protection set forth in 
paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, as applicable:
    (A) By all NTSC minor change applications;
    (B) By NTSC new station applications, except those covered by 
paragraph (h)(2)(ii)(H) and (I) of this section;
    (C) By all rulemaking petitions to amend the NTSC TV table of 
allotments except those filed by NTSC applicants in those groups defined 
in (h)(2)(ii)(I) of this section for which a Notice of Proposed Rule 
Making has been released and the comment deadline specified therein has 
passed prior to the filing date of the DTV application;
    (D) By later-filed DTV applications; and
    (E) By later-filed rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV table of 
allotments;
    (ii) Must demonstrate the requisite interference protection set 
forth in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, as applicable, to:
    (A) DTV licensed stations;
    (B) DTV construction permits;
    (C) Earlier-filed DTV applications;
    (D) Existing DTV allotments;
    (E) Rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV table of allotments for 
which a Notice of Proposed Rule Making has been released and the comment 
deadline specified therein has passed prior to the filing date of the 
DTV application;
    (F) NTSC stations with licenses covering construction permits that 
were granted before the DTV application was filed;
    (G) NTSC construction permits that were granted before the DTV 
application was filed; and
    (H) Earlier-filed and accepted for filing applications for new NTSC 
stations that are not covered by paragraph (h)(2)(ii)(I) of this 
section, and that:
    (1) Were filed by post-auction winners pursuant to Sec.  73.5005.
    (2) Are part of a settlement agreement on-file with the Commission 
that would result in the grant of the NTSC application; or
    (3) Are cut-off singletons;
    (I) Applications for new NTSC television stations that were in 
groups of mutually exclusive applications on file prior to July 1, 1997, 
regardless of whether they are the only applications that remain pending 
from their group;
    (J) Rulemaking petitions to amend the NTSC table of allotments filed 
by applicants defined in (h)(2)(ii)(I) of this section for which a 
Notice of Proposed Rule Making has been released and the comment 
deadline specified therein has passed prior to the filing of the DTV 
application.
    (iii) That do not provide the requisite interference protection set 
forth in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, as applicable, to the 
following applications and petitions will be deemed mutually exclusive 
with those applications and petitions:
    (A) Other DTV applications filed the same day;
    (B) Rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV table of allotments for 
which a Notice of Proposed Rule Making had been released and the comment 
deadline specified therein had not passed prior to the filing date of 
the DTV application; and
    (C) Earlier-filed rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV table of 
allotments for which a Notice of Proposed Rule Making had not been 
released.
    (3) DTV applicants, DTV applicants and NTSC applicants, or DTV 
applicants and DTV rulemaking petitioners that are mutually exclusive 
pursuant to this section will be notified by Public Notice and provided 
with a 90-day period of time to resolve their mutual exclusivity via 
engineering amendment or settlement. Those applications and petitions 
that remain mutually exclusive upon conclusion of the 90-day settlement 
period will be dismissed.

[62 FR 26719, May 14, 1997, as amended at 63 FR 13560, Mar. 20, 1998; 64 
FR 4327, Jan. 28, 1999; 65 FR 30002, May 10, 2000; 65 FR 58467, Sept. 
29, 2000; 66 FR 9984, Feb. 13, 2001; 66 FR 65134, Dec. 18, 2001; 69 FR 
31906, June 8, 2004]

[[Page 182]]



Sec.  73.624  Digital television broadcast stations.

    (a) Digital television (``DTV'') broadcast stations are assigned 
channels 6 MHz wide. Initial eligibility for licenses for DTV broadcast 
stations is limited to persons that, as of April 3, 1997, are licensed 
to operate a full power television broadcast station or hold a permit to 
construct such a station (or both).
    (b) DTV broadcast station permittees or licensees must transmit at 
least one over-the-air video program signal at no direct charge to 
viewers on the DTV channel. Until such time as a DTV station permittee 
or licensee ceases analog transmissions and returns that spectrum to the 
Commission, and except as provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, 
at any time that a DTV broadcast station permittee or licensee transmits 
a video program signal on its analog television channel, it must also 
transmit at least one over-the-air video program signal on the DTV 
channel. The DTV service that is provided pursuant to this paragraph 
must be at least comparable in resolution to the analog television 
station programming transmitted to viewers on the analog channel.
    (1) DTV broadcast station permittees and licensees required to 
construct and operate a DTV station by May 1, 2002, or May 1, 2003, 
pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section must, at a minimum, beginning 
on the date on which the DTV station is required to be constructed, 
provide a digital video program signal, of the quality described in 
paragraph (b) of this section, during prime time hours as defined in 
Sec.  79.3(a)(6) of this chapter. These licensees and permittees must 
also comply with the minimum operating hours requirements in paragraph 
(f) of this section.
    (2) DTV licensees or permittees that choose to commence digital 
operation before the construction deadline set forth in paragraph (d) of 
this section are not subject to any minimum schedule for operation on 
the DTV channel.
    (c) Provided that DTV broadcast stations comply with paragraph (b) 
of this section, DTV broadcast stations are permitted to offer services 
of any nature, consistent with the public interest, convenience, and 
necessity, on an ancillary or supplementary basis. The kinds of services 
that may be provided include, but are not limited to computer software 
distribution, data transmissions, teletext, interactive materials, aural 
messages, paging services, audio signals, subscription video, and any 
other services that do not derogate DTV broadcast stations' obligations 
under paragraph (b) of this section. Such services may be provided on a 
broadcast, point-to-point or point-to-multipoint basis, provided, 
however, that any video broadcast signal provided at no direct charge to 
viewers shall not be considered ancillary or supplementary.
    (1) DTV licensees that provide ancillary or supplementary services 
that are analogous to other services subject to regulation by the 
Commission must comply with the Commission regulations that apply to 
those services, provided, however, that no ancillary or supplementary 
service shall have any rights to carriage under Sec. Sec.  614 or 615 of 
the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, or be deemed a multichannel 
video programming distributor for purposes of section 628 of the 
Communications Act of 1934, as amended.
    (2) In all arrangements entered into with outside parties affecting 
service operation, the DTV licensee or permittee must retain control 
over all material transmitted in a broadcast mode via the station's 
facilities, with the right to reject any material in the sole judgement 
of the permitte or licensee. The license or permittee is also 
responsible for all aspects of technical operation involving such 
telecommunications services.
    (3) In any application for renewal of a broadcast license for a 
television station that provides ancillary or supplementary services, a 
licensee shall establish that all of its program services on the analog 
and the DTV spectrum are in the public interest. Any violation of the 
Commission's rules applicable to ancillary or supplementary services 
will reflect on the licensee's qualifications for renewal of its 
license.
    (d) Digital television broadcast facilities that comply with the FCC 
DTV Standard (section 73.682(d)), shall be

[[Page 183]]

constructed in the following markets by the following dates:
    (1)(i) May 1, 1999: all network-affiliated television stations in 
the top ten television markets;
    (ii) November 1, 1999: all network-affiliated television stations 
not included in category (1)(i) and in the top 30 television markets;
    (iii) May 1, 2002: all remaining commercial television stations;
    (iv) May 1, 2003: all noncommercial television stations.
    (2) For the purposes of paragraph (d)(1):
    (i) The term, ``network,'' is defined to include the ABC, CBS, NBC, 
and Fox television networks;
    (ii) The term, ``television market,'' is defined as the Designated 
Market Area or DMA as defined by Nielsen Media Research as of April 3, 
1997; and
    (iii) The terms, ``network-affiliated'' or ``network-affiliate,'' 
are defined to include those television stations affiliated with at 
least one of the four networks designated in paragraph (d)(2)(i) as of 
April 3, 1997. In those DMAs in which a network has more than one 
network affiliate, paragraphs (d)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section shall 
apply to its network affiliate with the largest audience share for the 9 
a.m. to midnight time period as measured by Nielsen Media Research in 
its Nielsen Station Index, Viewers in Profile, as of February, 1997.
    (3) Authority delegated. (i) Authority is delegated to the Chief, 
Media Bureau to grant an extension of time of up to six months beyond 
the relevant construction deadline specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this 
section upon demonstration by the DTV licensee or permittee that failure 
to meet that construction deadline is due to circumstances that are 
either unforeseeable or beyond the licensee's control where the licensee 
has taken all reasonable steps to resolve the problem expeditiously.
    (ii) Such circumstances shall include, but shall not be limited to:
    (A) Inability to construct and place in operation a facility 
necessary for transmitting digital television, such as a tower, because 
of delays in obtaining zoning or FAA approvals, or similar constraints;
    (B) the lack of equipment necessary to obtain a digital television 
signal; or
    (C) where the cost of meeting the minimum build-out requirements 
exceeds the station's financial resources.
    (iii) The Bureau may grant no more than two extension requests upon 
delegated authority. Subsequent extension requests shall be referred to 
the Commission. The Bureau may deny extension requests upon delegated 
authority.
    (iv) Applications for extension of time shall be filed no earlier 
than 90 and no later than 60 days prior to the relevant construction 
deadline, absent a showing of sufficient reasons for filing within less 
than 60 days of the relevant construction deadline.
    (e) The application for construction permit must be filed on Form 
301 (except for noncommercial stations, which must file on Form 340) on 
or before the date on which half of the construction period has elapsed. 
Thus, for example, for applicants in category (d)(1)(i), the application 
for construction period must be filed by May 1, 1998.
    (f)(1) Commencing on April 1, 2003, DTV television licensees and 
permittees required to construct and operate a DTV station by May 1, 
2002, or May 1, 2003, must transmit at least one over-the-air video 
program signal at no direct charge to viewers on their DTV channel at 
least 50 percent of the time they are transmitting a video program 
signal on their analog channel.
    (2) Commencing on April 1, 2004, DTV licensees and permittees 
described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section must transmit a video 
program signal as described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section on the 
DTV channel at least 75 percent of the time they are transmitting a 
video program signal on the analog channel.
    (3) Commencing on April 1, 2005, DTV licensees and permittees 
described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section must transmit a video 
program signal as described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section on the 
DTV channel at least 100 percent of the time they are transmitting a 
video program signal on the analog channel.
    (4) The minimum operating hours requirements imposed in paragraphs 
(f)

[[Page 184]]

(1) through (3) of this section will terminate when the analog channel 
terminates operation and a 6 MHz channel is returned by the DTV licensee 
or permittee to the Commission.
    (g) Commercial and noncommercial DTV licensees must annually remit a 
fee of five percent of the gross revenues derived from all ancillary or 
supplementary services, as defined by paragraph (b) of this section, 
which are feeable, as defined in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) through (ii) of 
this section.
    (1)(i) All ancillary or supplementary services for which payment of 
a subscription fee or charge is required in order to receive the service 
are feeable. The fee required by this provision shall be imposed on any 
and all revenues from such services, including revenues derived from 
subscription fees and from any commercial advertisements transmitted on 
the service.
    (ii) Any ancillary or supplementary service for which no payment is 
required from consumers in order to receive the service is feeable if 
the DTV licensee directly or indirectly receives compensation from a 
third party in return for the transmission of material provided by that 
third party (other than commercial advertisements used to support 
broadcasting for which a subscription fee is not required). The fee 
required by this provision shall be imposed on any and all revenues from 
such services, other than revenues received from a third party in return 
for the transmission of commercial advertisements used to support 
broadcasting for which a subscription fee is not required.
    (2) Payment of fees. (i) Each December 1, all commercial and 
noncommercial DTV licensees will electronically report whether they 
provided ancillary or supplementary services in the twelve-month period 
ending on the preceding September 30. Licensees will further report, for 
the applicable period: (A) a brief description of the services provided; 
(B) which services were feeable ancillary or supplementary services; (C) 
whether any ancillary or supplementary services provided were not 
subject to a fee; (D) gross revenues received from all feeable ancillary 
and supplementary services provided during the applicable period; and 
(E) the amount of bitstream used to provide ancillary or supplementary 
services during the applicable period. Licensees will certify under 
penalty of perjury the accuracy of the information reported. Failure to 
file regardless of revenues from ancillary or supplementary services or 
provision of such services may result in appropriate sanctions.
    (ii) If a commercial or noncommercial DTV licensee has provided 
feeable ancillary or supplementary services at any point during a 
twelve-month period ending on September 30, the licensee must 
additionally file the FCC's standard remittance form (Form 159) on the 
subsequent December 1. Licensees will certify the amount of gross 
revenues received from feeable ancillary or supplementary services for 
the applicable twelve-month period and will remit the payment of the 
required fee.
    (iii) The Commission reserves the right to audit each licensee's 
records which support the calculation of the amount specified on line 
23A of Form 159. Each licensee, therefore, is required to retain such 
records for three years from the date of remittance of fees.

[62 FR 26989, May 16, 1997, as amended at 63 FR 15784, Apr. 1, 1998; 63 
FR 69216, Dec. 16, 1998; 64 FR 4327, Jan. 28, 1999; 66 FR 58982, Nov. 
26, 2001; 66 FR 65135, Dec. 18, 2001; 67 FR 13232, Mar. 21, 2002; 67 FR 
38423, June 4, 2002; 69 FR 59535, Oct. 4, 2004]

    Effective Date Note: At 66 FR 58982, Nov. 26, 2001, Sec.  73.624 was 
amended by revising the first sentence in paragraph (g)(2)(i). This 
amendment contains information collection requirements and will not 
become effective until approval has been given by the Office of 
Management and Budget.



Sec.  73.625  DTV coverage of principal community and antenna system.

    (a) Transmitter location. (1) The DTV transmitter location shall be 
chosen so that, on the basis of the effective radiated power and antenna 
height above average terrain employed, the following minimum F(50,90) 
field strength in dB above one uV/m will be provided over the entire 
principal community to be served:

Channels 2-6..................................................    35 dBu
Channels 7-13.................................................    43 dBu
Channels 14-69................................................    48 dBu
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 185]]

    Note to paragraph (a)(1):
    These requirements above do not become effective until December 31, 
2004 for commercial television licensees and December 31, 2005 for 
noncommercial television licensees. Prior to those dates, the following 
minimum F(50,90) field strength in dB above one uV/m must be provided 
over the entire principal community to be served:

Channels 2-6..................................................    28 dBu
Channels 7-13.................................................    36 dBu
Channels 14-69................................................    41 dBu
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) The location of the antenna must be so chosen that there is not 
a major obstruction in the path over the principal community to be 
served.
    (3) For the purposes of this section, coverage is to be determined 
in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section. Under actual 
conditions, the true coverage may vary from these estimates because the 
terrain over any specific path is expected to be different from the 
average terrain on which the field strength charts were based. Further, 
the actual extent of service will usually be less than indicated by 
these estimates due to interference from other stations. Because of 
these factors, the predicted field strength contours give no assurance 
of service to any specific percentage of receiver locations within the 
distances indicated.
    (b) Determining coverage. (1) In predicting the distance to the 
field strength contours, the F (50,50) field strength charts (Figures 9, 
10 and 10b of Sec.  73.699 of this part) and the F (50,10) field 
strength charts (Figures 9a, 10a and 10c of Sec.  73.699 of this part) 
shall be used. To use the charts to predict the distance to a given F 
(50,90) contour, the following procedure is used: Convert the effective 
radiated power in kilowatts for the appropriate azimuth into decibel 
value referenced to 1 kW (dBk). Subtract the power value in dBk from the 
contour value in dBu. Note that for power less than 1 kW, the difference 
value will be greater than the contour value because the power in dBk is 
negative. Locate the difference value obtained on the vertical scale at 
the left edge of the appropriate F (50,50) chart for the DTV station's 
channel. Follow the horizontal line for that value into the chart to the 
point of intersection with the vertical line above the height of the 
antenna above average terrain for the appropriate azimuth located on the 
scale at the bottom of the chart. If the point of intersection does not 
fall exactly on a distance curve, interpolate between the distance 
curves below and above the intersection point. The distance values for 
the curves are located along the right edge of the chart. Using the 
appropriate F (50,10) chart for the DTV station's channel, locate the 
point where the distance coincides with the vertical line above the 
height of the antenna above average terrain for the appropriate azimuth 
located on the scale at the bottom of the chart. Follow a horizontal 
line from that point to the left edge of the chart to determine the F 
(50,10) difference value. Add the power value in dBk to this difference 
value to determine the F (50,10) contour value in dBu. Subtract the F 
(50,50) contour value in dBu from this F (50,10) contour value in dBu. 
Subtract this difference from the F (50,50) contour value in dBu to 
determine the F (50,90) contour value in dBu at the pertinent distance 
along the pertinent radial.
    (2) The effective radiated power to be used is that radiated at the 
vertical angle corresponding to the depression angle between the 
transmitting antenna center of radiation and the radio horizon as 
determined individually for each azimuthal direction concerned. In cases 
where the relative field strength at this depression angle is 90% or 
more of the maximum field strength developed in the vertical plane 
containing the pertaining radial, the maximum radiation shall be used. 
The depression angle is based on the difference in elevation of the 
antenna center of radiation above the average terrain and the radio 
horizon, assuming a smooth spherical earth with a radius of 8,495.5 
kilometers (5,280 miles) and shall be determined by the following 
equation:

A = 0.0277 square root of H

Where:

A is the depression angle in degrees.
H is the height in meters of the transmitting antenna radiation center 
above average terrain of the 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 miles) sector of 
the pertinent radial.


This formula is empirically derived for the limited purpose specified 
here. Its

[[Page 186]]

use for any other purpose may be inappropriate.
    (3) Applicants for new DTV stations or changes in the facilities of 
existing DTV stations must submit to the FCC a showing as to the 
location of their stations' or proposed stations' contour. This showing 
is to include a map showing this contour, except where applicants have 
previously submitted material to the FCC containing such information and 
it is found upon careful examination that the contour locations 
indicated therein would not change, on any radial, when the locations 
are determined under this section. In the latter cases, a statement by a 
qualified engineer to this effect will satisfy this requirement and no 
contour maps need be submitted.
    (4) The antenna height to be used with these charts is the height of 
the radiation center of the antenna above the average terrain along the 
radial in question. In determining the average elevation of the terrain, 
the elevations between 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 miles) from the antenna 
site are employed. Profile graphs shall be drawn for 8 radials beginning 
at the antenna site and extending 16.1 kilometers (10 miles) therefrom. 
The radials should be drawn for each 45 degrees of azimuth starting with 
True North. At least one radial must include the principal community to 
be served even though such community may be more than 16.1 kilometers 
(10 miles) from the antenna site. However, in the event none of the 
evenly spaced radials include the principal community to be served and 
one or more such radials are drawn in addition to the 8 evenly spaced 
radials, such additional radials shall not be employed in computing the 
antenna height above average terrain. Where the 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-
10 mile) portion of a radial extends in whole or in part over large 
bodies of water (such as ocean areas, gulfs, sounds, bays, large lakes, 
etc., but not rivers) or extends over foreign territory but the contour 
encompasses land area within the United States beyond the 16.1 
kilometers (10 mile) portion of the radial, the entire 3.2-16.1 
kilometers (2-10 mile) portion of the radial shall be included in the 
computation of antenna height above average terrain. However, where the 
contour does not so encompass United States land area and (1) the entire 
3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 mile) portion of the radial extends over large 
bodies of water or foreign territory, such radial shall be completely 
omitted from the computation of antenna height above average terrain, 
and (2) where a part of the 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 mile) portion of a 
radial extends over large bodies of water or over foreign territory, 
only that part of the radial extending from the 3.2 kilometer (2 mile) 
sector to the outermost portion of land area within the United States 
covered by the radial shall be employed in the computation of antenna 
height above average terrain. The profile graph for each radial should 
be plotted by contour intervals of from 12.2-30.5 meters (40-100 feet) 
and, where the data permits, at least 50 points of elevation (generally 
uniformly spaced) should be used for each radial. In instances of very 
rugged terrain where the use of contour intervals of 30.5 meters (100 
feet) would result in several points in a short distance, 61.0-122.0 
meter (200-400 foot) contour intervals may be used for such distances. 
On the other hand, where the terrain is uniform or gently sloping the 
smallest contour interval indicated on the topographic map (see 
paragraph (b)(5) of this section) should be used, although only 
relatively few points may be available. The profile graphs should 
indicate the topography accurately for each radial, and the graphs 
should be plotted with the distance in kilometers as the abscissa and 
the elevation in meters above mean sea level as the ordinate. The 
profile graphs should indicate the source of the topographical data 
employed. The graph should also show the elevation of the center of the 
radiating system. The graph may be plotted either on rectangular 
coordinate paper or on special paper which shows the curvature of the 
earth. It is not necessary to take the curvature of the earth into 
consideration in this procedure, as this factor is taken care of in the 
charts showing signal strengths. The average elevation of the 12.9 
kilometer (8 miles) distance between 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 miles) 
from the antenna site should then be determined from the profile graph 
for

[[Page 187]]

each radial. This may be obtained by averaging a large number of equally 
spaced points, by using a planimeter, or by obtaining the median 
elevation (that exceeded for 50% of the distance) in sectors and 
averaging those values. In directions where the terrain is such that 
negative antenna heights or heights below 30.5 meters (100 feet) for the 
3.2 to 16.1 kilometers (2 to 10 mile) sector are obtained, an assumed 
height of 30.5 meters (100 feet) shall be used for the prediction of 
coverage. However, where the actual contour distances are critical 
factors, a supplemental showing of expected coverage must be included 
together with a description of the method employed in predicting such 
coverage. In special cases, the Commission may require additional 
information as to terrain and coverage.
    (5) In the preparation of the profile graph previously described, 
and in determining the location and height above sea level of the 
antenna site, the elevation or contour intervals shall be taken from the 
United States Geological Survey Topographic Quadrangle Maps, United 
States Army Corps of Engineers' maps or Tennessee Valley Authority maps, 
whichever is the latest, for all areas for which such maps are 
available. If such maps are not published for the area in question, the 
next best topographic information should be used. Topographic data may 
sometimes be obtained from State and Municipal agencies. Data from 
Sectional Aeronautical Charts (including bench marks) or railroad depot 
elevations and highway elevations from road maps may be used where no 
better information is available. In cases where limited topographic data 
is available, use may be made of an altimeter in a car driven along 
roads extending generally radially from the transmitter site. United 
States Geological Survey Topographic Quadrangle Maps may be obtained 
from the United States Geological Survey, Department of the Interior, 
Washington, D.C. 20240. Sectional Aeronautical Charts are available from 
the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, Department of Commerce, 
Washington, D.C. 20235. In lieu of maps, the average terrain elevation 
may be computer generated, except in the cases of dispute, using 
elevations from a 30 second point or better topographic data file. The 
file must be identified and the data processed for intermediate points 
along each radial using linear interpolation techniques. The height 
above mean sea level of the antenna site must be obtained manually using 
appropriate topographic maps.
    (c) Antenna system. (1) The antenna system shall be designed so that 
the effective radiated power at any angle above the horizontal shall be 
as low as the state of the art permits, and in the same vertical plane 
may not exceed the effective radiated power in either the horizontal 
direction or below the horizontal, whichever is greater.
    (2) An antenna designed or altered to produce a noncircular 
radiation pattern in the horizontal plane is considered to be a 
directional antenna. Antennas purposely installed in such a manner as to 
result in the mechanical beam tilting of the major vertical radiation 
lobe are included in this category.
    (3) Applications proposing the use of directional antenna systems 
must be accompanied by the following:
    (i) Complete description of the proposed antenna system, including 
the manufacturer and model number of the proposed directional antenna.
    (ii) Relative field horizontal plane pattern (horizontal 
polarization only) of the proposed directional antenna. A value of 1.0 
should be used for the maximum radiation. The plot of the pattern should 
be oriented so that 0 degrees corresponds to true North. Where 
mechanical beam tilt is intended, the amount of tilt in degrees of the 
antenna vertical axis and the orientation of the downward tilt with 
respect to true North must be specified, and the horizontal plane 
pattern must reflect the use of mechanical beam tilt.
    (iii) A tabulation of the relative field pattern required in 
paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section. The tabulation should use the same 
zero degree reference as the plotted pattern, and be tabulated at least 
every 10 degrees. In addition, tabulated values of all maxima and 
minima, with their corresponding azimuths, should be submitted.
    (iv) Horizontal and vertical plane radiation patterns showing the 
effective

[[Page 188]]

radiated power, in dBk, for each direction. Sufficient vertical plane 
patterns must be included to indicate clearly the radiation 
characteristics of the antenna above and below the horizontal plane. In 
cases where the angles at which the maximum vertical radiation varies 
with azimuth, a separate vertical radiation pattern must be provided for 
each pertinent radial direction.
    (v) All horizontal plane patterns must be plotted to the largest 
scale possible on unglazed letter-size polar coordinate paper (main 
engraving approximately 18 cmx25 cm (7 inchesx10 inches)) using only 
scale divisions and subdivisions of 1, 2, 2.5. or 5 times 10-nth. All 
vertical plane patterns must be plotted on unglazed letter-size 
rectangular coordinate paper. Values of field strength on any pattern 
less than 10 percent of the maximum field strength plotted on that 
pattern must be shown on an enlarged scale.
    (vi) The horizontal and vertical plane patterns that are required 
are the patterns for the complete directional antenna system. In the 
case of a composite antenna composed of two or more individual antennas, 
this means that the patterns for the composite antenna, not the patterns 
for each of the individual antennas, must be submitted.
    (4) Where simultaneous use of antennas or antenna structures is 
proposed, the following provisions shall apply:
    (i) In cases where it is proposed to use a tower of an AM broadcast 
station as a supporting structure for a DTV broadcast antenna, an 
appropriate application for changes in the radiating system of the AM 
broadcast station must be filed by the licensee thereof. A formal 
application (FCC Form 301, or FCC Form 340 for a noncommercial 
educational station) will be required if the proposal involves 
substantial change in the physical height or radiation characteristics 
of the AM broadcast antennas; otherwise an informal application will be 
acceptable. (In case of doubt, an informal application (letter) together 
with complete engineering data should be submitted.) An application may 
be required for other classes of stations when the tower is to be used 
in connection with a DTV station.
    (ii) When the proposed DTV antenna is to be mounted on a tower in 
the vicinity of an AM station directional antenna system and it appears 
that the operation of the directional antenna system may be affected, an 
engineering study must be filed with the DTV application concerning the 
effect of the DTV antenna on the AM directional radiation pattern. Field 
measurements of the AM stations may be required prior to and following 
construction of the DTV station antenna, and readjustments made as 
necessary.
    (5) Applications proposing the use of electrical beam tilt pursuant 
to section 73.622(f)(4) must be accompanied by the following:
    (i) Complete description of the proposed antenna system, including 
the manufacturer and model number. Vertical plane radiation patterns 
conforming with paragraphs (c)(3)(iv), (c)(3)(v) and (c)(3)(vi) of this 
section.
    (ii) For at least 36 evenly spaced radials, including 0 degrees 
corresponding to true North, a determination of the depression angle 
between the transmitting antenna center of radiation and the radio 
horizon using the formula in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
    (iii) For each such radial direction, the ERP at the depression 
angle, taking into account the effect of the electrical beam tilt, 
mechanical beam tilt, if used, and directional antenna pattern if a 
directional antenna is specified.
    (iv) The maximum ERP toward the radio horizon determined by this 
process must be clearly indicated. In addition, a tabulation of the 
relative fields representing the effective radiation pattern toward the 
radio horizon in the 36 radial directions must be submitted. A value of 
1.0 should be used for the maximum radiation.

[62 FR 26990, May 16, 1997, as amended at 63 FR 13562, Mar. 20, 1998; 66 
FR 9985, Feb. 13, 2001; 66 FR 65135, Dec. 18, 2001]



Sec.  73.635  Use of common antenna site.

    No television license or renewal of a television license will be 
granted to

[[Page 189]]

any person who owns, leases, or controls a particular site which is 
peculiarly suitable for television broadcasting in a particular area and 
(a) which is not available for use by other television licensees; and 
(b) no other comparable site is available in the area; and (c) where the 
exclusive use of such site by the applicant or licensee would unduly 
limit the number of television stations that can be authorized in a 
particular area or would unduly restrict competition among television 
stations.

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963]



Sec.  73.641  Subscription TV definitions.

    (a) Subscription television. A system whereby subscription 
television programs are transmitted and received.
    (b) Subscription television program. A television boadcast program 
intended to be received in intelligible form for a fee or charge.

[52 FR 6154, Mar. 2, 1987]



Sec.  73.642  Subscription TV service.

    (a) Subscription TV service may be provided by:
    (1) Licensees and permittees of commercial and noncommercial TV 
stations, and
    (2) Licensees and permittees of low power TV stations.
    (b) A licensee or permittee of a commercial or noncommercial TV 
station or a low power TV station may begin subscription TV service upon 
installation of encoding equipment having advance FCC approval. However, 
the licensee or permittee of a TV broadcast station (not applicable to 
low power TV stations) must send a letter to the FCC in Washington, DC, 
that subscription TV service will commence at least 30 days prior to 
commencement of such service. In that letter, to be entitled ``Notice of 
Commencement of STV Operations,'' the licensee or permittee is to state 
that it will comply with the provisions of paragraphs (e)(1) through 
(e)(3) and Sec.  73.644(c) of this chapter and identify the make and 
type of encoding system to be used. A similar notice must be submitted 
if the licensee or permittee commences using another type of encoding 
system. (See section 644(h).) A notice must also be submitted to the FCC 
in Washington, DC, if encoded subscription TV service is to be 
discontinued, at least 30 days prior to such discontinuance.
    (c) The station proof of system compliance measurement data (see 
Sec.  73.644(c)) need not be submitted to the FCC, however, the 
measurement data must be available to the FCC upon request.
    (d) The use of the visual vertical blanking interval or an aural 
subcarrier for transmitting subscriber decoder control code signals 
during periods of normal non-encoded programming may be used only upon 
specific FCC authorization. Letter requests to use either the video 
blanking intervals or aural subcarriers during periods of non-
subscription programming are to be sent to the FCC in Washington, D.C.
    (e) A licensee or permittee of a commercial or noncommercial TV 
broadcast or low power TV station may not transmit a subscription 
service if it has a contract, arrangement, or understanding expressed or 
implied, that:
    (1) Prevents or hinders it from rejecting or refusing any 
subscription TV broadcast program that it reasonably believes to be 
unsatisfactory or unsuitable or contrary to the public interests; or 
substituting a subscription or conventional program that, in its 
opinion, is of greater local or national importance; or
    (2) Delegates to any other person the right to schedule the hours of 
transmission of subscription programs. However, this rule does not 
prevent a licensee or permittee from entering into an agreement or 
arrangement whereby it agrees to schedule a specific subscription TV 
broadcast program at a specific time or to schedule a specific number of 
hours of subscription programs during the broadcast day (or segments 
thereof) or weeks; or
    (3) Deprives it of the right of ultimate decision concerning the 
maximum amount of any subscription program charge or fee.
    (4) Has provisions that do not comply with the following policies of 
the FCC:
    (i) Unless a satifactory signal is unavailable at the location where 
service is desired, subscription TV service must be provided to all 
persons desiring it within the Grade A contour of

[[Page 190]]

the station broadcasting subscription programs. Geographic or other 
reasonable patterns of installation for new subscription services is 
permitted and, for good cause, service may be terminated.
    (ii) Charges, terms and conditions of service to subscribers must be 
applied uniformly. However, subscribers may be divided into reasonable 
classifications approved by the FCC, and the impositions of different 
sets of terms and conditions may be applied to subscribers in different 
classifications. Further, for good cause, within such classification, 
deposits may be required from some subscribers and not of others; and, 
also for good cause, if a subscription system generally uses a credit-
type decoder, cash operated decoders may be installed for some 
subscribers.

[48 FR 56392, Dec. 21, 1983, as amended at 52 FR 6154, Mar. 2, 1987; 66 
FR 58982, Nov. 26, 2001]



Sec.  73.643  Subscription TV operating requirements.

    The non-technical rules and policies applicable to regular TV 
broadcast stations are applicable to subscription TV operations, except 
where specifically exempted in the provisions of those rules and 
policies.

[48 FR 56392, Dec. 21, 1983]



Sec.  73.644  Subscription TV transmission systems.

    (a) Licensees and permittees of commercial and noncommercial TV 
broadcast and low power TV stations may conduct subscription operations 
only by using an encoding system that has been approved in advance by 
the FCC. Such advance approval may be applied for and granted in 
accordance with the procedures given in Subpart M Part 2 of the Rules.
    (b) The criteria for advance approval of subscription TV 
transmitting systems by the FCC are as follows:
    (1) Spectral energy in the transmitted signal must not exceed the 
limitations given in Sec.  73.687(e).
    (2) No increase in width of the television broadcast channel (6 
MHz.) is permitted.
    (3) The technical system must enable stations to transmit encoded 
subscription TV programs without increasing the RMS output power from 
either the video or audio transmitters over that required to transmit 
the same program material using normal transmission standards.
    (4) Modification of a type accepted TV broadcast or low power TV 
transmitter for encoded transmissions must not render transmitter 
incapable of operating in accordance with the operating specifications 
upon which type acceptance was granted. (See Sec.  2.1001 (b), (k))
    (5) Interference to reception of conventional television either of 
co-channel or adjacent channel stations must not increase over that 
resulting from the transmission of programming with normal transmission 
standards.
    (6) Subscriber decoder devices must meet the provisions, where 
required, of Subpart H of Part 15 of the FCC Rules for TV Interface 
Devices.
    (c) Prior to commencing the transmission of encoded subscription 
programming, the licensee or permittee of a TV broadcast or low power TV 
station must perform such tests and measurements to determine that the 
transmitted encoded signal conforms to the radiated radio frequency and 
demodulated baseband and waveforms, transmitter operating power 
determination, and the occupied bandwidth limitations specified in the 
application for advance FCC approval of the system being used. A copy of 
the measurement data is to be maintained in the station files and made 
available to the FCC upon request.
    (d) The licensee of a station transmitting an encoded subscription 
service must have at the transmitter control point the technical 
specifications for the system being used of both the aural and visual 
baseband signals and the transmitted radiofrequency signals, and have 
the necessary measuring and monitoring equipment, including transmitter 
output power measuring equipment, to determine that the transmissions 
conform to the advance approval specifications on file with the FCC. 
Full operating specifications for the system must be available to 
representatives of the FCC upon request.
    (e) The operating power of the transmitters during encoded 
operations must be determined and maintained

[[Page 191]]

according to the procedures given in the application for advance 
approval.
    (f) A station using an encoding system in accordance with the 
specifications filed with the application for advance approval is deemed 
to be exempted from those technical regulations of this Subpart and 
Subpart H to the extent they are specifically detailed in the 
application.
    (g) No protection from interference of any kind will be afforded to 
reception of encoded subscription programming over that afforded 
reception of non-encoded signals.
    (h) A licensee or permittee may make no modifications on a 
subscription encoding system that would alter the characteristics of the 
transmitted aural or visual signal from those specified in the 
application for advance approval. A licensee or permittee of a station 
replacing its encoding system must perform the measurements required by 
paragraph (c) of this section. A TV broadcast station licensee or 
permittee must also send a letter advising the FCC of the new system 
being used as required by Sec.  73.642(b) of this chapter.
    (i) The station licensee is fully responsible for all technical 
operations of the station during transmissions of encoded subscription 
programming, regardless of the supplier of the encoding equipment or 
subscription program service.

    Note: Stations transmitting encoded subscription programming prior 
to October 1, 1983, must comply with all technical and operating 
requirements of this Section no later than April 1, 1984. Stations not 
having the information to comply with this Section must obtain such 
information from the manufacturer of the encoding system being used, and 
if necessary, by measurements of the station's transmission system.

    (j) Upon request by an authorized representative of the FCC, the 
licensee of a TV station transmitting encoded programming must make 
available a receiving decoder to the Commission to carry out its 
regulatory responsibilities.

[48 FR 56392, Dec. 21, 1983, as amended at 57 FR 48333, Oct. 23, 1992; 
66 FR 58982, Nov. 26, 2001]



Sec.  73.646  Telecommunications Service on the Vertical Blanking Interval and 

in the Visual Signal.

    (a) Telecommunications services permitted on the vertical blanking 
interval (VBI) and in the visual signal include the transmission of 
data, processed information, or any other communication in either a 
digital or analog mode.
    (b) Telecommunications service on the VBI and in the visual signal 
is of an ancillary nature and as such is an elective, subsidiary 
activity. No service guidelines, limitations, or performance standards 
are applied to it. The kinds of service that may be provided include, 
but are not limited to, teletext, paging, computer software and bulk 
data distribution, and aural messages. Such services may be provided on 
a broadcast, point-to-point, or point to multipoint basis.
    (c) Telecommunications services that are common carrier in nature 
are subject to common carrier regulation. Licensees operating such 
services are required to apply to the Commission for the appropriate 
authorization and to comply with all policies and rules applicable to 
the particular service.
    (d) Television licensees are authorized to lease their VBI and 
visual signal telecommunications facilities to outside parties. In all 
arrangements entered into with outside parties affecting 
telecommunications service operation, the licensee or permittee must 
retain control over all material transmitted in a broadcast mode via the 
station's facilities, with the right to reject any material that it 
deems inappropriate or undesirable. The licensee or permittee is also 
responsible for all aspects of technical operation involving such 
telecommunications services.
    (e) The grant or renewal of a TV station license or permit will not 
be furthered or promoted by proposed or past VBI or visual signal 
telecommunications service operation; the licensee must establish that 
its broadcast operation serves the public interest wholly apart from 
such telecommunications service activities. (Violation of rules 
applicable to VBI and visual signal telecommunications services could, 
of course, reflect on a licensee's qualifications to hold its license or 
permit.)

[[Page 192]]

    (f) TV broadcast stations are authorized to transmit VBI and visual 
telecommunications service signals during any time period, including 
portions of the day when normal programming is not broadcast. Such 
transmissions must be in accordance with the technical provisions of 
Sec.  73.682.

[50 FR 4663, Feb. 1, 1985, as amended at 50 FR 9035, Mar. 6, 1985; 61 FR 
36304, July 10, 1996]



Sec.  73.653  Operation of TV aural and visual transmitters.

    The aural and visual transmitters may be operated independently of 
each other or, if operated simultaneously, may be used with different 
and unrelated program material.

[54 FR 9806, Mar. 8, 1989]



Sec.  73.658  Affiliation agreements and network program practices; territorial exclusivity in non-network program arrangements.

    (a) Exclusive affiliation of station. No license shall be granted to 
a television broadcast station having any contract, arrangement, or 
understanding, express or implied, with a network organization under 
which the station is prevented or hindered from, or penalized for, 
broadcasting the programs of any other network organization. (The term 
``network organization'' as used in this section includes national and 
regional network organizations. See ch. VII, J, of Report on Chain 
Broadcasting.)
    (b) Territorial exclusively. No license shall be granted to a 
television broadcast station having any contract, arrangement, or 
understanding, express or implied, with a network organization which 
prevents or hinders another broadcast station located in the same 
community from broadcasting the network's programs not taken by the 
former station, or which prevents or hinders another broadcast station 
located in a different community from broadcasting any program of the 
network organization. This section shall not be construed to prohibit 
any contract, arrangement, or understanding between a station and a 
network organization pursuant to which the station is granted the first 
call in its community upon the programs of the network organization. As 
employed in this paragraph, the term ``community'' is defined as the 
community specified in the instrument of authorization as the location 
of the station.
    (c) [Reserved]
    (d) Station commitment of broadcast time. No license shall be 
granted to a television broadcast station having any contract, 
arrangement, or understanding, express or implied, with any network 
organization, which provides for optioning of the station's time to the 
network organization, or which has the same restraining effect as time 
optioning. As used in this section, time optioning is any contract, 
arrangement, or understanding, express or implied, between a station and 
a network organization which prevents or hinders the station from 
scheduling programs before the network agrees to utilize the time during 
which such programs are scheduled, or which requires the station to 
clear time already scheduled when the network organization seeks to 
utilize the time.
    (e) Right to reject programs. No license shall be granted to a 
television broadcast station having any contract, arrangement, or 
understanding, express or implied, with a network organization which, 
with respect to programs offered or already contracted for pursuant to 
an affiliation contract, prevents or hinders the station from:
    (1) Rejecting or refusing network programs which the station 
reasonably believes to be unsatisfactory or unsuitable or contrary to 
the public interest, or
    (2) Substituting a program which, in the station's opinion, is of 
greater local or national importance.
    (f) [Reserved]
    (g) Dual network operation. A television broadcast station may 
affiliate with a person or entity that maintains two or more networks of 
television broadcast stations unless such dual or multiple networks are 
composed of two or more persons or entities that, on February 8, 1996, 
were ``networks'' as defined in Sec.  73.3613(a)(1) of the Commission's 
regulations (that is, ABC, CBS, Fox, and NBC).
    (h) Control by networks of station rates. No license shall be 
granted to a television broadcast station having any contract, 
arrangement, or understanding, express or implied, with a

[[Page 193]]

network organization under which the station is prevented or hindered 
from, or penalized for, fixing or altering its rates for the sale of 
broadcast time for other than the network's programs.
    (i) No license shall be granted to a television broadcast station 
which is represented for the sale of non-network time by a network 
organization or by an organization directly or indirectly controlled by 
or under common control with a network organization, if the station has 
any contract, arrangement or understanding, express or implied, which 
provides for the affiliation of the station with such network 
organization: Provided, however, That this rule shall not be applicable 
to stations licensed to a network organization or to a subsidiary of a 
network organization.
    (j)-(l) [Reserved]
    (m) Territorial exclusivity in non-network arrangements. (1) No 
television station shall enter into any contract, arrangement, or 
understanding, expressed or implied; with a non-network program 
producer, distributor, or supplier, or other person; which prevents or 
hinders another television station located in a community over 56.3 
kilometers (35 miles) away, as determined by the reference points 
contained in Sec.  76.53 of this chapter, (if reference points for a 
community are not listed in Sec.  76.53, the location of the main post 
office will be used) from broadcasting any program purchased by the 
former station from such non-network program producer, distributor, 
supplier, or other person, except that a television station may secure 
exclusivity against a television station licensed to another designated 
community in a hyphenated market specified in the market listing as 
contained in Sec.  76.51 of this chapter for those 100 markets listed, 
and for markets not listed in Sec.  76.51 of this chapter, the listing 
as contained in the Nielsen Media Research DMA Rankings for the most 
recent year at the time that the exclusivity contract, arrangement or 
understanding is complete under practices of the industry. As used in 
this paragraph, the term ``community'' is defined as the community 
specified in the instrument of authorization as the location of the 
station.
    (2) Notwithstanding paragraph (m)(1) of this section, a television 
station may enter into a contract, arrangement, or understanding with a 
producer, supplier, or distributor of a non-network program if that 
contract, arrangement, or understanding provides that the broadcast 
station has exclusive national rights such that no other television 
station in the United States may broadcast the program.

    Note 1: Contracts, arrangements, or understandings that are complete 
under the practices of the industry prior to August 7, 1973, will not be 
disturbed. Extensions or renewals of such agreements are not permitted 
because they would in effect be new agreements without competitive 
bidding. However, such agreements that were based on the broadcaster's 
advancing ``seed money'' for the production of a specific program or 
series that specify two time periods--a tryout period and period 
thereafter for general exhibition--may be extended or renewed as 
contemplated in the basic agreement.
    Note 2: It is intended that the top 100 major television markets 
listed in Sec.  76.51 of this chapter shall be used for the purposes of 
this rule and that the listing of the top 100 television markets 
appearing in the ARB Television Market Analysis shall not be used. The 
reference in this rule to the listing of markets in the ARB Television 
Market Analysis refers to hyphenated markets below the top-100 markets 
contained in the ARB Television Market Analysis. If a community is 
listed in a hyphenated market in Sec.  76.51 and is also listed in one 
of the markets in the ARB listing, the listing in Sec.  76.51 shall 
govern.
    Note 3: The provisions of this paragraph apply only to U.S. 
commercial television broadcast stations in the 50 states, and not to 
stations in Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands, foreign stations or 
noncommercial educational television or ``public'' television stations 
(either by way of restrictions on their exclusivity or on exclusivity 
against them).
    Note 4: New stations authorized in any community of a hyphenated 
market listed in Sec.  76.51 of this chapter or in any community of a 
hyphenated market listed in the ARB Television Market Analysis (for 
markets below the top-100 markets) are subject to the same rules as 
previously existing stations therein. New stations authorized in other 
communities are considered stations in separate markets unless and until 
Sec.  76.51 is amended by Commission action, or the ARB listing is 
changed.

(Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068 (47 U.S.C. 155))

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963]

[[Page 194]]


    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.  
73.658, see the List of CFR Sections Affected which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and on GPO Access.



Sec. Sec.  73.659-73.663  [Reserved]



Sec.  73.664  Determining operating power.

    (a) The operating power of each TV visual transmitter shall normally 
be determined by the direct method.
    (b) Direct method, visual transmitter. The direct method of power 
determination for a TV visual transmitter uses the indications of a 
calibrated transmission line meter (responsive to peak power) located at 
the RF output terminals of the transmitter. The indications of the 
calibrated meter are used to observe and maintain the authorized 
operating power of the visual transmitter. This meter must be calibrated 
whenever any component in the metering circuit is repaired or replaced 
and as often as necessary to ensure operation in accordance with the 
provisions of Sec.  73.1560 of this part. The following calibration 
procedures are to be used:
    (1) The transmission line meter is calibrated by measuring the 
average power at the output terminals of the transmitter, including any 
vestigial sideband and harmonic filters which may be used in normal 
operation. For this determination the average power output is measured 
while operating into a dummy load of substantially zero reactance and a 
resistance equal to the transmission line characteristic impedance. 
During this measurement the transmitter is to be modulated only by a 
standard synchronizing signal with blanking level set at 75% of peak 
amplitude as observed in an output waveform monitor, and with this 
blanketing level amplitude maintained throughout the time interval 
between synchronizing pulses.
    (2) If electrical devices are used to determine the output power, 
such devices must permit determination of this power to within an 
accuracy of 5% of the power indicated by the full 
scale reading of the electrical indicating instrument of the device. If 
temperature and coolant flow indicating devices are used to determine 
the power output, such devices must permit determination of this power 
to within an accuracy of 4% of measured average 
power output. The peak power output is the power so measured in the 
dummy load multiplied by the factor 1.68. During this measurement the 
input voltage and current to the final radio frequency amplifier stage 
and the transmission line meter are to be read and compared with similar 
readings taken with the dummy load replaced by the antenna. These 
readings must be in substantial agreement.
    (3) The meter must be calibrated with the transmitter operating at 
80%, 100%, and 110% of the authorized power as often as may be necessary 
to maintain its accuracy and ensure correct transmitter operating power. 
In cases where the transmitter is incapable of operating at 110% of the 
authorized power output, the calibration may be made at a power output 
between 100% and 110% of the authorized power output. However, where 
this is done, the output meter must be marked at the point of 
calibration of maximum power output, and the station will be deemed to 
be in violation of this rule if that power is exceeded. The upper and 
lower limits of permissible power deviation as determined by the 
prescribed calibration, must be shown upon the meter either by means of 
adjustable red markers incorporated in the meter or by red marks placed 
upon the meter scale or glass face. These markings must be checked and 
changed, if necessary, each time the meter is calibrated.
    (c) Indirect method, visual transmitter. The operating power is 
determined by the indirect method by applying an appropriate factor to 
the input power to the final radio-frequency amplifier stage of the 
transmitter using the following formula:

Transmitter output power=Ep x Ip x F

    Where:

Ep=DC input voltage of the final radio-frequency amplifier stage.
Ip=DC input current of the final radio-frequency amplifier stage.
F=Efficiency factor.

    (1) If the above formula is not appropriate for the design of the 
transmitter final amplifier, use a formula specified by the transmitter 
manufacturer with

[[Page 195]]

other appropriate operating parameters.
    (2) The value of the efficiency factor, F established for the 
authorized transmitter output power is to be used for maintaining the 
operating power, even though there may be some variation in F over the 
power operating range of the transmitter.
    (3) The value of F is to be determined and a record kept thereof by 
one of the following procedures listed in order of preference:
    (i) Using the most recent measurement data for calibration of the 
transmission line meter according to the procedures described in 
paragraph (b) of this section or the most recent measurements made by 
the licensee establishing the value of F. In the case of composite 
transmitters or those in which the final amplifier stages have been 
modified pursuant to FCC approval, the licensee must furnish the FCC and 
also retain with the station records the measurement data used as a 
basis for determining the value of F.
    (ii) Using measurement data shown on the transmitter manufacturer's 
test data supplied to the licensee, provided that measurements were made 
at the authorized carrier frequency and transmitter output power.
    (iii) Using the transmitter manufacturer's measurement data 
submitted to the FCC for type acceptance as shown in the instruction 
book supplied to the licensee.

    Note: Refer to Sec.  73.1560 for aural transmitter output power 
levels.

[44 FR 58732, Oct. 11, 1979, as amended at 48 FR 44805, Sept. 30, 1983; 
49 FR 4210, Feb. 3, 1984; 49 FR 22092, May 25, 1984; 49 FR 49851, Dec. 
24, 1984; 50 FR 26568, June 27, 1985; 54 FR 9806, Mar. 8, 1989. 
Redesignated at 58 FR 62555, Nov. 29, 1993]



Sec.  73.665  Use of TV aural baseband subcarriers.

    Licensees of TV broadcast stations may transmit, without further 
authorization from the FCC, subcarriers and signals within the composite 
baseband for the following purposes:
    (a) Stereophonic (biphonic, quadraphonic, etc.) sound programs under 
the provisions of Sec. Sec.  73.667 and 73.669.
    (b) Transmission of signals relating to the operation of TV 
stations, such as relaying broadcast materials to other stations, remote 
cueing and order messages, and control and telemetry signals for the 
transmitting system.
    (c) Transmission of pilot or control signals to enhance the 
station's program service such as (but not restricted to) activation of 
noise reduction decoders in receivers, for any other receiver control 
purpose, or for program alerting and program identification.
    (d) Subsidiary communications services.

[49 FR 18105, Apr. 27, 1984]



Sec.  73.667  TV subsidiary communications services.

    (a) Subsidiary communications services are those transmitted within 
the TV aural baseband signal, but do not include services which enhance 
the main program broadcast service or exclusively relate to station 
operations (see Sec.  73.665(a), (b), and (c)). Subsidiary 
communications include, but are not limited to, services such as 
functional music, specialized foreign language programs, radio reading 
services, utility load management, market and financial data and news, 
paging and calling, traffic control signal switching, and point-to-point 
or multipoint messages.
    (b) TV subsidiary communications services that are common carrier or 
private radio in nature are subject to common carrier or private radio 
regulation. Licensees operating such services are required to apply to 
the FCC for the appropriate authorization and to comply with all 
policies and rules applicable to the service. Responsibility for making 
the initial determinations of whether a particular activity requires 
separate authority rests with the TV station licensee or permittee. 
Initial determinations by licensees or permittees are subject to FCC 
examination and may be reviewed at the FCC's discretion.
    (c) Subsidiary communications services are of a secondary nature 
under the authority of the TV station authorization, and the authority 
to provide such communications services may not

[[Page 196]]

be retained or transferred in any manner separate from the station's 
authorization. The grant or renewal of a TV station permit or license is 
not furthered or promoted by proposed or past subsidiary communications 
services. The permittee or licensee must establish that the broadcast 
operation is in the public interest wholly apart from the subsidiary 
communications services provided.
    (d) The station identification, delayed recording, and sponsor 
identification announcement required by Sec. Sec.  73.1201, 73.1208, and 
73.1212 are not applicable to leased communications services transmitted 
via services that are not of a general broadcast nature.
    (e) The licensee or permittee must retain control over all material 
transmitted in a broadcast mode via the station's facilities, with the 
right to reject any material that it deems inappropriate or undesirable.

[49 FR 18105, Apr. 27, 1984, as amended at 49 FR 27147, July 2, 1984; 56 
FR 49707, Oct. 1, 1991]



Sec.  73.669  TV stereophonic aural and multiplex subcarrier operation.

    (a) A TV broadcast station may without specific authority from the 
FCC, transmit multichannel aural programs upon installation of 
multichannel sound equipment. Prior to commencement of multichannel 
broadcasting, the equipment shall be measured in accordance with Sec.  
73.1690(e).
    (b) Multiplex subcarriers may be used by a TV station pursuant to 
the provisions of Sec.  73.665 and may be transmitted on a secondary, 
non-interference basis to broadcast programming without specific 
authority from the FCC. Transmissions must be conducted in accordance 
with the technical standards given in Sec.  73.682(c).
    (c) In all arrangements entered into with outside parties affecting 
non-common carrier subcarrier operation, the licensee or permittee must 
retain control over all material transmitted over the station's 
facilities, with the right to reject any material which is deemed 
inappropriate or undesirable. Subchannel leasing arrangements must be 
kept in writing at the station and made available to the FCC upon 
request.

[49 FR 18106, Apr. 27, 1984]



Sec.  73.670  Commercial limits in children's programs.

    (a) No commercial television broadcast station licensee shall air 
more than 10.5 minutes of commercial matter per hour during children's 
programming on weekends, or more than 12 minutes of commercial matter 
per hour on weekdays.
    (b) The display of Internet Web site addresses during program 
material or promotional material not counted as commercial time is 
permitted only if the Web site:
    (1) Offers a substantial amount of bona fide program-related or 
other noncommercial content;
    (2) Is not primarily intended for commercial purposes, including 
either e-commerce or advertising;
    (3) The Web site's home page and other menu pages are clearly 
labeled to distinguish the noncommercial from the commercial sections; 
and
    (4) The page of the Web site to which viewers are directed by the 
Web site address is not used for e-commerce, advertising, or other 
commercial purposes (e.g., contains no links labeled ``store'' and no 
links to another page with commercial material).
    (c) If an Internet address for a Web site that does not meet the 
test in paragraph (b) of this section is displayed during a promotion in 
a children's program, in addition to counting against the commercial 
time limits in paragraph (a) of this section the promotion must be 
clearly separated from program material.
    (d)(1) Entities subject to commercial time limits under the 
Children's Television Act shall not display a Web site address during or 
adjacent to a program if, at that time, on pages that are primarily 
devoted to free noncommercial content regarding that specific program or 
a character appearing in that program:
    (i) Products are sold that feature a character appearing in that 
program; or
    (ii) A character appearing in that program is used to actively sell 
products.

[[Page 197]]

    (2) The requirements of this paragraph do not apply to:
    (i) Third-party sites linked from the companies' Web pages;
    (ii) On-air third-party advertisements with Web site references to 
third-party Web sites; or
    (iii) Pages that are primarily devoted to multiple characters from 
multiple programs.

    Note 1: Commercial matter means air time sold for purposes of 
selling a product or service and promotions of television programs or 
video programming services other than children's or other age-
appropriate programming appearing on the same channel or promotions for 
children's educational and informational programming on any channel.
    Note 2: For purposes of this section, children's programming refers 
to programs originally produced and broadcast primarily for an audience 
of children 12 years old and younger.

[70 FR 36, Jan. 3, 2005, as amended at 71 FR 64164, Nov. 1, 2006]



Sec.  73.671  Educational and informational programming for children.

    (a) Each commercial and noncommercial educational television 
broadcast station licensee has an obligation to serve, over the term of 
its license, the educational and informational needs of children through 
both the licensee's overall programming and programming specifically 
designed to serve such needs.
    (b) Any special nonbroadcast efforts which enhance the value of 
children's educational and informational television programming, and any 
special effort to produce or support educational and informational 
television programming by another station in the licensee's marketplace, 
may also contribute to meeting the licensee's obligation to serve, over 
the term of its license, the educational and informational needs of 
children.
    (c) For purposes of this section, educational and informational 
television programming is any television programming that furthers the 
educational and informational needs of children 16 years of age and 
under in any respect, including the child's intellectual/cognitive or 
social/emotional needs. Programming specifically designed to serve the 
educational and informational needs of children (``Core Programming'') 
is educational and informational programming that satisfies the 
following additional criteria:
    (1) It has serving the educational and informational needs of 
children ages 16 and under as a significant purpose;
    (2) It is aired between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m.;
    (3) It is a regularly scheduled weekly program;
    (4) It is at least 30 minutes in length;
    (5) The program is identified as specifically designed to educate 
and inform children by the display on the television screen throughout 
the program of the symbol E/I;
    (6) The educational and informational objective and the target child 
audience are specified in writing in the licensee's Children's 
Television Programming Report, as described in Sec.  
73.3526(e)(11)(iii); and
    (7) Instructions for listing the program as educational/
informational, including an indication of the age group for which the 
program is intended, are provided by the licensee to publishers of 
program guides, as described in Sec.  73.673.
    (d) Until analog channels are returned to the Commission, the 
Commission will apply the following processing guideline to analog 
stations in assessing whether a television broadcast licensee has 
complied with the Children's Television Act of 1990 (``CTA'') on its 
analog channel. A licensee that has aired at least three hours per week 
of Core Programming (as defined in paragraph (c) of this section and as 
averaged over a six month period) will be deemed to have satisfied its 
obligation to air such programming and shall have the CTA portion of its 
license renewal application approved by the Commission staff. A licensee 
will also be deemed to have satisfied this obligation and be eligible 
for such staff approval if the licensee demonstrates that it has aired a 
package of different types of educational and informational programming 
that, while containing somewhat less than three hours per week of Core 
Programming, demonstrates a level of commitment to educating and 
informing children that is at least equivalent to airing three hours per 
week of Core Programming. In this regard, specials, PSAs, short-

[[Page 198]]

form programs, and regularly scheduled non-weekly programs with a 
significant purpose of educating and informing children can count toward 
the three hour per week processing guideline. Licensees that do not meet 
these processing guidelines will be referred to the Commission, where 
they will have full opportunity to demonstrate compliance with the CTA 
(e.g., by relying in part on sponsorship of Core educational/
informational programs on other stations in the market that increases 
the amount of Core educational and informational programming on the 
station airing the sponsored program and/or on special nonbroadcast 
efforts which enhance the value of children's educational and 
informational television programming).
    (e) The Commission will apply the following processing guideline to 
digital stations in assessing whether a television broadcast licensee 
has complied with the Children's Television Act of 1990 (``CTA'') on its 
digital channel(s).
    (1) A digital television licensee providing only one stream of free 
digital video programming will be subject to the 3 hour/week Core 
Programming processing guideline discussed in paragraph (d) of this 
section on that channel; i.e., a licensee that has aired at least three 
hours per week of Core Programming (as defined in paragraph (c) of this 
section and as averaged over a six month period) on its main program 
stream will be deemed to have satisfied its obligation to air such 
programming and shall have the CTA portion of its license renewal 
application approved by the Commission staff. A licensee will also be 
deemed to have satisfied this obligation and be eligible for such staff 
approval if the licensee demonstrates that it has aired a package of 
different types of educational and informational programming that, while 
containing somewhat less than three hours per week of Core Programming, 
demonstrates a level of commitment to educating and informing children 
that is at least equivalent to airing three hours per week of Core 
Programming. In this regard, specials, PSAs, short-form programs, and 
regularly scheduled non-weekly programs with a significant purpose of 
educating and informing children can count toward the three hour per 
week processing guideline. Licensees that do not meet these processing 
guidelines will be referred to the Commission, where they will have full 
opportunity to demonstrate compliance with the CTA (e.g., by relying in 
part on sponsorship of Core educational/informational programs on other 
stations in the market that increases the amount of Core educational and 
informational programming on the station airing the sponsored program 
and/or on special nonbroadcast efforts which enhance the value of 
children's educational and informational television programming).
    (2)(i) A digital television licensee providing streams of free 
digital video programming in addition to its main program stream will be 
subject to the processing guideline described in paragraph (e)(1) of 
this section on its main program stream and to the following guideline 
applied to the additional programming: \1/2\ hour per week of additional 
Core Programming (as defined in paragraph (c) of this section and as 
averaged over a six month period) for every increment of 1 to 28 hours 
of free video programming provided in addition to the main program 
stream. Thus, digital broadcasters providing between 1 and 28 hours per 
week of free video programming in addition to their main program stream 
will have a guideline of \1/2\ hour per week of core programming in 
addition to the 3 hours per week on the main program stream. Digital 
broadcasters providing between 29 and 56 hours per week of free video 
programming in addition to their main program stream will have a 
guideline of 1 hour per week of core programming in addition to the 3 
hours per week on the main program stream. Digital broadcasters 
providing between 57 and 84 hours per week of free video programming in 
addition to their main program stream will have a guideline of 1\1/2\ 
hours per week of core programming in addition to the 3 hours per week 
on the main program stream. The guideline will continue to increase in 
this manner for additional hours of free video programming.
    (ii) Broadcasters providing more than one stream of free digital 
video programming may air all of their additional core programming, 
apart from

[[Page 199]]

the 3 hours of core programming that must be aired on the main program 
stream, on one free video channel, or distribute it across multiple free 
video channels, at their discretion, as long as the stream on which the 
core programming is aired has comparable MVPD carriage as the stream 
whose programming generates the core programming obligation under the 
processing guideline described in paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section.
    (3) For purposes of the guideline described in paragraph (e)(2) of 
this section, at least 50 percent of the core programming counted toward 
meeting the additional programming guideline cannot consist of program 
episodes that had already aired within the previous seven days on either 
the station's main program stream or on another of the station's free 
digital program streams. This requirement does not apply to any program 
stream that merely time shifts the entire programming line-up of another 
program stream and, during the digital transition, to core programs 
aired on both the analog station and a digital program stream.

    Note 1 to Sec.  73.671: For purposes of determining under this 
section whether programming has a significant purpose of serving the 
educational and informational needs of children, the Commission will 
ordinarily rely on the good faith judgments of the licensee. Commission 
review of compliance with that element of the definition will be done 
only as a last resort.

[56 FR 19616, Apr. 29, 1991. Redesignated at 56 FR 28825, June 25, 1991, 
as amended at 61 FR 43997, Aug. 27, 1996; 70 FR 37, Jan. 3, 2005; 71 FR 
64165, Nov. 1, 2006]

    Effective Date Note: At 70 FR 37, Jan. 3, 2005, in Sec.  73.671, 
paragraph (c)(5) was revised, effective Jan. 1, 2006. This paragraph 
contains information collection and recordkeeping requirements and will 
not become effective until approval has been given by the Office of 
Management and Budget.



Sec.  73.672  [Reserved]



Sec.  73.673  Public information initiatives regarding educational and 

informational programming for children.

    Each commercial television broadcast station licensee shall provide 
information identifying programming specifically designed to educate and 
inform children to publishers of program guides. Such information shall 
include an indication of the age group for which the program is 
intended.

[70 FR 9877, Mar. 1, 2005]



Sec.  73.681  Definitions.

    Amplitude modulation (AM). A system of modulation in which the 
envelope of the transmitted wave contains a component similar to the 
wave form of the signal to be transmitted.
    Antenna electrical beam tilt. The shaping of the radiation pattern 
in the vertical plane of a transmitting antenna by electrical means so 
that maximum radiation occurs at an angle below the horizontal plane.
    Antenna height above average terrain. The average of the antenna 
heights above the terrain from approximately 3.2 (2 miles) to 16.1 
kilometers (10 miles) from the antenna for the eight directions spaced 
evenly for each 45 degrees of azimuth starting with True North. (In 
general, a different antenna height will be determined in each direction 
from the antenna. The average of these various heights is considered the 
antenna height above the average terrain. In some cases less than 8 
directions may be used. See Sec.  73.684(d)). Where circular or 
elliptical polarization is employed, the antenna height above average 
terrain shall be based upon the height of the radiation center of the 
antenna which transmits the horizontal component of radiation.
    Antenna mechanical beam tilt. The intentional installation of a 
transmitting antenna so that its axis is not vertical, in order to 
change the normal angle of maximum radiation in the vertical plane.
    Antenna power gain. The square of the ratio of the root-mean-square 
free space field strength produced at 1 kilometer in the horizontal 
plane, in millivolts per meter for one kW antenna input power to 221.4 
mV/m. This ratio should be expressed in decibels (dB). (If specified for 
a particular direction, antenna power gain is based on the field 
strength in that direction only.)
    Aspect ratio. The ratio of picture width to picture height as 
transmitted.
    Aural center frequency. (1) The average frequency of the emitted 
wave when modulated by a sinusoidal signal;

[[Page 200]]

(2) the frequency of the emitted wave without modulation.
    Aural transmitter. The radio equipment for the transmission of the 
aural signal only.
    Auxiliary facility. An auxiliary facility is an antenna separate a 
from the main facility's antenna, permanently installed on the same 
tower or at a different location, from which a station may broadcast for 
short periods without prior Commission authorization or notice to the 
Commission while the main facility is not in operation (e.g., where 
tower work necessitates turning off the main antenna or where lightning 
has caused damage to the main antenna or transmission system) (See Sec.  
73.1675).
    BTSC. Broadcast Television systems committee recommendation for 
multichannel television sound transmission and audio processing as 
defined in FCC Bulletin OET 60.
    Baseband. Aural transmitter input signals between 0 and 120 kHz.
    Blanking level. The level of the signal during the blanking 
interval, except the interval during the scanning synchronizing pulse 
and the chrominance subcarrier synchronizing burst.
    Chrominance. The colorimetric difference between any color and a 
reference color of equal luminance, the reference color having a 
specific chromaticity.
    Chrominance subcarrier. The carrier which is modulated by the 
chrominance information.
    Color transmission. The transmission of color television signals 
which can be reproduced with different values of hue, saturation, and 
luminance.
    Effective radiated power. The product of the antenna input power and 
the antenna power gain. This product should be expressed in kW and in dB 
above 1 kW (dBk). (If specified for a particular direction, effective 
radiated power is based on the antenna power gain in that direction 
only. The licensed effective radiated power is based on the maximum 
antenna power gain. When a station is authorized to use a directional 
antenna or an antenna beam tilt, the direction of the maximum effective 
radiated power will be specified.) Where circular or elliptical 
polarization is employed, the term effective radiated power is applied 
separately to the horizontally and vertically polarized components of 
radiation. For assignment purposes, only the effective radiated power 
authorized for the horizontally polarized component will be considered.
    Equivalent isotropically radiated power (EIRP). The term 
``equivalent isotropically radiated power'' (also known as ``effective 
radiated power above isotropic'') means the product of the antenna input 
power and the antenna gain in a given direction relative to an isotropic 
antenna.
    Field. Scanning through the picture area once in the chosen scanning 
pattern. In the line interlaced scanning pattern of two to one, the 
scanning of the alternate lines of the picture area once.
    Frame. Scanning all of the picture area once. In the line interlaced 
scanning pattern of two to one, a frame consists of two fields.
    Free space field strength. The field strength that would exist at a 
point in the absence of waves reflected from the earth or other 
reflecting objects.
    Frequency departure. The amount of variation of a carrier frequency 
or center frequency from its assigned value.
    Frequency deviation. The peak difference between the instantaneous 
frequency of the modulated wave and the carrier frequency.
    Frequency modulation (FM). A system of modulation where the 
instantaneous radio frequency varies in proportion to the instantaneous 
amplitude of the modulating signal (amplitude of modulating signal to be 
measured after pre-emphasis, if used) and the instantaneous radio 
frequency is independent of the frequency of the modulating signal.
    Frequency swing. The peak difference between the maximum and the 
minimum values of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier wave during 
modulation.
    Interlaced scanning. A scanning process in which successively 
scanned lines are spaced an integral number of line widths, and in which 
the adjacent lines are scanned during successive cycles of the field 
frequency.
    IRE standard scale. A linear scale for measuring, in IRE units, the 
relative

[[Page 201]]

amplitudes of the components of a television signal from a zero 
reference at blanking level, with picture information falling in the 
positive, and synchronizing information in the negative domain.

    Note: When a carrier is amplitude modulated by a television signal 
in accordance with Sec.  73.682, the relationship of the IRE standard 
scale to the conventional measure of modulation is as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      IRE
                                                   standard   Modulation
                      Level                          scale    percentage
                                                    (units)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Zero carrier....................................         120           0
Reference white.................................         100        12.5
Blanking........................................           0          75
Synchronizing peaks (maximum carrier level).....         -40         100
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Luminance. Luminous flux emitted, reflected, or transmitted per unit 
solid angle per unit projected area of the source.
    Main channel. The band of frequencies from 50 to 15,000 Hertz which 
frequency modulate the main aural carrier.
    Monochrome transmission. The transmission of television signals 
which can be reproduced in gradations of a single color only.
    Multichannel Television Sound (MTS). Any system of aural 
transmission that utilizes aural baseband operation between 15 kHz and 
120 kHz to convey information or that encodes digital information in the 
video portion of the television signal that is intended to be decoded as 
audio information.
    Multiplex Transmission (Aural). A subchannel added to the regular 
aural carrier of a television broadcast station by means of frequency 
modulated subcarriers.
    Negative transmission. Where a decrease in initial light intensity 
causes an increase in the transmitted power.
    Peak power. The power over a radio frequency cycle corresponding in 
amplitude to synchronizing peaks.
    Percentage modulation. As applied to frequency modulation, the ratio 
of the actual frequency deviation to the frequency deviation defined as 
100% modulation expressed in percentage. For the aural transmitter of TV 
broadcast stations, a frequency deviation of 25 
kHz is defined as 100% modulation.
    Pilot subcarrier. A subcarrier used in the reception of TV 
stereophonic aural or other subchannel broadcasts.
    Polarization. The direction of the electric field as radiated from 
the transmitting antenna.
    Program related data signal. A signal, consisting of a series of 
pulses representing data, which is transmitted simultaneously with and 
directly related to the accompanying television program.
    Reference black level. The level corresponding to the specified 
maximum excursion of the luminance signal in the black direction.
    Reference white level of the luminance signal. The level 
corresponding to the specified maximum excursion of the luminance signal 
in the white direction.
    Scanning. The process of analyzing successively, according to a 
predetermined method, the light values of picture elements constituting 
the total picture area.
    Scanning line. A single continuous narrow strip of the picture area 
containing highlights, shadows, and half-tones, determined by the 
process of scanning.
    Standard television signal. A signal which conforms to the 
television transmission standards.
    Synchronization. The maintenance of one operation in step with 
another.
    Television broadcast band. The frequencies in the band extending 
from 54 to 806 megahertz which are assignable to television broadcast 
stations. These frequencies are 54 to 72 megahertz (channels 2 through 
4), 76 to 88 megahertz (channels 5 and 6), 174 to 216 megahertz 
(channels 7 through 13), and 470 to 806 megahertz (channels 14 through 
69).
    Television broadcast station. A station in the television broadcast 
band transmitting simultaneous visual and aural signals intended to be 
received by the general public.
    Television channel. A band of frequencies 6 MHz wide in the 
television broadcast band and designated either by number or by the 
extreme lower and upper frequencies.
    Television transmission standards. The standards which determine the 
characteristics of a television signal as radiated by a television 
broadcast station.

[[Page 202]]

    Television transmitter. The radio transmitter or transmitters for 
the transmission of both visual and aural signals.
    Vestigial sideband transmission. A system of transmission wherein 
one of the generated sidebands is partially attenuated at the 
transmitter and radiated only in part.
    Visual carrier frequency. The frequency of the carrier which is 
modulated by the picture information.
    Visual transmitter. The radio equipment for the transmission of the 
visual signal only.
    Visual transmitter power. The peak power output when transmitting a 
standard television signal.

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 35 FR 5692, Apr. 8, 1970; 36 
FR 5505, Mar. 24, 1971; 36 FR 17429, Aug. 31, 1971; 41 FR 56325, Dec. 
28, 1976; 42 FR 20823, Apr. 22, 1977; 44 FR 36039, June 20, 1979; 47 FR 
35990, Aug. 18, 1982; 49 FR 18106, Apr. 27, 1984; 49 FR 38131, Sept. 27, 
1984; 49 FR 50048, Dec. 26, 1984; 50 FR 23699, June 5, 1985; 51 FR 
12616, Apr. 14, 1986; 56 FR 49707, Oct. 1, 1991; 58 FR 44951, Aug. 25, 
1993; 62 FR 51059, Sept. 30, 1997]



Sec.  73.682  TV transmission standards.

    (a) Transmission standards. (1) The width of the television 
broadcast channel shall be 6 MHz.
    (2) The visual carrier frequency shall be nominally 1.25 MHz above 
the lower boundary of the channel.
    (3) The aural center frequency shall be 4.5 MHz higher than the 
visual carrier frequency.
    (4) The visual transmission amplitude characteristic shall be in 
accordance with the chart designated as Figure 5 of Sec.  73.699: 
Provided, however, That for stations operating on Channel 15 through 69 
and employing a transmitter with maximum peak visual power output of 1 
kW or less the visual transmission amplitude characteristic may be in 
accordance with the chart designated as Figure 5a of Sec.  73.699.
    (5) The chrominance subcarrier frequency is 63/88 times precisely 5 
MHz (3.57954545 . . . MHz). The tolerance is 10 Hz 
and the rate of frequency drift must not exceed 0.1 Hz per second 
(cycles per second squared).
    (6) For monochrome and color transmissions the number of scanning 
lines per frame shall be 525, interlaced two to one in successive 
fields. The horizontal scanning frequency shall be 2/455 times the 
chrominance subcarrier frequency; this corresponds nominally to 15,750 
Hz with an actual value of 15,734.264 0.044 Hz). 
The vertical scanning frequency is 2/525 times the horizontal scanning 
frequency; this corresponds nominally to 60 Hz (the actual value is 
59.94 Hz). For monochrome transmissions only, the nominal values of line 
and field frequencies may be used.
    (7) The aspect ratio of the transmitted television picture shall be 
4 units horizontally to 3 units vertically.
    (8) During active scanning intervals, the scene shall be scanned 
from left to right horizontally and from top to bottom vertically, at 
uniform velocities.
    (9) A carrier shall be modulated within a single television channel 
for both picture and synchronizing signals. The two signals comprise 
different modulation ranges in amplitude in accordance with the 
following:
    (i) Monochrome transmissions shall comply with synchronizing 
waveform specifications in Figure 7 of Sec.  73.699.
    (ii) Color transmissions shall comply with the synchronizing 
waveform specifications in Figure 6 of Sec.  73.699.
    (iii) All stations operating on Channels 2 through 14 and those 
stations operating on Channels 15 through 69 licensed for a peak visual 
transmitter output power greater than one kW shall comply with the 
picture transmission amplitude characteristics shown in Figure 5 of 
Sec.  73.699.
    (iv) Stations operating on Channels 15 through 69 licensed for a 
peak visual transmitter output power of one kW or less shall comply with 
the picture transmission amplitude characteristic shown in Figure 5 or 
5a of Sec.  73.699.
    (10) A decrease in initial light intensity shall cause an increase 
in radiated power (negative transmission).
    (11) The reference black level shall be represented by a definite 
carrier level, independent of light and shade in the picture.
    (12) The blanking level shall be transmitted at 752.5 percent of the peak carrier level.
    (13) The reference white level of the luminance signal shall be 
12.52.5 percent of the peak carrier level.

[[Page 203]]

    (14) It shall be standard to employ horizontal polarization. 
However, circular or elliptical polarization may be employed if desired, 
in which case clockwise (right hand) rotation, as defined in the IEEE 
Standard Definition 42A65-3E2, and transmission of the horizontal and 
vertical components in time and space quadrature shall be used. For 
either omnidirectional or directional antennas the licensed effective 
radiated power of the vertically polarized component may not exceed the 
licensed effective radiated power of the horizontally polarized 
component. For directional antennas, the maximum effective radiated 
power of the vertically polarized component shall not exceed the maximum 
effective radiated power of the horizontally polarized component in any 
specified horizontal or vertical direction.
    (15) The effective radiated power of the aural transmitter must not 
exceed 22% of the peak radiated power of the visual transmitter.
    (16) The peak-to-peak variation of transmitter output within one 
frame of video signal due to all causes, including hum, noise, and low-
frequency response, measured at both scanning synchronizing peak and 
blanking level, shall not exceed 5 percent of the average scanning 
synchronizing peak signal amplitude. This provision is subject to change 
but is considered the best practice under the present state of the art. 
It will not be enforced pending a further determination thereof.
    (17) The reference black level shall be separated from the blanking 
level by the setup interval, which shall be 7.52.5 
percent of the video range from blanking level to the reference white 
level.
    (18) For monochrome transmission, the transmitter output shall vary 
in substantially inverse logarithmic relation to the brightness of the 
subject. No tolerances are set at this time. This provision is subject 
to change but is considered the best practice under the present state of 
the art. It will not be enforced pending a further determination 
thereof.
    (19) The color picture signal shall correspond to a luminance 
component transmitted as amplitude modulation of the picture carrier and 
a simultaneous pair of chrominance components transmitted as the 
amplitude modulation sidebands of a pair of suppressed subcarriers in 
quadrature.
    (20) Equation of complete color signal.
    (i) The color picture signal has the following composition:

EM=EY'+[EQ' sin ([omega]t+33[deg])+EI' cos ([omega]t+33[deg])]

Where:

EQ'=0.41(EB'-EY')+0.48(ER'-EY').
EI'=-0.27(EB'-EY')+0.74(ER'-EY').
EY'=0.30ER'+0.59EG'+0.-1EB'.


For color-difference frequencies below 500 kHz (see (iii) below), the 
signal can be represented by:

EM=EY'+[(1/1.14)[(1/1.78)(EB'-EY') sin [omega]t+(ER'-EY') cos [omega]t]]
    (ii) The symbols in paragraph (a)(20)(i) of this section have the 
following significance:

EM is the total video voltage, corresponding to the scanning of a 
particular picture element, applied to the modulator of the picture 
transmitter.
EY' is the gamma-corrected voltage of the monochrome (black-and-white) 
portion of the color picture signal, corresponding to the given picture 
element.

    Note: Forming of the high frequency portion of the monochrome signal 
in a different manner is permissible and may in fact be desirable in 
order to improve the sharpness on saturated colors.

    EQ' and EI' are the amplitudes of two orthogonal components of the 
chrominance signal corresponding respectively to narrow-band and wide-
band axes.
    ER', EG', and EB' are the gamma-corrected voltages corresponding to 
red, green, and blue signals during the scanning of the given picture 
element.
    [omega] is the angular frequency and is 2 times the frequency of the 
chrominance subcarrier.
    The portion of each expression between brackets in (i) represents 
the chrominance subcarrier signal which carries the chrominance 
information.
    The phase reference in the EM equation in (i) is the phase of the 
burst+180[deg], as shown in Figure 8 of Sec.  73.699. The burst 
corresponds to amplitude modulation of a continuous sine wave.

    (iii) The equivalent bandwidth assigned prior to modulation to the 
color difference signals EQ' and EI' are as follows:

Q-channel bandwidth:
    At 400 kHz less than 2 dB down.

[[Page 204]]

    At 500 kHz less than 6 dB down.
    At 600 kHz at least 6 dB down.
I-channel bandwidth:
    At 1.3 MHz less than 2 dB down.
    At 3.6 MHz at least 20 dB down.

    (iv) The gamma corrected voltages ER', EG', and EB' are suitable for 
a color picture tube having primary colors with the following 
chromaticities in the CIE system of specification:

 
                                                             x       y
 
Red (R).................................................    0.67    0.33
Green (G)...............................................    0.21    0.71
Blue (B)................................................    0.14    0.08
 


and having a transfer gradient (gamma exponent) of 2.2 associated with 
each primary color. The voltages ER', EG', and EB' may be respectively 
of the form ER \1\/[gamma], EG 1/[gamma], and EB \1\/[gamma] 
although other forms may be used with advances in the state of the art.

    Note: At the present state of the art it is considered inadvisable 
to set a tolerance on the value of gamma and correspondingly this 
portion of the specification will not be enforced.

    (v) The radiated chrominance subcarrier shall vanish on the 
reference white of the scene.

    Note: The numerical values of the signal specification assume that 
this condition will be reproduced as CIE Illuminant C (x=0.310, 
y=0.316).

    (vi) EY', EQ', EI', and the components of these signals shall match 
each other in time to 0.05 [micro]secs.
    (vii) The angles of the subcarrier measured with respect to the 
burst phase, when reproducing saturated primaries and their complements 
at 75 percent of full amplitude, shall be within 10[deg] and their amplitudes shall be within 20 percent of the values specified above. The ratios of 
the measured amplitudes of the subcarrier to the luminance signal for 
the same saturated primaries and their complements shall fall between 
the limits of 0.8 and 1.2 of the values specified for their ratios. 
Closer tolerances may prove to be practicable and desirable with advance 
in the art.
    (21) The interval beginning with line 17 and continuing through line 
20 of the vertical blanking interval of each field may be used for the 
transmission of test signals, cue and control signals, and 
identification signals, subject to the conditions and restrictions set 
forth below. Test signals may include signals designed to check the 
performance of the overall transmission system or its individual 
components. Cue and control signals shall be related to the operation of 
the TV broadcast station. Identification signals may be transmitted to 
identify the broadcast material or its source, and the date and time of 
its origination. Figures 6 and 7 of Sec.  73.699 identify the numbered 
lines referred to in this paragraph.
    (i) Modulation of the television transmitter by such signals shall 
be confined to the area between the reference white level and the 
blanking level, except where test signals include chrominance subcarrier 
frequencies, in which case positive excursions of chrominance components 
may exceed reference white, and negative excursions may extend into the 
synchronizing area. In no case may the modulation excursions produced by 
test signals extend beyond peak-of-sync, or to zero carrier level.
    (ii) The use of such signals shall not result in significant 
degradation of the program transmission of the television broadcast 
station, nor produce emission outside of the frequency band occupied for 
normal program transmissions.
    (iii) Such signals may not be transmitted during that portion of 
each line devoted to horizontal blanking.
    (iv) Regardless of other provisions of this paragraph, after June 
30, 1994, Line 19, in each field, may be used only for the transmission 
of the ghost-canceling reference signal described in OET Bulletin No. 
68, which is available from the FCC Warehouse, 9300 East Hampton Drive, 
Capitol Heights, MD 20743. Notwithstanding the modulation limits 
contained in paragraph (a)(23)(i) of this section, the vertical interval 
reference signal formerly permitted on Line 19 and described in Figure 
16 of Sec.  73.699, may be transmitted on any of lines 10 through 16 
without specific Commission authorization, subject to the conditions 
contained in paragraphs (a)(21)(ii) and (a)(22)(ii) of this section.
    (22)(i) Line 21, in each field, may be used for the transmission of 
a program-

[[Page 205]]

related data signal which, when decoded, provides a visual depiction of 
information simultaneously being presented on the aural channel 
(captions). Line 21, field 2 may be used for transmission of a program-
related data signal which, when decoded, identifies a rating level 
associated with the current program. Such data signals shall conform to 
the format described in figure 17 of Sec.  73.699 of this chapter, and 
may be transmitted during all periods of regular operation. On a space 
available basis, line 21 field 2 may also be used for text-mode data and 
extended data service information.

    Note: The signals on Fields 1 and 2 shall be distinct data streams, 
for example, to supply captions in different languages or at different 
reading levels.

    (ii) At times when Line 21 is not being used to transmit a program 
related data signal, data signals which are not program related may be 
transmitted, Provided: the same data format is used and the information 
to be displayed is of a broadcast nature.
    (iii) The use of Line 21 for transmission of other data signals 
conforming to other formats may be used subject to prior authorization 
by the Commission.
    (iv) The data signal shall cause no significant degradation to any 
portion of the visual signal nor produce emissions outside the 
authorized television channel.
    (v) Transmission of visual emergency messages pursuant to Sec.  
73.1250 shall take precedence and shall be cause for interrupting 
transmission of data signals permitted under this paragraph.
    (23) Specific scanning lines in the vertical blanking interval may 
be used for the purpose of transmitting telecommunications signals in 
accordance with Sec.  73.646, subject to certain conditions:
    (i) Telecommunications may be transmitted on Lines 10-18 and 20, all 
of Field 2 and Field 1. Modulation level shall not exceed 70 IRE on 
lines 10, 11, and 12; and, 80 IRE on lines 13-18 and 20.
    (ii) No observable degradation may be caused to any portion of the 
visual or aural signals.
    (iii) Telecommunications signals must not produce emissions outside 
the authorized television channel bandwidth. Digital data pulses must be 
shaped to limit spectral energy to the nominal video baseband.
    (iv) Transmission of emergency visual messages pursuant to Sec.  
73.1250 must take precedence over, and shall be cause for interrupting, 
a service such as teletext that provides a visual depiction of 
information simultaneously transmitted on the aural channel.
    (v) A reference pulse for a decoder associated adaptive equalizer 
filter designed to improve the decoding of telecommunications signals 
may be inserted on any portion of the vertical blanking interval 
authorized for data service, in accordance with the signal levels set 
forth in paragraph (a)(23)(i) of this section.
    (vi) All lines authorized for telecommunications transmissions may 
be used for other purposes upon prior approval by the Commission.
    (24) Licensees and permittees of TV broadcast and low power TV 
stations may insert non-video data into the active video portion of 
their TV transmission, subject to certain conditions:
    (i) The active video portion of the visual signal begins with line 
22 and continues through the end of each field, except it does not 
include that portion of each line devoted to horizontal blanking. 
Figures 6 and 7 of Sec.  73.699 identify the numbered line referred to 
in this paragraph;
    (ii) Inserted non-video data may be used for the purpose of 
transmitting a telecommunications service in accordance with Sec.  
73.646. In addition to a telecommunications service, non-video data can 
be used to enhance the station's broadcast program service or for 
purposes related to station operations. Signals relating to the 
operation of TV stations include, but are not limited to program or 
source identification, relay of broadcast materials to other stations, 
remote cueing and order messages, and control and telemetry signals for 
the transmitting system; and
    (iii) A station may only use systems for inserting non-video 
information that have been approved in advance by the Commission. The 
criteria for advance approval of systems are as follows:

[[Page 206]]

    (A) The use of such signals shall not result in significant 
degradation to any portion of the visual, aural, or program-related data 
signals of the television broadcast station;
    (B) No increase in width of the television broadcast channel (6 MHz) 
is permitted. Emissions outside the authorized television channel must 
not exceed the limitations given in Sec.  73.687(e). Interference to 
reception of television service either of co-channel or adjacent channel 
stations must not increase over that resulting from the transmission of 
programming without inserted data; and
    (C) Where required, system receiving or decoding devices must meet 
the TV interface device provisions of Part 15, Subpart H of this 
chapter.
    (iv) No protection from interference of any kind will be afforded to 
reception of inserted non-video data.
    (v) Upon request by an authorized representative of the Commission, 
the licensee of a TV station transmitting encoded programming must make 
available a receiving decoder to the Commission to carry out its 
regulatory responsibilities.
    (b) Subscription TV technical systems. The FCC may specify, as part 
of the advance approval of the technical system for transmitting encoded 
subscription programming, deviations from the power determination 
procedures, operating power levels, aural or video baseband signals, 
modulation levels or other characteristics of the transmitted signal as 
otherwise specified in this Subpart. Any decision to approve such 
operating deviations shall be solely at the discretion of the FCC.
    (c) TV multiplex subcarrier/stereophonic aural transmission 
standards.
    (1) The modulating signal for the main channel shall consist of the 
sum of the stereophonic (biphonic, quadraphonic, etc.) input signals.
    (2) The instantaneous frequency of the baseband stereophonic 
subcarrier must at all times be within the range 15 kHz to 120 kHz. 
Either amplitude or frequency modulation of the stereophonic subcarrier 
may be used.
    (3) One or more pilot subcarriers between 16 kHz and 120 kHz may be 
used to switch a TV receiver between the stereophonic and monophonic 
reception modes or to activate a stereophonic audio indicator light, and 
one or more subcarriers between 15 kHz and 120 kHz may be used for any 
other authorized purpose; except that stations employing the BTSC system 
of stereophonic sound transmission and audio processing may transmit a 
pilot subcarrier at 15,734 Hz, 2 Hz. Other methods 
of multiplex subcarrier or stereophonic aural transmission systems must 
limit energy at 15,734 Hz, 20 Hz, to no more than 
0.125 kHz aural carrier deviation.
    (4) Aural baseband information above 120 kHz must be attenuated 40 
dB referenced to 25 kHz main channel deviation of the aural carrier.
    (5) For required transmitter performance, all of the requirements of 
Sec.  73.687(b) shall apply to the main channel, with the transmitter in 
the multiplex subcarrier or stereophonic aural mode.
    (6) For electrical performance standards of the transmitter, the 
requirements of Sec.  73.687(b) apply to the main channel.
    (7) Multiplex subcarrier or stereophonic aural transmission systems 
must be capable of producing and must not exceed 25 kHz main channel deviation of the aural carrier.
    (8) The arithmetic sum of non-multiphonic baseband signals between 
15 kHz and 120 kHz must not exceed 50 kHz 
deviation of the aural carrier.
    (9) Total modulation of the aural carrier must not exceed 75 kHz.
    (d) Digital broadcast television transmission standard. Effective 
February 1, 2005, transmission of digital broadcast television (DTV) 
signals shall comply with the standards for such transmissions set forth 
in ATSC A/52: ``ATSC Standard Digital Audio Compression (AC-3)'' 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec.  73.8000), ATSC Doc. A/53B, 
Revision B with Amendment 1 and Amendment 2: ``ATSC Digital Television 
Standard,'' except for Section 5.1.2 (``Compression format 
constraints'') of Annex A (``Video Systems Characteristics'') and the 
phrase ``see Table 3'' in Section 5.1.1. Table 2 and Section 5.1.2 Table 
4 (incorporated by reference, see Sec.  73.8000), and ATSC A/65B: ``ATSC 
Program and System Information Protocol for Terrestrial

[[Page 207]]

Broadcast and Cable,'' (Revision B) 2003 (incorporated by reference, see 
Sec.  73.8000). Although not incorporated by reference, licensees may 
also consult ATSC Doc. A/54, Guide to Use of the ATSC Digital Television 
Standard, (October 4, 1995), and ATSC Doc. A/69, Recommended Practice 
PSIP Implementation Guidelines for Broadcasters (June 25, 2002)

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 
155, 303))

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.  
73.682, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and on GPO Access.



Sec.  73.683  Field strength contours and presumptive determination of field 

strength at individual locations.

    (a) In the authorization of TV stations, two field strength contours 
are considered. These are specified as Grade A and Grade B and indicate 
the approximate extent of coverage over average terrain in the absence 
of interference from other television stations. Under actual conditions, 
the true coverage may vary greatly from these estimates because the 
terrain over any specific path is expected to be different from the 
average terrain on which the field strength charts were based. The 
required field strength, F (50,50), in dB above one micro-volt per meter 
(dBu) for the Grade A and Grade B contours are as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Grade A     Grade B
                                                     (dBu)       (dBu)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Channels 2-6....................................          68          47
Channels 7-13...................................          71          56
Channels 14-69..................................          74          64
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) It should be realized that the F (50,50) curves when used for 
Channels 14-69 are not based on measured data at distances beyond about 
48.3 kilometers (30 miles). Theory would indicate that the field 
strengths for Channels 14-69 should decrease more rapidly with distance 
beyond the horizon than for Channels 2-6, and modification of the curves 
for Channels 14-69 may be expected as a result of measurements to be 
made at a later date. For these reasons, the curves should be used with 
appreciation of their limitations in estimating levels of field 
strength. Further, the actual extent of service will usually be less 
than indicated by these estimates due to interference from other 
stations. Because of these factors, the predicted field strength 
contours give no assurance of service to any specific percentage of 
receiver locations within the distances indicated. In licensing 
proceedings these variations will not be considered.
    (c) The field strength contours will be considered for the following 
purposes only:
    (1) In the estimation of coverage resulting from the selection of a 
particular transmitter site by an applicant for a TV station.
    (2) In connection with problems of coverage arising out of 
application of Sec.  73.3555.
    (3) In determining compliance with Sec.  73.685(a) concerning the 
minimum field strength to be provided over the principal community to be 
served.
    (d) For purposes of determining the eligibility of individual 
households for satellite retransmission of distant network signals under 
the copyright law provisions of 17 U.S.C. 119(d)(10)(A), field strength 
shall be determined by the Individual Location Longley-Rice (ILLR) 
propagation prediction model. Guidance for use of the ILLR model for 
these purposes is provided in OET Bulletin No. 72. This document is 
available through the Internet on the FCC Home Page at http://
www.fcc.gov.
    (e) In the case of measurements to determine the eligibility of 
individual households to receive satellite retransmission of distant 
network signals under the copyright law provisions of 17 U.S.C. 
119(d)(10), if a satellite carrier and the network station or stations 
asserting that the retransmission of a signal of a distant network 
station is prohibited are unable to agree on a person to conduct the 
test, the American Radio Relay League, Inc., 225 Main Street, Newington, 
CT 06111-1494, shall designate the person or organization to conduct 
measurements based on the technical qualifications and independence of 
proposed testers. The satellite carrier and network station shall 
propose testers and provide their qualifications in writing to the 
American

[[Page 208]]

Radio Relay League (ARRL). Individuals may also volunteer themselves as 
testers by submitting their qualifications to the ARRL. The ARRL can be 
reached by telephone at 860-594-0200, or email at hq@arrl.org.
    (f) A satellite carrier is exempt from the verification requirements 
of 47 U.S.C. 339(c)(4)(A) with respect to a test requested by a 
satellite subscriber to whom the retransmission of the signals of local 
broadcast stations is available under 47 U.S.C. 338 from such carrier. 
The definitions of satellite carrier, subscriber, and local market 
contained in 47 CFR 76.66(a) apply to this paragraph (f).

[44 FR 36039, June 20, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 35990, Aug. 18, 1982; 
50 FR 23699, June 5, 1985; 50 FR 32416, Aug. 12, 1985; 65 FR 36641, June 
9, 2000; 70 FR 21670, Apr. 27, 2005]



Sec.  73.684  Prediction of coverage.

    (a) All predictions of coverage made pursuant to this section shall 
be made without regard to interference and shall be made only on the 
basis of estimated field strengths. The peak power of the visual signal 
is used in making predictions of coverage.
    (b) Predictions of coverage shall be made only for the same purposes 
as relate to the use of field strength contours as specified in Sec.  
73.683(c).
    (c) In predicting the distance to the field strength contours, the F 
(50,50) field strength charts (Figures 9 and 10 of Sec.  73.699) shall 
be used. If the 50% field strength is defined as that value exceeded for 
50% of the time, these F (50,50) charts give the estimated 50% field 
strengths exceeded at 50% of the locations in dB above 1 uV/m. The 
charts are based on an effective power of 1 kW radiated form a half-wave 
dipole in free space, which produces an unattenuated field strength at 
1.61 kilometers (1 mile) of about 103 dB above 1 uV/m. To use the charts 
to predict the distance to a given contour, the following procedure is 
used: Convert the effective radiated power in kilowatts for the 
appropriate azimuth into decibel value referenced to 1 kW (dBu). If 
necessary, convert the selected contour to the decibel value (dBu) above 
1 microvolt per meter (1 uV/m). Subtract the power value in dBk from the 
contour value in dBu. Note that for power less than 1 kW, the difference 
value will be greater than the contour value because the power in dBk is 
negative. Locate the difference value obtained on the vertical scale at 
the left edge of the chart. Follow the horizontal line for that value 
into the chart to the point of intersection with the vertical line above 
the height of the antenna above average terrain for the appropriate 
azimuth located on the scale at the bottom of the chart. If the point of 
intersection does not fall exactly on a distance curve, interpolate 
between the distance curves below and above the intersection point. The 
distance values for the curves are located along the right edge of the 
chart.
    (1) In predicting the distance to the Grade A and Grade B field 
strength contours, the effective radiated power to be used is that 
radiated at the vertical angle corresponding to the depression angle 
between the transmitting antenna center of radiation and the radio 
horizon as determined individually for each azimuthal direction 
concerned. The depression angle is based on the difference in elevation 
of the antenna center of radiation above the average terrain and the 
radio horizon, assuming a smooth sperical earth with a radius of 8,495.5 
kilometers (5,280 miles) and shall be determined by the following 
equation:

A = 0.0277[radic] H

Where:

A is the depression angle in degrees.
H is the height in meters of the transmitting antenna radiation center 
above average terrain of the 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 miles) sector of 
the pertinent radial.


This formula is empirically derived for the limited purpose specified 
here. Its use for any other purpose may be inappropriate.
    (2) In case where the relative field strength at the depression 
angle determined by the above formula is 90% or more of the maximum 
field strength developed in the vertical plane containing the pertaining 
radial, the maximum radiation shall be used.
    (3) In predicting field strengths for other than the Grade A and 
Grade B contours, the effective radiated power to be used is to be based 
on the appropriate antenna vertical plane radiation

[[Page 209]]

pattern for the azimuthal direction concerned.
    (4) Applicants for new TV stations or changes in the facilities of 
existing TV stations must submit to the FCC a showing as to the location 
of their stations' or proposed stations' predicted Grade A and Grade B 
contours, determined in accordance with Sec.  73.684. This showing is to 
include maps showing these contours, except where applicants have 
previously submitted material to the FCC containing such information and 
it is found upon careful examination that the contour locations 
indicated therein would not change, on any radial, when the locations 
are determined under this Section. In the latter cases, a statement by a 
qualified engineer to this effect will satisfy this requirement and no 
contour maps need be submitted.
    (d) The antenna height to be used with these charts is the height of 
the radiation center of the antenna above the average terrain along the 
radial in question. In determining the average elevation of the terrain, 
the elevations between 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 miles) from the antenna 
site are employed. Profile graphs shall be drawn for 8 radials beginning 
at the antenna site and extending 16.1 kilometers (10 miles) therefrom. 
The radials should be drawn for each 45 degrees of azimuth starting with 
the True North. At least one radial must include the principal community 
to be served even though such community may be more than 16.1 kilometers 
(10 miles) from the antenna site. However, in the event none of the 
evenly spaced radials include the principal community to be served and 
one or more such radials are drawn in addition to the 8 evenly spaced 
radials, such additional radials shall not be employed in computing the 
antenna height above average terrain. Where the 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-
10 mile) portion of a radial extends in whole or in part over large 
bodies of water as specified in paragraph (e) of this section or extends 
over foreign territory but the Grade B strength contour encompasses land 
area within the United States beyond the 16.1 kilometers (10 mile) 
portion of the radial, the entire 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 mile) 
portion of the radial shall be included in the computation of antenna 
height above average terrian. However, where the Grade B contour does 
not so encompass United States land area and (1) the entire 3.2-16.1 
kilometers (2-10 mile) portion of the radial extends over large bodies 
of water of foreign territory, such radial shall be completely omitted 
from the computation of antenna height above average terrain, and (2) 
where a part of the 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 mile) portion of a radial 
extends over large bodies of water or over foreign territory, only that 
part of the radial extending from the 3.2 kilometer (2 mile) sector to 
the outermost portion of land area within the United States covered by 
the radial shall be employed in the computation of antenna height above 
average terrian. The profile graph for each radial should be plotted by 
contour intervals of from 12.2-30.5 meters (40-100 feet) and, where the 
data permits, at least 50 points of elevation (generally uniformly 
spaced) should be used for each radial. In instances of very rugged 
terrain where the use of contour intervals of 30.5 meters (100 feet) 
would result in several points in a short distance, 61.0-122.0 meter 
(200-400 foot) contour intervals may be used for such distances. On the 
other hand, where the terrain is uniform or gently sloping the smallest 
contour interval indicated on the topograhic may (see paragraph (g) of 
this section) should be used, although only relatively few points may be 
available. The profile graphs should indicate the topography accurately 
for each radial, and the graphs should be plotted with the distance in 
kilometers as the abscissa and the elevation in meters above mean sea 
level as the ordinate. The profile graphs should indicate the source of 
the topographical data employed. The graph should also show the 
elevation of the center of the radiating system. The graph may be 
plotted either on rectangular coordinate paper or on special paper which 
shows the curvature of the earth. It is not necessary to take the 
curvature of the earth into consideration in this procedure, as this 
factor is taken care of in the charts showing signal strengths. The 
average elevation of the 12.9 kilometer (8 miles) distance between 3.2-
16.1 kilometers (2-10 miles) from the antenna site should then be

[[Page 210]]

determined from the profile graph for each radial. This may be obtained 
by averaging a large number of equally spaced points, by using a 
planimeter, or by obtaining the median elevation (that exceeded for 50% 
of the distance) in sectors and averaging those values.

    Note: The Commission will, upon a proper showing by an existing 
station that the application of this rule will result in an unreasonable 
power reduction in relation to other stations in close proximity, 
consider requests for adjustment in power on the basis of a common 
average terrain figure for the stations in question as determined by the 
FCC.

    (e) In instance where it is desired to determine the area in square 
kilometers within the Grade A and Grade B field strength contours, the 
area may be determined from the coverage map by planimeter or other 
approximate means; in computing such areas, exclued (1) areas beyond the 
borders of the United States, and (2) large bodies of water, such as 
ocean areas, gulfs sounds, bays, large lakes, etc., but not rivers.
    (f) In cases where terrain in one or more directions from the 
antenna site departs widely from the average elevation of the 3.2 to 
16.1 kilometers (2 to 10 mile) sector, the prediction method may 
indicate contour distances that are different from what may be expected 
in practice. For example, a mountain ridge may indicate the practical 
limit of service although the prediction method may indicate otherwise. 
In such case the prediction method should be followed, but a 
supplemental showing may be made concerning the contour distances as 
determined by other means. Such supplemental showing should describe the 
procedure employed and should include sample calculations. Maps of 
predicted coverage should include both the coverage as predicted by the 
regular method and as predicted by a supplemental method. When 
measurements of area are required, these should include the area 
obtained by the regular predicted method and the area obtained by the 
supplemental method. In directions where the terrain is such that 
negative antenna heights or heights below 30.5 meters (100 feet) for the 
3.2 to 16.1 kilometers (2 to 10 mile) sector are obtained, an assumed 
height of 30.5 meters (100 feet) shall be used for the prediction of 
coverage. However, where the actual contour distances are critical 
factors, a supplemental showing of expected coverage must be included 
together with a description of the method employed in predicting such 
coverage. In special cases, the Commission may require additional 
information as to terrain and coverage.
    (g) In the preparation of the profile graph previously described, 
and in determining the location and height above sea level of the 
antenna site, the elevation or contour intervals shall be taken from the 
United States Geological Survey Topographic Quadrangle Maps, United 
States Army Corps of Engineers' maps or Tennessee Valley Authority maps, 
whichever is the latest, for all areas for which such maps are 
available. If such maps are not published for the area in question, the 
next best topographic information should be used. Topographic data may 
sometimes be obtained from State and Municipal agencies. Data from 
Sectional Aeronautical Charts (including bench marks) or railroad depot 
elevations and highway elevations from road maps may be used where no 
better information is available. In cases where limited topographic data 
is available, use may be made of an altimeter in a car driven along 
roads extending generally radially from the transmitter site. Ordinarily 
the Commission will not require the submission of topographical maps for 
areas beyond 24.1 kilometers (15 miles) from the antenna site, but the 
maps must include the principal community to be served. If it appears 
necessary, additional data may be requested. United States Geological 
Survey Topographic Quadrangle Maps may be obtained from the United 
States Geological Survey, Department of the Interior, Washington, DC 
20240. Sectional Aeronautical Charts are available from the United 
States Coast and Geodetic Survey, Department of Commerce, Washington, DC 
20235. In lieu of maps, the average terrain elevation may be computer 
generated, except in the cases of dispute, using elevations from a 30 
second point or better topographic data file. The file must be 
identified

[[Page 211]]

and the data processed for intermediate points along each radial using 
linear interpolation techniques. The height above mean sea level of the 
antenna site must be obtained manually using appropriate topographic 
maps.
    (h) The effect of terrain roughness on the predicted field strength 
of a signal at points distant from a television broadcast station is 
assumed to depend on the magnitude of a terrain roughness factor 
([Delta] h) which, for a specific propagation path, is determined by the 
characteristics of a segment of the terrain profile for that path 40.2 
kilometers (25 miles) in length, located between 9.7 and 49.9 kilometers 
(6 and 31 miles) from the transmitter. The terrain roughness factor has 
a value equal to the difference, in meters, between elevations exceeded 
by all points on the profile for 10 percent and 90 percent, 
respectively, of the length of the profile segment (see Sec.  73.699, 
Fig. 10d).
    (i) If the lowest field strength value of interest is initially 
predicted to occur over a particular propagation path at a distance 
which is less than 49.9 kilometers (31 miles) from the transmitter, the 
terrain profile segment used in the determination of the terrain 
roughness factor over that path shall be that included between points 
9.7 kilometers (6 miles) from the transmitter and such lesser distance. 
No terrain roughness correction need be applied when all field strength 
values of interest are predicted to occur 9.7 kilometers (6 miles) or 
less from the transmitter.
    (j) Profile segments prepared for terrain roughness factor 
determinations should be plotted in rectangular coordinates, with no 
less than 50 points evenly spaced within the segment, using data 
obtained from topographic maps, if available, with contour intervals of 
15.2 meters (50 feet), or less.
    (k) The field strength charts (Sec.  73.699, Figs. 9-10c) were 
developed assuming a terrain roughness factor of 50 meters, which is 
considered to be representative of average terrain in the United States. 
Where the roughness factor for a particular propagation path is found to 
depart appreciably from this value, a terrain roughness correction 
([Delta]F) should be applied to field strength values along this path as 
predicted with the use of these charts. The magnitude and sign of this 
correction, for any value of [Delta]h, may be determined from a chart 
included in Sec.  73.699 as Figure 10e, with linear interpolation as 
necessary, for the frequency of the UHF signal under consideration.
    (l) Alternatively, the terrain roughness correction may be computed 
using the following formula:

    [Delta]F=C-0.03([Delta]h)(1+f/300)

Where:

[Delta]F=terrain roughness correction in dB
C=a constant having a specific value for use with each set of field 
strength charts:
    1.9 for TV Channels 2-6
    2.5 for TV Channels 7-13
    4.8 for TV Channels 14-69
[Delta]h=terrain roughness factor in meters
f=frequency of signal in megahertz (MHz)

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 13, 1963, as amended at 40 FR 27683, July 1, 1975; 44 
FR 36039, June 20, 1979; 48 FR 44807, Sept. 30, 1983; 50 FR 23699, June 
5, 1985; 51 FR 26251, July 22, 1986; 52 FR 36879, Oct. 1, 1987]

    Effective Date Note: At 42 FR 25736, May 19, 1977, in Sec.  73.684, 
paragraphs (k) and (l) were stayed indefinitely.



Sec.  73.685  Transmitter location and antenna system.

    (a) The transmitter location shall be chosen so that, on the basis 
of the effective radiated power and antenna height above average terrain 
employed, the following minimum field strength in dB above one uV/m will 
be provided over the entire principal community to be served:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Channels 2-6            Channels 7-13           Channels 14-69
------------------------------------------------------------------------
           74 dBu                   77 dBu                  80 dBu
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) Location of the antenna at a point of high elevation is 
necessary to reduce to a minimum the shadow effect on propagation due to 
hills and buildings which may reduce materially the strength of the 
station's signals. In general, the transmitting antenna of a station 
should be located at the most central point at the highest elevation 
available. To provide the best degree of service to an area, it is 
usually preferable to use a high antenna rather than a low antenna with 
increased transmitter power. The location should be so chosen that line-
of-sight can be obtained from the antenna over the

[[Page 212]]

principal community to be served; in no event should there be a major 
obstruction in this path. The antenna must be constructed so that it is 
as clear as possible of surrounding buildings or objects that would 
cause shadow problems. It is recognized that topography, shape of the 
desired service area, and population distribution may make the choice of 
a transmitter location difficult. In such cases, consideration may be 
given to the use of a directional antenna system, although it is 
generally preferable to choose a site where a nondirectional antenna may 
be employed.
    (c) In cases of questionable antenna locations it is desirable to 
conduct propagation tests to indicate the field strength expected in the 
principal community to be served and in other areas, particularly where 
severe shadow problems may be expected. In considering applications 
proposing the use of such locations, the Commission may require site 
tests to be made. Such tests should be made in accordance with the 
measurement procedure in Sec.  73.686, and full data thereon must be 
supplied to the Commission. Test transmitters should employ an antenna 
having a height as close as possible to the proposed antenna height, 
using a balloon or other support if necessary and feasible. Information 
concerning the authorization of site tests may be obtained from the 
Commission upon request.
    (d) Present information is not sufficiently complete to establish 
``blanket areas'' of television broadcast stations. A ``blanket area'' 
is that area adjacent to a transmitter in which the reception of other 
stations is subject to interference due to the strong signal from this 
station. The authorization of station construction in areas where 
blanketing is found to be excessive will be on the basis that the 
applicant will assume full responsibility for the adjustment of 
reasonable complaints arising from excessively strong signals of the 
applicant's station or take other corrective action.
    (e) An antenna designed or altered to produce a noncircular 
radiation pattern in the horizontal plane is considered to be a 
directional antenna. Antennas purposely installed in such a manner as to 
result in the mechanical beam tilting of the major vertical radiation 
lobe are included in this category. Directional antennas may be employed 
for the purpose of improving service upon an appropriate showing of 
need. Stations operating on Channels 2-13 will not be permitted to 
employ a directional antenna having a ratio of maximum to minimum 
radiation in the horizontal plane in excess of 10 dB. Stations operating 
on Channels 14-69 with transmitters delivering a peak visual power 
output of more than 1 kW may employ directive transmitting antennas with 
a maximum to minimum radiation in the horizontal plane of not more than 
15 dB. Stations operating on Channels 14-69 and employing transmitters 
delivering a peak visual power output of 1 kW or less are not limited as 
to the ratio of maximum to minimum radiation.
    (f) Applications proposing the use of directional antenna systems 
must be accompanied by the following:
    (1) Complete description of the proposed antenna system, including 
the manufacturer and model number of the proposed directional antenna.
    (2) Relative field horizontal plane pattern (horizontal polarization 
only) of the proposed directional antenna. A value of 1.0 should be used 
for the maximum radiation. The plot of the pattern should be oriented so 
that 0[deg] corresponds to true North. Where mechanical beam tilt is 
intended, the amount of tilt in degrees of the antenna vertical axis and 
the orientation of the downward tilt with respect to true North must be 
specified, and the horizontal plane pattern must reflect the use of 
mechanical beam tilt.
    (3) A tabulation of the relative field pattern required in paragraph 
(b)(2), of this section. The tabulation should use the same zero degree 
reference as the plotted pattern, and be tabulated at least every 
10[deg]. In addition, tabulated values of all maxima and minima, with 
their corresponding azimuths, should be submitted.
    (4) Horizontal and vertical plane radiation patterns showing the 
effective radiated power, in dBk, for each direction. Sufficient 
vertical plane patterns must be included to indicate clearly the 
radiation characteristics of the antenna above and below the horizontal

[[Page 213]]

plane. In cases where the angles at which the maximum vertical radiation 
varies with azimuth, a separate vertical radiation pattern must be 
provided for each pertinent radial direction.
    (5) All horizontal plane patterns must be plotted to the largest 
scale possible on unglazed letter-size polar coordinate paper (main 
engraving approximately 18 cm x 25 cm (7 inches x 10 inches)) using only 
scale divisions and subdivisions of 1, 2, 2.5 or 5 times 10-nth. All 
vertical plane patterns must be plotted on unglazed letter-size 
rectangular coordinate paper. Values of field strength on any pattern 
less than 10% of the maximum field strength plotted on that pattern must 
be shown on an enlarged scale.
    (6) The horizontal and vertical plane patterns that are required are 
the patterns for the complete directional antenna system. In the case of 
a composite antenna composed of two or more individual antennas, this 
means that the patterns for the composite antenna, not the patterns for 
each of the individual antennas, must be submitted.
    (g) Applications proposing the use of television broadcast antennas 
within 61.0 meters (200 feet) of other television broadcast antennas 
operating on a channel within 20 percent in frequency of the proposed 
channel, or proposing the use of television broadcast antennas on 
Channels 5 or 6 within 61.0 meters (200 feet) of FM broadcast antennas, 
must include a showing as to the expected effect, if any, of such 
proximate operation.
    (h) Where a TV licensee or permittee proposes to mount an antenna on 
an AM antenna tower, or locate within 3.2 km of an AM antenna tower, the 
TV licensee or permittee must comply with Sec.  73.1692.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 
155, 303))

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 35 FR 5693, Apr. 8, 1970; 40 
FR 25461, June 16, 1975; 43 FR 53740, Nov. 17, 1978; 44 FR 22740, Apr. 
17, 1979; 45 FR 26065, Apr. 17, 1980; 47 FR 35990, Aug. 18, 1982; 48 FR 
21486, May 12, 1983; 50 FR 23701, June 5, 1985; 58 FR 44951, Aug. 25, 
1993; 62 FR 51059, Sept. 30, 1997]



Sec.  73.686  Field strength measurements.

    (a) Except as provided for in Sec.  73.612, television broadcast 
stations shall not be protected from any type of interference or 
propagation effect. Persons desiring to submit testimony, evidence or 
data to the Commission for the purpose of showing that the technical 
standards contained in this subpart do not properly reflect the levels 
of any given type of interference or propagation effect may do so only 
in appropriate rulemaking proceedings concerning the amendment of such 
technical standards. Persons making field strength measurements for 
formal submission to the Commission in rulemaking proceedings, or making 
such measurements upon the request of the Commission, shall follow the 
procedure for making and reporting such measurements outlined in 
paragraph (b) of this section. In instances where a showing of the 
measured level of a signal prevailing over a specific community is 
appropriate, the procedure for making and reporting field strength 
measurements for this purpose is set forth in paragraph (c) of this 
section.
    (b) Collection of field strength data for propagation analysis--(1) 
Preparation for measurements. (i) On large scale topographic maps, eight 
or more radials are drawn from the transmitter location to the maximum 
distance at which measurements are to be made, with the angles included 
between adjacent radials of approximately equal size. Radials should be 
oriented so as to traverse representative types of terrain. The specific 
number of radials and their orientation should be such as to accomplish 
this objective.
    (ii) At a point exactly 16.1 kilometers (10 miles) from the 
transmitter, each radial is marked, and at greater distances at 
successive 3.2 kilometer (2 mile) intervals. Where measurements are to 
be conducted at UHF, or over extremely rugged terrain, shorter intervals 
may be employed, but all such intervals shall be of equal length. 
Accessible roads intersecting each radial as nearly as possible at each 
3.2 kilometer (2 mile) marker are selected. These intersections are the 
points on the radial at which measurements are to be made, and are 
referred to subsequently as measuring locations. The elevation

[[Page 214]]

of each measuring location should approach the elevation at the 
corresponding 3.2 kilometer (2 mile) marker as nearly as possible.
    (2) Measurement procedure. The field strength of the visual carrier 
shall be measured with a voltmeter capable of indicating accurately the 
peak amplitude of the synchronizing signal. All measurements shall be 
made utilizing a receiving antenna designed for reception of the 
horizontally polarized signal component, elevated 9.1 meters (30 feet) 
above the roadbed. At each measuring location, the following procedure 
shall be employed.
    (i) The instrument calibration is checked.
    (ii) The antenna is elevated to a height of 30 feet.
    (iii) The receiving antenna is rotated to determine if the strongest 
signal is arriving from the direction of the transmitter.
    (iv) The antenna is oriented so that the sector of its response 
pattern over which maximum gain is realized is in the direction of the 
transmitter.
    (v) A mobile run of at least 30.5 meters (100 feet) is made, which 
is centered on the intersection of the radial and the road, and the 
measured field strength is continuously recorded on a chart recorder 
over the length of the run.
    (vi) The actual measuring location is marked exactly on the 
topographic map, and a written record, keyed to the specific location, 
is made of all factors which may affect the recorded field, such as 
topography, height and types of vegetation, buildings, obstacles, 
weather, and other local features.
    (vii) If, during the test conducted as described in paragraph 
(b)(2)(iii) of this section, the strongest signal is found to come from 
a direction other than from the transmitter, after the mobile run 
prescribed in paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section is concluded, 
additional measurements shall be made in a ``cluster'' of at least five 
fixed points. At each such point, the field strengths with the antenna 
oriented toward the transmitter, and with the antenna oriented so as to 
receive the strongest field, are measured and recorded. Generally, all 
points should be within 61.0 meters (200 feet) of the center point of 
the mobile run.
    (viii) If overhead obstacles preclude a mobile run of at leat 30.5 
meters (100 feet), a ``cluster'' of five spot measurements may be made 
in lieu of this run. The first measurement in the cluster is identified. 
Generally, the locations for other measurements shall be within 61.0 
meters (200 feet) of the location of the first.
    (3) Method of reporting measurements. A report of measurements to 
the Commission shall be submitted in affidavit form, in triplicate, and 
should contain the following information:
    (i) Tables of field strength measurements, which, for each measuring 
location, set forth the following data:
    (A) Distance from the transmitting antenna.
    (B) Ground elevation at measuring location.
    (C) Date, time of day, and weather.
    (D) Median field in dBu for 0 dBk, for mobile run or for cluster, as 
well as maximum and minimum measured field strengths.
    (E) Notes describing each measuring location.
    (ii) U.S. Geological Survey topographic maps, on which is shown the 
exact location at which each measurement was made. The original plots 
shall be made on maps of the largest available scale. Copies may be 
reduced in size for convenient submission to the Commission, but not to 
the extent that important detail is lost. The original maps shall be 
made available, if requested. If a large number of maps is involved, an 
index map should be submitted.
    (iii) All information necessary to determine the pertinent 
characteristics of the transmitting installation, including frequency, 
geographical coordinates of antenna site, rated and actual power output 
of transmitter, measured transmission line loss, antenna power gain, 
height of antenna above ground, above mean sea level, and above average 
terrain. The effective radiated power should be computed, and horizontal 
and vertical plane patterns of the transmitting antenna should be 
submitted.
    (iv) A list of calibrated equipment used in the field strength 
survey,

[[Page 215]]

which, for each instrument, specifies its manufacturer, type, serial 
number and rated accuracy, and the date of its most recent calibration 
by the manufacturer, or by a laboratory. Complete details of any 
instrument not of standard manufacture shall be submitted.
    (v) A detailed description of the calibration of the measuring 
equipment, including field strength meters, measuring antenna, and 
connecting cable.
    (vi) Terrain profiles in each direction in which measurements were 
made, drawn on curved earth paper for equivalent 4/3 earth radius, of 
the largest available scale.
    (c) Collection of field strength data to determine television 
service in specific communities--(1) Preparation for measurement. (i) 
The population (P) of the community, and its suburbs, if any, is 
determined by reference to an appropriate source, e.g., the 1970 U.S. 
Census tables of population of cities and urbanized areas.
    (ii) The number of locations at which measurements are to be made 
shall be at least 15, and shall be approximately equal to 0.1 (P) \1/2\, 
if this product is a number greater than 15.
    (iii) A rectangular grid, of such size and shape as to encompass the 
boundaries of the community is drawn on an accurate map of the 
community. The number of line intersections on the grid included within 
the boundaries of the community shall be at least equal to the required 
number of measuring locations. The position of each intersection on the 
community map determines the location at which a measurement shall be 
made.
    (2) Measurement procedure. The field strength of the visual carrier 
shall be measured, with a voltmeter capable of indicating accurately the 
peak amplitude of the synchronizing signal. All measurements shall be 
made utilizing a receiving antenna designed for reception of the 
horizontally polarized signal component, elevated 9.1 meter (30 feet) 
above street level.
    (i) Each measuring location shall be chosen as close as feasible to 
a point indicated on the map, as previously prepared, and at as nearly 
the same elevation as that point as possible.
    (ii) At each measuring location, after equipment calibration and 
elevation of the antenna, a check is made to determine whether the 
strongest signal arrives from a direction other than from the 
transmitter.
    (iii) At 20 percent or more of the measuring locations, mobile runs, 
as described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section shall be made, with no 
less than three such mobile runs in any case. The points at which mobile 
measurements are made shall be well separated. Spot measurements may be 
made at other measuring points.
    (iv) Each actual measuring location is marked exactly on the map of 
the community, and suitably keyed. A written record shall be maintained, 
describing, for each location, factors which may affect the recorded 
field, such as the approximate time of measurement, weather, topography, 
overhead wiring, heights and types of vegetation, buildings and other 
structures. The orientation, with respect to the measuring location 
shall be indicated of objects of such shape and size as to be capable of 
causing shadows or reflections. If the strongest signal received was 
found to arrive from a direction other than that of the transmitter, 
this fact shall be recorded.
    (3) Method of reporting measurements. A report of measurements to 
the Commission shall be submitted in affidavit form, in triplicate, and 
should contain the following information:
    (i) A map of the community showing each actual measuring location, 
specifically identifying the points at which mobile runs were made.
    (ii) A table keyed to the above map, showing the field strength at 
each measuring point, reduced to dBu for the actual effective radiated 
power of the station. Weather, date, and time of each measurement shall 
be indicated.
    (iii) Notes describing each measuring location.
    (iv) A topographic map of the largest available scale on which are 
marked the community and the transmitter site of the station whose 
signals have been measured, which includes all areas on or near the 
direct path of signal propagation.
    (v) Computations of the mean and standard deviation of all measured 
field strengths, or a graph on which the

[[Page 216]]

distribution of measured field strength values is plotted.
    (vi) A list of calibrated equipment used for the measurements, which 
for each instrument, specifies its manufacturer, type, serial number and 
rated accuracy, and the date of its most recent calibration by the 
manufacturer, or by a laboratory. Complete details of any instrument not 
of standard manufacture shall be submitted.
    (vii) A detailed description of the procedure employed in the 
calibration of the measuring equipment, including field strength meters 
measuring antenna, and connecting cable.
    (d) Collection of field strength data to determine television signal 
intensity at an individual location--cluster measurements--(1) 
Preparation for measurements--(i) Testing antenna. The test antenna 
shall be either a standard half-wave dipole tuned to the visual carrier 
frequency of the channel being measured or a gain antenna, provided its 
antenna factor for the channel(s) under test has been determined. Use 
the antenna factor supplied by the antenna manufacturer as determined on 
an antenna range.
    (ii) Testing locations. At the location, choose a minimum of five 
locations as close as possible to the specific site where the site's 
receiving antenna is located. If there is no receiving antenna at the 
site, choose the minimum of five locations as close as possible to a 
reasonable and likely spot for the antenna. The locations shall be at 
least three meters apart, enough so that the testing is practical. If 
possible, the first testing point should be chosen as the center point 
of a square whose corners are the four other locations. Calculate the 
median of the five measurements (in units of dBu) and report it as the 
measurement result.
    (iii) Multiple signals. If more than one signal is being measured 
(i.e., signals from different transmitters), use the same locations to 
measure each signal.
    (2) Measurement procedure. Measurements shall be made in accordance 
with good engineering practice and in accordance with this section of 
the Rules. At each measuring location, the following procedure shall be 
employed:
    (i) Testing equipment. Measure the field strength of the visual 
carrier with a calibrated instrument with an i.f. bandwidth of at least 
200 kHz, but no greater than one megahertz (1,000 kHz). Perform an on-
site calibration of the instrument in accordance with the manufacturer's 
specifications. The instrument must accurately indicate the peak 
amplitude of the synchronizing signal. Take all measurements with a 
horizontally polarized antenna. Use a shielded transmission line between 
the testing antenna and the field strength meter. Match the antenna 
impedance to the transmission line at all frequencies measured, and, if 
using an unbalanced line, employ a suitable balun. Take account of the 
transmission line loss for each frequency being measured.
    (ii) Weather. Do not take measurements in inclement weather or when 
major weather fronts are moving through the measurement area.
    (iii) Antenna elevation. When field strength is being measured for a 
one-story building, elevate the testing antenna to 6.1 meters (20 feet) 
above the ground. In situations where the field strength is being 
measured for a building taller than one-story, elevate the testing 
antenna 9.1 meters (30 feet) above the ground.
    (iv) Antenna orientation. Orient the testing antenna in the 
direction which maximizes the value of field strength for the signal 
being measured. If more than one station's signal is being measured, 
orient the testing antenna separately for each station.
    (3) Written record shall be made and shall include at least the 
following:
    (i) A list of calibrated equipment used in the field strength 
survey, which for each instrument, specifies the manufacturer, type, 
serial number and rated accuracy, and the date of the most recent 
calibration by the manufacturer or by a laboratory. Include complete 
details of any instrument not of standard manufacture.
    (ii) A detailed description of the calibration of the measuring 
equipment, including field strength meters, measuring antenna, and 
connecting cable.
    (iii) For each spot at the measuring site, all factors which may 
affect the recorded field, such as topography, height and types of 
vegetation, buildings, obstacles, weather, and other local features.

[[Page 217]]

    (iv) A description of where the cluster measurements were made.
    (v) Time and date of the measurements and signature of the person 
making the measurements.
    (vi) For each channel being measured, a list of the measured value 
of field strength (in units of dBu and after adjustment for line loss 
and antenna factor) of the five readings made during the cluster 
measurement process, with the median value highlighted.

[40 FR 27683, July 1, 1975, as amended at 50 FR 23701, June 5, 1985; 64 
FR 7127, Feb. 12, 1999; 64 FR 73433, Dec. 30, 1999]



Sec.  73.687  Transmission system requirements.

    (a) Visual transmitter. (1) The field strength or voltage of the 
lower sideband, as radiated or dissipated and measured as described in 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, shall not be greater than -20 dB for a 
modulating frequency of 1.25 MHz or greater and in addition, for color, 
shall not be greater than -42 dB for a modulating frequency of 3.579545 
MHz (the color subcarrier frequency). For both monochrome and color, the 
field strength or voltage of the upper sideband as radiated or 
dissipated and measured as described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section 
shall not be greater than -20 dB for a modulating frequency of 4.75 MHz 
or greater. For stations operating on Channels 15-69 and employing a 
transmitter delivering maximum peak visual power output of 1 kW or less, 
the field strength or voltage of the upper and lower sidebands, as 
radiated or dissipated and measured as described in paragraph (a)(2) of 
this section, shall depart from the visual amplitude characteristic 
(Figure 5a of Sec.  73.699) by no more than the following amounts:

-2 dB at 0.5 MHz below visual carrier frequency;
-2 dB at 0.5 MHz above visual carrier frequency;
-2 dB at 1.25 MHz above visual carrier frequency;
-3 dB at 2.0 MHz above visual carrier frequency;
-6 dB at 3.0 MHz above visual carrier frequency;
-12 dB at 3.5 MHz above visual carrier frequency;
-8 dB at 3.58 MHz above visual carrier frequency (for color transmission 
only).


The field strength or voltage of the upper and lower sidebands, as 
radiated or dissipated and measured as described in paragraph (a)(2) of 
this section, shall not exceed a level of -20 dB for a modulating 
frequency of 4.75 MHz or greater. If interference to the reception of 
other stations is caused by out-of-channel lower sideband emission, the 
technical requirements applicable to stations operating on Channels 2-13 
shall be met.
    (2) The attenuation characteristics of a visual transmitter shall be 
measured by application of a modulating signal to the transmitter input 
terminals in place of the normal composite television video signal. The 
signal applied shall be a composite signal composed of a synchronizing 
signal to establish peak output voltage plus a variable frequency sine 
wave voltage occupying the interval between synchronizing pulses. (The 
``synchronizing signal'' referred to in this section means either a 
standard synchronizing wave form or any pulse that will properly set the 
peak.) The axis of the sine wave in the composite signal observed in the 
output monitor shall be maintained at an amplitude 0.5 of the voltage at 
synchronizing peaks. The amplitude of the sine wave input shall be held 
at a constant value. This constant value should be such that at no 
modulating frequency does the maximum excursion of the sine wave, 
observed in the composite output signal monitor, exceed the value 0.75 
of peak output voltage. The amplitude of the 200 kHz sideband shall be 
measured and designated zero dB as a basis for comparison. The 
modulation signal frequency shall then be varied over the desired range 
and the field strength or signal voltage of the corresponding sidebands 
measured. As an alternate method of measuring, in those cases in which 
the automatic d-c insertion can be replaced by manual control, the above 
characteristic may be taken by the use of a video sweep generator and 
without the use of pedestal synchronizing pulses. The d-c level shall be 
set for midcharacteristic operation.
    (3) A sine wave, introduced at those terminals of the transmitter 
which are normally fed the composite color picture signal, shall produce 
a radiated

[[Page 218]]

signal having an envelope delay, relative to the average envelope delay 
between 0.05 and 0.20 MHz, of zero microseconds up to a frequency of 3.0 
MHz; and then linearly decreasing to 4.18 MHz so as to be equal to -0.17 
[micro]secs at 3.58 MHz. The tolerance on the envelope delay shall be 
0.05 [micro]secs at 3.58 MHz. The tolerance shall 
increase linearly to 0.1 [micro]sec down to 2.1 
MHz, and remain at 0.1 [micro]sec down to 0.2 MHz. 
(Tolerances for the interval of 0.0 to 0.2 MHz are not specified at the 
present time.) The tolerance shall also increase linearly to 0.1 [micro]sec at 4.18 MHz.
    (4) The radio frequency signal, as radiated, shall have an envelope 
as would be produced by a modulating signal in conformity with Sec.  
73.682 and Figure 6 or 7 of Sec.  73.699, as modified by vestigial 
sideband operation specified in Figure 5 of Sec.  73.699. For stations 
operating on Channels 15-69 the radio frequency signal as radiated, 
shall have an envelope as would be produced by a modulating signal in 
conformity with Sec.  73.682 and Figure 6 or 7 of Sec.  73.699.
    (5) The time interval between the leading edges of successive 
horizontal pulses shall vary less than one half of one percent of the 
average interval. However, for color transmissions, Sec.  73.682(a) (5) 
and (6) shall be controlling.
    (6) The rate of change of the frequency of recurrence of the leading 
edges of the horizontal synchronizing signals shall be not greater than 
0.15 percent per second, the frequency to be determined by an averaging 
process carried out over a period of not less than 20, nor more than 100 
lines, such lines not to include any portion of the blanking interval. 
However, for color transmissions, Sec.  73.682(a) (5) and (6) shall be 
controlling.
    (b) Aural transmitter. (1) Pre-emphasis shall be employed as closely 
as practicable in accordance with the impedance-frequency characteristic 
of a series inductance-resistance network having a time constant of 75 
microseconds. (See upper curve of Figure 12 Sec.  73.699.)
    (2) If a limiting or compression amplifier is employed, precaution 
should be maintained in its connection in the circuit due to the use of 
pre-emphasis in the transmitting system.
    (3) Aural modulation levels are specified in Sec.  73.1570.
    (c) Requirements applicable to both visual and aural transmitters. 
(1) Automatic means shall be provided in the visual transmitter to 
maintain the carrier frequency within 1 kHz of the 
authorized frequency; automatic means shall be provided in the aural 
transmitter to maintain the carrier frequency 4.5 MHz above the actual 
visual carrier frequency within 1 kHz.
    (2) The transmitters shall be equipped with suitable indicating 
instruments for the determination of operating power and with other 
instruments necessary for proper adjustment, operation, and maintenance 
of the equipment.
    (3) Adequate provision shall be made for varying the output power of 
the transmitters to compensate for excessive variations in line voltage 
or for other factors affecting the output power.
    (4) Adequate provisions shall be provided in all component parts to 
avoid overheating at the rated maximum output powers.
    (d) The construction, installation, and operation of broadcast 
equipment is expected to conform with all applicable local, state, and 
federally imposed safety regulations and standards, enforcement of which 
is the responsibility of the issuing regulatory agency.
    (e) Operation. (1) Spurious emissions, including radio frequency 
harmonics, shall be maintained at as low a level as the state of the art 
permits. As measured at the output terminals of the transmitter 
(including harmonic filters, if required) all emissions removed in 
frequency in excess of 3 MHz above or below the respective channel edge 
shall be attenuated no less than 60 dB. below the visual transmitted 
power. (The 60 dB. value for television transmitters specified in this 
rule should be considered as a temporary requirement which may be 
increased at a later date, especially when more higher-powered equipment 
is utilized. Stations should, therefore, give consideration to the 
installation of equipment with greater attenuation than 60 dB.) In the 
event of interference caused to any service greater attenuation will be 
required.

[[Page 219]]

    (2) If a limiting or compression amplifier is used in conjunction 
with the aural transmitter, due operating precautions should be 
maintained because of pre-emphasis in the transmitting system.
    (3) TV broadcast stations operating on Channel 14 and Channel 69 
must take special precautions to avoid interference to adjacent spectrum 
land mobile radio service facilities. Where a TV station is authorized 
and operating prior to the authorization and operation of the land 
mobile facility, a Channel 14 station must attenuate its emissions 
within the frequency range 467 to 470 MHz and a Channel 69 station must 
attentuate its emissions within the frequency range 806 to 809 MHz if 
necessary to permit reasonable use of the adjacent frequencies by land 
mobile licensees.
    (4) The requirements listed below apply to permittees authorized to 
construct a new station on TV Channel 14 or TV Channel 69, and to 
licensees authorized to change the channel of an existing station to 
Channel 14 or to Channel 69, to increase effective radiated power (ERP) 
(including any change in directional antenna characteristics that 
results in an increase in ERP in any direction), or to change the 
transmitting location of an existing station.
    (i) For the purposes of this paragraph, a protected land mobile 
facility is a receiver that is intended to receive transmissions from 
licensed land mobile stations within the frequency band below 470 MHz 
(as relates to Channel 14) or above 806 MHz (as relates to Channel 69), 
and is associated with one or more land mobile stations for which a 
license has been issued by the Commission, or a proper application has 
been received by the Commission prior to the date of the filing of the 
TV construction permit application. However, a land mobile facility will 
not be protected if it is proposed in an application that is denied or 
dismissed and that action is no longer subject to Commission review. 
Further, if the land mobile station is not operating when the TV 
facility commences operation and it does not commence operation within 
the time permitted by its authorization in accordance with part 90 of 
this chapter, it will not be protected.
    (ii) A TV permittee must take steps before construction to identify 
potential interference to normal land mobile operation that could be 
caused by TV emissions outside the authorized channel, land mobile 
receiver desensitization or intermodulation. It must install filters and 
take other precautions as necessary, and submit evidence that no 
interference is being caused before it will be permitted to transmit 
programming on the new facilities pursuant to the provisions of Sec.  
73.1615 or Sec.  73.1620 of this part. A TV permittee must reduce its 
emissions within the land mobile channel of a protected land mobile 
facility that is receiving interference caused by the TV emission 
producing a vertically polarized signal and a field strength in excess 
of 17 dBu at the land mobile receiver site on the land mobile frequency. 
The TV emission should be measured with equipment set to a 30 kHz 
measurement bandwidth including the entire applicable land mobile 
channel. A TV permittee must correct a desensitization problem if its 
occurrence can be directly linked to the start of the TV operation and 
the land mobile station is using facilities with typical desensitization 
rejection characteristics. A TV permittee must identify the source of an 
intermodulation product that is generated when the TV operation 
commences. If the intermodulation source is under its control, the TV 
permittee must correct the problem. If the intermodulation source is 
beyond the TV permittee's control, it must cooperate in the resolution 
of the problem and should provide whatever technical assistance it can.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 
155, 303))

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.  
73.687, see the List of CFR Sections Affected which appears in the 
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and on GPO Access.

[[Page 220]]



Sec.  73.688  Indicating instruments.

    (a) Each TV broadcast station shall be equipped with indicating 
instruments which conform with the specifications described in Sec.  
73.1215 for measuring the operating parameters of the last radio stage 
of the visual transmitter, and with such other instruments as are 
necessary for the proper adjustment, operation, and maintenance of the 
visual transmitting system.
    (b) The function of each instrument shall be clearly and permanently 
shown on the instrument itself or on the panel immediately adjacent 
thereto.
    (c) In the event that any one of these indicating instruments 
becomes defective, when no substitute which conforms with the required 
specifications is available, the station may be operated without the 
defective instrument pending its repair or replacement for a period not 
in excess of 60 days without further authority of the FCC, provided 
that:
    (1) If the defective instrument is the transmission line meter used 
for determining the output power by the direct method, the operating 
power shall be determined or maintained by the indirect method whenever 
possible or by using the operating parameters of the last radio stage of 
the transmitter during the time the station is operated without the 
transmission line meter.
    (2) If conditions beyond the control of the licensee prevent the 
restoration of the meter to service within the above allowed period, 
informal request in accordance with Sec.  73.3549 may be filed with the 
Engineer in Charge of the radio district in which the station is located 
for such additional time as may be required to complete repairs of the 
defective instrument.

[41 FR 36818, Sept. 1, 1976, as amended at 48 FR 38480, Aug. 24, 1983; 
49 FR 50048, Dec. 26, 1984; 50 FR 26568, June 27, 1985]



Sec.  73.691  Visual modulation monitoring.

    (a) Each TV station must have measuring equipment for determining 
that the transmitted visual signal conforms to the provisions of this 
subpart. The licensee shall decide the monitoring and measurement 
methods or procedures for indicating and controlling the visual signal.
    (b) In the event technical problems make it impossible to operate in 
accordance with the timing and carrier level tolerance requirements of 
Sec.  73.682 (a)(9)(i), (a)(9)(ii), (a)(12), (a)(13), and (a)(17), a TV 
broadcast station may operate at variance for a period of not more than 
30 days without specific authority from the FCC: provided that, the date 
and time of the initial out-of-tolerance condition has been entered in 
the station log. If the operation at variance will exceed 10 consecutive 
days, a notification must be sent to the FCC in Washington, D.C., not 
later than the 10th day of such operation. In the event normal operation 
is resumed prior to the end of the 30 day period, the licensee must 
notify the FCC upon restoration of normal operation. If causes beyond 
the control of the licensee prevent restoration of normal operation 
within 30 days, a written request must be made to the FCC in Washington, 
D.C., no later than the 30th day for such additional time as may be 
necessary.

[60 FR 55480, Nov. 1, 1995]



Sec.  73.698  Tables.

                           Table I [Reserved]

                                                    Table II
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   (4)--87.7               (6)--95.7  (7)--119.9
                                      (2)--31.4     (3)--31.4     kilometers   (5)--95.7  kilometers  kilometers
                                     kilometers     kilometers       (54.5    kilometers     (59.5       (74.5
            (1)--Channel                (19.5      (19.5 miles)     miles)       (59.5      miles)      miles)
                                      miles) If  intermodulation   adjacent     miles)       sound      picture
                                        beat                        channel   oscillator     image       image
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.................................          22            16-19          15          21          28          29
15.................................          23            17-20      14, 16          22          29          30
16.................................          24        14, 18-21      15, 17          23          30          31

[[Page 221]]

 
17.................................          25     14-15, 19-22      16, 18          24          31          32
18.................................          26     14-16, 20-23      17, 19          25          32          33
19.................................          27     14-17, 21-24      18, 20          26          33          34
20.................................          28     15-18, 22-25      19, 21          27          34          35
21.................................          29     16-19, 23-26      20, 22      28, 14          35          36
22.................................      30, 14     17-20, 24-27      21, 23      29, 15          36          37
23.................................      31, 15     18-21, 25-28      22, 24      30, 16          37          38
24.................................      32, 16     19-22, 26-29      23, 25      31, 17          38          39
25.................................      33, 17     20-23, 27-30      24, 26      32, 18          39          40
26.................................      34, 18     21-24, 28-31      25, 27      33, 19          40          41
27.................................      35, 19     22-25, 29-32      26, 28      34, 20          41          42
28.................................      36, 20     23-26, 30-33      27, 29      35, 21      42, 14          43
29.................................      37, 21     24-27, 31-34      28, 30      36, 22      43, 15      44, 14
30.................................      38, 22     25-28, 32-35      29, 31      37, 23      44, 16      45, 15
31.................................      39, 23     26-29, 33-36      30, 32      38, 24      45, 17      46, 16
32.................................      40, 24     27-30, 34-37      31, 33      39, 25      46, 18      47, 17
33.................................      41, 25     28-31, 35-38      32, 34      40, 26      47, 19      48, 18
34.................................      42, 26     29-32, 36-39      33, 35      41, 27      48, 20      49, 19
35.................................      43, 27     30-33, 37-40      34, 36      42, 28      49, 21      50, 20
36.................................      44, 28     31-34, 38-41      35, 37      43, 29      50, 22      51, 21
37.................................      45, 29     32-35, 39-42      36, 38      44, 30      51, 23      52, 22
38.................................      46, 30     33-36, 40-43      37, 39      45, 31      52, 24      53, 23
39.................................      47, 31     34-37, 41-44      38, 40      46, 32      53, 25      54, 24
40.................................      48, 32     35-38, 42-45      39, 41      47, 33      54, 26      55, 25
41.................................      49, 33     36-39, 43-46      40, 42      48, 34      55, 27      56, 26
42.................................      50, 34     37-40, 44-47      41, 43      49, 35      56, 28      57, 27
43.................................      51, 35     38-41, 45-48      42, 44      50, 36      57, 29      58, 28
44.................................      52, 36     39-42, 46-49      43, 45      51, 37      58, 30      59, 29
45.................................      53, 37     40-43, 47-50      44, 46      52, 38      59, 31      60, 30
46.................................      54, 38     41-44, 48-51      45, 47      53, 39      60, 32      61, 31
47.................................      55, 39     42-45, 49-52      46, 48      54, 40      61, 33      62, 32
48.................................      56, 40     43-46, 50-53      47, 49      55, 41      62, 34      63, 33
49.................................      57, 41     44-47, 51-54      48, 50      56, 42      63, 35      64, 34
50.................................      58, 42     45-48, 52-55      49, 51      57, 43      64, 36      65, 35
51.................................      59, 43     46-49, 53-56      50, 52      58, 44      65, 37      66, 36
52.................................      60, 44     47-50, 54-57      51, 53      59, 45      66, 38      67, 37
53.................................      61, 45     48-51, 55-58      52, 54      60, 46      67, 39      68, 38
54.................................      62, 46     49-52, 56-59      53, 55      61, 47      68, 40      69, 39
55.................................      63, 47     50-53, 57-60      54, 56      62, 48      69, 41      70, 40
56.................................      64, 48     51-54, 58-61      55, 57      63, 49      70, 42      71, 41
57.................................      65, 49     52-55, 59-62      56, 58      64, 50      71, 43      72, 42
58.................................      66, 50     53-56, 60-63      57, 59      65, 51      72, 44      73, 43
59.................................      67, 51     54-57, 61-64      58, 60      66, 52      73, 45      74, 44
60.................................      68, 52     55-58, 62-65      59, 61      67, 53      74, 46      75, 45
61.................................      69, 53     56-59, 63-66      60, 62      68, 54      75, 47      76, 46
62.................................      70, 54     57-60, 64-67      61, 63      69, 55      76, 48      77, 47
63.................................      71, 55     58-61, 65-68      62, 64      70, 56      77, 49      78, 48
64.................................      72, 56     59-62, 66-69      63, 65      71, 57      78, 50      79, 49
65.................................      73, 57     60-63, 67-70      64, 66      72, 58      79, 51      80, 50
66.................................      74, 58     61-64, 68-71      65, 67      73, 59      80, 52      81, 51
67.................................      75, 59     62-65, 69-72      66, 68      74, 60      81, 53      82, 52
68.................................      76, 60     63-66, 70-73      67, 69      75, 61      82, 54      83, 53
69.................................      77, 61     64-67, 71-74      68, 70      76, 62      83, 55          54
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: The parenthetical reference beneath the mileage figures in columns 2 through 7, inclusive, indicate, in
  abbreviated form, the bases for the required mileage separations. For a discussion of these bases, see the
  ``Sixth Report and Order'' of the Commission (FCC 52-294; 17 FR 3905, May 2, 1952). The hyphenated numbers
  listed in column (3) are both inclusive.


[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 39 FR 20377, June 10, 1974; 
47 FR 35990, Aug. 18, 1982; 50 FR 23701, June 5, 1985; 54 FR 9807, Mar. 
8, 1989]



Sec.  73.699  TV engineering charts.

    This section consists of the following Figures 1-5, 5a, 6-10, 10a-
10e, 11-12, 13-16.

    Note: The charts as reproduced herein, due to their small scale, are 
not to be used in connection with material submitted to the F.C.C.

[[Page 222]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.093


[[Page 223]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.094


[[Page 224]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.095


[[Page 225]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.096


[[Page 226]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.097


[[Page 227]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.098


[[Page 228]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.099


[[Page 229]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.100


[[Page 230]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.101


[[Page 231]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.102


[[Page 232]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.103


[[Page 233]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.104


[[Page 234]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.105


[[Page 235]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.106


[[Page 236]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.107


[[Page 237]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.108


[[Page 238]]



                    Figures 13 through 15 [Reserved]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.109


[[Page 239]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01MR91.110


[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 36 FR 17429, Aug. 31, 1971; 
39 FR 40957, Nov. 22, 1974; 40 FR 27684, July 1, 1975; 41 FR 56326, Dec. 
28, 1976; 44 FR 36040, June 20, 1979; 47 FR 3790, Jan. 27, 1982; 47 FR 
35990, Aug. 18, 1982; 50 FR 13972, Apr. 9, 1985; 50 FR 23701, June 5, 
1985; 50 FR 32205, Aug. 9, 1985; 52 FR 11656, Apr. 10, 1987; 54 FR 9807, 
Mar. 8, 1989; 58 FR 29983, May 25, 1993]

    Effective Date Note: At 42 FR 25736, May 19, 1977, the effective 
date of Sec.  73.699 Figure 10e was stayed indefinitely.



               Subpart F_International Broadcast Stations



Sec.  73.701  Definitions.

    The following definitions apply to terminology employed in this 
subpart:
    (a) International broadcast stations. A broadcasting station 
employing frequencies allocated to the broadcasting service between 5900 
and 26100 kHz, the transmissions of which are intended to be received 
directly by the general public in foreign countries. (A station may be 
authorized more than one transmitter.) There are both Federal and non-
Federal Government international broadcast stations; only the latter are 
licensed by the Commission and are subject to the rules of this subpart.
    (b) Transmitter-hour. One frequency used on one transmitter for one 
hour.
    (c) Frequency-hour. One frequency used for one hour regardless of 
the number of transmitters over which it is simultaneously broadcast by 
a station during that hour.
    (d) Multiple operation. Broadcasting by a station on one frequency 
over two or more transmitters simultaneously. If a station uses the same 
frequency simultaneously on each of two (three, etc.) transmitters for 
an hour, it uses one frequency-hour and two (three, etc.) transmitter-
hours.
    (e) Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). Time scale, based on the 
second (SI), as defined in Recommendation ITU-R TF.460-6. For most 
practical purposes associated with the ITU Radio Regulations, UTC is 
equivalent to mean solar time at the prime meridian (0[deg] longitude), 
formerly expressed in GMT. (RR)

[[Page 240]]

    (f) Sunspot number. The 12-month running average of the number of 
sunspots for any month as indicated in the U.S. Department of Commerce 
Telecommunications Research and Engineering Report No. 13--available 
from the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, DC 20402. The sunspot 
number varies in an approximate 11-year cycle.
    (g) Day. Any twenty-four hour period beginning 0100 UTC and ending 
0100 UTC.
    (h) Schedule A. That portion of any year commencing at 0100 UTC on 
the last Sunday in March and ending at 0100 UTC on the last Sunday in 
October.
    (i) Schedule B. That portion of any year commencing at 0100 UTC on 
the last Sunday in October and ending at 0100 UTC on the last Sunday in 
March.
    (j) [Reserved]
    (k) Seasonal schedule. An assignment, for a season, of a frequency 
or frequencies, and other technical parameters, to be used by a station 
for transmission to particular zones or areas of reception during 
specified hours.
    (l) Reference month. That month of a season which is used for 
determining predicted propagation characteristics for the season. The 
reference month for Schedule A is July and the reference month for 
Schedule B is December.
    (m) Maximum usable frequency (MUF). The highest frequency which is 
returned by ionospheric radio propagation to the surface of the earth 
for a particular path and time of day for 50 percent of the days of the 
reference month.
    (n) Optimum working frequency (FOT). The highest frequency which is 
returned by ionospheric radio propagation to the surface of the earth 
for a particular path and time of day for 90 percent of the days of the 
reference month.

    Note: The international abbreviation for optimum working frequency, 
FOT, is formed with the initial letters of the French words for 
``optimum working frequency'' which are ``frequence optimum de 
travail.''

    (o) Zone of reception. Any geographic zone indicated in Sec.  73.703 
in which the reception of particular programs is specifically intended 
and in which broadcast coverage is contemplated.
    (p) Area of reception. Any geographic area smaller than a zone of 
reception in which the reception of particular programs is specifically 
intended and in which broadcast coverage is contemplated, such areas 
being indicated by countries or parts of countries.
    (q) Delivered median field strength, or field strength. The field 
strength incident upon the zone or area of reception expressed in 
microvolts per meter, or decibels above one microvolt per meter, which 
is exceeded by the hourly median value for 50 percent of the days of the 
reference month.
    (r) Carrier power. The average power supplied to the antenna 
transmission line by a transmitter during one radio frequency cycle 
under conditions of no modulation.

[38 FR 18892, July 16, 1973, as amended at 68 FR 25538, May 13, 2003; 70 
FR 46676, Aug. 10, 2005]



Sec.  73.702  Assignment and use of frequencies.

    (a) Frequencies will be assigned by the Commission prior to the 
start of each season to authorized international broadcasting stations 
for use during the season at specified hours and for transmission to 
specified zones or areas of reception, with specified power and antenna 
bearing. Six months prior to the start of each season, licensees and 
permittees shall by informal written request, submitted to the 
Commission in triplicate, indicate for the season the frequency or 
frequencies desired for transmission to each zone or area of reception 
specified in the license or permit, the specific hours during which it 
desires to transmit to such zones or areas on each frequency, and the 
power, antenna gain, and antenna bearing it desires to use. Requests 
will be honored to the extent that interference and propagation 
conditions permit and that they are otherwise in accordance with the 
provisions of this section.
    (b) After necessary processing of the requests required by paragraph 
(a) of this section, the Commission will notify each licensee and 
permittee of the frequencies, hours of use thereof to specified zones or 
areas of reception, power, and antenna bearing which it intends to 
authorize for the season in

[[Page 241]]

question. After receipt of such notification, the licensee or permittee 
shall, in writing, not later than two months before the start of the 
season in question, inform the Commission either that it plans to 
operate in accordance with the authorization which the Commission 
intends to issue, or that it plans to operate in another manner. If the 
licensee or permittee indicates that it plans to operate in another 
manner, it shall furnish explanatory details.
    (c) If after submitting the request required under the provisions of 
paragraph (a) of this section, but before receipt of the Commission's 
notification referred to in paragraph (b) of this section, the licensee 
or permittee submits a request for changes of its original request, such 
requests will be accepted for consideration only if accompanied by 
statements showing good cause therefor and will be honored only if 
conditions permit. If the information required to be submitted by the 
licensee or permittee under the provisions of paragraph (b) of this 
section indicates that operation in another manner is contemplated, and 
the explanatory details contain a request for change in the originally 
proposed manner of operation, such requests will be accepted for 
consideration only if accompanied by statements showing good cause 
therefor and will be honored only if conditions permit. If after the 
licensee or permittee submits the information required under the 
provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, but before the start of the 
season in question, the licensee or permittee submits a request for 
changes in its manner of operation for the season in question, the 
request will be accepted for consideration only if accompanied by 
statements showing good cause therefor and will be honored only if 
conditions permit. If after the start of a season the licensee or 
permittee submits a request for changes in the manner of operation as 
authorized, the request will be considered only if accompanied by 
statements showing good cause therefor, and will be honored only if 
conditions permit.
    (d) The provisions of paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of the section 
shall apply to licensees, to permittees operating under program test 
authority, and to permittees who anticipate applying for and receiving 
program test authority for operation during the specified season.

    Note: Permittees who during the process of construction wish to 
engage in equipment tests shall by informal written request, submitted 
to the Commission in triplicate not less than 30 days before they desire 
to begin such testing, indicate the frequencies they desire to use for 
testing and the hours they desire to use those frequencies. No equipment 
testing shall occur until the Commission has authorized frequencies and 
hours for such testing. Such authorizations shall be only for one 
season, and if it is desired to continue equipment testing in a 
following season, new requests for frequencies and hours must be 
submitted at least 30 days before it is desired to begin testing in the 
following season.

    (e) Within 14 days after the end of each season, a report shall be 
filed with the Commission by each licensee or permittee operating under 
program test authority who has been issued a seasonal schedule for that 
season. The report shall state whether the licensee or permittee has 
operated the number of frequency-hours authorized by the seasonal 
schedule to each of the zones or areas of reception specified in the 
schedule. If such operation has not occurred, a detailed explanation of 
that fact shall also be submitted which includes specific dates, 
frequency-hours not used, and reasons for the failure to operate as 
authorized. The report shall also contain information that has been 
received by the licensee or permittee as to reception or interference, 
and conclusions with regard to propagation characteristics of 
frequencies that were assigned for the season in question.
    (f) Exclusive allocations. Where practical, assigned frequencies 
shall be within the following bands, which are allocated to the 
broadcasting service on a primary and exclusive basis:
    (1) Worldwide allocations. The following bands are allocated to the 
broadcasting service on a primary and exclusive basis throughout the 
world: 5950-6200 kHz, 9500-9900 kHz, 11650-12050 kHz, 13600-13800 kHz, 
15100-15600 kHz, 17550-17900 kHz, 21450-21850 kHz, and 25670-26100 kHz.

[[Page 242]]

    (2) Regional allocation. The band 7200-7300 kHz is allocated to the 
broadcasting service on a primary and exclusive basis in Region 1 and 
Region 3.

    Note to (f)(2):
    For the allocation of frequencies, the ITU has divided the world 
into three Regions, which are defined in 47 CFR 2.104(b). The bands 
7100-7300 kHz and 7400-7450 kHz are not allocated to the broadcasting 
service in Region 2.

    (g) Co-primary allocations. Frequencies may also be assigned from 
within the following bands, which are allocated on a primary, but not 
exclusive, basis to the broadcasting service:
    (1) Worldwide allocations. (i) Until April 1, 2007, the following 
frequency bands are allocated to the broadcasting and fixed services on 
a co-primary basis throughout the world: 5900-5950 kHz, 7300-7350 kHz, 
9400-9500 kHz, 11600-11650 kHz, 12050-12100 kHz, 13570-13600 kHz, 13800-
13870 kHz, 15600-15800 kHz, 17480-17550 kHz, and 18900-19020 kHz (WARC-
92 HFBC bands). In addition, the band 5900-5950 kHz is allocated to the 
land mobile service on a primary basis in Region 1 and to the mobile 
except aeronautical mobile (R) service on a primary basis in Region 2 
until April 1, 2007. After April 1, 2007, the WARC-92 HFBC bands are 
allocated to the broadcasting service on an exclusive basis throughout 
the world.
    (ii) Until March 29, 2009, the band 7350-7400 kHz is allocated to 
the broadcasting and fixed services on a co-primary basis throughout the 
world. After March 29, 2009, the band 7350-7400 kHz is allocated to the 
broadcasting service on an exclusive basis throughout the world, except 
in the countries listed in 47 CFR 2.106, footnote 5.143C where the band 
7350-7400 kHz continues to be allocated to the broadcasting and fixed 
services on a co-primary basis.
    (2) Regional allocations. (i) Until March 29, 2009, the band 7100-
7200 kHz is allocated to the amateur and broadcasting services on a co-
primary basis in Region 1 and Region 3; however, during this transition 
period, the use of the band 7100-7200 kHz by the amateur service shall 
not impose constraints on the broadcasting service intended for use 
within Region 1 and Region 3. After March 27, 2005, where practical, 
requests for frequency assignments in the band 7100-7200 kHz shall be 
satisfied within the band 7200-7350 kHz. After March 29, 2009, the band 
7100-7200 kHz is no longer allocated to the broadcasting service.
    (ii) Until March 29, 2009, the band 7400-7450 kHz is allocated to 
the broadcasting service on a co-primary basis with the fixed service in 
Region 1 and Region 3. After March 29, 2009, the band 7400-7450 kHz is 
allocated on an exclusive basis to the broadcasting service in Region 1 
and Region 3, except in the countries listed in 47 CFR 2.106, footnote 
5.143C where the band 7400-7450 kHz continues to be allocated to the 
broadcasting and fixed services on a co-primary basis.
    (h) Requirements for Regional operation. (1) Frequency assignments 
in the bands 7100-7300 kHz (7200-7300 kHz after March 29, 2009) and 
7400-7450 kHz shall be limited to international broadcast stations that 
are located in the Pacific insular areas located in Region 3 (as defined 
in 47 CFR 2.105(a), note 4) that transmit to geographical zones and 
areas of reception in Region 1 or Region 3.
    (2) During the hours of 0800-1600 UTC (Coordinated Universal Time) 
antenna gain with reference to an isotropic radiator in any easterly 
direction that would intersect any area in Region 2 shall not exceed 
2.15 dBi, except in the case where a transmitter power of less than 100 
kW is used. In this case, antenna gain on restricted azimuths shall not 
exceed that which is determined in accordance with equation below. 
Stations desiring to operate in this band must submit sufficient antenna 
performance information to ensure compliance with these restrictions. 
Permitted gain for transmitter powers less than 100 kW:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR10AU05.065

Where:

Gi = maximum gain permitted with reference to an isotropic radiator.
Pa = Transmitter power employed in kW.
    (i) Frequencies requested for assignment must be as near as 
practicable to the optimum working frequency (unless otherwise 
justified) for the zone or area of reception for the period and

[[Page 243]]

path of transmission, and should be chosen so that a given frequency 
will provide the largest period of reliable transmission to the selected 
zone or area of reception. Moreover, at the zone or area of reception 
frequencies shall provide protection to the transmissions of other 
broadcasting stations which, in the opinion of the Commission, have 
priority of assignment.

    Note 1: Requests for frequency-hours shall be accompanied by all 
pertinent technical data with reference to the frequencies and hours of 
operation, including calculated field strengths delivered to the zones 
or areas of reception.
    Note 2: It is preferable that calculated field strengths delivered 
to zones or areas of reception be equal to or greater than those 
required by I.F.R.B. Technical Standards, Series A (and supplements 
thereto), in order for the I.F.R.B. to afford the notified assignment 
protection from interference. Nevertheless, calculated field strengths 
less than those required by the I.F.R.B. standards for protection will 
be acceptable to the Commission. However, licensees should note that if 
such lesser field strengths are submitted no protection from 
interference will be provided by the I.F.R.B. if their technical 
examination of such notifications show incompatibilities with other 
notified assignments fully complying with I.F.R.B. technical standards.
    Note 3: Licensees are permitted to engage in multiple operation as 
defined in Sec.  73.701(d).
    Note 4: Seasonal requests for frequency-hours will be only for 
transmissions to zones or areas of reception specified in the basic 
instrument of authorization. Changes in such zones or areas will be made 
only on separate application for modification of such instruments.

    (j) Not more than one frequency will be assigned for use at any one 
time for any one program transmission except in instances where a 
program is intended for reception in more than one zone or area of 
reception and the intended zones or areas cannot be served by a single 
frequency: Provided, however, That on a showing of good cause a licensee 
may be authorized to operate on more than one frequency at any one time 
to transmit any one program to a single zone or area of reception.
    (k) Any frequency assigned to a licensee or permittee shall also be 
available for assignment to other licensees or permittees.
    (l) All assignments of frequencies and the hours during which they 
will be used will be made with the express understanding that they are 
subject to immediate cancellation or change without hearing whenever the 
Commission determines that interference or propagation conditions so 
require and that each frequency-hour assignment for a given seasonal 
schedule is unique unto itself and not necessarily available for use 
during a subsequent season.
    (m) The total maximum number of frequency-hours which will be 
authorized to all licensees of international broadcasting stations 
during any one day for any season is 100. The number of frequency-hours 
allocated to any licensee will depend on past usage, availability, and 
need. If for a forthcoming season the total of the requests for daily 
frequency-hours of all licensees exceeds 100, all licensees will be 
notified and each licensee that makes an adequate showing that good 
cause exists for not having its requested number of frequency-hours 
reduced and that operation of its station without such reduction would 
be consistent with the public interest may be authorized the frequency-
hours requested.

    Note: The provisions of this paragraph are not to be construed to 
mean that a total of 100 (or more) frequency-hours per day is assured 
licensees. Frequency-hours will only be assigned to the extent that they 
are available. It is the responsibility of each licensee to make all 
technical studies to show that frequency-hours requested by it are 
available and suitable for use as proposed.

[38 FR 18892, July 16, 1973, as amended at 51 FR 9965, Mar. 24, 1986; 68 
FR 25538, May 13, 2003; 70 FR 46676, Aug. 10, 2005]



Sec.  73.703  Geographical zones and areas of reception.

    The zones or areas of reception to be served by international 
broadcasting stations shall be based on the following map, and directive 
antennas shall be employed to direct transmissions thereto:

[[Page 244]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13MY03.047


[38 FR 18893, July 16, 1973, as amended at 68 FR 25538, May 13, 2003]

[[Page 245]]



Sec.  73.712  Equipment tests.

    (a) During the process of construction of an international 
broadcasting station, the permittee, having obtained authorization for 
frequencies and hours as set forth in the Note to Sec.  73.702(d) may, 
without further authority of the FCC, conduct equipment tests for the 
purpose of such adjustments and measurements as may be necessary to 
assure compliance with the terms of the construction permit, the 
technical provisions of the application therefor and the rules and 
regulations. Such tests shall use voice identification and test tones 
only. No programming shall be conducted during equipment tests.
    (b) The Commission may notify the permittee to conduct no tests or 
may cancel, suspend, or change the date for the beginning of equipment 
tests when and if such action may appear to be in the public interest, 
convenience, and necessity.
    (c) Equipment tests may be continued so long as the construction 
permit shall remain valid: Provided, however, That the procedure set 
forth in paragraph (a) of this section must be repeated prior to the 
conducting of such tests in each season after the season in which the 
testing began.
    (d) The authorization for tests embodied in this section shall not 
be construed as constituting a license to operate but as a necessary 
part of construction.

[28 FR 13696, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 37 FR 25842, Dec. 5, 1972. 
Redesignated and amended at 38 FR 18894, July 16, 1973; 47 FR 40174, 
Sept. 13, 1982]



Sec.  73.713  Program tests.

    (a) Upon completion of construction of an international broadcasting 
station in accordance with the terms of the construction permit, the 
technical provisions of the application therefor, and the rules and 
regulations and the applicable engineering standards, and when an 
application for station license has been filed showing the station to be 
in satisfactory operating condition, the permittee may request authority 
to conduct program tests. Such request shall be filed with the FCC at 
least 10 days prior to the date on which it is desired to begin such 
operation. All data necessary to show compliance with the terms and 
conditions of the construction permit must be filed with the license 
application.
    (b) Program tests shall not commence until specific Commission 
authority is received. The Commission reserves the right to change the 
date of the beginning of such tests or to suspend or revoke the 
authority for program tests as and when such action may appear to be in 
the public interest, convenience, and necessity.
    (c) Unless sooner suspended or revoked, program test authority 
continues valid during Commission consideration of the application for 
license and during this period further extension of the construction 
permit is not required. Program test authority shall be automatically 
terminated by final determination upon the application for station 
license.
    (d) All operation under program test authority shall be in strict 
compliance with the rules governing international broadcasting stations 
and in strict accordance with representations made in the application 
for license pursuant to which the tests were authorized.
    (e) The granting of program test authority shall not be construed as 
approval by the Commission of the application for station license.

[38 FR 18894, July 16, 1973, as amended at 47 FR 40174, Sept. 13, 1982]



Sec.  73.731  Licensing requirements.

    (a) A license for an international broadcasting station will be 
issued only after a satisfactory showing has been made in regard to the 
following, among others:
    (1) That there is a need for the international broadcasting service 
proposed to be rendered.
    (2) That the necessary program sources are available to the 
applicant to render the international service proposed.
    (3) That the production of the program service and the technical 
operation of the proposed station will be conducted by qualified 
persons.
    (4) That the applicant is legally, technically and financially 
qualified and possesses adequate technical facilities to carry forward 
the service proposed.

[[Page 246]]

    (5) That the public interest, convenience and necessity will be 
served through the operation of the proposed station.

[38 FR 18895, July 16, 1973]



Sec.  73.732  Authorizations.

    Authorizations issued to international broadcasting stations by the 
Commission will be authorizations to permit the construction or use of a 
particular transmitting equipment combination and related antenna 
systems for international broadcasting, and to permit broadcasting to 
zones or areas of reception specified on the instrument of 
authorization. The authorizations will not specify the frequencies to be 
used or the hours of use. Requests for frequencies and hours of use will 
be made as provided in Sec.  73.702. Seasonal schedules, when issued 
pursuant to the provisions of Sec.  73.702, will become attachments to 
and part of the instrument of authorization, replacing any such prior 
attachments.

[38 FR 18895, July 16, 1973]



Sec.  73.733  Normal license period.

    All international broadcast station licenses will be issued so as to 
expire at the hour of 3 a.m. local time and will be issued for a normal 
period of 8 years expiring November 1.

[62 FR 5347, Feb. 5, 1997]



Sec.  73.751  Operating power.

    No international broadcast station shall be authorized to install, 
or be licensed for operation of, transmitter equipment with:
    (a) A rated carrier power of less than 50 kilowatts (kW) if double-
sideband (DSB) modulation is used,
    (b) A peak envelope power of less than 50 kW if single-sideband 
(SSB) modulation is used, or
    (c) A mean power of less than 10 kW if digital modulation is used.

[70 FR 46676, Aug. 10, 2005]



Sec.  73.753  Antenna systems.

    All international broadcasting stations shall operate with 
directional antennas. Such antennas shall be designed and operated so 
that the radiated power in the maximum lobe toward the specific zone or 
area of reception intended to be served shall be at least 10 times the 
average power from the antenna in the horizontal plane. Radiation in all 
other directions shall be suppressed to the maximum extent technically 
feasible. In order to eliminate or mitigate harmful interference, the 
direction of the maximum lobe may be adjusted upon approval of the 
Commission.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 
155, 303))

[38 FR 18895, July 16, 1973, as amended at 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15, 1979]



Sec.  73.754  Frequency monitors.

    (a) The licensee of each international broadcast station shall 
operate a frequency monitor at the transmitter independent of the 
frequency control of the transmitter.
    (b) The frequency monitor shall be designed and constructed in 
accordance with good engineering practice. It shall have an accuracy 
sufficient to determine that the operating frequency is within one-half 
of the allowed tolerance.

[37 FR 25842, Dec. 5, 1972]



Sec.  73.755  Modulation monitors.

    The licensee of each international broadcast station shall have a 
modulation monitor in operation at the transmitter.

[37 FR 25842, Dec. 5, 1972]



Sec.  73.756  System specifications for double-sideband (DBS) modulated 

emissions in the HF broadcasting service.

    (a) Channel spacing. The nominal spacing for DSB shall be 10 kHz. 
However, the interleaved channels with a separation of 5 kHz may be used 
in accordance with the relative protection criteria, provided that the 
interleaved emission is not to the same geographical area as either of 
the emissions between which it is interleaved.
    (b) Emission characteristics--(1) Nominal carrier frequencies. 
Nominal carrier frequencies shall be integral multiples of 5 kHz.
    (2) Audio-frequency band. The upper limit of the audio-frequency 
band (at--

[[Page 247]]

3 dB) of the transmitter shall not exceed 4.5 kHz and the lower limit 
shall be 150 Hz, with lower frequencies attenuated at a slope of 6 dB 
per octave.
    (3) Modulation processing. If audio-frequency signal processing is 
used, the dynamic range of the modulating signal shall be not less than 
20 dB.
    (4) Necessary bandwidth. The necessary bandwidth shall not exceed 9 
kHz.

[70 FR 46677, Aug. 10, 2005]



Sec.  73.757  System specifications for single-sideband (SSB) modulated 

emissions in the HF broadcasting service.

    (a) System parameters--(1) Channel spacing. In a mixed DSB, SSB and 
digital environment (see Resolution 517 (Rev.WRC-03)), the channel 
spacing shall be 10 kHz. In the interest of spectrum conservation, it is 
also permissible to interleave SSB emissions midway between two adjacent 
DSB channels, i.e., with 5 kHz separation between carrier frequencies, 
provided that the interleaved emission is not to the same geographical 
area as either of the emissions between which it is interleaved. In an 
all inclusive SSB environment, the channel spacing and carrier frequency 
separation shall be 5 kHz.
    (2) Equivalent sideband power. When the carrier reduction relative 
to peak envelope power is 6 dB, an equivalent SSB emission is one giving 
the same audio-frequency signal-to-noise ratio at the receiver output as 
the corresponding DSB emission, when it is received by a DSB receiver 
with envelope detection. This is achieved when the sideband power of the 
SSB emission is 3 dB larger than the total sideband power of the DSB 
emission. (The peak envelope power of the equivalent SSB emission and 
the carrier power are the same as that of the DSB emission.)
    (b) Emission characteristics--(1) Nominal carrier frequencies. 
Nominal carrier frequencies shall be integral multiples of 5 kHz.
    (2) Frequency tolerance. The frequency tolerance shall be 10 Hz.

    Note 1 to Paragraph (b)(2):
    The ITU suggests that administrations avoid carrier frequency 
differences of a few hertz, which cause degradations similar to periodic 
fading. This could be avoided if the frequency tolerance were 0.1 Hz, a 
tolerance which would be suitable for SSB emissions.
    Note 2 to Paragraph (b)(2):
    The SSB system adopted for the bands allocated exclusively to HF 
broadcasting does not require a frequency tolerance less than 10 Hz. The 
degradation mentioned in Note 1 occurs when the ratio of wanted-to-
interfering signal is well below the required protection ratio. This 
remark is equally valid for both DSB and SSB emissions.

    (3) Audio-frequency band. The upper limit of the audio-frequency 
band (at--3 dB) of the transmitter shall not exceed 4.5 kHz with a 
further slope of attenuation of 35 dB/kHz and the lower limit shall be 
150 Hz with lower frequencies attenuated at a slope of 6 dB per octave.
    (4) Modulation processing. If audio-frequency signal processing is 
used, the dynamic range of the modulating signal shall be not less than 
20 dB.
    (5) Necessary bandwidth. The necessary bandwidth shall not exceed 
4.5 kHz.
    (6) Carrier reduction (relative to peak envelope power). In a mixed 
DSB, SSB and digital environment, the carrier reduction shall be 6 dB to 
allow SSB emissions to be received by conventional DSB receivers with 
envelope detection without significant deterioration of the reception 
quality.
    (7) Sideband to be emitted. Only the upper sideband shall be used.
    (8) Attenuation of the unwanted sideband. The attenuation of the 
unwanted sideband (lower sideband) and of intermodulation products in 
that part of the emission spectrum shall be at least 35 dB relative to 
the wanted sideband signal level. However, since there is in practice a 
large difference between signal amplitudes in adjacent channels, a 
greater attenuation is recommended.

[70 FR 46677, Aug. 10, 2005]



Sec.  73.758  System specifications for digitally modulated emissions in the 

HF broadcasting service.

    (a) For digitally modulated emissions, the Digital Radio Mondiale 
(DRM) standard shall be employed. Both digital audio broadcasting and 
datacasting are authorized. The RF requirements for the DRM system are 
specified in paragraphs (b) and (c), of this section.

[[Page 248]]

    (b) System parameters--(1) Channel spacing. The initial spacing for 
digitally modulated emissions shall be 10 kHz. However, interleaved 
channels with a separation of 5 kHz may be used in accordance with the 
appropriate protection criteria appearing in Resolution 543 (WRC-03), 
provided that the interleaved emission is not to the same geographical 
area as either of the emissions between which it is interleaved.
    (2) Channel utilization. Channels using digitally modulated 
emissions may share the same spectrum or be interleaved with analog 
emissions in the same high frequency broadcasting (HFBC) band, provided 
the protection afforded to the analog emissions is at least as great as 
that which is currently in force for analog-to-analog protection. 
Accomplishing this may require that the digital spectral power density 
(and total power) be lower by several dB than is currently used for 
either DSB or SSB emissions.
    (c) Emission characteristics--(1) Bandwidth and center frequency. A 
full digitally modulated emission will have a 10 kHz bandwidth with its 
center frequency at any of the 5 kHz center frequency locations in the 
channel raster currently in use within the HFBC bands. Among several 
possible ``simulcast'' modes are those having a combination of analog 
and digital emissions of the same program in the same channel, that may 
use a digital emission of 5 kHz or 10 kHz bandwidth, next to either a 5 
kHz or 10 kHz analog emission. In all cases of this type, the 5 kHz 
interleaved raster used in HFBC shall be adhered to in placing the 
emission within these bands.
    (2) Frequency tolerance. The frequency tolerance shall be 10 Hz. See 
Section 73.757(b)(2), notes 1 and 2.
    (3) Audio-frequency band. The quality of service, using digital 
source coding within a 10 kHz bandwidth, taking into account the need to 
adapt the emission coding for various levels of error avoidance, 
detection and correction, can range from the equivalent of monophonic FM 
(approximately 15 kHz) to the low-level performance of a speech codec 
(of the order of 3 kHz). The choice of audio quality is connected to the 
needs of the broadcaster and listener, and includes the consideration of 
such characteristics as the propagation conditions expected. There is no 
single specification, only the upper and lower bounds noted in this 
paragraph.
    (4) Modulation. Quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM) with 
orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) shall be used. 64-QAM 
is feasible under many propagation conditions; others such as 32-, 16- 
and 8-QAM are specified for use when needed.
    (5) RF protection ratio values. The protection ratio values for 
analogue and digital emissions for co-channel and adjacent channel 
conditions shall be in accordance with Resolution 543 (WRC-03) as 
provisional RF protection ratio values subject to revision or 
confirmation by a future competent conference.

[70 FR 46677, Aug. 10, 2005]



Sec.  73.759  Auxiliary transmitters.

    Upon showing that a need exists for the use of auxiliary 
transmitters, a license may be issued provided that:
    (a) Auxiliary transmitters may be installed either at the same 
location as the main transmitters or at another location.
    (b) [Reserved]
    (c) The auxiliary transmitters shall be maintained so that they may 
be put into immediate operation at any time for the following purposes:
    (1) The transmission of the regular programs upon the failure of the 
main transmitters.
    (2) The transmission of regular programs during maintenance or 
modification work on the main transmitter, necessitating discontinuance 
of its operation for a period not to exceed 5 days. (This includes the 
equipment changes which may be made without authority as set forth 
elsewhere in the rules and regulations or as authorized by the 
Commission by letter or by construction permit. Where such operation is 
required for periods in excess of 5 days, request therefor shall be in 
accordance with Sec.  73.3542 of this chapter.)
    (3) Upon request by a duly authorized representative of the 
Commission.
    (d) The auxiliary transmitters shall be tested at least once each 
week to determine that they are in proper operating condition and that 
they are adjusted to the proper frequency except

[[Page 249]]

that in the case of operation in accordance with paragraph (c) of this 
section during any week, the test in that week may be omitted provided 
the operation under paragraph (c) of this section is satisfactory. A 
record shall be kept of the time and result of each test. Such records 
shall be retained for a period of two years.
    (e) The auxiliary transmitters shall be equipped with satisfactory 
control equipment which will enable the maintenance of the frequency 
emitted by the station within the limits prescribed by the regulations 
in this part.
    (f) The operating power of an auxiliary transmitter may be less but 
not greater than the authorized power of the main transmitters.

[28 FR 13696, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 37 FR 25843, Dec. 5, 1972; 60 
FR 55480, Nov. 1, 1995. Redesignated at 70 FR 46677, Aug. 10, 2005]



Sec.  73.760  Alternate main transmitters.

    The licensee of an international broadcast station may be licensed 
for alternate main transmitters provided that a technical need for such 
alternate transmitters is shown and that the following conditions are 
met: Both transmitters:
    (a) Are located at the same place;
    (b) Shall have the same power rating; and
    (c) Shall meet the construction, installation, operation, and 
performance requirements of good engineering practice.

[37 FR 25843, Dec. 5, 1972. Redesignated at 70 FR 46677, Aug. 10, 2005]



Sec.  73.761  Modification of transmission systems.

    Specific authority, upon filing formal application (FCC Form 309) 
therefor, is required for any of the following changes:
    (a) Change involving an increase or decrease in the power rating of 
the transmitters.
    (b) A replacement of the transmitters as a whole.
    (c) Change in the location of the transmitting antenna.
    (d) Change in location of main studio, if it is proposed to move the 
main studio to a different city from that specified in the license.
    (e) Change in the power delivered to the antenna.
    (f) Change in frequency control and/or modulation system.
    (g) Change in direction or gain of antenna system.

Other changes, not specified above in this section, may be made at any 
time without the authority of the Commission: Provided, That the 
Commission shall be immediately notified thereof and such changes shall 
be shown in the next application for renewal of license.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 
155, 303))

[38 FR 18895, July 16, 1973, as amended at 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15, 1979. 
Redesignated at 70 FR 46677, Aug. 10, 2005]



Sec.  73.762  Time of operation.

    (a) All international broadcasting stations shall operate in 
accordance with the times indicated on their seasonal schedules.
    (b) In the event that causes beyond a licensee's control make it 
impossible to adhere to the seasonal schedule or to continue operating, 
the station may limit or discontinue operation for a period of not more 
than 10 days, without further authority from the FCC. However, in such 
cases, the FCC shall be immediately notified in writing of such 
limitation or discontinuance of operation and shall subsequently be 
notified when the station resumes regular operation.
    (c) In the event that causes beyond a licensee's control make it 
impossible to adhere to the seasonal schedule or to continue operating 
for a temporary period of more than 10 days, the station may not limit 
or discontinue operation until it requests and receives specific 
authority to do so from the FCC. When the station subsequently resumes 
regular operation after such limited operation or discontinuance of 
operation, it shall notify the FCC in Washington, DC. The license of a 
broadcasting station that fails to transmit broadcast signals for any 
consecutive 12-month period expires as a matter of

[[Page 250]]

law at the end of that period, notwithstanding any provision, term, or 
condition of the license to the contrary.

[38 FR 18895, July 16, 1973, as amended at 47 FR 40174, Sept. 13, 1982; 
61 FR 28767, June 6, 1996. Redesignated at 70 FR 46677, Aug. 10, 2005]



Sec.  73.765  Determining operating power.

    The operating power specified in Sec.  73.751 shall be determined by 
use of a calibrated dummy load or by any other method specified by the 
licensee and accepted by the Commission. Such method may subsequently be 
used by the licensee to maintain the authorized operating power.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 
155, 303))

[38 FR 18895, July 16, 1973, as amended at 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15, 1979]



Sec.  73.766  [Reserved]



Sec.  73.781  Logs.

    The licensee or permittee of each international broadcast station 
must maintain the station log in the following manner:
    (a) In the program log:
    (1) An entry of the time each station identification announcement 
(call letters and location) is made.
    (2) An entry briefly describing each program broadcast, such as 
``music'', ``drama'', ``speech'', etc., together with the name or title 
thereof, language, and the sponsor's name, with the time of the 
beginning and ending of the complete program.
    (3) For each program of network origin, an entry showing the name of 
the network originating the program.

[28 FR 13696, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 37 FR 25843, Dec. 5, 1972; 48 
FR 38480, Aug. 24, 1983]



Sec.  73.782  Retention of logs.

    Logs of international broadcast stations shall be retained by the 
licensee or permittee for a period of two years: Provided, however, That 
logs involving communications incident to a disaster or which include 
communications incident to or involved in an investigation by the 
Commission and concerning which the licensee or permittee has been 
notified, shall be retained by the licensee or permittee until he is 
specifically authorized in writing by the Commission to destroy them: 
Provided, further, That logs incident to or involved in any claim or 
complaint of which the licensee or permittee has notice shall be 
retained by the licensee or permittee until such claim or complaint has 
been fully satisfied or until the same has been barred by statute 
limiting the time for the filing of suits upon such claims.

[28 FR 13696, Dec. 14, 1963]



Sec.  73.787  Station identification.

    (a) A licensee of an international broadcast station shall make 
station identification announcement (call letters and location), at the 
beginning and ending of each time of operation and during the operation 
on the hour.
    (b) Station identification, program announcements, and oral 
continuity shall be made with international significance (language 
particularly) which is designed for the foreign country or countries for 
which the service is primarily intended.

[28 FR 13696, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 34 FR 19762, Dec. 17, 1969; 
38 FR 18896, July 16, 1973]



Sec.  73.788  Service; commercial or sponsored programs.

    (a) A licensee of an international broadcast station shall render 
only an international broadcast service which will reflect the culture 
of this country and which will promote international goodwill, 
understanding, and cooperation. Any program solely intended for and 
directed to an audience in the continental United States does not meet 
the requirements for this service.
    (b) Such international broadcast service may include commercial or 
sponsored programs: Provided, That:
    (1) Commercial program continuities give no more than the name of 
the sponsor of the program and the name and general character of the 
commodity, utility or service, or attraction advertised.
    (2) In case of advertising a commodity, the commodity is regularly 
sold or is being promoted for sale on the open market in the foreign 
country or countries to which the program is

[[Page 251]]

directed in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
    (3) In case of advertising an American utility or service to 
prospective tourists or visitors to the United States, the advertisement 
continuity is particularly directed to such persons in the foreign 
country or countries where they reside and to which the program is 
directed in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
    (4) In case of advertising an international attraction (such as a 
world fair, resort, spa, etc.) to prospective tourists or visitors to 
the United States, the oral continuity concerning such attraction is 
consistent with the purpose and intent of this section.
    (5) In case of any other type of advertising, such advertising is 
directed to the foreign country or countries to which the program is 
directed and is consistent with the purpose and intent of this section.
    (c) The geographic areas to be served by international broadcasting 
stations are the zones and areas of reception shown in Sec.  73.703.
    (d) An international broadcast station may transmit the program of a 
AM broadcast station or network system: Provided, That the conditions in 
paragraph (b) of this section as to any commercial continuities are 
observed and when station identifications are made, only the call letter 
designation of the international station is given and its assigned 
frequency: And provided further, That in the case of chain broadcasting 
the program is not carried simultaneously by another international 
station (except another station owned by the same licensee operated on a 
frequency in a different group to obtain continuity of signal service), 
the signals from which are directed to the same area. (See section 3(p) 
of the Communications Act of 1934 for the definition of ``chain 
broadcasting.'')

[28 FR 13696, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 37 FR 25843, Dec. 5, 1972; 38 
FR 18896, July 16, 1973]



            Subpart G_Low Power FM Broadcast Stations (LPFM)

    Source: 65 FR 7640, Feb. 15, 2000, unless otherwise noted.



Sec.  73.801  Broadcast regulations applicable to LPFM stations.

    The following rules are applicable to LPFM stations:

Section 73.201 Numerical definition of FM broadcast channels.
Section 73.220 Restrictions on use of channels.
Section 73.267 Determining operating power.
Section 73.277 Permissible transmissions.
Section 73.297 FM stereophonic sound broadcasting.
Section 73.310 FM technical definitions.
Section 73.312 Topographic data.
Section 73.318 FM blanketing interference.
Section 73.322 FM stereophonic sound transmission standards.
Section 73.333 Engineering charts.
Section 73.503 Licensing requirements and service.
Section 73.508 Standards of good engineering practice.
Section 73.593 Subsidiary communications services.
Section 73.1015 Truthful written statements and responses to Commission 
inquiries and correspondence.
Section 73.1030 Notifications concerning interference to radio 
astronomy, research and receiving installations.
Section 73.1201 Station identification.
Section 73.1206 Broadcast of telephone conversations.
Section 73.1207 Rebroadcasts.
Section 73.1208 Broadcast of taped, filmed, or recorded material.
Section 73.1210 TV/FM dual-language broadcasting in Puerto Rico.
Section 73.1211 Broadcast of lottery information.
Section 73.1212 Sponsorship identification; list retention; related 
requirements.
Section 73.1213 Antenna structure, marking and lighting.
Section 73.1216 Licensee-conducted contests.
Section 73.1217 Broadcast hoaxes.
Section 73.1230 Posting of station license.
Section 73.1250 Broadcasting emergency information.
Section 73.1300 Unattended station operation.
Section 73.1400 Transmission system monitoring and control.
Section 73.1520 Operation for tests and maintenance.
Section 73.1540 Carrier frequency measurements.
Section 73.1545 Carrier frequency departure tolerances.
Section 73.1570 Modulation levels: AM, FM, and TV aural.
Section 73.1580 Transmission system inspections.

[[Page 252]]

Section 73.1610 Equipment tests.
Section 73.1620 Program tests.
Section 73.1650 International agreements.
Section 73.1660 Acceptability of broadcast transmitters.
Section 73.1665 Main transmitters.
Section 73.1692 Broadcast station construction near or installation on 
an AM broadcast tower.
Section 73.1745 Unauthorized operation.
Section 73.1750 Discontinuance of operation.
Section 73.1920 Personal attacks.
Section 73.1940 Legally qualified candidates for public office.
Section 73.1941 Equal opportunities.
Section 73.1943 Political file.
Section 73.1944 Reasonable access.
Section 73.3511 Applications required.
Section 73.3512 Where to file; number of copies.
Section 73.3513 Signing of applications.
Section 73.3514 Content of applications.
Section 73.3516 Specification of facilities.
Section 73.3517 Contingent applications.
Section 73.3518 Inconsistent or conflicting applications.
Section 73.3519 Repetitious applications.
Section 73.3520 Multiple applications.
Section 73.3525 Agreements for removing application conflicts.
Section 73.3539 Application for renewal of license.
Section 73.3542 Application for emergency authorization.
Section 73.3545 Application for permit to deliver programs to foreign 
stations.
Section 73.3550 Requests for new or modified call sign assignments.
Section 73.3561 Staff consideration of applications requiring Commission 
consideration.
Section 73.3562 Staff consideration of applications not requiring action 
by the Commission.
Section 73.3566 Defective applications.
Section 73.3568 Dismissal of applications.
Section 73.3584 Procedure for filing petitions to deny.
Section 73.3587 Procedure for filing informal objections.
Section 73.3588 Dismissal of petitions to deny or withdrawal of informal 
objections.
Section 73.3589 Threats to file petitions to deny or informal 
objections.
Section 73.3591 Grants without hearing.
Section 73.3593 Designation for hearing.
Section 73.3598 Period of construction.
Section 73.3599 Forfeiture of construction permit.
Section 73.3999 Enforcement of 18 U.S.C. 1464--restrictions on the 
transmission of obscene and indecent material.



Sec.  73.805  Availability of channels.

    Except as provided in Sec.  73.220 of this chapter, all of the 
frequencies listed in Sec.  73.201 of this chapter are available for 
LPFM stations.



Sec.  73.807  Minimum distance separation between stations.

    Minimum separation requirements for LP100 and LP10 stations, as 
defined in Sec. Sec.  73.811 and 73.853, are listed in the following 
paragraphs. An LPFM station will not be authorized unless these 
separations are met. Minimum distances for co-channel and first-adjacent 
channel are separated into two columns. The left-hand column lists the 
required minimum separation to protect other stations and the right-hand 
column lists (for informational purposes only) the minimum distance 
necessary for the LPFM station to receive no interference from other 
stations assumed to operating at the maximum permitted facilities for 
the station class. For second- and third-adjacent channels and IF 
channels, the required minimum distance separation is sufficient to 
avoid interference received from other stations.
    (a)(1) An LP100 station will not be authorized initially unless the 
minimum distance separations in the following table are met with respect 
to authorized FM stations, applications for new and existing FM stations 
filed prior to the release of the public notice announcing an LPFM 
window period for LP100 stations, authorized LP100 stations, LP100 
station applications that were timely-filed within a previous window, 
and vacant FM allotments. LP100 stations are not required to protect 
LP10 stations. LPFM modification applications must either meet the 
distance separations in the following table or, if short-spaced, not 
lessen the spacing to subsequently authorized stations.

[[Page 253]]



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Co-channel minimum       First-adjacent channel   Second- and      I.F.
                                       separation (km)        minimum separation (km)      third-      channel
                                 ------------------------------------------------------   adjacent     minimum
                                                  For no                     For no       channel    separations
Station class protected by LP100               interference               interference    minimum   ------------
                                                 received                   received     separation
                                    Required     from max.     Required     from max.       (km)       10.6 or
                                                   class                      class    -------------   10.8 MHz
                                                 facility                   facility      Required
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LP100...........................           24            24           14            14         None         None
D...............................           24            24           13            13            6            3
A...............................           67            92           56            56           29            6
B1..............................           87           119           74            74           46            9
B...............................          112           143           97            97           67           12
C3..............................           78           119           67            67           40            9
C2..............................           91           143           80            84           53           12
C1..............................          111           178          100           111           73           20
C0..............................          122           193          111           130           84           22
C...............................          130           203          120           142           93           28
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) LP100 stations must satisfy the second-adjacent channel minimum 
distance separation requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section 
with respect to any third-adjacent channel FM station that, as of 
September 20, 2000 (the adoption date of this MO&O) broadcasts a radio 
reading service via a subcarrier frequency.
    (b)(1) An LP10 station will not be authorized unless the minimum 
distance separations in the following table are met with respect to 
authorized FM stations, applications for new and existing FM stations 
filed prior to the release of the public notice announcing an LPFM 
window period for LP10 stations, vacant FM allotments, or LPFM stations.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Co-channel minimum       First-adjacent channel   Second- and      I.F.
                                       separation (km)        minimum separation  (km)     third-      Channel
                                 ------------------------------------------------------   adjacent     minimum
                                                  For no                     For no       channel    separations
 Station class protected by LP10               interference               interference    minimum   ------------
                                                 received                   received     separation
                                    Required     from max.     Required     from max.       (km)       10.6 or
                                                   class                      class    -------------   10.8 MHz
                                                 facility                   facility      Required
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LP100...........................           16            22           10            11         None         None
LP10............................           13            13            8             8         None         None
D...............................           16            21           10            11            6            2
A...............................           59            90           53            53           29            5
B1..............................           77           117           70            70           45            8
B...............................           99           141           91            91           66           11
C3..............................           69           117           64            64           39            8
C2..............................           82           141           77            81           52           11
C1..............................          103           175           97           108           73           18
C0..............................          114           190           99           127           84           21
C...............................          122           201          116           140           92           26
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) LP10 stations must satisfy the second-adjacent channel minimum 
distance separation requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section 
with respect to any third-adjacent channel FM station that, as of 
September 20, 2000 (the adoption date of this MO&O) broadcasts a radio 
reading service via a subcarrier frequency.
    (c) In addition to meeting or exceeding the minimum separations for 
Class LP100 and Class LP10 stations in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this 
section, new LP100 and LP10 stations will not be authorized in Puerto 
Rico or the Virgin Islands unless the minimum distance separations in 
the following tables are met with respect to authorized or proposed FM 
stations:

[[Page 254]]

    (1) LP100 stations in Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Co-channel minimum       First-adjacent channel
                                                                      separation (km)        minimum separation (km)
                                                                ------------------------------------------------------   Second- and
                                                                                 For no                     For no     third-adjacent     I.F. channel
                Station class protected by LP100                              interference               interference      channel          minimum
                                                                                received                   received        minimum     separations--10.6
                                                                   Required     from max.     Required     from max.     separation       or 10.8 MHz
                                                                                  class                      class     (km)--required
                                                                                facility                   facility
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A..............................................................           80           111           70            70             42                9
B1.............................................................           95           128           82            82             53               11
B..............................................................          138           179          123           123             92               19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) LP10 stations in Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Co-channel minimum       First-adjacent channel
                                                                      separation (km)        minimum separation (km)
                                                                ------------------------------------------------------   Second- and
                                                                                 For no                     For no     third-adjacent     I.F. channel
                Station class protected by LP100                              interference               interference      channel          minimum
                                                                                received                   received        minimum     separations--10.6
                                                                   Required     from max.     Required     from max.     separation       or 10.8 MHz
                                                                                  class                      class     (km)--required
                                                                                facility                   facility
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A..............................................................           72           108           66            66             42                8
B1.............................................................           84           125           78            78             53                9
B..............................................................          126           177          118           118             92               18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Note to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c):
    Minimum distance separations towards ``grandfathered'' superpowered 
Reserved Band stations are as specified.
    Full service FM stations operating within the reserved band 
(Channels 201-220) with facilities in excess of those permitted in Sec.  
73.211(b)(1) or Sec.  73.211(b)(3) shall be protected by LPFM stations 
in accordance with the minimum distance separations for the nearest 
class as determined under Sec.  73.211. For example, a Class B1 station 
operating with facilities that result in a 60 dBu contour that exceeds 
39 kilometers but is less than 52 kilometers would be protected by the 
Class B minimum distance separations. Class D stations with 60 dBu 
contours that exceed 5 kilometers will be protected by the Class A 
minimum distance separations. Class B stations with 60 dBu contours that 
exceed 52 kilometers will be protected as Class C1 or Class C stations 
depending upon the distance to the 60 dBu contour. No stations will be 
protected beyond Class C separations.

    (d) In addition to meeting the separations (a) through (c), LPFM 
applications must meet the minimum separation requirements with respect 
to authorized FM translator stations, cutoff FM translator applications, 
and FM translator applications filed prior to the release of the Public 
Notice announcing the LPFM window period:
    (1) LP100 stations:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Co-channel minimum         First-adjacent channel      Second- and
                                                                      separation (km)          minimum  separation (km)   third-adjacent   I.F . Channel
                                                               ----------------------------------------------------------     channel         minimum
           Distance to FM translator 60 dBu contour                              For no                       For no          minimum       separation
                                                                  Required    interference     Required    interference     separation     (km)  10.6 or
                                                                                received                     received     (km)  required     10.8 MHz
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.3 km or greater............................................           39              67           28              35              21               5
Greater than 7.3 km, but less than 13.3 km....................           32              51           21              26              14               5
7.3 km or less................................................           26              30           15              16               8               5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) LP10 Stations:

[[Page 255]]



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Co-channel minimum         First-adjacent channel      Second- and
                                                                      separation (km)          minimum  separation (km)   third-adjacent   I.F . Channel
                                                               ----------------------------------------------------------     channel         minimum
           Distance to FM translator 60 dBu contour                              For no                       For no          minimum       separation
                                                                  Required    interference     Required    interference     separation     (km)  10.6 or
                                                                                received                     received     (km)  required     10.8 MHz
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.3 km or greater............................................           30              65           25              33              20               3
Greater than 7.3 km, but less than 13.3 km....................           24              49           18              23              14               3
7.3 km or less................................................           18              28           12              14               8               3
-------------------------------------------------------------------------